= ~~ Bee eee Soe oath i Saat ‘ i! y Hetintbh ti Mane fe cas tine a pons oe inn y jean lyn: Pe ay sent ry nya aan ff = = Ay al Civatial silt 4 Whe: A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY JH. MAIDEN) (so, pS, pie (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 2 a gs NOL Vi: PARTS 41—50 (1920—2I). (WITH 40 PLATES.) Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT. OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. SoDNEy ; JOHN SPENCE, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 1922. #59641 a A CriticAL REVISION OF THE -— GENUS EUCALYPTUS, me BY J: H. MAIDEN, 15.0, F.RS, FLS. (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). VOLE. WV: | PARTS 41—50 (1920—21). ae i oe ae’ (WITH 40 PLATES.) Ny “« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a sysiem has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 5 Macautay’s ‘Essay ON MILTON.” Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Spdnep: JOHN SPENCE, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP STREET. *59641—A 1922. Baan, ite rd ae fe ede ta be Rs Wheat: Ca SY at ie a ~ ne INDEX. [The names of Synonyms or Plants, &c., incidentally mentioned are in italics. The page containing the description is printed in heavier type. | Abortive Branches Adhesion of Branches Afforestation, Natural ... Agathis australis .. Age of Australian (Tastieniony) Teaeae s Hucalypts > Trees Aggressiveness, Dominance or ... Angophora Angophora cordifolia Annual bush fires Apple Apple Gum Apple, Rock Apple-top Box Apple tree Approximation, Grafting by Artificial Grafts ... Ash, Buddong Mountain Moreton Bay Mountain Australian trees, The tahoe Balmy Creek Bark, The Needle Powder Bastard Bloodwood Box Ls sks Gum-leafed Box Tronbark Stringybark B. Eucalypt Beuzeville, W. A. W. aon Beyer, George Big Tree ... * PAGE. 287 | Black Box 280 | Blackbutt 248 New England 256 | Blackbutted Gum 244 | Black Mallee 245 | Blaxland, Gregory 245 | Blood Tree 278 | Bloodwood 148, 280 Bastard 310 Smooth-stemmed 148 Large... fen 248 Mountain 177, 310 Smooth-barked Bee 31 White D5 WaT, Yellow 310 | Bloodwood-bark Ironbark 281 | Blooming, Precocious 282 | Blue Gum 251 Mallee “310 | Blue-leaf Stringybark 253 | Blue-top Stringybark 254 | Booangie ... Booneet 89, 90, 91 | Box Tree 308 | Box sine 288 Apple-top coo. duis} Bastard ee 2, 7,45 Bastard Gum-leafed 63, 65, 310 Black... 265 Cabbage an cea 4 Fuzzy be UIs, Alsi Alls} Grey x 97 Gum-topped W ey 251 Hill 235 | Hybrid 255 | Tronbark PAGE. 48, 50, 61, 201, 207, 303 71, 171, 173, 196, 264, 288, 299, 310, 325 171 150 oo 1O 2, 82, 310 2, 7, 45 46 156, 194, 2 265, 310 175, 177 63, 65, 310 48, 50, 61, 201, 207, 305 iv Box, Mallee Narrow blue-leaf Narrow-leaved Bimble Narrow-leaved Poplar Poplar-leaf ... Riedass.. Ribbon Scrub... White Yamble Box, Use of the term Brachyscelis pomiformis Bracts Branches, petive : Adhesion of ... Cohesion of Pendulous Brown, Robert Brush Ironbark ... Budding oa Buddong Mountain Ash... Bulbous and tuberous stems Bundling or tuftiness of the stamens ... Burrawang and Spotted Gum ... Bush fires ... Annual ... Byron Plains Cabbage Box Cabbage Gums Caley, George California big trees Calophyllum oo Camfield, Julius Henry ... Cauotchouc Cider Gum Cohesion of Branches Colour of flowers (filaments) Colour scheme of Hucalyptus erythrocorys Connate leaves Cornute ... Correlation Crown Gall Cullen, Sir Wiliam Pontus Debillipalah Den Desert Gun Desert Sandstone Y alee I asiet INDEX. PAGE. PAGE. | 201, 209, 211, 212 | Determination of increment by stem analysis 250 65 | Dominance or Aggressiveness 278 .. 804} Dugourd, M. Justin ... Boas ete 201, 207 | Dundarangera 133, 136 62 | Dwarf Eucalypts 227 aes 62 57, 60, 67 Eucalypt, B. 4 97 2 loa 124 ey ee ucalypte! Age of 245 60, Coe Dwarf 227 ee Flowering of sn.) AU) oS Snufi-coloured bark . 27, 30 ge Eucalyptus bark classifications 312 ss Eucalyptus Forests, Influence of seulement ae on 248 Bee Eudesmia 135 Ban Eudesmia tetragona R ae 162 aT Eudesmiz 276 a aig Ewart, Professor A. a 255 fe Hucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 0) 31, Lio 108 A acaciaeformis Deane ed Maiden ‘ var. linearis 289 Ze acacioides A. Cunn 125, 326 1 accedens W. V. Fitzgerald 119, 122 ee adjuncta Maiden .. 297 ae alba Reinw he 1, 94, 272, 294 a alpina Lindl 16, 278 =) Andrewsi’ Maiden 171, 257 176 angophoroides R. T. Baker . 175 NG 9 | angustifolia Woolls 236, 238 30, 308 angusiissima F.v.M: 296, 329 255 annulata Benth 329 73 | apiculaia Baker and Smith 97, 326 148 | approximans Maiden ... 96, 326 a 97 | Baileyana F.v.M. 110, 118, 136, 987, 310 | 12H, 138 979 | Bakeri Maiden ... 123, 324 79 | Baueriana Schauer 62 134 Baueriana Schauer, var. conica 105 Maiden eee 64 100 | Baeuerleni F.v.M. 275, 326 226 Behriana F.v.M. 301, 324 985 Beuzevillei, de ... his soo ART) 234. | Beyeri R. T. Baker 235, 238, 275 bicolor A. Cunn. 195, 203, 209, 304 45 bicolor A. Cunn., var, parviflora 59 | F.v.M. 195 166, 167 bigaleruia F.v.M. 1 110 | Blakelyi Maiden 275 INDEX. v PAGE. PAGE Eucalyptus Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage 150) Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 66, 68, 182 Boormani Deane and Maiden... 49 decipiens Endl. var. angustifolia 67 Bosistoana F.v.M. 275 decorticans a oe eo eo botryoides Sm. 257 decurva F.v.M. ... ces ose OXY Bowmani F.v.M. doo AUS dichromophloia F.v.M. 1, 3, 47, 115, Bridgesiana R. T. Baker Iga), Wctel 270 Brownii Maiden and Cambage... 194 diptera Andrews ee mo) OPA buprestium F.v.M. 329 diversicolor F.v.M. 246, 258 caesia Benth. 553 aon. oP) diversifolia Bonp. 275, 327 calophylla R.Br. 11, 72, 78, 83, 275 dives Schauer. se 189, 275 as honey yielder 74 doratozylon F.v.M. tf ..- 029 Seeds of 78 drepanophylla F.v.M. ... 232, 261 calophylla R.Br., var. rosea | Drummondi F.v.M.... ae 21 (Hort.) Maiden 71, 75, 80, 281 Drummondii Bentham (non calycogona Turez, bes 275, 324 F.v.M.) . 22,119, 122 Camfieldi Maiden De 146, 148 dumosa A. Cunn. Se Seo Cambageana Maiden ... 196, 267 Dunniw Maiden ... a Se ZOS Cambagei Deane and Maiden... 177 Ebbanoensis Maiden 169, 329 campanulata Baker and Smith 171, 172 elaecophora F.v.M. 177, 279 Campaspe S. le M. Moore 119 elongata Link ... oe aoe 28 canaliculata Maiden ... 219, 220 eremophila Maiden... 128, 180,329 capitellata Smith 146, 149, 189 erythrocorys F.v.M. ... 183,137,329 celastroides Turcz. ao at) Colour scheme of ... 134 cinerea E.v.M. ... as 243, 275 erythronema Turez. 99, 330 cinerea F.v.M., var. nova-anglica eudesmioides F.v.M. 136, 137, 145, Maiden 242 164, 165, 170, 329 citriodora Hook 89 eugenroides Sieb. 116, 149, 189, cladocalyx F.v.M. 246 | 216, 278 clavigera A. Cunn. son, liwartiana Maiden 21, 120, 330 cneorifolia IDOE sso se 217, 324 eximia Schauer... ase Oy 04,42, 47 coccifera Hook. f. 326 Oil of lemon in leaves of 27 cochinchinensis Auct. ... ee lS3 Flowering of ... See 29 concolor Schauer ... 66, 67, 182 exserta F.v.M. ... ae ie 91 concolor confusion, The 66 falcata Turez. ... Sob So = 50 conica Deane and Maiden 64, 202 var. ecostata Maiden... 67, 68 Consideniana Maiden ... noo ASH fasciculosa F.v.M. 276 cordata Labill. ... i, 54, 275 Fergusont Bae aa 226, 229 coriacea A. Cunn. 189, 191, 289 ferruginea Schauer. ... 54, 276 cornuta Labill. ... Pen 39.0 ficifolia F.v.M. ... ... 71, 78, 80, 83 corymbosa Sm. ... 3, 10, 31, 32, 42 var. Guilfoylei Bailey 71 cosmophylla F.v.M. ... 17, 275 foecunda Schauer. aes 292, 294 crebra F.v.M. 46, 234, 261, 263, 267 Foelscheana F.v.M. ... 1, 3, 4, 276 Culleni R. H. Cambage 233 Lanceolar-leaved form Dalrympleana Maiden... 253, 258, of on + 5 268, 270 Forrestiana Diels. 99, 108, 330 Dawsoni R. T. Baker 56 fruticetorum F.y.M. ... ee SUS dealbata A. Cunn. 301 gamophylla F.v.M. 53, 54, 105, 276 Deanei Maiden ... 258 gigantea Hook. f. 174, 191, 251, de Beuzevillei 190 258, 276 vi INDEX. PAGEs PAGE. Eucalyptus @illii Maiden... ste ... 325 | Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker ... .. 282 glaucophylla Hofimansegg —... 76 Maideni F.v.M. oa fone G2 globulus Labill. ... 240, 241, 246, 276 marginata Sm. ... Se Baa each var. St. Johny R. T. Marsdent C. Hall aM cen Alls} Baker ... Bes Saal 2240 megacarpa F.vy.M Te ooo) IBY gomphocephala DC. 41, 219, 307 melanophloia F.v.M. ... dio aes goniantha Turez. oA 288 pumila Cambage ah 300, 327 | Torelliana F.v.M. Sse eto egos punctata DC... Ane 221, 298 | trachyphloia F.v.M.31, 48, 47, 115,277 pyziformis Turcz 17, 18, 277, 331 umbra R. T. Baker ~... ae SG var, Kingsmillit Maiden 17,18 | uncinata Turez 67, 68, 118, 124, 277, var. minor Maiden... 12, 13 326 val. pruinosa ... ae. 17 urnigera Hook. f, ins 41, 328 radiata Sieb ty, ae 247, 288 variegata F.v.M.... Bes ake 90 rariflora Ff. M. Bailey ... POS: vernicosa Hook. f. es 278, 328 Raveretiana F.v.M. ie sem soil viminalis Labill. 248, 253, 258, 269, redunca Schauer 118, 125, 277 270, 278 viii Eucalyptus virgata Sieb viridis R. T. Baker vitrea R. T. Baker Watsoniana F.v.M. Websteriana Maiden Woollsiana R. T. Baker False Mallees ... Fasciation Fletcher, J. J. Flockton, Miss M. L. Flooded Gum ... Flowering Gums Flowering of Eucalypts Flowering period, Vegetable form aid Flowers (filaments), Colour of Forest Ironbark Forests increased Forma fruticosa Fungus invasion Fuzzy Box Gala tree Galls Gall, Crown Spherical... Gippsland trees Glen of Palms... Gou-unya Bee ‘ aan Grafting by approach in eealiee stage approximation ... Grafts, Artificial Natural Growth of trees, Rate of Grey Box Gum Tronbark Mallee ‘(Grose’s Head ... River ... Gum, Apple Blackbutted Blue Burrawang and Spotted Cabbage Cider Desert ... Flooded... Grey ; Lemon-scented 125, 203, 326 INDEX. PAGE. PAGE, 328 | Gum Melaleuca 198 Mottled 686 86 ce LOS: Mountain 82, 269. 310 10, 31, 40, 47 Mountain Red is 83 bon, al Red 3. a 50 Wt, Wet 199, 206 Red flowering ... . 12, 80 326 Rusty ... Mis .. 27, 35 2983 Rusty, of Tieichhacde be OM 283 Salmon . 118 985 Scarlet- focus 80 310 Scented 91 78 Slaty aus 57 273 Spotted 84, 90, 311 ‘973 Swamp ... aus 311 719 Tobacco Pipe ... 198 238 Weeping ae 288, 311 249 White ... 117, 118, 166, 190, 268, 269, 309 43 Woolly ... 311 986 Yellow ... 110 64 Top we a 231 Gum-topped White Box 211 45 Gum Tree 309 283 Red 309 285 Gums, Flowering 78 46 255 | Hardy, Alfred Douglas 257 - 12,13) Hay, Richard Dalrymple 268 43 Helicomorphy sures eat: 7 Hemiphloiae 312, 322 As Heteroblasticity 274 282 | tHeteroblastic leaves ... 54 a ly) Heterotrophy ... 281 244, 245 | ill Box 60 + 266 | Homoblasticity 274 220, 297 | Hopkins, Harry 287 228 Hutchins, D. E. a son aXe 325 | Hybrid .. 187, 215, 281 30 | Hybrid Box 209 30 310 310 | Illyarie 133. 309 | Increment curves 250 86 | Influence of settlement on Enoalypene foreate 248 3s 2 | Inophloie 312, 313 287, 310 | Insect invasion 285 166, 167 | Insect markings on leaves 2 ... 810 Invasion, Fungus 286 220, 297 | Isoblasticity 274 91, 311 | Isoblastic leaves 54 INDEX. PAGE, Tronbark 262, 310 Bastard 114 Bloodwood-bark 229 Brush 238 Forest 238 Grey 228 Mountain 231 Naked-top ... yee aol Narrow-leaved 235, 237 Pink 230 Scrub 238 White 236 Boxes. Bae Bee bat ae 50 Tronbarks of New South Wales, Some eee 22D) Juvenile leaf stage Se 273 Juvenile leaves of Bcaluptiss miniata A, Cunn 198 Kardan 75 Kauri’... 256 King, Miss Ethel 285 Kingsmill, Hon. Wm. 18 Kurden 75 Lander Creek ... 14 Leaf, Round tee 62 Leaves, Insect markings on ... 2 Tsoblastic 54 Peltate aa 33 Lemon-scented Gum ... 91, 311 Leichhardt Re aay 45 Rusty Gum of on ae 37 Leiophloiz .. 312, 313, 321 Lepidophloie ... .. 812, 314, 322 Mahogany 218 Mallalie 165, 166 Mallee ... ac 301, 311 Black-... 325 Blue 325 Grey 325 edits. 325 Water ... 206 Whipstick 323 White ... ae spel, POwAS) Mallee Box 201, 209, 211, 212 Mallee roots 284 ix PAGE, Mallees .. 284, 321, 322 False 326 True 323 Maree ... 75 Marlock 164 White ie cou. dy Marlocks .. 021, 322, 328 Marri : 75 Melaleuca Gia 198 Melaleuca leucadendron L. Ms 183 Messmate 140, 141, 171, 173 Prickly 287 Milne River 16 Mogargo 3 239 Moravian Mission Station, Horanebare ads 15 Moreton Bay Ash 310 Morrison, Dr. Alexander 52 Mottled Gum ... 86 Mountain Ash 253 Bloodwood . 1. 27, 29 Gum ee 82, 269, 310 Ironbark ... 231 Red Gum ... 83 Musson, C. T eas y 283 Myallie aa en 50 ° 166 Mycorrhiza 286 Naked-top Ironbark . 231 Nanism us 273 Narrow blue- leaf Box 65 Narrow-leaved Bimble Box ... cee OE Narrow-leaved Box 201, 207 Narrow-leaved Ironbark 235, 237 Natural Afforestation 248 Natural Grafts 279 Needle Bark ae es 288 New England Blackbutt... 171 Stringybark 152 New technical terms ... 312 N’egumbat 75 Nodules, Stem 284 Pachyphloie ... .. B12; 314, 322 Ration hsulee a. ~ 253 Peltate leaves 33 Pendulous Branches . 288 Peppermint 171, 174, 218, 242 White 65 Tree 309 Perez, Dr. G. V. Pimples es BES 5 Pink Ironbark... Plenty River ... Bo Poplar Box... Gab Leaf Box Podocarpus Porcupine Btrneybare Powder Bark ... Precocious blooming ... Prickly Messmate stems ... Protuberances of thes stem Rate of growth of trees Red Box Red-flowering Gum Red Gum \ Red Gum, Mountaine Red Gum tree Red Mallee Redwood Rhytiphloie Ribbon, Box Rock Apple Roots, Mallee ... Round leaf Rusty Gum a of Leichhardt Sahut, Mons. Felix SalmonwGume S50) Scarlet-flowering Gum Scented Gum ... Schizophloie ... Scrub Box Scrub Ironbark Seeds Sequoia sempervirens ... Sequoia Wellingtonia ... Slaty Gum Smith, Clayton O. Smooth-barked Bloodwood ... Smooth-stemmed Bivedaecedl Snuff-coloured Eucalypts Some Ironbarks of New South W ae Spearwood Spherical gall ... . INDEX. PAGE. PAGE. 281 | Spontaneous growth of trees, The . coe A510) 288 | Spotted Gum ... 84, 90, 311 230 | Spotted Gum rash : 85 16 | Stamens, Bundling or tuftiness of ... boo, las) 62 | Staminal ring ... re 355 57, 185 62 | Stem analysis, Determination of increment ... 286 by Bo 250 288 | Stem nodules ... 3 284 118 | Stems, Bulbous and tuberous 285 273 Prickly 287 287 Protuberances of 286 287 | Stringybark 139, 140, 141, 171, 173, ‘114, 309 286 Bastard ... se Lh2e8ipaais Blue-leaf 151 Fuieone Blue-top 152 ne New England 152 STOO 708 Porcupine 288 ila aes Twisted ... 147 elon Yellow 155 2 Swamp Gum = 311 ue Technical terms, New 312 325 | The Growing tree 244 Bee 1) 253) tothe spontaneous growth oft trees 250 ep Hien Cb eee Thurraney bao 85 212 Timbers, Variation in colour of 225 31 | ‘Tingle Tingle, Yellow 127 ae Tobacco Pipe Gum 198 ee Torrangora 239 AES Tree, Big ach 255 ou Trees, California big ... 255 Trees, Gippsland 255 989 | Trees, The largest Australian 254 11g | Trees, Vertical growth of 289 go | True Mallees 323 aay 91 Tuart 307 baal, 814, 322) emu oue 258 195 | Twisted Scnneebark 147 238 81 | Urar 85 255 255 Strait ha : 57 Variation in colour of timbers "6 225 283 Vegetable form and flowering period 273 Vertical growth of trees 289 29 5 27, 30 | Water Mallee Pee 200 225 | Weeping Gum 288, 311 164 | Weston, C. T..., 282 46 | Whipstick Mallee 323 INDEX, PAGE. White Bloodwood .... ee me ... 43, 45 IB Oxsae ros ue nae =. 605,645,211 Gum-topped 606 sie Soren ell Gum 117, 118, 166, 190, 268, 269, 309 Tronbark a 2 ok wet 230 Mallee ... =r ee ae Oa Marlock date ane ss sone HG Peppermint ... 36 ses B 65 Willowy Eucalypt... ane ae wa = LOE Woolls, Rev. Dr. ane Bae ae Sob ue BET Woollsiana No. 2, The ae Be aoa: | AOE Woollybutt ... Ba 154, 171, 177, 198, 311 * Woolly Gum ... a oat 5a co Bly Xerophytic conditions Yah-ruigne Yamble Box Yellow barks ... Yellow Bloodwood Yellow Gum Yellow Jack Yellow Jackets Yellow Jacket, Desert sandstone Yellow Stringybark ... Yellow Tingle Tingle . Yudhulwan Sydney: John Spence, Acting Government Printer—1922. x1 PAGE, 286 ... 85, 86 31 27 cee oe TO 34, 35, 36, 110 31, 35, 36, 37, 110 110 a a oun algal; Piles es ine Per onuE OMe tear intss Tibet = i. 4, Ee. pyriformis PEURCz AON; yar. Bet Oldfieldii P.v.M. 7. Lf. Dreevmondii Bentham. fies “ins INDEX . PART XLL wall. latifotia es M. \B. Foelscheana E.v.M. 5. HE. Abergiana I, wM. pachyphylla k. veM. milli Maiden. Plates;i68-171. (Issued June, 1920.) PART XLII. 298; EH. eximia Schauer. 299. EB. peltata Bentham. 930. BH. Watsoniana P.v.M. 231. BH. trachyphloia F.v.M. 939. BH. hybrida Maiden. 938, H. Kruseana F.v.M. 934. B. Dawsoni R. T. Baker. - 62. E. polyantiemos Schauer. 64. EE. Baweriana Schauer. 235, BE. conica Deane and Maiden, ~ 76. B, concolor Schauer. Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920.) PART XLUI. 236, EB. ficifolia F.v.M. 937. B. calophylla R.Br. 938, EH. hematorylon Maiden. 239. EH. maculata cok. 240, H. Mooreama (W. V. Witzgerald) Maiden. 241. EB. approrimans Maiden. 242. E. Stowardi Maiden. Plates 176-179 (Issued. November, 1920.) PART XLIYV. 243. E. perfoliata KR, Brown. 944. B. ptychocarpa V.v.M. 945. EH. similis Maiden. 246, H. lirata(W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden,n.sp. 947. HE. Baileyana V.v.M. 248. BE. Lane-Poolei Maiden. 249. BE. Ewartiana Maiden. 250. B. Bakeri Maiden. 251. BE. Jacksoni Maiden. 252. E. eremophila Maiden. Plates, 180-788. (Issued february, 1921.) PART XLV. 253. EB. erythrocorys F.v.M. 954. E. tetvodonta W.v.M. +256. EB. odontocarpa F.v.M. 17. BE. capitellata Smith. ! 956. EB. Camfieldi Maiden. A 7. E. Blaclandi Maiden and Cambage. £58. E. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) Pash Kings- “8 OF PARTS PUBLISHED~continued. PART XEVI. . tetragona F.v.M, i. cuulesmiocides T'.v.M. }. Hbbanoensis Maiden n.sp. . Andicwst Maiden. 7. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 7. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. . (dup. of 262) 2. eremophila Maiden. 70. H. deerpiens Endl. : Plates, 188-191. (issued May, 1921.) PART XLVII. 965. FH. Laseroni R. 'T. Baker. 266. ne de Beuzeville: Maiden. 1, Maitchelli Cambage. ; B. Brownii Maiden and Cambage. 969. BH. Caumbageana Maiden. 193. EH. miniata A. Cunn. Wj. Wootlltsiana lt. T. Baker. 44. B. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 3. EZ. hemiphloia W.v.M., var. Maiden. ar 49. H. bicolor A. Cunn. '. Pilligaensis Maiden. . Penrithensis Maiden. . nucranthera F.v.M. . notabilis Maiden. . canaliculata Maiden, Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) microcarpa PART XLVIII. . paniculata Sm. . decorticans sp. nov. . Cullent R. H. Cambage. . Beyeri R. T. Baker. ~ . globulus Labill. » E> nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. THE GROWING TREE. Rate of growth. bo ~I On . St Sy Natural afforestation. Increment curves. The jargest Australian trees. Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 1921,) PART XLIX. 278. E. drepanephylia F.v.M. ‘ 38.-E. leptophleba F.v:M. 279. B. Dalrympleana Maiden. 280. BH. Hillii Maiden. 217. BH. dichromophloia F.v.M. THE GROWING TREE—continucd. Nanism. The flowering of Eucalypts while in the juvenile- leaf stage. Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species. Natural grafts. Artificial grafts.’ Fasciation. Tumours and galls. Protuberances of the stem. Abortive branches (prickly stems). Pendulous branches. Vertical growth of trees. Plates, 200-203. (Issued September, 1921.) PART L. . Houscana (W. V. Titzeerald) J, Julsoni Maiden. . adjwicta Maiden. . pumila Cambage. . rarifiora FE, M. Bailey. . Mundijongensis Maiden, THE BARK. 1. Harly references to Hucalyptus barks Hucalyptus: ‘yernaculars in general, — 2. Wuealyptus bark classifications, O. Mallees, Marlocks, and other smalls (a) True Mallees. (0) False Mallees. (¢) Marlocks. Plates, 204-207 (issued December PART LI. Bah 287. HE. Sheathiana Maiden. 288. H. striaticalyx W. V. Fitzgerald. 289. H. taeniola Baker and Smith. 82. EH. Strickland: Maiden. 290, EH. wnialata Baker and Smith. 31. #, Planchomana F.v.M. 21. B. marginata Sm. 291. H#. Irbyi Baker and Smith. be 292. HB. Yurraensis Maiden and Cambage, n.sp THE BARK—continwod. . Leiophloie (Smooth-Barks or Gums), . Hemiphloie (Halt-barks). . Rhytiphloie (Rough-barks). . Pachyphloie (Stringybarks). . Schizophlove (Ironbarks). . Lepidophloiw (Barks friable and Ree: Plates, 208-211. (Issued February, 1922, PART LII. On raw eH 160, BE. @mplifolia Naudin, 292. x HE. algeriensis Trabut. 293. x HB. antipohtensis Trabut. 294. x BE. Bourlicrt Trabut. 295. x E. Cordier Trabut. 296. x EB. gomphocornuta Trabut. 297. x EB. jugalis Naudin. E. occidentalis Endl., var. o? Trabut. 298. x B. pseudo-globulus (Hort.) Nandi 999. x E. Trabuti Vilmorin. : E. Stuartiana x globulus Tra) +t 300, x F. Insizweensis Maiden sp. ~ THE BARK—continued. — 3. Classification of Trees in General by} of their Barks. 4, Variation in Barks of the same: 5. Bark in Relation to Heat and 6. Adventitious Shoots. 7. Ringbarking- — - 8. Coppice-growth (suekering). 9 . Twist in Bark. iy 10. Bark Repair. i 11. Microscopie Characters of Bark. 12. Calcium Oxalate. — 13. Tannin. : 14. Oil in Bark. — 15. Fibre in Bark. 16. Colour of Inner Bark. — } 17. Colour of Outer Bark. SS ee Plates, 212-215, (Issued An A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS | BY 4 H. MAIDEN, 180, 6 RS, PLS (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney), Vor. V. PART be 24-4258 PART XLI comsten' Worx (WITH FOUR PLATES.) PRICE Two SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE QF NEW SOUTH WALES. SBDTED ; | WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 483573 1920. Bvealyps ‘eliqua 1 Héritier. - Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) : Eucalyptus Behriana BV. M Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) . Eucalyptus populifolia Hook: (738 Eucalyptus Bowman F.v.M. (Dow Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. : Eucalyptus fecunda Schauer. . eae. hee Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) . Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. eee . Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 6. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. oe - Eucalyptus hemiphlowa F.v.M. i a Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schl : Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 4 (a). dn Ironbark Boz. e Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) . Bucalyptus Jruticetorum F.v.M. . Eucalyptus acaciovdes A. Cunn. — . Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. — . Eucalyptus ochrophloaia ¥.v.M. . Zucalyptus microtheca F.v.M. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) Plates a oo eeued Febmiaty > . Eucalyptus Raveretiana ¥.v.M. 12, Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. . Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. — 3. Eucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus — . Eucalyptus Staigeriana F.v.M. - _witrea R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. . Hucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 5. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. . Eucalyptus Smitha R. T. Baker. 6. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. . Lucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) . Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. j . Lucalyptus leucoxylon F.v.M. Bucadyptus capitellata Sm. . Eucalyptus Caleys Maiden. Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. Plates, 53-56. (Issued Novae 19. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. : 20. Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. 21. us marginata Sm. i / a ae % he, PN . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. — 23. Eucalyptus sepuleralis F.v.M. SRS i Mala Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) i oe oe es ee ucalyptus cneorifolia Plates, 57-60. (Issued J uly, . Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. — . Eucalyptus paniculata Sm.? X - 24. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 25. Eucalyptus mierocorys F.v.M. XIV—66. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. 26. Lucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 67. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. 27. Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 68. Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow 28. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. 69. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 29. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith.. 70. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 30. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 71 Eucalyptus Cléezcana F.v.M. 31. Lucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 72, Eucalyptus ee a ee Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) eC pinticsr REVISION OF FHE GCeNUsS MUCABYETUS BY Je Tels IWOAIDIDIEDIN| | GSMO). TE IRgSi 18 SERSS (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Wom Ve Ara | Part XLI of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’’ Macautay’s ‘‘ Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Sydney: WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *83573—A 1920, CCOXXIII, Eucalyptus latifolia Fv.M. Deseription Range Affinities CCXXIV. Eucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. Description 0 ‘ : ° ‘; : Form 1 (Are there two forms ?) Form 2 Lanceolar-leaved form Range Affinities CCXXV. Eucalyptus Abergiana Fy.M. Description Range Affinities . : ( . CCXX VI, Eucalyptus pachyphylla ¥.v.M. Description ° ° ° : ° : e : 5 History of a confusion Synonyms. . ° : : : : Variety sessilis var. nov. Range— of typical or normal species . of sessile-fruited form. (var. sessilis) Affinities IY) 1 ap) CXIV. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow, Variety Kingsmillt Maiden. Description Range Affinity XCHI, Eucalyptus Oldfieldit F.v.M. Description : : 4 é ; : Range Affinities CCXX VII. Eucalyptus Drummondit Bentham. Description Synonym . . : ‘ : : . Range Affinities Explanation of Plates . 2k Zag DESCRIPTION, COXXIIM. EF. latifolia F.v.M. Journ. Linn. Soc. 11, 94 (1859). FOLLOWING 1s a translation of the original :-— A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sub-opposite or scattered, with rather long petioles, broad or orbicular-ovate, obtuse, glaucescent, opaque, imperforate, thinly penniveined, intramarginal vein very close to the edge, umbels terminal, paniculate, few flowered, peduncles and pedicels angular, these twice as long as the former (#. melanophloia, &ec.). Fruits sub-campanulate, ecostate, 3-4 celled, flat at the vertex, valves touching at the rim. Growing in riparian level ground, at the upper part of the Roper River, 8th July, 1856. Flowered in the summer. . A small or medium-sized tree, the bark, after the falling of the last ashy-coloured strips, is smooth and yellowish. Leaves 2-3, rarely 4 inches long, often 2 inches broad, with a petiole of almost an inch long, thickly and faintly penniveined as those of ZF. bigalerita (E. alba Reinw., see Part XXV, p. 96, of the present work). Umbels simply and compositely paniculate. Fruit about 3 lines long, the margin slightly bent back at the mouth. Valves included. I have not found the flowers. In habit similar to £. bigalerita, but in its characters rather resembling E. dichromophloia. In spite of his reference to the inflorescence, it was either not seen by Mueller, or he had lost it (see under #. Foelscheana, p. 8). At all events, it has been figured (fig. 2b, Plate 168) for the first time. The individual umbels have six to twelve flowers. The colour of the timber is red. Then Bentham (B.FI. i, 255) described it in English as foilows :— A small or middle-sized tree, with a smooth ash-grey bark, tardily separating from the inner brownish bark, also smooth (F. Mueller). Leaves alternate, or here and there almost opposite, petiolate, ovate, obtuse, with transverse parallel veins, rather more prominent and not so close as in the allied narrow-leaved species. Flowers rather large, four to six in each umbel, in a large terminal corymbose panicle. Peduneles terete ; pedicels terete, shorter than the calyx-tube. Calyx-tube broadly turbinate, four to five lines in diameter, rather thick. Operculum very short, slightly convex. Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct cells. Fruits globose-truncate or urceolate-globose, with a very short neck, smooth, and not ribbed, 3 to 4 lines in diameter, the rim thin; the capsule deeply sunk. Seeds winged. RANGE. The type came from the upper part of the Roper River, and Bentham adds ** Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria,’ whence it was collected by Robert Brown about 1802, but what I have seen collected by that botanist on the islands belongs to E. Foelscheana. So far } have only seen specimens of £. latifolia from the Northern Territory and the big islands north of it. The Roper River, of course, flows into the western side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Following are notes on Northern Territory specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— : “ Grows on heavy soil and is associated with L. pupuana and FL. terminalis. The wood is soft.” Has the ordinary friable Bloodwood bark, Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 464). Mr. Hill kindly sent a photograph of this tree. Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 469). In flower, which is fragrant. “White bark, flaking off in places in strips. Conical fruits ”’ (perhaps a reference to the narrow mouths). McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 388). “ Bloodwood,” McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 390). Pine and Horseshoe Creeks (EK. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters). “ Bloodwood,” fairly large tree, near Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 107). Note (a). “ Bastard Bloodwood.” “‘ Similar in habit to the Bastard Bloodwoods and Cabbage Gums identified as 2. grandijolia and EB. Foelscheana (narrow leaf tall form). The leaf is always stout and untwisted, but in the roughish bark, with red gummy splashes, and the crooked habit of the tree, it resembles the other two.” (Jensen, No. 385). Note (0). ‘Crooked limbed small tree, growing however in other places up to 40 feet high. Roughish bark except on branches where it is white and smooth. Stem up to 12 inches in diameter. Capsules in small terminal racemes. Leaves ovate.” Pine Creek (Dr. Jensen, No. 357). “Cabbage Gum,” near Wandi (Dr. Jensen, No. 383). .““ Bastard Bloodwood.” Roughish bark over most of the stem, branches often smooth. Near Wandi (Dr. Jensen, No. 385). “Timber pale red in colour.” Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 401). “ Broad leaf type.” Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 411). “Stem like £. papuana.”” Cullen River, Woolgni and Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 418). The leaves with insect markings, like EL. brachyandra F.v.M. Artesian Range, North-Western Australia (W. V. Fitz- gerald, No. 1358). Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, track Cullen Creek (Prof. Baldwin Spencer); track to Cullen Creek, Katharine River, &c. (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) (with insect markings). APE TIN SS. 1. With FE. dichromophloia F.v.M. The original description says that H. latifolia in its characters rather resembles E, dichromophloia, and they appear to be closest related. Both are Bloodwoods, but E. dichromophloia has bark of a redder cast. Both have red timbers. The foliage of the two trees is usually very different,—that of H. latifolia being broad, while that of 4. dichromophlov is narrow. Compare Plate 168 with Plate 165 of Part XL. The buds and fruits are sufficiently approximate to require care. (Reference omitted from p. 319, Part XL) (H. dichromophloia and E. corymbosa). It has been already observed that the large-fruited forms of EF. dichromephloia display a good deal of similarity to EH. corymbosa. The juvenile leaves enable us to emphasise points of difference. f we turn to Plate 161, Part XX XIX (£. corymbosa) we have juvenile leaves figured at 5, 6, 7a, and an intermediate leaf figured at 7b. The juvenile leaves of H. corymbosa are pedunculate, glabrous or with weak hairs; those of E. dichromophloia are sessile, stem-clasping, and scabrous. The intermediate leaves are a good deal alike, those of 1. corymbosa being longer in proportion to the width, but the corresponding material of H. dichromophloia is not sufficiently abundant to speak finally. . The juvenile leaves of LH. dichromophloia (Old Battery, Hidsvold, Q., Dr. T. L. Bancroft, September, 1919) came too late to be figured on Plate 165. They are the - first I have seen, to my knowledge. I cannot do better than say that I cannot distin- guish them from some of the figures of H. setosa on Plate 158, Part XXXVIIL They seem replicas of figs. 5 and 8, and almost as scabrous. The mature leaves of the two species are, of course, very different, but the intermediate leaves of this specimen of E. dichromophlova are very broad and lanceolate, as broad as those of the juvenile leaves. 2. With £. Foelscheana ¥.v.M. See p. 8. 3. With EB. corymbosa Sm. “ #. latifolia has very broad even roundish leaves, and belongs, on account of its smooth bark, to the section Leiophloie, unless this be subject to exceptions.” (*« Kucalyptographia,” under &. corymbosa.) It is not correct to say that F. latifolia isa member of the Leiophloiw, although there are Bloodwoods with barks more scaly. We do not know the extent to which some of these tropical Bloodwoods vary in regard to the roughness of thei barks. DESCRIPTION. COXXIV. EF, Foelscheana F.v.M. In The Chemist and Druggist of Australasia, November, 1882. A pwarr tree, or only of shrubby growth; branchlets robust, not angular; leaves scattered or exceptionally opposite, on rather short stalks, ovate or verging into a roundish form, sometimes very large, always of firm consistence, blunt or at the summit slightly pointed, greyish-green on both sides, not much paler beneath; their primary veins very divergent or almost horizontally spreading, numerous and thus closely approximated, but subtle and therefore not prominent; the circumferential vein contiguous to the margin of the leaf; oil-dots concealed or obliterated; wmbels four to six-flowered or rarely three-flowered, forming a terminal panicle; calyces pear-shaped, on longish or rarely short stalks, faintly angular, not shining; lid not so broad as the tube of the calyx, very depressed or some- times conspicuously raised towards the centre, tearing off in an irregular transverse line, long retained and soon reflexed from the last point of adherence; stamens all fertile, bent inward before expansion ; filaments yellowish-white, some of the outer dilated towards the base; anthers (when fresh) almost cuneate- ovate or the inner more oblong and the outer slightly cordate, all bursting anteriorly by longitudinal slits ; connective reddish, with a slight dorsal turgidity towards the summit; style much exceeded in length by the stamens; stigma not dilated; fruit large, urceolar, not angular; valves generally four, nearly deltoid, inserted much below the narrow edge of the fruit, at last deeply enclosed; fertile seeds large, terminated by a conspicuous membrane; sterile seeds very slender. The species, above defined, is flowering already at the height of 18 inches (as is the case also with E. cordata and E. vernicosa), therefore, when still quite young, producing then a comparatively large cluster of blossoms; the full-grown tree seldom exceeds a height of 20 feet, and always remains of cripply stature. Stem-diameter to 9 inches, or rarely more; bark, dark grey, rough; leaves of young plants often twice, or even thrice, the size of those of old trees. (Original description.) Mueller again described it, with slightly different verbiage, and also figured it in the “ Eucalyptographia.” The “ Eucalyptographia” figure and description can be taken as referring to the type; they were put in hand within a few weeks after the publication of the original description. “ I have measured a juvenile leaf 15 by 11 inches, and was informed that larger ones could have been collected. It will be observed that Mueller speaks of the species as rarely exceeding a height of 20 feet, and that if ‘‘ always remains of a cripply nature.” In the “ Eucalypto- graphia ” he speaks of “the greatest height attained about 20 feet. Stem diameter only to 12 inches asa maximum.” It attains the height of “ 30 feet or more ” at Burrundie. It would appear that there are variations as regards bark and leaves in this species. Until more field observations are available, let us refer to them as Form 1 and Form 2. It is probable that the two forms may be reconcilable as belonging to the same species. Form 1. (The bark.) Description of type bark 445. (Typical of, say, 24 miles around Darwin, and therefore presumably typical of the species.) Hard-scaly, about 1 cm. thick, in longitudinal furrows, and cracking less deeply transversely, so as to form tessers longer than wide, but the precise sizes of each tessera yariable, 5 Form 2. (The bark.) Description of type bark 450. (Typical of the Stapleton district. ) This bark is thin-scaly, simply peeling off in irregular flakes of the thickness of brown paper. As compared with the bark of No. 445, that of 450 appears to be from a young, or a stunted tree. Form 1. (The leaves.) Common in the species within, say, 24 miles of Darwin. “ Those about Darwin have smaller, thinner, and narrower leaves.” (G. F. Hill.) Mr. Hill is apparently referring to leaves of the shape of fig. 4a, Plate 169, and he is perhaps emphasising his Nos. 344 and 445 (Darwin) too much. At the same time we must remember that those of the type are described as “‘ ovate or verging on a roundish form.” Around Darwin most of the leaves would be from second-growth plants. The form from Darwin and near Darwin is usually found on dry, shotty ironstone or sandy loam (well drained) or on stony land (about Darwin), usually associated with E, tetradonta, grandifolia, miniata, and my No. 398 (“ Smooth-stemmed Bloodwood ”’), (G. F. Hill.) Form 2. (The leaves.) Further down the railway line, say from 34 miles to 69 miles, and probably much further. The Stapleton form (69 miles from Darwin). “The foliage of the Stapleton specimens is denser, leaves more ‘ fleshy * and generally more rounded.” (G. F. Hill.) This is a fair description of the typical form. Mr. Hill says that the Stapleton form grows on the flats or on the foothills very near flats, sometimes on stony country, sometimes on alluvial soil. “ The Stapleton form is generally associated with the sp. represented by my 448, 449, LE. papuana, E. grandi- jolia, and E. terminalis. “ The bark of the two forms is very distinct, as will be seen by comparing 445 and 450.” (G. F. Hill.) Lanceolar-leaved form. We must recognise that lanceolar leaves occur in this species. “Specimens without fruit, brought by R. Brown in 1802, during Captain Flinders’ Expedition from Carpentaria, may also belong to E. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form.’’ (Original description.) Mueller amplifies these remarks in the following :— _ “Some specimens without fruit, brought by Robert Brown already during Capt. Flinders’ Expedi- tion from Carpentaria, and presented to the Melbourne Botanic Museum by Sir Joseph Hooker, may belong to an extreme form of H. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form, and the flower-stalklets are of lesser length.’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under EH. Foelscheana.) Brown’s specimen is figured at fig. 1, Plate 170. It does not seem useful to give this lanceolar form a variety name, as it 1s a transition form, as will be seen from examination of the other figures. B RANGE. Confined to the Northern Territory, so far as we know. “Near Port Darwin, on sandy soil; Mr. Paul Foelsche. Found also in other northern portions of Arnhem’s Land, by Mr. J. McKinlay.” (Original description.) In the “ EKucalyptographia,” Bridge Creek, which is near Darwin (Burkitt), was added. It will be observed that I have added a number of other Territory localities, all within the tropics. It has still to be searched for in the Cape York Peninsula (Queensland) and in the Kimberley country (North-west Australia). WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Small fruits, broadly lanceolate leaves. Derby (C. H. Ostenfeld). I quote this specimen doubtfully, as although it simulates a small-fruited 2. Foelscheana, the material is so imperfect that it may be a coarse form of B. dichromophloia. At the same time our Western Australian friends should be on the lookout for /. Foelscheana in the tropical portion of their State. NorRTHERN TERRITORY. Huge juvenile foliage, very urceolate fruits. Near Darwin (Prof. Baldwin Spencer, W. 8. Campbell. N. Holtze). “On stony foothills and on flats at foot of hills. Associated with LE. setosa, EL. miniata, and Coolabah, No. 448. Timber sent, also bark, bark of trunk and branches similar throughout. Buds, flowers, fruit.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 450). Inflores- cence forming an open panicle. “‘ From tree idistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 452). ‘‘ Tree indistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 455), “ Bloodwood, rough bark on trunk and branches, narrow-leaved form. Small tree (see bark from trunk). Flowers about July, fruits 25th October, 1915.” Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 344). A form with wnuswally narrow leaves. “ B. Foelscheana. Typical of £. Foelscheana in vicinity of Darwin, and 20 miles south of Darwin.” (Note my specimen No. 344 determined as above by you.) Sample of timber, bark, and fruit with seed.” 20 miles 8.E. of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 445). Pedicellate, broad lanceolate leaves. The following is an interesting note made by Dr. H. J. Jensen, in 1916, referring to some of the above specimens :— 344, EF. Foelscheanu, also 358, 367, 368. “A further specimen of the broad-leaved type 368 with fruits was collected by me in December last. It was rather surprising to find that the narrow-leaved trees 344 5) and 358 were the same as 368, as the tree in ‘“‘ Eucalyptographia ” was described as low, shrubby, and broad-leaved, and I know it well at Brook’s Creek and Bridge Creek where I believe Inspector Foelsche collected his type material. In those localities it is 7 never, to my present knowledge, seen more than 15 feet high. It is a low scrub, found principally on clayey clay-slate and schist-flats, leaves very fleshy, flowers in huge bunches at end of branches, flowers very fleshy; pods large. The specimens at Burrundie, however, grow to a height of 30 feet or more—both broad leaf and narrow leaf form, and the tree has the appearance of the Cabbage Gum. ‘The leaves are not as large as usual in the scrubby form. Wood white ant proof.” “ Bastard Bloodwood. Now in flower, has rough bark to top of branches, narrow-leaved form. Another variety has bark like Moreton Bay Ash. Both have reddish resinous splashes on bark. Leaves similar in both.” Burrundie, November, 1915 (Dr. Jensen, No. 358). Leaves variable in size and shape, Brook’s Creek; Pine and Horseshoe Creeks ; Pine Creek Railway (EK. J. Dunn, R. J. Winters). “ Large tree.” Near Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 108). Narrewish leaves, open panicle. * Tree similar to 365, 366. Terminal branches erect; leaves more rounded.” _ 30 miles south-east of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 367). “ Broad-leaved form. Medium-sized tree; trunk covered with rough scaly bark; branches smooth, large sucker leaf.” Batchelor, about 60 miles south of Darwin (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 368). Mature and immature fruits. Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 416). “On horntels country, north of Umbrawarra, and on blocky schist country at Woolgni occurs a Bloodwood-like gum with broad leaves like #. Foelscheana, bark mostly smooth, but a little fine scaly bark at base like 2. papuana, seed pods larger and urn-shaped, having a more marked rim than those of 2. Foelscheane. Leaves, sucker leaves, wood, sent under Nos. 417, 418, 419, and 420. This tree grows on both ridges and flats, and seems variable in size and shape of pod. &. Foelscheana collected in same locality on a small flat, has bark all rough. Seeds without rim, otherwise similar (No. 416).” Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 417). Fruits somewhat elongated. “ Rough bark almost to top, large fruits.” McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 387). : Edith Creek; also Track to Katharine River, widely spread; also coarse foliage, fruits not large and hardly urceolate, near Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). “Leaf like #. Foelscheana, bark lke E. papuana. Associated with LE. setosa. Pedicellate juvenile leaves (? intermediate form). Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 420). Thin juvenile leaves. Woolgni, Cullen River (Dr. Jensen, 415); thin pedicellate juvenile leaves, Cullen River, on banks (Dr. Jensen, No. 419). Robert Brown’s specimens, collected 1802-5, and distributed from the British Museum in 1876 under the labels— (a) (Islands of) Gulf of Carpentaria ; (b) No. 4779, E. latifolia F.M. (E£. compacta R.Br.), North Coast ; are H. Foelscheana. They are the lanceolate leaved form of the species. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. terminalis F.v.M. “ E. Foelscheana belongs to the series exemplified by H. terminalis. . . . . If it was not for the great diversity of habit, E. Foelscheana might be approximated very closely to H. terminalis.’’ (** Hucalyptographia,” under £. Foelscheana.) Compare Plates 164 and 165 (Part XL) for LZ. terminalis, with Plates 169 and 170, this Part, for BE. Foelscheana. EF. Foelscheana is a smaller, more gnarled tree, with very much coarser foliage. The fruits of F. terminalis are longer and narrower, usually less urceolate, or, if urceolate, more high-shouldered. Those of both species may be very large. Both have red timbers. 2. With £. latifolia F.v.M. In some respects it is allied to FE. latifolia; the leaves, however, are larger and not decurrent at the base; the petioles are comparatively shorter and, as well as the branchlets, less slender; the peduncles and pedicels are thicker and less angular; the calyces larger, not roundish-blunt at the base, and therefore not passing suddenly into a pedicel of upwards unincreased thickness ; the fruit is much larger, at least twice as long as broad; and considerably contracted towards the summit, thus not almost semi-ovate; the flowers of the real E. latifolia are as yet unknown, and may prove different from those of the Z. Foelscheana , though their anthers, seen as remnants, show the same form.’’ (Original description.) He repeats these observations in almost the same words, and adds “ A few adherent anthers of 2. latifolia do, however, exhibit the same form. These two species hold almost the same relation to each other as /. urnigera to E. cordata” (“ Eucalyptographia ”’ under E. Foelscheuna). Compare Plates 168 and 169. E. Foelscheana is a very much coarser species than 2. lutijolia, as regards its inflorescence and fructification. |The former species shows greater extremes of size in leaves than does the latter; I have not seen huge leaves nor lanceolar ones in ZL. latiJolia. The fruit of that species is smaller, less urceolate, the orifice smaller, and has slenderer peduncles and pedicels. 3. With E. setosa Schauer. The affinities with this species are less close. Compare Plate 158, Part XX XVIII, for fruits of E. setusa, which are large, and frequently of the same shape’as those of E. Foelscheanw, but those of the latter are always glabrous. The leaves of the two species are very different, while /. setosa is often a moderately large, umbrageous tree. DESCRIPTION. COXXV. E. Abergiana F.v.M. In Fragm. xi, 41 (1878). SHORTLY afterwards Mueller redescribed it in English in the “ Eucalyptographia ” with a Plate. The “ Eucalyptographia ” description so nearly follows the original that it may be stated here as equivalent to it. Finally very tall; leaves scattered, of thick consistence, oval or elongated-lanceolar, hardly inequi- lateral, shining above, opaque beneath ; the lateral veins copious subtle and very spreading, the longitudinal vein almost contiguous to the margin of the leaves, or but slightly removed from the edge; panicles terminal ; flower-stalks thick, almost cylindrical, the ultimates bearing 2-6 flowers on exceedingly short or without stalklets; calyces pale, their tube truncate-ovate, nearly twice as long as the almost hemispheric lid, not angular; stamens all or nearly all fertile, inflexed before expansion; anthers oval, with nearly longitudinal dehiscence; stigma very slightly dilated; fruits large, oval-urnshaped, smooth, with a thin margin and with four enclosed at first horizontal valves; fertile seeds expanding from their summit into a long membrane, much longer than the slender sterile seeds. On the mountains, near Rockingham Bay; Dallachy. A lofty tree, with persistent bark and very expanding branches. Heart-wood very hard, reddish. Branchlets in some instances slender and somewhat angular, in other cases thick and cylindrical. Leaf- stalks 3-14 inches long. Leaves measuring 24—4 inches in length or occasionally longer, rarely shortened to an almost oval form, 1-2 inches broad, often very gradually narrowed upwards, blunt at the base. Panicle almost corymbous; its ultimate flower-stalks generally about 1 inch long, as well as the branchlets; pale, not shining. The wnopened calyces egg-shaped, their very blunt and rather thick lid rather separating by a horizontal rupture than by a well-defined suture of circumcision; the tube in flowering state about 3 an inch long, sometimes subsequently slightly turbinate. A few of the outer stamens occasionally devoid of anthers; filaments, according to the note of the collector, whitish in a fresh state, but reddish-yellow when dry; the longer filaments 4-5 lines long. Avthers hardly $a line long; their cells separated by a broad connective. Style half-included within the calyx, exceeded by the stamens. Fruit 1 inch long, or somewhat longer, not angular; the valves deltoid-sha ped, hardly } inch long. Fertile seeds very compressed, terminated by a semi-oval membrane, giving a length of about 4 inch for the whole seed, including the appendage. In the “* Eucalyptographia ” it is stated to be “ a lofty tree with persistent bark and very expanding branches,” and with reddish timber. I do not know of any tree belonging to this species which may be called “ lofty ” or “ stately ” (loc. e7t.), but the species is very little known, and should be further investigated. 10 RANGE. The type came from the Coast Range near Rockingham Bay, Queensland, near 18 deg. south latitude, and we do not certainly know it from any other locality. QUEENSLAND. “Tree 15 or 20 feet high, rough bark.” Coast Range, Rockingham Bay (J. Dallachy). The type. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. “ Approaches to 2. ptychocarpa, with which it agrees in the size and shape of its fruit, but the latter i8in no way lined with prominent longitudinal ridges, nor are the flowers provided with conspicuous stalklets.’’ (“ Eucalyptosraphia,’’ under B. Abergiana.) These ridges sharply separate the two species, which will be further compared when H. ptychocarpa is dealt with. 2. With &. miniata A. Cunn. “This species differs from #. Abergiana in narrower leaves, opaque on both sides, axillary solitary flower stalks, longitudinally angular calyces, longer anthers, larger fruits and seeds without any appendage.”’ (“ Euealyptographia,’” under £. Abergiana.) For EF. miniata, see Plate 96, Part XXII. The obvious differences are elongated ribbed fruits of #. miniata rarely urceolate as in 2. Abergiana. The ribbing extends to the buds. | The coarse inflorescence is sessile as to pedicels in both species. 3. With EF. Watsoniana F.v.M. “EF. Watsoniana again recedes in narrower leaves, equally coloured on other side, calyces with a varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid which over-reaches the orifice of the calyx- tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and unappendiculated seeds.”’ ( Eucalyptographia,’? under £. Abergiana.) The differences of these two species will be dealt with in the next Part (under FE. Watsoniana). 4. With EF. corymbosa Sm. “ EB. corymbosa, which likewise oécurs as far north as Rockingham Bay, is separated from H. Aber- giana by its narrower leaves, acute at the base, angular and more slender flower-stalks, smaller calyces provided with stalklets and not pale-coloured, a thinner and not obtuse lid, which separates by a distinct suture of the calyx, smaller fruits, more contracted upwards, and the lesser appendage of the seeds.”’ (“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z. Abergiana.) El And again “ If it were necessary to point out any differences of H. corymbosa and E. Abergiana, we need only allude again to the colour of the stamens ; —besides Z. corymbosa has its flowers and fruits smaller, the seeds wholly or nearly destitute of any appendage, and the seedlings purplish-hispid, with short-stalked elliptic opposite leaves; while Z. Abergiana is still further removed by the want of stalklets of its flowers and by the larger and wider lid, although the seeds are here again conspicuously appendiculated.’’ (“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z. ficifolia.) For E. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162 in Part XXXIX. In that species, pedicels are present and the peduncles more slender. The buds and fruits are smaller and less coarse; the fruits of 2. Abergiana are less urceolate and the rims thicker. The foliage of E. Abergiana is coarser. 5. With £. terminalis F.v.M. “ B. terminalis is distinguished in a similar manner from EZ. Abergiana as E. corymbosa, except the seeds, but besides in the paler foliage, the leaves being of equal colour on both sides, necessitating stomata on each, and not merely on the underside as in £. Abergiana; thus also the latter, like all the species with only hypogenous stomata, forms a more shady tree, its leaves expanding more horizontally, whereas E. terminalis, like the majority of its congeners, turns its leaves more vertically.’’ (‘* Hucalyptographia,”’ under 2. Abergiana.) Let us turn to Plate 164, Part XL, as regards figures of HL. terminalis. E. terminalis (so far as we know) is the larger tree; 2. Abergiana is stockier, and with thicker, coarser foliage. #, Abergiana has very short pedicels or none, while the fruits of E. terminalis are cylindroid rather than urceolate. 6. With EF. calophylla R.Br. “ B. Abergiana can be separated from E. calophylla and E. terminalis by the want of stalklets of its calyces, and from the latter besides by the broader and above dark-green leaves.’’ (“ Hucalyptographia,”’ under B. corymbosa). This will be referred to when F. calophylla is reached. 12 DESCRIPMON: COXXVI. E. pachyphylla Fv.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc. ii, 98 (1859). THE description may be translated in the following words :— Shrubby, with angular young branches, and alternate leaves on moderately long petioles, thickly coriaceous, ovate, or lanceolate-ovate, acuminate, hardly unequal-sided, not perforate, finely penniveined, the peripheral vein remote from the margin; with axillary umbels irregularly 3-flowered, the peduncles and pedicels very short. Flowers not known. The tube of the fruiting-calyx depressed-hemispherical, with four distinct ribs and more indistinct ones, with raised margins, the capsules 4- to 5-celled, convex at the top, with somewhat exserted valves, the fertile seeds with narrow wings, rather light-coloured. Hab. In a sandy desert at Hooker’s Creek (Northern Territory). Flowering time, autumn, Shrub of the height of a fathom or slightly higher. Leaves mostly 14 to 24 inches long, opaque in dry specimens. Flowers not known. Fruits 6 to 8 lines in diameter, the margin just produced above the valves. Fertile seeds with the wings added 1} lines long. Near to E. alpina. It will be observed that the flowers were unknown to the original describer, and that the “ peduncles and pedicels (are) very short.”’ It was then described by Bentham in B.Fl. iii, 237. Inter alia the fruits are described as nearly sessile. Then Mueller figured it in ‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” but the plate, as regards the flowering and fruiting twig, is made up of more than one plant; in other words it is in part an accidental fake. The material of this species in the Melbourne Herbarium had in course of years, from Mueller’s time onwards, become a good deal mixed up. Recently Prot. Ewart forwarded the whole of it to me for examination. I am satisfied that in the “ Kucalyptographia ” plate the leaves and fruits belong to the type, although a peduncle is not shown and the pedicels are shown too long (see figs. 1 and 2, Plate 171, of the present work). The buds and flowers in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia”’ plate do not belong to the type. They really came from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range (E. Giles). Then come my notes on the species in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 507 (1918), from which the following notes are extracted :— In Ewart and Davies’ “Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 306 (1917), | indicated that I believe this is a valid species, and that my H. pyriformis Turez., var, minor (present work, Part XVII, pages 232 and 235) should merge init. I desire to draw attention to this species, which is in some confusion, 13 Bentham, as stated, described the species, but he pointed out the inadequacy of the material, and even doubted if it should be given specific rank. In Fragm. x, 5 (1876), Mueller recorded it from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory (EE. Giles), and described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) for the first time. He indicated its true affinity to EB. pyriformis. Mueller then figured the species in his “ Eucalyptographia,” and as usual he missed the opportunity of figuring the type. From Tanami, western Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 206, 1914), I have received both E. pachyphylla (resembling No. 371) and a small-flowered E. pyrijormas under the same number, and undoubtedly the species are closely related. Mueller’s “ Eucalyptographia ’’ plate of this rare species is misleading to the extent that it will cause most people to think that it correctly depicts his EH. pachy- phylla. As a matter of fact, it shows a multiflowered, pedicellate form. To put botanists on their guard, I considered it at one time desirable to indicate the plant figured by Mueller as var. pedicellata. SYNONYMS. 1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden (in part). 2. FE. pachyphylla F.v.M., var. pedicellata Maiden. 1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden in part. This work, Part XVII, p. 230, also Plate 75, figs. 5 and 6 (figs. 7a and 7b are H. Oldfieldii ¥.v.M.). There was an unfortunate mix-up of material in the Melbourne Herbarium shortly after Mueller’s death, referred to at p. 12. 2. E. pachyphylla ¥.v.M., var. pedicellata Maiden in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 508 (1918). Misled by the original description (a) of the peduncles and pedicels as very short, (b) of Bentham’s description of the fruits as “ nearly sessile,” (c) by Mueller’s description of the flowers of the Glen of Palm specimens as “ nearly sessile ” (having seen them I would call them “sessile ””), but particularly by (d) the upper part of the ‘‘ Eucalypto- graphia” plate, where Mueller shows two clusters of buds and flowers sessile (the cluster of fruits has exaggerated pedicels), I looked upon the normal form as sessile, and, therefore, a form with pedicels as worthy of a varietal name, pedicellata. I now find that the normal state of the species is pedicellate, so that the variety pedicellata must fall, while a variety sessilis has been proposed at p. 14, C 14 VARIETY. Var. sessilis var, nov. I have already shown that confusion has arisen in regard to the presence or absence of pedicels in this species. The pedicellate (normal) and non-pedicellate forms should, however, be distinguished by a name, and therefore I propose the name sessilis for the latter. The specimens, Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory (E. Giles), may be taken as the type of the proposed variety (see figs. 4a to c, Plate 171). RANGE. (Of normal form, @.e., with pedicellate inflorescence. ) NORTHERN TERRITORY. The sheet in Herb. Melb, labelled “ £. pachyphylla Verd. Mueller, Hooker's Creek, Dr. M.” and which refers to the type. consists of two leaves, together with loose pedi- sured inthe * Kucalyptographia’’ plate, but fo) cellate fruits, evidently the same as those fi with shorter pedicels than figured therein. See figs. lu, 1b, Plate 171. They belong to the type. (1 would again remind my readers that the buds and flowers shown on the “ Kucalyptographia ” plate do not belong to the type.) Small tree of 10 feet. Tanami, western Northern Territory, collected by Dr. H. J. Jensen (C. E. F. Allen, No. 206). Flowers only, shortly pedicellate. It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to separate these flowers from those labelled “ Sources of the Georgina River.” (JUEENSLAND. “HB. pachyphylla, F.v.M.,” Pituri Creek, a tributary of the Georgina River, Western Queensland (Alfred Henry, 1889). A few fruits only. See fig. 2, Plate 171. The fruit is a little smaller than that of the type. ji Linda Creek. [I cannot trace this. Can it be the same as Lander Creek, a few lines below?] One fruit only. Shortly pedicellate; fig. 3, Plate 171. As compared with the type, this is of greater diameter and with more ribs on the calyx-tube. The following in fruit only :— A. “Interior of $.A.” (doubtless Northern Territory). Figured at 5a and 5b, Plate 75. B. 60 miles west of Camp IV, Lander Creek, Northern ‘Territory, 22nd June, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 371). 15 Sessile, single, large-fruited form. A specimen in leaf and flower only, labelled by Mueller “ 2. pachyphylla F.v.M. (Strongylanthere), W. H. Cornish, 1885,” precisely matches the flowering specimen(Glen of Palms, /. Giles) in the ‘‘Eucalyptographia”’ plate. Figured at 6a-6d, Plate 75. This is the plant referred to as from the Mulligan River, Western Queensland, this work, Part XVI, p. 235. RANGE (of var. sesseées var. nov.). NorTHERN TERRITORY. “W. Austral. Expedition, Glen of Palms, H. Giles, 1872,” in Luehmann’s writing, “Hi, pachyphylla ¥.M.”’ in Mueller’s writing. These specimens are in flower and bud only, are sessile, and are interesting because in Fragm. x, 5(1876), Mueller first described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) from them. I look upon them as quite sessile, and they are depicted in Mueller’s “ Kucalyptographia ” plate (flowers and buds only). Glen of Palms is on the Finke River, just south of the Kuichauff Range. — It formed Camp 44, Horn Expedition. In the report of this Expedition, Botany, by Prot. R. Tate, at p. 158, he records Giles’ specimen, and also Krichaufi Range (Kempe), a specimen to be presently referred to; also gorge of Reedy Creek, ravine on south side of Mt. Tate, on Mt. Sonder, all localities in the Macdonnell Ranges. The Rey. H. Kempe, the collector above referred to, was located at the Moravian Mission Station, Hermannsburg, on the northern side of the Finke River, and about 1 mile north of the Krichauff Range. It was abandoned as a Mission Station in the early “ nineties.’” See Report, Horn Exped., p. 48. | There is a survey of the Station and its surroundings in Mr. C. Winnecke’s Report of the Expedition. Immature (some slightly glaucous) fruits, Finke River (Kempe, 1880), are, as regards some of them, very fairly represented by 66, Plate 75; fruits immature, but a little more advanced are figured herewith. Here we have a small fruited form. Leaves and ripe fruits, Finke River (Revd. W. Schwarz, 1886) are figured herewith. Mueller does not appear to have referred to these specimens anywhere. 15 miles west of Hugh River (a tributary of the Finke River), Macdonnell Ranges, N.T., 6th May, 1911(G. F. Mill, No. 147). Glaucous early fruits, 40 miles west of Camp IV, Lander Creek, N.T. 21st June, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 361). Flowers with most of the stamens dropped. Still in the Macdonnell Ranges, at p. 35 of the Horn Expedition Report, we have “ June 17, 1894, Horn Exped., Camp 33, Deering Creek, height 2,210 feet. Travelled over sandridges covered with . . . . and Mallee (Hucalyptus pachyphylla).” “ Bush, 8-12 feet high, on sand plain 9 miles N.E. of the permanent water of Winnecke’s on the Marshall.’”’ (Lieut. Dittrich.) 16 Luehmann’s label is “ N. of McDonnell Range, Plenty River, Marshall River, Milne River, Lake Nash (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886).” Mueller labelled it E. pachyphylla. Plenty River near 8. lat. 23, unites with the Sandover River to form the Marshall or Hay River (N.T.). The Milne River runs into the Herbert River near the Northern Territory-Queensland boundary in 21° 8. lat. Lake Nash is near the Northern Territory—Queensland border near 21° 8. lat. 138° long. The material consists of a few loose buds and fruits, buds with pedicels on short peduncles, and with sharply pointed opercula and sharp, almost winged ribs, sharper than figured in Plate 75 or in the “ Eucalyptographia.”” The fruits (fig. 6, Plate 171) sessile. (These fruits very well match the sessile flowers figured in the “ Eucalyptographia. ”) (JUEENSLAND. Labelled pachyphylla by F.v.M. :— 1. Sources of the Georgina River (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886). Flowers and buds only. 2. Dense bushes, 10-15 feet high, Spinifex sand plains, 27 miles west of the Rankin River, lat. 205227! -24” <— (a) Flowers with short pedicels and moderately ribbed opercula very pointed. (b) Buds, with label (as above), but buds rather more pedicellate. Both (a) and (6) show how difficult it is to frame a character on the length of the pedicel. They certainly connect with the Tanami specimens. The Georgina River of Western Queensland has its principal source in the Barkly Tableland, and receives the Lorne and Rankin’s Creeks from the Northern Territory. In the “ New Atlas of Australia ” (1886), the Rankin and the Lorne are shown as the same stream, in 20-21° S. lat., near the Queensland border. These Queensland specimens collected by Lieut. Dittrich in 1886, for Mueller, were obtained near the Northern Territory—Queensland border, and on the same trip as those collected by the same traveller and recorded under Northern Territory. Arranging them geographically under two States is merely a matter of convenience. APPIN] iS: 1. With F. alpina Lindl. “Near to #. alpina”’ (original description). (See Part IX, Plate 41, for E. alpina.) The anthers of the two species are totally different. 2H. alpina is a rather broad-leaved small tree of mountain tops of a restricted range in Victoria. | The buds and fruits of H. alpina may be described as warted; the ridges, where present, are not as well defined as in FE. pachyphylla. The fruits are different, though sometimes possessing a resemblance. 17 2. E. cosmophylla ¥.v.M. “In some respects they ” (the imperfect specimens of EL. pachyphylla) “ resemble E. cosmophylla and its allies, but the fruit, the seeds, and perhaps the inflorescence are different (B.FI. in, 237). Let us turn to Part XXI, Plate 91, for H. cosmophylla. In E. cosmophylla the flowers are usually in threes, and the calyx-tubes have usually one rib and the opercula none at all. The fruits differ a good deal, and the anthers still more. £. cosmophylla attains the size of a fairly large tree. 3. With E£. pyriformis Turcz. This was first indicated by Mueller in Fragm. x, 5. “ E. pachyphylla approaches the variety pruinosa of E. pyriformis [such a variety has never been technically defined.—J.H.M. |, butits flowers and fruits are much smaller, almost devoid of a general flower stalk (peduncle), and crowded to the number of about seven together (“‘ Eucalyptographia ” under EH. pyriformis). For E. pruinosa Turez., see this work, Part XVII, pp. 230-1. I have not seen the species, but Mueller says E. pachyphylla only “ approaches ”’ it. There seems no doubt that both Mueller and I are correct in pointing out the affinity of Z. pachyphylla to E. pyriformis, and I went so far as to make the former a variety of the latter. Compare figures 5 and 6 (#. pachyphylla) with the rest of the figures on Plates 75 and 76 (H. pyriformis). The anthers are similar, and the chief differences lie in the size of the fruits and in the length of calyx-tube or at least pedicel. a 4. With FE. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. The affinity of £. pachyphylla is, however, closer to this variety, but they differ, as regards the larger buds and fruits; the longer petioles and pedicels; the more pointed opercula; the ribs deeper, almost winged and more numerous, of var. Kingsmilli. 5. With E. Oldfieldii F.v.M. E. Oldfieldii is under revision, but Part XVII, p. 223, may be turned to, and figs. 11, Plate 73, and figs. 1 and 2, Plate 74, consulted. All these are close to the type. Both species are Mallees, but in H. Oldfieldw the fruits are in threes, with no ribbing on either calyx-tube or operculum, and the rim of the fruit is domed. Fig. 7, Plate 75 (Burracoppin), which I attributed to E. pyriformis var. minor (and specifically identical with H. pachyphylla), of which fruits and a few leaves are alone available, is a form of #. Oldfieldi1, with comparatively long stout pedicels. 1 have a note on it in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 455. 18 DESCRIPTION. CXIV. EF. pyriformis Turczaninow. Tue following new variety, originally published in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., hi, 508 (1918), is figured in the present work for the first time (see also p. 229, Part XVII). E. pyriformis Tures., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. A shrub, or small tree attaining a height of about 20 feet, with rough bark on the trunk, the upper branches being smooth. The crimson flower-buds give the tree a most ornamental appearance. Juvenile leaves (not seen in their earliest stage, 7.¢., not quite opposite, but earlier than I have ever seen them in any form of E£. pyriformis) narrow-lanceolate, say 4-6 cm. long and 1 cm. in the widest part, with petioles of about 1 em. Equally pale green on both sides, venation not conspicuous, the secondary veins at an angle of about 45° with the midrib. Mature leaves apparently not different from those of the normal form of E. pyriformis. Flowers in an umbel usually of three, with a rounded or flattened peduncle of about 4 em., with pedicels of half that length. Anthers as in #. pyriformis. Buds with calyx-tubes nearly hemispherical and about 2 cm. in diameter. The operculum continued into an almost pungent point. Both calyx-tube and operculum covered with about eight thin prominent wings, about 4 mm. deep, giving the buds a remarkable appearance. The style about 1-5 cm. long, persistent, with the stigma of scarcely increased diameter, Dise at first concave, with a sharp raised inner ring flush with the top of the calyx-tube, which continues to grow upward, and at the samc ne expanding outwards, completely absorbing the concave cavity (noted in the early stages of its grow. until it reaches a height of 3-4 mm. above the level of the truncate calyx rim. Fruit nearly hemispherical, 2-5 cm. in diameter, with eight prominent wings; these and the remainder of the calyx-tube (calycine rim) raised about the staminal ring. This bizarre and showy variety, which promises to be an interesting addition to gardens in semi- tropical districts of low rainfall, is named in honour of the Hon. William Kingsmill, M.L.C., who has for many years taken a most active interest in forestry matters in Western Australia, and who has frequently assisted my botanical work for that State. 19 RANGE. Confined to Western Australia as far as we know. From the Kast Murchison to Lake Way. The type from close to a mining camp called Mount Keith, about 160 miles north of Leonora (W. Kingsmill, July, 1918). I subsequently received the following specimen from the National Herbarium, Melbourne (Prof. Ewart). “‘ Bush of 10 feet.” Upper Ashburton River (W. Cuthbert- son, 1888). This is the variety Kingsmilli but with peduncles and pedicels shorter and fruits smaller than in the type. AFFINITY. With E. pachyphylla F.v.M. (see p. 17). 20 DESCRIPTION. XC, FE. Oldfield F.v.M. In Fragm. 11, 37 (1860). Fo.Liow1nc is a translation of the original :— A shrub, leaves alternate with rather long petioles, ovate or narrow lanceolate, thick, coriaceous the same colour on both sides, slightly curved, imperforate, faintly and spreadingly veined, peripheral vein fairly distant from the edge, umbels shortly pedunculate, 2- or 3-flowered, the almost hemispherical oper- culum narrowed into a short umbo slightly longer than the semi-globular tube of the subsessile calyx, the very convex top of the fruit broadly encircling the capsule, calyx-tube exangular, hemispherical, the vertex of the 3- or 4-celled capsule pyramidal and exsert, seeds without wings. In sandy plains near the Murchison River—A. Oldfield. A shrub 4-5 feet high. Bark red, with loose flakes. Branchlets angled, the older ones terete. Leaves shining, 24-5 inches long, $-14 inches broad at the lower part. Peduncles 14 up to a few lines long, thickened at the base. Buds 4-5 lines long, wrinkled. Fruits not broader than 4 inch; tube hemispherical, margin 2 lines broad. Valves or either the exsert part of the capsule itself 14 lines long, almost deltoid. Seeds sterile, 3-1 line long; the fertile ones hardly more than a line long and blackish. It was described in English by Bentham in B. Fl. 11, 237, and figured and described by Mueller in his ‘ Eucalyptographia.” Notes supplementary to the description. It has an ovoid operculum usually more or less rostrate. Its juvenile fohage is petiolate and ovate, not broad, with the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. I have not seen it in its earliest stage. It is a stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. It is not a timber tree. The anther will be found figured at fig. 9, Plate 171. It will be seen that it is practically identical with that of 2. pyriformis (fig. 9, Plate 171), belonging to a group named by Mueller Strongylanthere. 2) RANGE. It is confined to Western and South Australia. Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia ’’) gives its range as from Champion Bay to the Murchison River in Western Australia, but the localities about to be quoted show that it extends to the Eastern gold-fields and to the South Australian border. For a number of Western Australian localities, see Part XVII, p. 223, of the present work. It is a species often obviously passed over as “ Mallee,” and we require additional localities in order to properly map out its distribution. WESTERN AUSTRALIA (ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES). About 4 miles north of Menzies (C. E. Lane Poole, No. 282). Bruce Rock to Merriden (Dr. F. Stoward, Nos. 16, 36). “‘ Mallee,” Tammin (C. H. Ostenfeld, No. 512). Comet Vale (J. T. Jutson, Nos. 242, 250). SoutH AUSTRALIA. “Camp 10, §.A., Elder Exploring Expedition. 27th June, 1891. 15 feet high.” (R. Helms.) On the official map it is stated that some Mallee was found in the vicinity of this camp, which is in South Australia, in, say, 27° 60’ S. lat. and 131° long. E. AFFINIPIES: 1. With F. Drummondii. ¥.v.M. “ The close affinity of H. Oldfieldii to E. Drummondii remains to be noted. So far as I can judge from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter exist than the smaller size of the leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively greater length of the flower-stalks and stalklets ; but such differences are not in every. other case of specific value, and as the bud and ripe fruit remained hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet possible. If #. Drwmmondw should prove a mere variety, as seems likely . . . .”’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under BE. Oldfieldii.) E. Oldfieldii differs from #. Drummondit in the sessile inflorescence which is arranged in triads (or when pedicellate), the pedicels are very stout and shorter than those of 2. Drummondir) and in different shaped buds and fruits, as will be seen by comparing Plate 78 (fig. 11) and Plate 74 (figs. 1 and 2) for H. Oldfieldi: with Plate 74 (figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) for ZH. Drummondii. The former is a Mallee, and the latter a small tree. 2. With E. Ewartiana Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. W. liti, p. 111 (1919). This will be dealt with when £, Ewartiana is reached, Additional affinities have been dealt with in Part XVII, p. 225. i bo i) DESCRIPTION, COXXVU, EF. Drummondit Bentham. In B.FI. in, 237 (1866). Leaves from ovate oblong to lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate, under 3 inches long, very thick, with very fine close parallel veins, very diverging or almost transverse, but scarcely conspicuous, the intra- marginal one close to the edge. Peduncles axillary or lateral, } to 14 inches long, terete or nearly so, each bearing an umbel of 3 to 6 rather large flowers on terete pedicels often $ inch long. Calyx-tube broadly hemispherical, hard and smooth, 4 to 5 lines diameter. Operculum conical, rather broader and consider- ably longer than the calyx-tube. Stamens about 4 inch long, inflected in the bud; anthers rather small, ovate, with distinct parallel cells. Disk very broad, nearly flat, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, of which the obtusely conical centre protrudes about 1 or 14 lines above the disk at the time of flowering. Fruit unknown. The fruit was unknown to Bentham when he described L. Drummondia in B.F 1. ii, 237, and apparently Mueller only saw the young fruits. They will be found at fig. 7, Plate 74. Juvenile foliage petiolate, ovate, intramarginal vein close to edge (specimens of O. H. Sargent, near York, W.A.), but neither it nor the anthers figured until figs. 10-12, Plate 171, of the present part. SYNONYM. E. Oldfieldii F.v.M., var. Drummondii Maiden, at Part XVII, p. 223, of the present work. Mueller, in “ Euvcalyptographia,” under #. Oldficldi7, uses the iollowing words :— So far as I can judge from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter (as regards L. Oldfieldii) exist than the smaller size of the leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively ereater length of the flower stalks and stalklets, but such differences are not in every case of specific value, and as the bud and ripe fruit remained hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet possible. If #. Drwmmondii should prove a mere variety, as seems likely ; Mueller continued to hold the opinion that #. Drunumondii was not distinct from E. Oldfieldii, for he omitted it from his Census. TLuehmann (Proc. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, vii, 5382, 1898) writes: “ BE. Drummondii seems a variety of this (#. Oldjieldi), being smaller in all its parts.” 23 After consideration, in Part XVI} of the present work, I constituted £. Drummondit as 2 variety of LE. Oldfieldv as already stated, adopting Drummond’s No. 86 (the type of #. Drwnmondi) as the type for the variety. 1 am now of opinion that EB. Drummondii is a valid species. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia. As in the case of so many other of Drummoud’s specimens, we do net know precisely their localities, but imasmuch as it has only been certainly found since from the York district, we have an indication of Drummond’s locality, and I would urge systematic search for the species. Local observers are now aware that it has long been confused with #. Lane-Poolei (a species to which it is more closely related than HZ. Oldfieldiz), and this should facilitate search. Drummond’s No. 86. The inflorescence varies in size somewhat in various specimens. Figured at 3 and 6, Plate 74. The following specimen matches the type absolutely :— Smaill tree of about 20 feet. Trunk and branches smooth, whitish buff, with a few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark. Leaves dull green. Growing in light, humous soil, mixed with ironstone gravel. Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 266). (Figured at 5 and 7, Plate 74.) Also St. Ronan’s Well, near York (C. E. Lane Poole). The following specimens have been examined :— No. 86(Drummond). Herb. Cant. and Herb. Oxon. The former in bud (one), but mostly early fruit. The latter mostly in bud and flower, and a little early fruit. AFFINITIES. 1. With EZ. Oldfieldii F.v.M. See p. 21. 2. With EB. Lane-Poolei Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. liii, p. 107, (1919). This is its closest affinity, and will be dealt with when £. Lane-Poolei is reached, 24 Explanation of Plates (168-171). PLATE 168. E. latifolia F.v.M. 1, Juvenile orbicular leaf. Not quite in the alternate stage, but the youngest leaf I have seen. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 464.) 2a. Mature leaf; 2b, large corymbose panicle, showing buds, flowers, and very young fruits; 2c, front and back views of anther; 2d, fruits of varying size and shape. Bathurst Island. (G. F. Hill, No. 469.) 3. Immature fruit, markedly urceolate. Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 357.) 4. Mature and starved fruits. Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, Darwin to Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 5. Mature fruits with remarkably slender peduncles and pedicels ; the leaves comparatively small. Darwin to Roper River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 6a. Mature leaf; 6b, immature fruits. McKinlay Flats, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) PLATE 169. E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See also Plate 170.) 1. (At back), portion of a large juvenile leaf (the original is 15 by 11 inches, and even larger were seen). Katharine River, Northern Territory. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 2. Small, scarcely urceolate fruits, attached to a mature leaf 20 to 16 cm. Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 3a. Mature leaf; 3b, immature buds; 3c, immature fruit. McKinlay River Flats. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) 4a. Twig, bearing buds and flowers; 46, front and back views of anthers; 4c and 4d, fruits, views end-on and in elevation. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller). 5. Mature fruits of the large or typical form, near Darwin. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 6a. Mature leaf; 6, unusually oblong leaf; 6c, small, mature fruit. Track to Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) PLATE 170. E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See Plate 169.) (The lanceolar-leaved form.) 1. Twig with long lanceolar leaf and flat-topped opercula (compare fig. 4a, Plate 169). ‘‘ North Coast ”* (Northern Territory). Robert Brown, “ Iter Australiense, 1802-5.” 2a. Twig with shorter lanceolar leaf and fruits; 2b, fruit, end view. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller, by whom the specimen was sent to the Calcutta Herbarium). da. Small lanceolar leaf, comparable in size and shape with that of 6a, Plate 169. (Note the straight insect markings, parallel to the secondary veins. They have also been observed in Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M., but apparently not previously recorded); 30, small fruits; 3c, winged seeds. Between Cullen River and Woolgni, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 418.) The lanceolar-leaved form of this species is referred to at pp. 5 and 6. It would appear that a variety name for this form would not be justified in the present state of our knowledge, for comparing Plates 170 and 169, it will be observed that there is much variation in the shape of the leaves of the species. Further, if the fruits be compared, e.g., the small fruits, fig. 3b (Plate 170) with the small fruits 2 (Plate 169), and the large fruits, fig. 2a and 26 (Plate 170) with the large fruits of fig. 5 (Plate 169), it will be seen that small and large fruits occur in both the typical and lanceolar-leaved forms. 4a. 5a. la. 4a, 8a. 25 PLATE 170—continued. E. Abergiana F.v.M. Twig with leaf, buds, and flowers; 4b, fruit, with a very short pedicel, from the drawing of the type in Mueller’s “ Eucalyptographia.”’ Mature leaf (rather broader than any leaf depicted by Mueller’s artist); 56, immature bud; 5c, anthers in different positions; 5d, fruit (rather more sessile than depicted by Mueller’s artist). Rockingham Bay, Queensland. (J. Dallachy.) Both 4 and 5 drawn from the type. PLATE 171. E. pachyphylla F.v.M. Leaf; 16, fruit. Hooker’s Creek, Northern Territory. (Mueller.) Type of the species (N.B., the fruits drawn in ‘“‘ Kucalyptographia’’ have the pedicels too long and the peduncle is not shown). Fruit from Pituri Creek, see p. 14. (A. Henry, 1889). From the Melbourne Herbarium. Not far removed from the type. Note the pedicels in both cases. Fruit, Linda Creek (see p. 14). From Melbourne Herbarium. Note the articulation of the peduncle to the single pedicel. Var. sessilis var. nov. Sessile head of buds; 46, underside view of the same, showing an annulus or disc; 4c, side-view of disc. The dise represents morphologically a fusion of pedicels, seated on a scarcely perceptible peduncle ; 4d, views of anther. Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Ranges, “‘ W.A. Expedition, 1872’’ (E. Giles). These are the same buds as those figured in the BE. pachyphylla plate in the “ Eucalypto- graphia.”’ : . Ripe fruits (showing annulus); 55, immature fruit. Dalhousie Springs (Finke River, 1880). (Rev. H. Kempe). From Melbourne Herbarium. Leaf and fruits. North of Macdonnell Ranges (Plenty River district). (Lieut. Dittrich.) From Melbourne Herbarium. ~ See p. 16. : Fruits. Finke River. (Rey. W. Schwarz, 1886.) From Melbourne Herbarium. See p. 15. E. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. Mature leaf; 8b, the broadest leaf I have seen, but not in the juvenile stage; 8c, flowers, showing the slender peduncles and pedicels ; 8d, anthers; 8¢, side-view of operculum. Note the dark spot which represents the aperture into the apex of the operculum into which the style and stigma are inserted as into a sheath or case; 8f, flower-bud, showing the shortest operculum and pedicel seen ; 8g, immature fruit; 8h, perfectly ripe fruit. All from New England to Mt. Keith (about 160 miles north of Leonora, W.A. (Hon. W. Kingsmill, M.L.C.) The type. &. Oldfieldii F.v.M. . Anthers. Mingenew, W.A. (J.H.M.) For the remainder of the drawings of H. Oldfieldii, see Plate 73, Part (XVII, fig. 11, and Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2. E. Drummondti Benth. Juvenile leaf. Near York, W.A. (O. H. Sargent.) Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (O. H. Sargent.) Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (O. H. Sargent.) . Note some variation in Nos. 11 and 12. For the remainder of the drawings of EZ. Drummondii, see Plate 74, Part XVII, figs. 3. DNOni pole The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn, (xlviii), acmenioides Schauer (xxxii). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). Baileyana ¥.v.M. (xxxv). Baueriana Schauer (lvii). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (Iviti). Behriana ¥F.v.M. (xlvi). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv), Bosistoana F.v.M. (xl). Caley Maiden (Iv). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). Considenaana Maiden (xxxvi). coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). corymbosa Sm. (xii). crebra F.v.M. (lui). dives Schauer (xix). frutacetorum F.v.M. (xl). gigantea Hook. f. (li). goniocalyx F.v.M. (v). hemastoma Sm. (xxxvii). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Luehmanniana ¥.v.M, (xxvi). (=E. virgata). macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). maculata Hook. (vi). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). melliodora A. Cunn, (ix). macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). nucrotheca F.v.M. (li). numerosa Maiden (xvii). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xli). oleosa F’.v.M. (1x). paniculata Sm. (vill). pilularis Sm, (xxxi). piperita Sin. (xxxiil). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). polyanthemos Schauer (ix). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). propinqua Deane and Maiden (Ix). punctata DC. (x). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). resinifera Sm. (iil). rostrata Schlecht, (1xii). rubida Deane and Maiden (Ixiii). saligna Sm. (iv). stderophloia Benth. (xxxix), siderocylon A. Cunn. (xiii). Sitebertana ¥.v.M. (xxxiv). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). tereticornis Sm. (x1). virgata Sieb. (xxv). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxii). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. other illustrations. Price Js. per part (10s. por 12 parts); each part containing + plates and Sydney; William App!egate Gullick, Government Printer. ~1920. 168. ele CRiT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. wot \ pO an A , M.FloeKfon-del. er lifh- EUCALYPiUS, PATIPOLIA K.v.M: 169. Pre CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. a Oe Tne, M.FlocKfon.det.eblith- [See also Plate 170.] EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. . PL. 170. ge cp I er ee =< 5 Racy — Say oie fo pe ee M.Flockton delet lth. EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. (J-3) [See also Plate 169.] (The lanceolar-leaved form.) E. ABERGIANA F.v.M. (4, 5) CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. aM ime eae So eH nT PD : a ae tag, ees M.FloeKion. del-ef hth- (4-7). (1-3) var. sessilis. E. PYRIFORMIS TURCZ var. Kingsmilli MAIDEN. (8). [See also Plate 73, fig. 11, and Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2.] EUCALYPTUS PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. E. OLDFIELDII F.v.M. (9). [See also Plate 74, figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10.] F. DRUMMONDII Bentu. (10-12). Blanes: 65- 68. ee July, 1912.) Bucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flocktonie Maiden. . Bucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. . Bucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. . Bucalyptus decurva E.v.M. . Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. . Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. . Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. . Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. . Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 7. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus Woodward: Maiden. Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 1912.) . Eucalyptus salmonophloia ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. . Eucalyptus sgwamosa Deane and Maiden. . Eucalyptus Oldfieldi F.v.M. i . Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. . Eucdyptus pyriformis Turezaninow. Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 1913.) . Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. . Eucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. . Eucalyptus megacarpa ¥.v.M. . Eucdyptus globulus Labillardiére. . Eucalyptus Maidens ¥F.v.M. . Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) . Eucdyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. . Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. . Eucalyptus eaeophora ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus cordata Labill. . Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) . Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. . Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. . Eucdyptus diversicolor ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. . Eucalyptus patens Bentham. . Eucalyptus T odtiana ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. ‘Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) XXII—117. 118. 119. 120. 121. ; 122. 123. 124. XXTHI—125. 126. 127, XXIV—128. 129. 130. 131. 132. Plates, 100 bis—103. XXV—133. 134. 135. 136. XXVI—138. 139. 140. XXVII—141. 142. 143. 144, XXVITI—145. 146. 147. 148. t XXI—113. Lucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 114, Bucdyptus pulverulenta Sims. 115. Eucalyptus cosmophylla ¥.v.M. 116. Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) Eucalyptus erythronema Turez. f Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden Eucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. % Eucalyptus cesia Benth. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. Eucalyptus Forrestuana Diels. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) | Eucalyptus robusta Smith. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) Eucalyptus Deane: Maiden. Eucalyptus Dunniw Maiden. Eucalyptus Stuartuana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Banks Maiden. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maide ha (Issued November, 1915 Eucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden, Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. Eucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. Plates, 104-107 Eucalyptus Perrmmiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Gunna Hook. f. Eucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus precox Maiden. Eucalyptus ovata Labill. Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. oe Eucalyptus Muellert T. B. Moore. ‘ Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) . Maiden. Eucalyptus vimenalis Tabdlnrdic re. Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) y. oe Eucalyptus Baeuerlent ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. Part XXIX—149. 150. tos 152. Ss 158. © 154, Plates, 120-123. Eucalyptus punctata DC. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana ¥.v.M. (Issued February, 1917.) XXX—155. HLucalyptus resinifera Sm. 156. Eucalypius pellita F.v.M. 157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) XXXI—158. Hucalypius iereticornis Smith. 159. Hucalyptus Banerofti Maiden. -160. Eucalyptus amplifolva Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. Eucalyptus Parramatiensis C. Hall. Eucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. Eucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. Eucalyptus Morris: R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus Howitivana F.v.M. (Issued September, 1917. XXXII—161. 162, 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. Plates, 132-135. XXXIII—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 169. Bucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 170. Hucalyptus Dundast Maiden. 171. Hucalypius pachyloma Benth. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 174. Hucalyptus cornuta Labill. 175. Hucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) XXXV--176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. Plates, 144-147. Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. Euoalypius annulata Benth. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. Rucalyptus spathulata Hooker. Eucalyptus gamophylia F.v.M. Eucalyptus argillacea W.V. Fitzgerald (Issued August, 1918.) Kucayptus Bentham: Maiden & Cambage. Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. Part XXXVI1e iodo 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. Plates, 148-151. XXXVIH—189. 190. 191. 192. Eucalyptus papuana ¥.v.M. Plates, 152-155. XXXVIMI—193. 194. 195. 196. re 198. 199. 200. 9. Hucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 201. 202. 203. Plates 156-159. XXXIX—204. 205. 206. 207. 208. 209. 210. Dita 73. 212. 28. Lads 214. 295. Plates 160-163. XL—216. 217. 218. 219. 220. 221. 222. Eucalyptus macrandra F: vM. Eucalyptus salubris B.v.M. ; Eucalyptus dadocalye Fv.M. Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus interterta R. T. Baker. — Eucalyptus confluens ( War tag Maiden. (Issued January, 19 5) j Boal hus oleae A. Cunn. Eucalyptus aspera R.y.M. .— Eucalyptus grandifoha R.Br. (Issued March, 1919.) 2 Eucalyptus tessellaris F. v.M. Eucalyptus Spencervana Maiden. “4 Eucalyptus Olifioniana W. V. Pitagerld. Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. Ay Eucalyptus Serruginea Schauer. ‘ELucalyptus Moore, Maiden and Camba Eucalyptus dumosa A. Gunn. ~ Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. (Issued July, 1919.) Eucalyptus Torelhhana ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. Eucalyptus celastroides Turczaninow. 4 Eucalyptus gracilis ¥.v.M. a Eucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden. Eucalyptus longicorns F.v.M. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. Eucalyptus Flocktonve Maiden. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. a Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Mai le] (Issued February, 1920.) — Eucalyptus termmalis F.v.M. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus ligustrina DC. ee: Eucalyptus stricta Sieber, Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. - Plates 164-167. . (Issued March, 19 a He MAIDEN, ‘180, PRS EES (Government Botanist of New South ‘Wales and Director of the ae ss See Botanic ‘Gardens, Sydney). es VoL. Vo PART 2. Part XE ae (WITH FOUR PLATES. » PRIcE Two SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Gallons of ‘THE ‘GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW ae WALES. a Sania: WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 1920. rey ee eee eee 10-4: ee . Hucalyptus fecunda Schauer. = Bucalyptus pilul aris” oe var. ca Muelleriana Maiden. Plates, 1-4, (Issued March, 1903.) ‘ Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Heéritier. Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) . Eucalyptus calycogona Turczaninow. Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.). Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére, Plates, 13-24, (Issued June, 1904.) . Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. . Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) . Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. . Hucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. . Eucalyptus Risdona Hook. f. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) : Ducaynins regnans B.v.M. . Eucalyptus witellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus vitrea R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus dives Schauer. . Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. . Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905. ) 5 Heiealyaius capitellata Sm. . Eucalyptus Muellervana Howitt. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. . Hucalyptus eugeniordes Sieber. . Eucalyptus marginata Sm. . . Hucalyptus buprestiuum F.v.M. . Hucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) . Hucalypius alpina Lindl. . Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. . Hucalyptus acmenroides Schauer. , Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. . Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. . Hucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. . LHucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. . Hucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) . Kucalyptus piperita Sm. . Eucalyptus Sreberiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. . Eucalyptus siderophlova Benth. . Zucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. . Lucalyptus leptophleba F.y.M. . Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) . Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. AN rN 44, 44 (a). 45. a = Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. An Ironbark Box. Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. XII—50. Eucalyptus Raw . Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Staigeriana B.v.M. . Bucalypius meanophlaa ¥.v.M. . Hucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. . Hucalypius Smitha R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus Naudimiana ¥.v.M. . Zucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn., . Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Caley: Maiden. XIII--60. . Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. ~ . Eucalyptus Ruddert Maiden. — A. . Hucalypius Bauertana Schauer. ae . Lucalyptus cneorrfolia DC. ee . Eucalyptus melliodora A. Gunn, . Lucalypius fasciculosa F.v.M. . Hucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. . Hucalypius decipiens Endl. . Lucalypius concolor Schauer. . Hucalyptus Cléeziana ¥.v.M. . ELucalyptus olagantha Schauer. . Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. . Hucalyptus Gillaa Maiden, . Lucalyptus falcata Turcz. © . Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. . Hucalyptus Clelands Maiden. . Eucalyptus decurva ¥.v.M.— . Lucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. . Lucalyptus gonvantha Turez. . Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. . Lucalyptus Griffithsi Maiden. . Hucalyptus grossa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. ~ . Hucalyptus Woodward: Maiden. . Lucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. . Lucalypius leptopoda Bentham. © . Bucalyptus squamosa Deane and Ma . Eucalyptus Oldfieldit F.v.M. — : es ore E.v.M. .: “Plates, 4 Plates, 53-56. (Issued November Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911 Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912 Plates, 65-68. (Issued ia 1912 Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M., var. Plockton Maiden. Plates, 69-72. (Issued Septemb A CRIMICAL REVISION OF THE GENUS PBUesLverus BY ie MATIN, USO. fl RS, EES: (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Vor. VE art. 2. Ear, XEN of the Complete: Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “* Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and . combining them. Even when a sysi.m has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to. reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh aequisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, ard even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’ Macauray’s “Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,’ Svonev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *92895—-A 1920. CCXXVIIT, Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. PAGE. Besctipion : ‘ : A . : : ° 27 Synonym (doubtful) : ; A ° : ‘ ‘6 : 28 Range (including Grose Head). : : : : : 28 Association with £. corymbosa and E. squamosa : ° 31 Affinities . : : : ° : ° . . ° 31 COX XIX. ee oy Bentham. Description : ° , 33 Synonyms. : : : : 6 . : ° : C 34 Range ‘ : : : : Q . 35 (The Rusty Gum Be Leichhardt) A 5 : < : 37 ASfhintVeStsh, Saris dha nee ee yess.) 25) BS Ginem)” Hey Hae oe COXXX, Eucalyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. Description 6 . ° ° ° ° . e ° 40 Range : : : : 3 : ; é ° . f 41 Affinities . ‘ : . 4 4 : 5 3 : 41 CCX X XI. pe a F.v.M. Description . ° ° ° ° 43 A supposed forma Gruticosae ‘ . ° . : 6 43 Range (including sume of (esichharat’s collections) 44 Affinities. 5 : é 5 6 ‘ : d : 5 46 COC Bee le Maiden. Description ‘ : 48 Range : : : : : : 6 C : 5 ° 48 Affinities (including a _ brief -discussion on hybridisation) .. . 3 : : : 2 : ; 49 COX XXII. ee Kruseana }'.v.M. Description 4 : A “ 4 51 Synonym . : ; : ‘ : : , : ; 51 Range : : ; : : : : : ; : : 52 Affinities . : : : 5 ; : : : : 5 53 COXXXIV. Eucalyptus Dawsoni R. T, Baker. PAGE. | Description : 5 ‘ . . 5 6 ° . ° 56 Illustrations . c : 4 & : : ; : 6 56 Synonym . 6 : : : : q : : . ° 56 Range ; ‘ é f ; Z : é : ° : 56 Pfinmities <2 ee) Sak ek se el eee LXIT, Sua peisen enas Schauer. Description : ‘ 5 . : 58 Illustrations : : g ! : : : : t 58 ‘TEhe bark . : 0 : ‘ : : : 3 = Fs 58 The species has lanceolate leaves : 5 5 59 Range (specimens seen by Mueller, and additional localities) . : : : : : : . . é 60 Affinities . ‘ < : ; : z : 4 : i 61 LXIV. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. Description : : : 4 é : ; ‘ ‘ é 62 Range— . : : Specimens included by Mueller in EF. polyanthemos €2 Other localities 5 : : ‘ : : ; 5 63 COX XX V. ili conica Deane and Maiden. Description ‘ : : : : 5 64 Synonym : : : : ; : é : : 4 64 Range : : ; F ‘ : : ‘ ‘ : : 64 LXX. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. The type. Explanation of the confusion with E. decipiens and other species . P : = nee 66 Drummond's No, 77 is not £. concolor . Z : : 67 Affinities . ; j : : : é ; 4 : A 68 Explanation of Plates (172-8) . : : ‘ : “ 68 DESCRIPTION. CCOXX VII, FE. eximia Schauer. In Walpers’ Repertorium i, 925 (1843). FoLiowinc is a translation of the original :— Rigid, with firm lanceolate leaves narrowed into a petiole, long, acute, smooth on both sides and sub-opaque, covered with small black dots, imperforate, without veins; the terminal panicle composed of very many—about six-flowered heads with long peduncles; peduncles compressed, somewhat two-edged ; operculum coriaceous, convex, umbonate, after expansion sometimes with the hinge of the operculum as if adherent to the obconical wrinkled-angular calyx-tube (and the remaining parts ?) glaucous-hoary, finally smooth shining. Leaves half a foot long and longer, about an inch broad. Flowers showy, 6 lines long; stamens elongated, white. Collected in New Holland in former days by Ferd. Bauer. Tt was described by Bentham in B.FI. iii, 258, as follows :— Leaves faleate-lanceolate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long, with numerous veins, fine and parallel, but scarcely visible owing to the thick coriaceous texture. Flowers several together, closely sessile in heads, which are usually arranged on thick angular or flattened peduncles, in terminal corymbs or panicles. Calyx-tube thick, obconical, somewhat angular, much tapering at the base, 3 to 4 lines long. ~ > Operculum broadly conical or shortly acuminate, always much shorter than the calyx-tube, and double, as in E£. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens till the flower is ready to open. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers ovate-oblong, the cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary short, flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, } to 1 inch long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. It is described and figured by Mueller in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia.” Caley, at the beginning of the 19th century, called it ‘‘ Snufi-coloured Bark Eucalyptus,’ which is descriptive, but, it seems to me, it gives an idea that the bark is browner than it really is. The colour of the bark is a dirty yellow. By Sydney people this is variously known as “‘ Mountain Bloodwood,’ “ Yellow Bloodwood,” and “ Rusty Gum.’ It is called ‘“‘ Bloodwood” partly because kino exudes in the concentric circles of the wood (which kino, by the way, cannot be mistaken for that of #. corymbosa). Baron von Mueller states (“‘ Kucalyptographia”’ ), following Dr. Woolls, I find, that it sometimes goes by the name of “ Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” but I have not heard it so: called. The purple (plum violet) of the young foliage is a very conspicuous object, and it has long been known that it contains a small percentage of caoutchouc, as does that of the common Sydney Bloodwood (E. corymbosa). Mr. W. F. Blakely noted that the young shoots in the Hornsby-Galston district (near Hawkesbury River) distinctly smell of 01] of lemon (February, 1918). 28 Bentham (B.FI. i, 258), speaking of the operculum, says ““ . . . double, as in #. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens ti'] the flower is ready to open.” Mueller follows the matter up in the “‘ Eucalyptographia,” but I think it will be best to deal with the morphology of the opercula (which involves consideration of a number of species), when dealing with the morphology of the genus in the second portion of this work. DOUBDFUL SYNONYAE E. elongata Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 1, 30 (1822). Following is a copy of the original :— “223. E. elongata. Fol. lanceolatis attenuatis acumine subfiliformi reticulatim venosis. Hab. in Australia. T. Fol. pet. 8” longo lamina 4-5’ Iga. 10’-1’ lata coriacea. Non floruit.’”’ A specimen in the Vienna Herbarium labelled ‘‘ Eucalyptus elongata Link, Ferd. Bauer, Herb. Bauer” is EZ. eximea Schauer. On the other hand, we have the species rather more fully described in DC. Prod. iii, 222, as follows :— “49, E. elongata (Link lc.) foliis alternis lanceolatis attenuatis acumine sub- filiformi reticulatim venosis coriaceis. In Noy. Hollandia. Folii petiolus 8 lin. longus, lamina 4-5 poll. longa 10-12 lin. lata. An forte eadem ac E. cornuta aut potius E. persicifolia? (v.s. sine fl. ex hort. Berol). A single leaf, from the Prodromus Herbarium (from M. Casimir De Candolle) has the following label :— (Manu Ottonis), ‘‘ Eucalyptus elongata Lk. En.” (Manu Seringe1), “ Jardin de Berlin Mr. Otto, 1826.” (Manu DC. i1), “* An cornuta? persicifolia?”’ It is not H. eximia. I would not like to state its origin at present. EH. elongata Link, in Otto’s handwriting, was written by the collaborator of Link in much botanical work. RANGE. The collection of the type is credited to Ferdinand Bauer, as is the case with other specimens collected by Robert Brown, but forming part of a collection of Bauer's (who was Sir Joseph Banks’s artist attached to Brown), which found its way to the Vienna Herbarium. Brown described it and gave it a name, but, like so many of Brown’s descriptions of Eucalyptus, it never saw the light. The type came from the Grose River, New South Wales. 29 Bentham gives “ Banks of the River Grose, R. Brown, and (lower) Blue Mountains, Miss Atkinson.” Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia”’) adds Bent’s Basin (Woolls), which is on the Nepean, about 22 miles south of its junction with the Grose. The Dogwood Creek, Queensland, specimens, ‘collected by Leichhardt and referred to in the ‘* Kucalyptographia,” under EF. eaimia, are EL. peltata F.v.M. It seems to be confined to the sandstone of eastern-central New South Wales, its most southerly recorded locality being Jervis Bay, and northerly one Howe’s Valley, near Singleton, while the most westerly locality is Springwood, in the lower Blue Mountains (1,200 feet). Southern localities. A specimen in Herb. Cant., Ex herb. Lindl., labelled, “* 7 feet high, P. Jarvis, Fraser” (Jervis Bay, Fraser died in December, 1831) is HL. eximia. Another specimen, labelled “ Eucalyptus sp., height 50 feet, flowers in September, Port Jervis” (Jervis Bay) (Fraser), in Herb. Oxon, is this species. The next most southerly locality recorded is Shoalhaven River (Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, W. Forsyth and A. A, Hamilton). It is remarkable that it has never been recorded from Jervis Bay since Fraser’s time, nor between Jervis Bay and the Shoalhaven. Yalwal, 18 miles from Nowra, Shoalhaven district (R. H. Cambage). Picton Lakes (R. H. Cambage). It is obvious that we want more collecting over southern localities for this species. A large tree of this species used to be in Government House Grounds, just inside the gates. It was demolished during the widening of Macquarie-street, in 1913. It may have been an original specimen of the Sydney flora, still preserved to some extent in the Outer Domain, but I doubt it. Western localities. —V ery common about Glenbrook and Blaxland, but was not observed beyond Springwood. October is the usual flowering time for this species, but the evidence available on 12th November last went to show that, with but few exceptions, it did not flower last spring; and it is worthy of note that it flowered profusely in 1900 and 1902, but was almost destitute of flowers in 1901 (vide these Proceedings, 1902, p. 206). Many of the trees were rendered attractive in November by the display of purple foliage on the young shoots. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxx, 199, 1905). Mulgoa (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M.). “* This is the ‘ Mountain Bloodwood.’ The Fark is generally different in texture from the other. It is not so thick, and looks more like the bark of a Mahogany or Woolly Butt.” Near Bent’s Basin (Rev. Dr. Woolls). “ Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” specimen from cliffs near Bent’s Basin (W. Woolls). Bent’s Basin, only on the sandstone ridge (J.H.M.). Bent’s Basin is on the Nepean River, a few miles south of Penrith. 30 Following are two historical specimens. They are co-types. ‘‘ Banks of the Grose.” Robert Brown, 1802-5. (Presented by J. J. Bennett at the 1876 distribution from the British Museum, No. 4776. ) “Snuff-coloured bark Eucalyptus, Grose, September, 1804, F2.” (George Caley.) (Presented by British Museum through Dr. A. B. Rendle, No. 42.) (Grose Head on other specimens. ) Grose’s Head was a name originally given by Caley himself. There isa reference to its use by Bligh on 31st October, 1807 (Hist. Rec. Aust. vi, 145), who speaks of it as “ A high, commanding situation called Grose’s Head.” The name is several times used by Blaxland in his “‘ Journal of a Tour of Discovery Across the Blue Mountains in the year 1813.” One of the references is that at Glenbrook Lagoon, “ the high land of Grose Head appeared before them at about 7 miles distance, bearing north by east.’ Mr. Alexander Wilson told me that Grose Head is a bluff at the junction of Burralow Creek and Grose River (a few miles from the junction of the latter with the Nepean), parish of Burralow, county of Cook. Mr. R. H. Camlage and I, in 1906, saw it when we ascended the Grose River from the Nepean. We could only progress about 5 miles from the Nepean junction to the head of navigation. We then came to large sandstone boulders, but could hardly progress a short distance over them, and continued progress was impossible. Looking up the stream, the fine bluff of Grose Head was the prominent feature of the landscape. It is easy to suppose that Caley saw it from this position. Northern lccalities.—Petween 17-19 mile-posts, Galston road, Hornsby (W. F. Blakely’. At tke Linnean Society's excursion of the 27th April, 1889, numerous individuals, including some very fine trees, of this species were found at the junction of the Berowra Creek with the Hawkesbury River. This was the most northerly locality known for a number of years. (Henry Deane and J.H.M.) I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Blakely for the following notes on the occurrence of this species between Hornsby and Hawkesbury River, including its association with E. squamosa Deane and Maiden :— ; There are several fine belts of this species on the eastern and north-eastern spurs of the rugged sandstone country along Berowra Creek, from the Galston Valley, on the Galston road between the 17-19 mile-posts, to Brooklyn on the Hawkesbury River; and also in similar situations in various places throughout the Kuring-gai Chase; namely, on the Gibberygong track, Kuring-gai Chase boundary line, 2 miles east of Hornsby; Bobbin Head (plentiful); along the-Chase road to Mt. Colah (two patches) ; close to railway line at Kuring-gai, Berowra, Cowan and Hawkesbury River stations. It is also common at various points along Cowan Creek. For instance, fine specimens are to be seen at Windybanks and at Jerusalem Bay. On the Pittwater side of the Chase there is a patch of it towards the head of Cowan Creek. It is interesting to note that besides occupying the highest points in the strip of country between Manly and Brooklyn, H. eximia descends to the sea-level, attaining its greatest development on the lower levels, but some really good specimens are met with at considerably high elevations. 31 ASSOCIATION WITH E. CorYMBOSA Sm. AND E. sQUAMOSA DEANE AND MAIDEN. E. eximia is often associated with E. corymbosa and HE. squamosa, but to a limited extent. It usually prefers the well-drained rugged, often precipitous ridges, with a northerly or easterly aspect, as seen along the railway line near the Hawkesbury River station, while 2. corymbosa prefers the better-class soils of the northern, eastern, and western slopes; also the medium soils interspersed with ironstone gravel of the flat, open forests, on the tops of ridges. On the other hand, Z. squamosa is usually confined to the moist tops and somewhat sour, swampy, elevated southern depressions. When these species meet, they do not penetrate beyond their ecological boundaries. In any case, #. corymbosa is the most aggressive of the three, for it appears to have adapted itself to all sorts of environmental conditions. We now cross to the northern bank of the Hawkesbury River. Woy Woy and Hawkesbury River (Andrew Murphy). “ Pepper,” not Peppermint, is the Colo name, Hawkesbury River (a surveyor whose name I have forgotten). Maitland (Sawyer’s Gully), where it is known as Rock Apple. (R. H. Cambage.) AFFINITIES. We are dealing in this Part with four Yellow-barks or Yellow-jackets. They all have palish timber (in contradistinction to reddish), viz., EB. eximia, E. peltata, E. Watsoniana, and E. trachyphloia, and have some affinities for that reason. They are contrasted at p. 47. E: eximia is a member of the Corymbose, and Bentham (B.FI. ii, 199) places it nearest to H. maculata, giving the key. Flowers pedicellate in 3-flowered umbels ... EB. maculata. Flowers sessile, in heads... Hee As ... E. eximia. These are the only two species of the section he records as having a double operculum. Mueller’s views as to the affinities of HZ. eximia will be given in his own order. 1. With F. Watsoniana F.v.M. E. eximia is closely related to LE. Watsoniana, differing mainly in narrower leaves, in the smaller flowers without any stalklets, in the lid not exceeding the width of the calyx-tube, and in smaller fruits with not emerging or protruding disc. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under EZ. eximia.) This is the only other Yellow-jacket with which Mueller contrasts it, and I will refer to the affinity under table at p. 47. 2, With £. Abergiana F.v.M. In its panicles it resembles H. Abergiana, but the leaves are almost sickle-shaped and not conspicuously darker above, the lid and calyx-tube are separated by a clear sutural line, and the seeds are not provided with a terminating membrane. (‘ Eucalyptographia,” under H, ewimia.) B 32 For £. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI. The two species are sharply separated by the non-yellow bark, and the red timber of 2. Abergiana. The mature foliage of that species is broader, the buds ovoid, and therefore the opercula non-conoid, the peduncles thicker and more distinctly articulate, the fruits larger and more woody. At the same time, we are not fully aware of the amount of variation in that species. 3. With E. maculata Hook. f. E. eximia claims particularly close relationship to Z. maculata; but its distinctness is vindicated by the persistency and peculiarity of the bark, by the still finer venation of the leaves, by the flowers being of larger-size and devoid of stalklets, by the less ready separation of the outer and inner lid from each other, by the petaloid whitish not shining inner but smoother and more lustrous lid, and by the larger fruits; the seedling state may also be different. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,” under L. eximia.) Mr. W. F. Blakely informed me, in February, 1918, that young shoots of E. eximia in the Hornsby, Sydney, district, distinctly smelled of oil of lemon. This indicates affinity to L. maculata var. citrvodora. I will postpone further consideration of the contrasts until L. maculata is reached in Part XLIIL 4, With E. corymbosa Sm. Although called a Bloodwood tree, it differs widely from E. corymbosa, not only in some of the characteristics of its flowers and fruits, but also in foliage and bark, the latter being of more scaly texture and also smoother outside. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under HZ. eximia.) For E. corymbosa see Part XXXIX, Plates 161, 162. The latter has a hard, scaly, non-yellow bark, with red timber. Its flush of young foliage is reddish rather than purple, and its very young leaves are non-petiolate. The two species differ in the shape of the fruits, which have pedicels in E. corymbosa, which also bas its buds more clavate. e 33 DESCRIPTION. CCXXIX. EF. peltata Bentham. In BF. iii, 254 (1866). FotLow1ne is the original description :— A tree with a dark, shining, brittle, flaky, but persistent bark (F. Mueller). Leaves from nearly orbicular to oblong-ovate, obtuse, rather large, peltately inserted on the petiole above their base, rusty-scabrous or glabrous or somewhat glaucous, with diverging but not close veins. Flowers rather large, nearly sessile in the umbels, which are arranged in oblong (or corymbose) terminal panicles, but not seen expanded. Calyx-tube obconical in the bud, about 3 lines long, smooth and shining. Opereulum much shorter, obtusely conical or hemispherical. Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel cells. Fruit urceolate-globose, about 4 lines diameter, contracted above the deeply-sunk capsule, the rim thin, seeds (which I have not seen) smooth and not winged according to F. Mueller. It was figured and further described by Mueller in the “ Eucalyptographia.” A small or middle sized tree, with a straight trunk seldom above 15 feet long or more than 18 inches in diameter, with a spreading rather dense top (Johnson); foliage drooping, the greatest height of the whole tree about 30 feet (Tenison-Woods). Bark everywhere (all over the tree) persistent, lamellar, very brittle, somewhat shining and brownish or pale-yellowish, the colour of the bark having originated the curious vernacular of Yellow-jacket for this tree. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia.”’) In 1908, when I received a full suite of specimens from the Emerald District, misled by Bentham’s description of the peltate juvenile leaves as mature ones, I thought it might be new, and carefully described it, but did not publish it. Following is the description of the juvenile leaves, made at the time :— Broadly lanceolate to orbicular, peltate (up to 10-15 cm. long and 3-5-4 cm. broad being common dimensions), symmetrical, the slightly flattened glaucous branch- lets and the midribs sparsely besprinkled with weak brown hairs, the tips of the branchlets densely hziry. Equally green on both sides, or but slightly paler on the under side, thin, petiolate, midrib distinct and slightly channelled, lateral veins irregularly curved, rather distant from each other, passing through a more parallel stage until they become feather- veined in the adult stage; the intramarginal vein at a considerable distance from the edge. Mature leaves of the ordinary lanceolate shape. I have since found that the peltate condition of leaves in Eucalyptus is more common than was at one time supposed, but a full discussion of this character may well be deferred until the Morphology portion of this work is reached. 34 Following is an excellent account of the tree :— Eucalyptus peltata is known around Alma-den as Yellow Jack, from the yellowish colour of the scaly bark, which is of much the same texture as that of the Blocdwood group, though perhaps a little more flaky. This rough scaly bark extends to the branchlets, the tips of which are angular, glabrous and yellowish. The timber is pale towards the outside of the tree, but dark brown near the centre. The fruits are slightly urceolate and the sessile buds are angular in dried specimens. The only peltate leaves seen were amongst the ovate, scabrous, ‘sucker’ foliage. The adult leaves examined are glabrous and lanceolate, with a yellowish midrib, and are 5 to 6 inches long and one-quarter of an inch to 1 inch broad. The “sucker” stems are hispid. (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 407, 1915.) SYNONYMS. 1. E. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soe. iti, 95 (1859), but not of Lindley. 2. E. Leichharatii Bailey. 3. E. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Ewart. 1. BE. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soe. iti, 95 (1859). Following is a translation of the original :— A tree, branchlets compressed-tetragonal, rough, leaves opposite or sub-opposite, ovate or sub-cordate, rarely oblong-lanceolate, petiolate and scabrous above the rounded somewhat inflexed base, opaque, covered with translucent dots, penniveined reticulately veined, peripheral vein unequally distant from the margin, umbels paniculate, 6-7 flowered, peduncles scabrous, angled and longer than the calyx-tube, buds ovate, smooth, ecostate shortly pedicellate, the calyx-tube half as long again as the interior conical-hemispherical operculum, the outer operculum imperfect, fruits campanulate, three-celled, smooth at the vertex, valves included, seeds smooth, winged. Habitat in the porphyritic mountains of Newcastle Range. Flowered October and November. A small or medium sized tree, trunk straight, bark adhering all over, shining with brittle dirty yellow flakes. Branchlets and peduncles grown over with an ash-coloured and rusty roughness. Leaves with a petiole 4-1 inch long, semiterete, for the most part, adhering above the base, rarely to the margin, generally 2-3 inches long, 14-24 inches broad, in the abnormal specimen collected by Mitchell* up to 5 inches long and 1 inch only broad, sometimes acute, sometimes obtuse or rather emarginate. Calyx-tube shining obconical, semi-ovate, 2-3 lines long narrowed into a very short pedicel. Operculum double, the exterior one chestnut brown, slowly coming away in pieces, grown to the interior one; the interior one 14 lines long. Fruit about 4 lines long, perfectly campanulate, green, somewhat smooth at the vertex, valves inserted above the middle of the tube. Seeds brown, shining. The species is remarkable for the double operculum. Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia” under £. peltata) concurs in Bentham’s opinion that E. melissiodora, “‘ might merely constitute the young state of E. citriodora, and this has been confirmed through local observation by Dr. E. Wuth, whose attention I directed to this subject.” He goes on to point out that, in dealing with EZ. maculata in “* Eucalyptographia,” he added Z. peltata as a synonym by a slip of the pen. * This is another plant, the true HZ. metissiodora Lindl., which is a synonym of Z. maculata var. citrsodora, 35 2. EF. Leichhardtii Bailey, in Queensland Agric. Journ. xvi, 493 (May, 1906). The original description is as follows :— “Yellow Jack” or “Yellow Jacket.’”’ A tree of small size, the timber not considered durable. Bark on the trunk thick, spongy, and somewhat lamellar; colour a light yellowish-brown; deciduous on the smaller branches. Leaves 3 to 6 inches long, falcate-lanceolate, the apex often elongated and filiform, the base somewhat oblique, tapering to a petiole of about 1 inch ; transverse parallel veins very numerous, but not very distinct owing to the coriaceous texture of the leaf, the intramarginal one rather distant from the edge. Flowers several together, nearly or quite sessile, in. heads which are arranged on thickish (more or less angular) branches of a terminal panicle from 4 to 8 incheslong. Calyx-tube thick, angular-rugose, much tapering towards the base in the flower, about 4 lines long and 3 lines broad at the top. Operculum broadly conical or shortly acuminate, considerably shorter than the calyx-tube, usually in the fresh state of a glossy-purple, texture thin and tough; from the centre a descending tube is formed by the petaloid portion or inner membrane which encloses the summit of the style and stigma before the flower expands, similar to what Mueller points out as occurring in HZ. eximia. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers oblong; cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, about 6 lines long, rim rather thin; capsule deeply sunk, 3-celled. Seeds oblong, about 3 lines long, 14 lines broad, smooth, flat and glossy-brown. Hab. :—Near Alice, Central Railway (received from Mr. Wm. Pagan, Chief Engineer for Railways). The above species seems only to have once previously been brought under notice, and then by Baron Mueller when describing E. eximia, in his grand work, “ The Eucalyptographia,” where he says : “Imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek, in Queensland, and designated ‘Rusty Gum-tree,’ seem referable to H. eximia.” 3. In a paper in Vict. Nat., p. 56 (July, 1907), Prof. Ewart deals with #. Leich- hardivi, which he reduces to E. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Bailey [this should be var. Leichhardtii Ewart, according to a letter from Prof. Ewart.—J.H.M.], and incidentally refers to the fact that Mueller has referred similar specimens, presumably including “imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek in Queensland, and designated ‘ Rusty Gum-tree, seem referable to EH. eximia.” (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under FE. eximia.) ‘A point apparently overlooked by Bailey is that the internal ledge just within the rim is nearly horizontal, instead of sloping inwards and downwards as in E. eximia type, so that the outer chamber of the fruit is saucer-shaped instead of cup-shaped. In this respect, as well as in the size of the fruit, the capsules show an approach to E. maculata, but in the bark, and in other features, the two trees differ considerably.” (Ewart, Joc. cit.) RANGE. The type came from Newcastle Range, Queensland, which is east of the Etheridge and the Gilbert, in Northern Queensland, and of the township of Georgetown. It was collected by Mueller during Gregory’s Northern Territory Expedition of 1856, 36 In the “ Eucalyptographia,” Mueller extends the localities as follows: “ On porphyritic mountains at the sources of the Burdekin, Lynd, and Gilbert Rivers (Mueller); on granite hills near Charters Towers, on auriferous formation (Tenison- Woods); at Ravenswood, near the Burdekin River (S. Johnson).” These are the most northerly localities (see also some mentioned by Leichhardt for “ Rusty Gum” below). Then we have a group of localities around Emerald, Central Railway, while the most southerly locality is that of Leichhardt, on Dogwood Creek, near Dulacca Railway Station. lLeichhardt’s specimens are fragmentary, but I have no doubt as to their identity. It will thus be seen that E. peltata has a very extensive range 1 in n Queensland, occurring in rather dry situations, and on somewhat sterile soil. I have a specimen from the Melbourne Herbarium, “£. peltata Benth., E. mellissi- odora Lindl. Newcastle Range (Mueller).” This is Mueller’s label. It haga nearly orbicular leaf, a sucker leaf, as figured in “‘ Eucalyptographia.” Cape River (Stephen Johnson) in Herb. Melb. Mueller also quotes Charters Towers and Ravenswood, which are in about the same latitude. (Ravenswood is by Rey. J. E. Tenison-Woods. ) “ Yellow Jack.” ‘‘ Rough, scaly yellow bark to branches, wood pale, light brown centre. 30-40 feet high. On granite at 1,600 feet.” ‘Alma-den (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 3884, 3885). “This species occurs plentifully between Hinasleigh and Wirra Wirra, near Forsayth. Exactly similar trees, as regards appearance and habit, were seen from the train in the Desert near Jericho, to the east of Barcaldine, but as these trees were not examined, their identification is doubtful, though it is understood they are known as Eucalyptus Leichhardiii Bailey.” (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 407, 1915.) All the above localities are in the same general area, viz., the southern part of Cape York Peninsula, and east of the southern part of the Gulf of Carpentaria. This general area includes the localities for the species as quoted by Mueller in the “ Kucalyptographia.” Going south, we have a Bloodwood, Washpool Creek, Eidsvold (sent by Dr. T. L. Bancroft as E. eximia). Coming further south, we have “ Yellow Jack,” Chinchilla State Forest. (Forest Ranger George Singleton, C. T. White's No. 12.) This is on the South-Western line. Note also Leichhardt’ s locality of Dogwood Creek, near the modern Dulacca. See below, p. 37. Further north still, we have a group of localities on the Central Railway. “ Yellow Jacket,’ Desert Country, west of Emerald (R. Simmonds). From the same locality Mr. J. L. Boorman reports, ‘‘ Tree of medium size (trunks 18 inches to 2 feet in diameter being common), bark of a Bloodwood character, and of a light or yellow colour.” 37 “ Yellow Jacket. Medium-sized trees of 30-40 feet. Stems of 1-4 feet in diameter, but never more than 15 feet or so of milling timber, it being generally difficult to obtain more than posts and rails, its principal use. Wood dark brown in centre, pale yellow sapwood. Flaky bark, from base of stem up to branches, having a yellowish appearance.” Beta (J. L. Boorman). Still a little further, on the same line, viz., at 328 miles from Rockhampton, we have a specimen of the type of E. Leichhardtii, which came from Alice, Central Railway (W. Pagan, through F. M. Bailey). In considering the range of the speciés, it is necessary to study the notes on Leichhardt’s Rusty Gum, which follow. The Rusty Gum of Leichhardt :— Not a mile further on [from his Acacia Creek] we came on a second creek, with running water, which from the number of Dogwood shrubs (Jacksonia), in the full glory of their golden blossoms, I called Dogwood Creek. The creek came from north and north-east, and flowed to the south-west to join the Condamine. The rock of Dogwood Creek is a fine-grained porous Psammite (clayey sandstone) with veins and nodules of iron, like that of Hodgson’s Creek. A new gum-tree, with a rusty-coloured scaly bark, the texture of which, as well as the seed-vessel and the leaf, resembled Bloodwood, but specifically different . . . (Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” p. 20.) These are the specimens of Leichhardt referred to by Mueller in the “ Eucalypto- graphia,” under EH. eximia, as probably referable to that species, but they. belong to E. peltata. Dogwood Creek is a little to the south of Dulacca Railway Station on the Western Railway. If we peruse Leichhardt’s work we find other references to Rusty Gum. Perhaps the following are the whole of them. At the junction of the Suttor and Cape Rivers, he says, “ The country back from the river is formed by flats alternating with undulations, and is lightly timbered with Silver-leaved Ironbark, Rusty Gum, Moreton Bay Ash and Water-box. The trees are generally stunted and unfit for building . . .” (p. 195). At p. 208, approximate latitude 20° 8’ 26”, which would bring us to, say, the Charters Towers group of localities, ““ The ridges were covered with Rusty Gum and Narrow-leaved Ironbark.” Then we have, “ A new Eucalyptus with a glaucous suborbicular subcordate leaf, and the bark of the Rusty Gum; a stunted or middle-sized tree, which grew in great abundance on the ranges” (p. 230). Mr. Cambage tells me that the locality referred to is on the Burdekin River, below Grey Creek, but above the Perry and Clarke Rivers. Roughly 100 miles north-west of Charters Towers, or 100 miles south-east of Einasleigh, or 50 miles south-west of Stone River. The suborbicular, subcordate leaves may, of course, refer to peltate leaves, which are more abundant on some trees than on others. On the other hand, Leichhardt calls it a ‘“‘ new Eucalyptus,’ and he therefore probably thought it different from the trees he usually calls Rusty Gum. On the other hand, it may represent trees with an inordinate proportion of juvenile leaves. The species of Leichhardt’s, p. 230, is therefore doubtful. 38 At p. 304, ‘“ We travelled . . . over a succession of plains separated by belts of forest, consisting of Bloodwood, Box, Apple Gum, and Rusty Gum,” This was near the Lynd River. At p. 355, “Some of the ridges were openly timbered with a rather stunted White Gum tree, and were well grassed, but the grass was wiry and stiff. At the end of our stage, about 16 miles distant from our last camp, we crossed some Rusty Gum MORIN dig O° At p. 356, “In a patch of Rusty Gum forest we found Acacia equisetifolia and the dwarf Grevillea of the Upper Lynd in blossom. The thyrsi of scarlet flowers of the latter were particularly beautiful.” Here they were a little south of the Albert River of Captain Lort Stokes, AFFINITIES. 1, With £. latifolia F.v.M. Possibly a variety or state of some species allied to E. latifolia without the peltate leaves. The specimens are very imperfect. (B.FI. iii, 254.) In many of its characteristics, especially the form of its fruits, #. peltata approaches to £. latifolia, but the latter is smooth-barked, its leaves are partly almost opposite and always attenuated, with an acute base into their stalk, the lateral veins less prominent, the reticulation of the veinlets also less visible, while the marginal vein is almost confluent with the edge of the leaves, the stalklets of the flowers are of conspicuous length, the lid is single and separates by a less regularly marked dehiscence, and the brownish roughness of the branchlets and foliage is absent, in which latter respects an approach of LH. peltata to E. ferruginea, E. aspera, E. setosa, and £. clavigera is established. (“ Eucalyptographia ’’ under Z. peltata.) The mistake that E. peltata has peltate leaves in the full-grown state also misled L. Diels, who, in his “‘ Jugendformen und Blutenreife,’ says that, except in these (assumed) adult leaves, ‘‘ otherwise it shows in many characters, especially in the very important shape of the fruit, great approach to #. latifolia. It is more than probable that the two species are closely connected ; indeed, also in their geographical distribution they belong to the same region, 7.e., North-eastern Australia. Unfortunately the ontogeny of E. latifolia is not perfectly known. I could nowhere find a description of the juvenile leaves.” For £. latifolia, see Plate 168, Part XLI, where it will be seen that the two species are not closely allied. The juvenile leaves of B. latifolia are larger, glabrous, and not peltate. The mature Jeaves are broad. The inflorescence is very different. The flowers are more numerous and, like the fruits, have comparatively long pedicels. The fruits are, for the most part, larger, and have thicker walls; while after the falling of the outer strips of bark the inner bark is yellowish. The bark is not yellowish as a whole, and the timber is red. JH. peltata is a Queensland species, while H. latifolia belongs to the Northern Territory. 39 2and 3. With E. miniata A. Cunn., and E. phenicea F.v.M. E. peltata is, however, well marked, as noticed by myself in 1856 on the sources of the south-eastern rivers of Carpentaria, by the remarkable texture and structure of the bark, in which respect it bears resemblance’ only to BE. phenicea and FH. miniata, constituting with them the section of Lepidophloiz in the cortical system. (“‘ Eucalyptographia,” under £. peltata.) For £. miniata and E. phexicea see Plate 96, Part XXII, with the juvenile leaves of the former described at p. 37. The juvenile leaves of H. miniata are not petiolate; those of L. phenicea are not known. The buds and fruits are very different from those of EL. peltata, those of E. miniata being very large and ribbed, the ribbing being less marked in LZ. pkanicea. There are other differences that comparison of the figures will readily disclose. The filaments of H. miniata and EF. phenicea are orange to scarlet, while the barks are more lamellar and friable. 4, With EF. Torelliana F.v.M. Perhaps £. peltata will require to be placed nearest to #. Torelliana, although the latter stands on record as one of the tallest forest trees near Rockingham Bay, with a ‘‘ bark smooth as glass’; moreover, the hairiness of its branchlets and leaf-stalks is more conspicuous, all its leaves are of completely basal insertion and evidently paler beneath, therefore their stomata are not isogenous, but (as tabulated before) heterogeneous; the flowers and fruits may also prove different, the former being only as yet known in an unexpanded state and the latter having never yet been collected at all. For E. Torelliana see Part XX XIX, Plate 160. It will be at once seen that the two species have much in common—the broad-leaved, hirsute, peltate juvenile leaves, succeeded by narrow-lanceolate leaves, the venation being less fine and feather-like in E. peltata. The difference in the aspect of the trees has already been referred to, the size, bark, and timber being all dissimilar. The buds are different, but the markedly urceolate fruits of E. Torelliana are more markedly so. The latter species is a coastal species with high rainfall. The other is a comparatively dry-country species. 40 DESCRIPTION. COXXX. EF. Watsoniana F.v.M. In Fragmenta x, 98 (1876). Fo.itow1ne is a translation of the original :— A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sparse, ovate or narrow-lanccolate, slightly falcate, the same colour on both sides, with rather long petioles, imperforate, veins very divergent, faint and abundant, the two longitudinal veins clese to the margin, panicles terminal, few or many flowercd, the last peduncles 2-4 flowered, the rather large campanulate-turbinate almest eccstate calyx-tube the same length as the quadrangular pedicel, the very thick flattish shortly umbonate operculum broader than the smooth calyx-tube, stamens yellowish, all fertile, anthers linear-oblong, dehiscing near the margin, style short, stigma scarcely dilated, fruits large urceolate-campanulate, the sulcate annulate rim slightly descending and broadly encircling the orifice, valves 3-4, celtcid, entirely included, fertile seeds winged, greatly exceeding in size the sterile ones. In the mountains near Wigton (Queensland) Th. Wentworth Watson. A tree attaining a height of at least 60 feet. Bark (according to the discoverer) persistent, wrinkled and sometimes scaly, red-brownish. Mature leaves 4-5 inches long, 1-14 inches broad, opaque, papery-coriaceous. Peduncles, with pedicels in twos or fours, fairly strong. Calya-tube (flowering) almost 4 inch long, often covered with little excrescences. Operculum distinctly broader than the calyx-tube, attaining at least } an inch in breadth, shining, sometimes very depressed and with a rather long umbo, sometimes rather convex and terminating gradually in a short point. The longer of the stamens measuring inch, greatly exceeding the style. Anthers at least }.a line long. Calyzx-iube (fruit) an inch long, slightly contracted below the terminating margin. Vertex of the capsule smooth before dehiscing. Seeds brownish, shining; the fertile ones very much compressed, smooth, 2-3 lines long, margin acute. The species is called “‘ Bloodwood ” in its native place. In our cultivated specimen the opercula are flat, as shown in the drawing. I do not think I have seen an umbo on them. ‘The only cultivated specimen known to me is in the north-eastern part of the Botanic Gardens, growing with a westerly aspect and on rather shallow soil, overlying sandstone. It is about 40 years old, and was raised from seed of the type received by Baron von Mueller. It is about 50 feet in height, and at 3 feet from the ground the stem is 3 ft. 3 in. in circumference, or 13 inches in diameter. ‘The trunk is single and erect, with an umbrageous canopy; the bark is of a dirty paie yellow colour, thick, not furrowed, scaly-fibrous, in thinnish layers. The superficial layers of the bark are deciduous, as in the case of the Yellow-barks. I have not seen a characteristic piece of the timber, and hesitate to damage our tree, but it is not a dark-coloured timber so far as we can see from smail branches. The very young foliage is broadish and triplinerved, sparingly hairy, and not peltate. AL RANGE. This species is only recorded from “ near Wigton; on a tributary of the Boyne River, in the Burnett district” of Queensland, according to “ Eucalyptographia.’’ We know little as to its distribution. The original description says, “ In the mountains near Wigton,” and I suggest, at a guess, that its home is in the Craig’s Range. I have received it from near Eidsvold (Dr. T. L. Bancroft), and also from Boon- dooma, Burnett district, 70 miles north-west of Wondai (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White), and would suggest that our Queensland friends be on the lookout for it. AFFINITIES. 1, With £. urnigera Hook. “Tt is to be easily distinguished from #. wrnigera by its very fine and abundant venation, by its paniculate flowers and distinctly larger fruits.” (Translation of original.) The principal resemblance between H. Watsoniana and E. urnigera arises from the fact that the fruits of both are urceolate. But reference to Plate 80; Part XVIII (for EZ. urnigera) shows that the detailed resemblance is not very strong. There is some resemblance in the buds, which is accentuated after shrinkage; the number of buds is fewer in LE. urnigera. The foliage is different (although H. Watsoniana rarely suckers in Sydney, and my specimens are unsatisfactory). H. urnigera is a White Gum, and a native. of a cold climate, wood pale, not Bloodwood-like, and the affinities of the species are with the Z. Gunnii group and not with the Bloodwoods. 2. With E. gomphocephala DC. “.. . further as it is plainly different from all other species except E. gomphocephala on account of the breadth of the operculum, it is to be placed in the series of H. corymbosa.”’ (Translation of original.) Examination of Plate 92, Part XXI (for E. gomphocephala) shows that the two species are not closely related, although there are some general resemblances of buds and fruits. The venation of the leaves is different, E. gomphocephala is a Western Australian tree, H. Watsoniana is from Queensland. The former is a very large tree, strongly calciphile, and with short, fibrous bark like a shorn sheep; the timber is pale and interlocked. ; 42 3. With E. maculata Hook. The relationship of this tree is with H. maculata, but the bark is totally persistent, the leaves are frequently a good deal broader, while their veins are finer and not quite so close, the flowers are often fewer and always conspicuously larger, the lid is ampler than the summit of the calyx-tube and seems to be simple from the commencement, although it exhibits considerable thickness; the fruits are of much larger size, rather expanded than contracted at the summit, with a flatter not suddenly quite descending rim, which latter is separated by a conspicuous circular channel from the tube of the fruit-calyx, while the seeds are larger and the fertile of these more angular. (‘‘ Kucalyptographia,”’ under E. Watsoniana.) This will be referred to when EF. maculata is reached, in Part XLIII. 4. With FE. eximia Schauer. “Nearer still (than #. maculata) is the affinity to E. cximia which has likewise persistent and structurally similar bark, also a subtle venation of the leaves and comparatively large fruits” . . . (“ Eucalyptographia,” under EZ. Watsoniana.) The affinities of these two species will be found dealt with in tabular form at p. 47. 5. With E. corymbosa Sm. “. . . the fruit bears close resemblance to that of EZ. corymbosa, a species otherwise very different, belonging to the series with hypogenous stomata and having smaller flowers with neither dilated nor polished lid.” (“‘ Eucalyptographia,” under Z. Watsoniana.) For E. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162, Part XXXIX. It has a deep red timber, while its bark is hard-flaky and darker in colour than that of EH. Watsoniana. The buds are very different, while the fruits of H. Watsoncana are larger, and have a very different rim. 6. With FE. Avergiana F.v M. “ B. Walsoniana recedes (from HL. Abergiana) in narrower leaves equally coloured on either side, calyces with a varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid, which overreaches the orifice of the calyx-tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and unappendiculated seeds. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under £. Abergiana.) “FE Atergiana might in thee comparisons be left out of consideration as it has stomata only on the lower page of the leaves, no flower-stalklets, and the lid separating from the tube of the calyx by irregular rupture, a narrower fruit-rim and appendiculated seeds. (Op. cit. under E. Watsomana.) For E£. Abergiana see Plate 170, Part XLL It has a non-yellow bark and a red timber. The buds are very different in shape, the fruits more sessile, less urceolate and with a different rim. 43 DESCRIPTION. COXXXI. E. trachyphloia F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Sec. ii, 90 (1859). FotLow1ne is a translation of the original :— A tree with angular branchlets, Icaves alternate, moderately petiolate, narrow-lanceolate, subfalcate, narrowed into a fine point, opaque, faintly veined, with pellucid dots, intramarginal vein somewhat close to the edge. Umbels paniculate, 3-5 flowered, pedicels shorter than the peduncle, angled and the same length as the fruit. Frwit small, ecostate, truncate-ovate, three-celled, deltoid valves deeply included, seeds wingless. On hills near the Burnett River (Queensland). Flowering September and October. A medium sized tree, the bark persistent on the trunk and branches, ashy brown and rough, breaking into little pieces. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 5-8 lines broad, narrowed into a petiole of 6-9 lines, a little paler on the underside, fruit measuring about 3 lines, gradually contracted at the mouth. Bentham then described it in B. FI. i, 221 :-— A moderate-sized tree, with a dark grey rugged bark, persistent. Leaves long-lanceolate, often faleate, 4-6 inches long, with very numerous fine parallel almost transverse veins, the marginal one close to or very near the edge. Flowers not seen. Fruiting-umbels several together in terminal panicles or in the upper axils, each with 3 to 6 pedicellate fruits. Fruit ovoid-truncate, contracted towards the orifice, about 3 lines long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. It was described and figured by Mueller in the “ Eucalyptographia,” and he points out that while it attains a height of 80 feet, with a stem-diameter of 2 feet, 5a . . . Inexposed situations on the tops of hills dwarfed in growth and fruiting eieae in a shrubby state.” The timber is pale-coloured, somewhat like Spotted Gum (E. maculata). Dr. J. Shirley, gives the aboriginal name as ‘“‘ Gou-unya” in use by the Koola- burra tribe, between Tarromeo and Nanango, South Queensland. In constituting a forma fruticosa F. M, Bailey, Queensland Agric. Journ. xxv, July, 1910, p. 9, says :— For many years may have been observed on the Glasshouse Mountain, a dwarf form of our “‘ White Bloodwood.’ It flowers and fruits when only about 5 feet high, and is certainly a worthy plant for garden culture, and if thus brought into use would require some name whereby it might be distinguished from the common form of the species, hence I have attached to it the above name fruticosa. We, however, so far have no proof of seedling plants retaining the dwarf habit, yet there is no reason to suppose otherwise, for this may be looked upon as a sport, like many other variations in the genus. Baron von Mueller notices in his “ Eucalyptographia,”’ Decade 5, this mountain form, but does not mention any particular locality ; it may, however, have been in this same place, for I believe that he and Walter Hill together did some collecting in that locality in the early days of Queensland. 44 I do not think it is necessary to give this a formal name, unless it be desired to similarly treat the remainder of the numerous species which, while normally trees, flower in a shrubby state. RANGE. The type came from the Burnett River (near Bundaberg), in Queensland, and in the “ Eucalyptographia”’ it was only recorded by the author from central and south Queensland localities, viz. :—‘‘ In poor, hilly country, hitherto traced from Moreton Bay (Bailey) to the Burnett River (Mueller) and the Mackenzie River (Bowman, O’Shanesy), chiefly in the sandstone formation.’ In Queensland, however, it occurs as far north as Stannary Hills, west of Cairns, while since I now record it from Bathurst and Melville Islands, it will doubtless be found to occur on the Cape York peninsula, and in the Northern Territory generally. Going south, it occurs in New South Wales, as far south as the Goulburn River ~ * and Denman district, occurring over a large area north and north-west, chiefly on poor sandy and. rocky land, until Queensland is approached and the Queensland localities connected therewith. New South WALEs. Murrumbo, 50 miles north of Rylstone, near the Goulburn River (R. T. Baker). On sandy conglomerate, probably Narrabeen beds, Baerami, 15 miles west of Denman (R. H. Cambage, 2636). “‘ Plentiful all over the district on the sides and tops of the hills all over the district. The trees have the appearance as if recently rung, as the foliage is of a reddish-brown cast. Small trees 20-30 feet, 1-1} feet, rough pale bark, timber brown, chippy, but hard. Locally known as Bloodwood.” Gungal, near Merriwa (J. L. Boorman). The above three localities are in the same general area. We are now in the vicinity of the North-west Line and its branches. Bloodwood, 50 feet, 4 feet. Parish Brigalow, county Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “‘ Bloodwood, about 10 miles from Coonabarabran-Gunnedah road” (Dr. Jensen, No. 127). Coonabarabran-Paradine road, near Coonabarabran (W. Forsyth). About 33 miles east of Bugaldi-Coonabarabran road (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 95). ‘‘ Bloodwood. Bark lighter than E. corymbosa.” Warrumbungle Range (K. H. F. Swain, No. 35). Arrarownie, Borah Creek, Pilliga Scrub (Dr. Jensen, No. 152). South-east Pilliga (HE. H: F. Swain, No. 22). Central Pilliga on a sterile ridge (EH. H. F. Swain, No. 15). Pilliga East State Forest, county Baradine (Gordon Burrow). On Sandhills. Up to 2 feet diameter. Narrabri(J.H.M.). East Narrabri (J. L. Boorman). “ Bloodwood. About 30 feet high, 4 feet girth. Associated with #. crebra and Callitris calcarata.” Parish Terrergee, county Courallie, Moree district (HE. H. F. Swain, No. 36). “Little Bloodwood,’ Ticketty Wel!, between Wallangra and Yetman (Forest Assessor A. Julius). A5 QUEENSLAND. The following specimens were collected by Leichhardt. 1. Debillipalah. 2. Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains (22nd May, 1843). 3... . hills, scarce, a slender tree of 3 feet (?), with a scaly bark (4th June, 1843). Dr. John Shirley, of Brisbane, has kindly favoured me with the following comments on these three localities (1, 2, 3) :— 1. Dibillipah is evidently Didillibah, near Woombye, on our North Coast Line, 62 miles north of Brisbane. 2. Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains, 22nd May, 1843. Myall Creek is a tributary of the Condamine on the Darling Downs, not far from Oakey, a township on our Western Line, 120 miles from Brisbane. Byron Plains has been searched for by officers of our Survey Department, but with no result. This was not his only visit to this neighbourhood, as Stuart Russell (“ Genesis of Queensland,” p. 360) reports :— ‘“* On my return to Cecil Plains (38 miles from Oakey) alone, one afternoon in the middle of 1844 (just before Leichhardt left for Port Essington) I saw a surprising object a veritable chimney-pot hat . .. . ’*twas Dr. Ludwig Leichhardt’s.” 3...) Hills) . Where was he 4th June, 1843.? No works to hand will solve this; but he collected mainly on the coastal country north of Brisbane in the early part of 1843, and on the Downs in the latter half. 4, Leichbardt’s label on another specimen is ‘‘ ‘Gala’ tree, very similar to the Bloodwoods in the Sandy Mountain Range, Archer’s Station, 23rd September, 1843.” The Rev. Dr. Lang (“ Cooksland,’ p. 83), quotes a letter from Dr. Leichhardt, dated the 4th of the same month from “‘ Archer's Station, Bunya Bunya.” J would suggest that Leichhardt named the tree because of the parrots called Galahs (Cacatua roseicapella) which frequent this and other Bloodwoods because of the profusion of honey-yielding flowers. Following are some specimens by later collectors :— “ White Bloodwood, with broadish leaves,’ South Queensland (Forest Inspector Board). Hight-mile Plains, just south of Brisbane (A. Murphy, J. L. Boorman). Brisbane (J.H.M.). Ipswich-road, near Brisbane, common (C. T. White). Chinchilla (R. C. Beasley). (We want more localities on this railway line.) “ Bastard Bloodwood,’ Taylor's Range (F. M. Bailey). The forma fruticosa of F. M. Bailey. Common on top of Mount Ngun Ngun, Glass House Mountains (C. T. White, J. Shirley). Maryborough (W. H. Simon) “‘ White Bloodwood.” ‘Fairly large trees of 40-60 feet, stems 2-4 feet. Bark whitish, flaky, or even of a Stringybark nature. Timber not much esteemed locally.” Bundaberg, close to the type locality. (J. L. Boorman, J.H.M.) Near the Comet River (P. O’Shanesy). 46 Rockhampton, with a spherical gall 1} inches in diameter, identical with or closely resembling Brachyscelis pomiformis, see Part XL, p. 318. (J.H.M.) ‘ Bloodwood,” Stannary Hills. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) Percy Island, west gf Mt. Armitage. ‘“‘ Small tree, 20 feet”; Middle Percy Island; low trees growing thickly together, south-east of Middle Percy Island (Henry Tryon). NoRTHERN TERRITORY. “Large Bloodwood. This species grows in the open forest country with E. miniata and E. tetradonta on both Melville Island and Bathurst Island. Examples are found on the gentle slopes and along the little streams falling from the higher country to the main waterways, 7.e., the tidal estuaries.” Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 465). This is the first record, so far as I am aware, from the Northern Territory, and - we must therefore connect this and the North Queensland localities. AFFINITIES. 1 and 2. With E£. siderophloia Benth., and EF. crebra F.v.M. “ EB. trachyphloia, placed by Bentham between #£. siderophloia and E. crebra, is much nearer allied to EB. terminalis and EB. dichromophloia (2s shown in the Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. xi, 43-44), along which species it was placed already in the Jowrn. Linn. Soc. ui, 90.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under E. siderophloia). In the same work, under £. trachyphloia, he also compares it with E. crebra in the following words :— “ec E. trachyphloia approaches HE. crebra and some cognate Ironbark trees, all of which have the stomata isogenous and show a clear line of dehiscence, by which the lid is separated, while the difference of the anthers separate them even sectionally according to Bentham’s system. Besides, in-#. crebra the lid is not depressed, the fruit is not or less contracted at the summit, and the valves are almost terminal.”’ For E. siderophloia turn to Plate 47, Part X of the present work, and for E. crebra to Plate 53, Part XII. But both these are Ironbarks, and it seems inadvisable at this place to stop to make comparisons between Ironbarks and a Bloodwood, the relation- ships being so distant. 3. With E£. tessellaris F.v.M. This species shares in some of the characteristics of E. trachyphloia, but irrespective of the discrepancies of the bark differs already in the uniform coloration of the leaves, which latter are also generally longer, are less pointed and show more distinctly the veriation; moreover, the inflorescence is less expanded; the lid is larger and separates by a more sharply defined sutural line from the other portion of the calyx; the fruits are also of greater size, though less hard; the fertile seeds are much larger, comparatively more compressed and distinctly margined; but the last-mentioned characteristic is not well expressed in the lithographic illustration of H. tessellaris now offered, figure 9 having been drawn from wnripe seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z, tessellaris.) 47 For E. tessellaris, see Plate 156, Part XXXVIII. The juvenile leaves are narrow, the flower buds clavate and decurved. The chief similarity is in the fruits, which much resemble each other in size and outline, but they are otherwise very different. One can readily crush the fruits of Z. tessellaris between the fingers, as their walls are papery like those of #. clavigera and its allies; those of EH. trachyphlova are much more strongly built. The trees are very dissimilar in appearance, LH. tessellaris having tessel- lated bark (and smooth upwards) as its name denotes, while that of HL. trachyphloia has a flaky fibrous bark throughout, with a yellowish cast. 4, With EF. dichromophloia F.v.M. Its real systematic place should be next to Z. dichromophloia, from which it can be distinguished in rougher bark, in thinner less elongated leaves of a darker green above, and dull paleness beneath (therefore not of equal colour on both sides), with recurved edge, in the want of stomata on the upper page of the leaves, in the calyces of less polished smoothness, in smaller fruits with perhaps never or only rarely four valves, and in the absence of any appendage to the fertile seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia.” under E. trachyphloia.) For £. dichromophicia, see Plate 165, Part XL. Its affinity to L. trachyphloiais not as close as Mueller thought it was. EH. dichromophloia has a red timber, and a reddish, flaky bark. The juvenile foliage of H. dichromophloia is described at Part XULT,p. 3. The affinity of HE. trachyphloia is with the Yellow Barks. . eximia, peltata, Watsoniana, and trachyphloia are Yellow-barks ; all have barks fibrous-flaky and more or less yellow, and timbers palish in contrast to reddish, such as that of 2. corymbosa. These Yellow-barks are more stringy than those of the generality of those of the Blood- woods (which are more flaky); in this respect they display affinity to the Peppermints and even to the Stringybarks. The following table shows some of the characters contrasted, so far as it is possible to contrast species so closely related :— cami. pelia’a. Watsoniana. trachyphloia. | Juvenile leaves| Peltate ... ...| Peltate 506 ...| Unknown... ..-| Peltate, more hirsute | than the others. Mature leaves | Tendency to large) Medium size ...| Medium size ...| Tendency to small size. size. Buds ... ...| No pedicels; me-) Hardly any pedicels ;| Short pedicels; rather] Distinct and even dium size; coni-| smaller than #.) large; nearly flat) moderately long cal opercula. ELIMAM 5 conical) — opercula. pedicels; small; opercula. sub-conical oper- el cula. Fruits... ...| Medium size; ovoid, Small, ovoid ...| Rather large; dis-| Small, slightly urceo- less rarely urceo-| | tinctly urceolate. late. late. | D 48 DESCRIPTION, COXXXII. EF. hybrida Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. .N.S.W., xlvui, 85 (1913). FoLLowi1ne is the original description :— Arbor erecta, altitudine circiter 50 pedes. Cortex cinerea, laevis, corrugata. Lignum pallidum durum. Folia matura lanceolata vel late lanceolata, pallida virentia, tenuiora, circiter 8-12 cm. longa, vena peripherica margini approximata, venis lateralibus patentibus. Flores in breve panicula corymbosa, quaque plerumque 3-6 flora. Calycis tubus conoideus. Operculum acuminatum, calcis tubo aequilongum. Fructus cylindrico-conoidei, circiter 6 mm. lati, in orificium leniter contracti, margine tenui. Valvarum apices plusve minusve depressi, orificium rare tangentes. An erect tree of about 50 feet high, the tips of the branches smooth, the butt with a sub-fibrous (peppermint-like) or flaky-fibrous and more or less flat-corrugated bark, greyish or blackish externally, hence some trees have been described as ‘‘ Black Box.” Timber pale-coloured, hard, interlocked, and probably valuable. Juvenile foliage not seen in the strictly opposite state, but as seen, not different from the mature foliage except in width. Mature foliage.—Lanceolate or broadly lanceolate, slightly faleate, acuminate, commonly 8 to 12 cm. long. Dull green, the same colour on both sides, rather thin and tough, lateral veins spreading, fine, the intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge of the leaf, oil dots not numerous. Flowers.—Peduncles of moderate length, angular, usually in a short corymbose panicle, each with- about three to six or sometimes more flowers. Calyx-tube conoid, 5 cm. diameter, often angular, tapering into ashort pedicel. Operculum pointed and as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers, small, yellow, opening in small slits near the top, filaments at base, and small gland at back, indubitably showing intermediate characters between the anthers of Z. paniculata and E. hemiphlova. Fruit.—When immature cylindrical, with a rim round the orifice; when ripe cylindrical to almost conoid, about 6 mm. in diameter, hardly constricted at the orifice, rim thin, tips of valves more or less sunk and rarely flush with the orifice. RANGE. Type from Concord, Sydney, N.S.W. (Rey. Dr. Woolls, 1890; R. H. Cambage, 10th February, 1901). It was originally found in Bray’s Paddock, Concord, near Sydney, where I knew of six trees until recently, but building operations may soon exterminate these particular specimens. = Dr. J. B. Cleland has drawn my attention to a tree on Milson Island, Hawkesbury River (a short distance west of the Railway Bridge), which appears to be identical with that from Concord. £. paniculata Sm. is common on the island, but there is no E. hemiphiova. This suggests that the hybrid originated elsewhere than on Milson Island. 49 AFFINITIES. The affinities of this species are almost intermediate between EL. paniculata Sim., the Grey Ironbark, and £. hemiphloia F.v.M., the Grey Box. This is the first species of this genus which has been named with especial reference to its hybrid character. I have a large number of instances of apparently indubitable hybrids. In most cases a pictorial illustration is necessary to make the hybridism clear, and I propose to describe them in this work when dealing with hybridism as a special subject. Following is the first passage referring to this particular tree. The Cabramatta tree is the plant afterwards described as H. Bcormani Deane and Maiden (see Part X, p- 330 of the present work). Its affinity is with #. s¢derophloia Benth. rather than with E. paniculata Sm. The Ironbark in Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord is B. hybrida. The Ironbark group (Schizophloiz) is less liable to variation in the nature of its bark than any of the preceding sections; and yet in some forms of EZ. paniculata the bark is less rough and deeply furrowed than in its allies, whilst in exceptional cases, when it goes under the popular names of “ Ironbark Box” and “ Bastard Ironbark,” the wood and fruit are those of Ironbark, but the bark less rugged. Some years ago, when the late Mr. Thomas Shepherd was residing with Mr. Bell, at Cabramatta, he called my attention to a tree which, so far as its general characters were concerned, appeared to be an Jronbark, the shape of the buds, flowers and fruit being similar to those of EZ. paniculata, and the wood being, in the opinion of the workmen, like the ordinary Ironbark of the neighbourhood. Mr. Shepherd called the tree “Black Box” and “Ironbark Box,” and entertained an idea that it might be an undescribed species. Although I have had specimens of this tree for some years, it is only of late that I have come to the conclusion that the tree in question is really an Ironbark, for on Mr. H. Bray’s property at Concord a similar one has been pointed out to me. This the workmen called ‘“‘ Bastard Ironbark,” as the wood resembles that of Ironbark, whilst the bark is not furrowed as Ironbarks usually are, but is more like that of Box or Woollybutt. Having examined the fruit and leaves of this tree, and having ascertained that the wood is similar to that of Ironbark, I am now convinced that the tree which puzzled Mr. T. Shepherd and that growing in Mr. Bray’s paddock are identical, both of them being varieties of B. paniculata. If hybridisation were possible in the genus, one would think that the “‘ Ironbark Box ” is a cross between Tronbark and Box, but according to the opinion of the late eminent naturalist W. 8. Macleay, F.L.S., the impregnation of the flowers takes place before the operculum falls off, and hence in such a case crossing cannot be effected. As this matter has never been carefully investigated by any observer, nothing like certainty can be affirmed of the probability or Rugeley) of hybridisation. (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 60-61, 1891.) Ten years later Mr. Henry Deane and I drew attention to a Eucalypt which we had received from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and which we thought presented an instance of hybridism. This was the identical tree from Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord. We are indebted to specimens of a species from Concord from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and. the examination of the specimens from the point of view of hybridisation is so instructive that we relate it in detail. Mr. Cambage stated that his tree was growing among E. paniculata Sm. (another of the Ironbarks), with HE. hemiphloia near. He added: “ The fruits look like those of H. paniculata, but the bark is not that of an Ironbark. The bark is as smooth as that of E. hemiphloia, and continues right up among the *branches.” Reference to the herbarium of the late Dr. Woolls showed that he had, many years previously, obtained specimens from the same locality, and following is a.copy of his label: “ Z. paniculata, Bastard Tronbark. Bark something like Woolly Butt or Box.’ The immature fruits have rims which remind one 50 of those of #. melliodora, and while seized of its affinities to E. paniculata, E. siderophloia and B. hemiphlora, there was certainly evidence to look upon it as an aberrant form of #. melliodora and also of Boststoana, an affinity which (as regards the latter species) had already been arrived at by Mueller (though in a different way) as regards the Cabramatta specimens. The fruits are a shade smaller than those of some specimens in our possession, and we have from time to time looked upon the tree as a possible hybrid between E. paniculata and E. hemiphloia, and E. paniculata and E. melliodora respectively. We have examined the trees referred to by Dr. Woolls and Mr. Cambage, and are of opinion that, while they may be properly described as “‘ Black Box ” and “ Ironbark Box,” there are certain points of difference between them and the Cabramatta trees (H. Boormani) which make us hesitate in referring them to the same species. The foliage and fruits are less coarse than those of Cabramatta, and this circumstance, coupled with the fact that the trees grow amongst EH. paniculata, may cause some observers who may be inclined to look upon the Concord trees as hybrids to consider that H. paniculata is one of the parents. Bearing in mind that cases of hybridisation amongst Eucalypts usually break down under fuller examination, we hesitate to believe that we have a case of hybridisation here, and will revert to the subject at some future time. Four years later I stated that I had no doubt as to its hybrid nature. [Thad had the tree under observation in the meantime, and was of opinion that it was a form sufficiently distinct to receive a name. c E. paniculata Sm. x hemiphloia F.v.M. In these Proceedings (1901, p. 340) Mr. Deane and I referred, though with some doubt, to a “‘ Black Box” or “‘ Ironbark Box” from Concord, near Sydney. I desire to say that, having kept these trees under observation, I have no doubt as to their being hybrids of the species named. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 498, 1905.) Hight years later still, I described the tree under the name H. hybrida. 51 DESCRIPTION. COXXXII. E. Kruseana F.v.M. In The Australian Journal of Pharmacy (Melbourne), 20th August, 1895, p. 233. Ir was described under the heading of “ Description of a new Eucalyptus from south Western Australia.” Following is the original description :— Branchlets terete; leaves small, opposite, sessile, mostly cordate-orbicular, some verging into a renate form, on both sides as well as the branchlets, peduncles, pedicels and calyces whitish-grey, copiously glandular-dotted, the venules faint, the peripheric close to the edge of the leaves; peduncles compressed, axillary, 3-4 flowered, about half as long as the leaves; pedicels variously shorter than the whole calyx, sometimes quite abbreviated; flowers small; tube of the calyx at first almost hemiellipsoid; operculum semiovate-conical, slightly pointed, about as long as the calyx-tube; filaments yellowish-white, inflected before expansion; anthers somewhat longer than broad, opening by longitudinal slits; stigma hardly broader than the style; fruit-bearing calyx globular semi-ovate, devoid of angulation, contracted at the summit, the rim narrow; valvules enclosed, but nearly reaching the orifice, usually four. Height of the plant unrecorded, but probably of shrubby stature. Leaves firm, of 2-14 inch measurement. Calyces, inclusive of the lid, hardly above } inch long. Fruit-calyx as broad as long, measuring fully } inch. Matured seeds as yet unavailable. It was named in honour of the late Mr. John Kruse, of Melbourne. ° SYNONYM. E. Morrisoni Maiden. I described EB. Morrisoni in the Journ. Nat. Hist. and Science Soc. of W.A., vol. iii, p. 44 (1910). I find that the two species are identical, and therefore #. Morrisoni must fall. I endeavoured to see Mueller’s type many years ago, but it was detained by Mueller’s trustees for a number of years, and was not seen by me until Prof. Ewart showed it to me in August, 1911. (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 328, 1915.) Inasmuch as the description of £. Morrisoni usefully supplements that of Mueller’s in certain points, I give it here. H. Kruseana was described with 3-4 flowers, E. Morrisoni up to 7. There are lesser differences. A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. One patch seen 50-150 miles east of Kalgoorlie, Trans- continental Survey. Collected by Henry Deane, M.A., M.Inst.C.E., Consulting Engineer, May, 1909. Frutex ramis sparsis circiter 2-5 m. altus. Folia glauca, coriacea, conferta, orbiculata, 1-2 em. diametro, amplexicaula, inconspicue venosa. Flores conferti in fine ramorum umbellis usque ad 7 in capitulo, brevissime pedicellati. Calyx subconicus, sine angulis, gradatim in pedicello, operculum simile forma magnitu lineque. 52 Filamenta sulphurea, antherea duabus cellis didymis, glandula magna. Fructus subcylindricus, circiter 6 mm. longus 5 vel 6 mm. latus. Capsula mersa sub orificio. Videtur #. pulvigere forsan approximandus. Juvenile leayes.—No very young leaves collected. Probably there is no difference between the juvenile and mature leaves. Mature leayes.—Glaucous on both sides, coriaceous, crowded, the branchlets rounded. All nearly orbicular and varying in diameter from about 1 to 2 cm. slightly amplexicaul, apex usually absent or slightly emarginate. Midrib moderately conspicuous for the basal half of its length; lateral veins anastomosing. Incipient crenulations on the margin in some leaves. Buds and Flowers.—Crowded at the ends of the branchlets in umbels up to seven in the head. Very shortly pedicellate; the common peduncle short also. Calyx conoid; not angular, tapering gradually into the pedicel; the operculum similar in shape and size, often bent or curved at the top. Filaments yellow, the anthers with two parallel cells joined together for their whole length, and with a very large gland at the back. Fruits.—In branchlets forming a compound panicle, the individual fruits subcylindrical, about: 6 mm. long and 5 or 6 mm. broad, sharply separated from the pedicel. Capsule well sunk below the orifice, valves three or four. In honour of Dr. Alexander Morrison, formerly Government Botanist of Western Australia, who has done so much to diffuse a knowledge of the vegetation of his State. (The notes on the leaves will be seen under “‘ Affinities” at p. 53.) RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present. The type came from Fraser’s Range (J. D. Batt), while Mueller’s locality for the type is given in the description as “ Fraser's Range, South Western Australia.” The specimen itself bears the inscription, ‘‘ 100 miles north of Israelite Bay,’ and doubtless refers to the same locality. My locality for E. Morrisoni, ‘‘ 50-150 miles east of Kalgoorlie,’ Transcontinental Railway Survey, is new, but is in the same general locality as the preceding. (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., xlix, 329.) I have not seen a specimen from any other locality, and invite attention of collectors to this dainty-foliaged small species. 53 AFFINITIES. 1, With FE. Perriniana F.v.M. Related to Eucalyptus gamophylla, E. orbifolia, and E. Perriniana. The latter (last), however. is from cold mountain regions of Tasmania, and its leaves, free from each other only in the early stage of - the young plants, become connate when the trees attain some height, they then resemble those of E. Risdoni (probably the Huc. perfoliata of Desfontaines), although the species belongs to the series of Parallelanthere. (Original description.) For E. Perriniana see Part XXVI and Plate 108. All the leaves of that species are not isoblastic ; a lanceolate leaf is figured at 1d, Plate 108. The leaves of E. Kruseana are much smaller, and, so far as we know, the juvenile leaves are neither connate nor perfoliate. 2. Perriniana is a larger plant (though not very large), with flowers apparently always in threes, and with larger, hemispherical fruits. 2. With E. gamophylla F.v.M. E. gamophylla is likewise separated from the present new species by the concrescently paired leaves ; moreover its pedicels are almost obliterated, the fruit-bearing calyces are much longer than broad, bearing the valvules at a higher insertion. (Original description.) For E. gamophylla see Part XXXV, with Plate 147. This again is a perfoliate species, succeeded by nazrower lanceolate leaves ; the leaves are not orbicular. The inflorescence is more paniculate and the fruits more cylindroid, while it is a tree yielding timber at least 8 inches in diameter. 3. With F£. orbifolia F.v.M. The differences of E. orbifolia are obvious, consisting in scattered stalked leaves, larger flowers, semiglobular calyx-tube, proportionately longer operculum and exserted fruit valvules. (Original description.) For #. orbifolia let us turn to Part XVII, with Plate 74. We know but little of the species, but it is sufficient to say that they are very different. Following is an addendum I gave to my description of Z. Morrison¢ :— A few additional notes will be found in square brackets. The general question of the comparative morphology of the leaves of all species remains to be presented when the subject of Morphology is reached. “ E. Morrisoni belongs to the somewhat heterogeneous group (as regards affinities) of species with perfoliate or otherwise strictly opposite (sessile) leaves in the mature stage. It would appear from B. Fl. ii, 187, that Bentham did not attach much importance to shape of sucker or juvenile leaves. Nevertheless, he used these young leaves to some extent for classification pur- poses, e.g., “‘ Leaves in the young saplings of many species and perhaps all in some species” [my italics] “ horizontal, opposite, sessile and cordate.” (B.FI. ili, 185.) 54 Some species so included in Bentham’s time are now known not to be sessile throughout life, and it is very possible that, as time goes on, it will be found that all Kucalypts are heteroblastic (lastos, a shoot), ie, having juvenile leaves different from mature ones. This, if proved, will come about in two ways, by (a) the discovery of two kinds of leaves on existing isoblastic species, or (b) the discovery of two species (now - accounted isoblastic), one with cordate, &c., leaves entirely, and the other with usual falcate, &c., leaves entirely to be conspecific. _ We have much to learn in regard to the effect of changed environment on different species of Eucalyptus, and experiments in cultivation have thrown, and will continue to do so, much light wpon variation in this direction. So far as I know, the only species of Eucalyptus (in addition to the present one) which are isoblastic are :— 1. E. pulvigera A. Cunn. A rare New South Wales species. [By this HZ. pul- verulenta Sims is meant. See Plate 91, Part XXI of the pres nt work.] 2. E. cordata Labill. A Tasmanian species. [See Plate 84, Part XIX.] 3. E. macrocarpa Hook, A very coarse Western Australian species. [See Plate 77, Part XVIII. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 70 (1919), I have drawn attention to the fact that there is a tendency to heteroblasticity in this species. | 4. E. pruinosa Schauer. Indigenous to Western Australia, North Australia, North Queensland. (I have seedlings of this species raised from seed collected by Prof. Baldwin Spencer, at Whanalowra (?), Northern Territory, in 1903, which are distinctly pedicellate!) [See Plate 54, Part XII] 5. E. ferruginea Schauer. With sessile, cordate, rusty pubescent leaves—an Angophoroid species from Western Australia and North Australia. 6. LE. setosa Schauer. A sessile, cordate, Angophoroid species, with bristly branchlets, from Queensland and North Australia. [The figures on Plate 158, Part XXXVIII, show that £. setosa cannot be longer considered as isoblastic, and that Plate 159 shows that FE. ferruginea is becoming heteroblastic, and that probably more active observation will produce additional evidence in that direction. | Then we have, in a class by itself :— 7. E. perfoliata R.Br., with very large perfoliate, connate leaves and fruits. In this case two opposite leaves cohere into a single jamella, which is pierced by the stem. From Western Australia. [See Part XLIV.] 8. LE. gamophylla F.v.M., as figured by Mueller in “ Eucalyptographia,”’ shows no stalked leaves, but it becomes eventually lanceolate and very shortly stalked. See a specimen from Central Australia, collected by C. Winnecke about 1884 (Herb. Melb.), thus leaving E. perfoliata the only connate-leaved species to date. [See Plate 147, Part XX XV of the present work. | 9. E. peltata Benth. is worthy of special mention. Its leaves are alternate, peltately attached to the petiole above the base, and broadly ovate. This unique species is figured in “‘ Eucalyptographia,’ and morphologically it is an incipient ee 55 form of the connate-petiolate leaf. [The ‘ Eucalyptographia ” plate is erroneous. The adult leaves are not peltate, but lanceolate, as is shown in the present Part. See p. 33 above.] Therefore our new species presents affinities to #. pruinosa Schauer, HL. pul- vigera A, Cunn., E. cordata Labill., E. macrocarpa Hook., E. ferruginea Schauer, and E, setosa Schauer. i It differs from all cf them.in colour of the filaments, from E. macrocarpa it is sharply separated in the size and shape of the fruits, from EF. ferruginea and E. setosa in the leaves, fruits, vestiture, &c. Then there remain H. pulvigera, E. cordata, E. pruinosa. From £. pulvigera it differs in the very much larger leaves of that species, in the shape of the buds, slightly in the anthers (see below), in the fruits in threes. The fruits are also very much larger, more hemispherical, with a defined rim, and are sessile on a common peduncle. From £. cordata it differs in the foliage (larger even than E. pulvigera), in the fruits, which are large and almost hemispherical ; the other characters are those of E. pulvigera. The anthers of £. pulvigera and E. cordata are identical. They also very strongly resemble those of EZ. Morrisonz, but they appear to differ in having a smaller gland and in being more versatile. From E. pruinosa it differs in the very much larger leaves (usually elliptical or tending to lanceolate), larger and more numerous flowers and fruits. The fruits also have a well-defined rim, and, like the branchlets and pedicels, are more or less angular. The two species are sharply different in the anthers, which, in the case of E. pruinosa, belong to a section with a small gland at the top and small openings of anthers.” 56 DESCRIPTION. COXXXIV. E. Dawsoni R. T. Baker. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 295 (1899), with a Plate (XXI). E. Dawsoni is referred to at Part XIII, p. 109 of the present work (1911), but is there looked upon as a synonym of EL. polyanthemos. In Part LIX, p. 242, of my “ Forest Floza of New South Wales” (1916) I was inclined to recognise Z. Dawsoni as a separate species, but hesitated, for reasons stated. I have now come to the conclusion that E. Dawsoni is sufficiently distinct. Following is the original description :— A tall tree with a smooth bark, the foliage, branchlets, buds and fruits glaucous. Young leaves broadly lanceolate 6 inches long and over 3 inches wide, on a petiole over an inch long, very obtuse, glaucous on both sides, venation distinct. Mature leaves mostly short, oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse, rarely acuminate, occasionally reddish in colour, venation fairly distinct, lateral veins not distant, intramarginal vein close to the edge. Peduncles axillary but mostly in large terminal corymbs, exceeding the leaves. Buds on young trecs 3 lines long, 14 lines in diameter, sessile or on short pedicels; operculum hemispherical, obtuse; on mature trees 4 to 5 lines long, 1 line in diameter, the calyx tapering into a filiform pedicel, operculum conical, acute. Cvary domed at the summit. Stamens all fertile, inflexed in the bud, filaments thick in proportion to the diameter of the anthers. Anthers very small, cylindrical, rounded at the base and truncate at the top, opening by terminal pores. Fruit small, turbinate, pedicel almest filiform, mostly a line in diameter and under 2 lines long, rim thin, capsule sunken, valves not exserted. illustrations. It is figured (as £. polyanthemos) in Plate 58 (Part XIII) of the present work, under the following figures :—4, 9, 10, 11. With the figures now submitted (5-8, Plate 175) it 1s suggested that the characters of the species are clear. SYNONYM. None, but hitherto included by me in LE. polyanthemos. It is undoubtedly a geminate species. RANGE. The species is confined-to New South Wales as far as we know. In the original description we have the following localities. ‘‘ Ridges on the watershed of the Goulburn River (R. T. Baker); across the main Divide at Cassilis, and north-west to Pilliga (Prot. W. H. Warren).” 57 To which may be added the following, some of which are supplementary localities. Bylong, 32 miles from Rylstone (R. T. Baker). The type. Also Murrumbo. “ Red Box, Slaty Gum,” Gulgong (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.). Cobborah (between Dubbo and Dunedoo) (District Forester Marriott). Dunedoo (Forest Guard C. H. Gardner). “Red Gum Nos. 1 end 2.” Murrurundi (Forester L. A. Macqueen, 1913). Baerami, Denman (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 2710, 2711). The following specimens of £. Dawsonz in the National Herbarium, Melbourne, were looked upon by Mueller as H. polyanthemos. ‘“‘ Ridges near Mudgee’”’ (Rev. Dr. Woolls, October, 1886); Mudgee road (Woolls), under 2. polyanthemos in B.FI. in. 214. APE TNE s. With £. polyanthemos Schauer. I think that Part XIII, p. 114,'&c., of this work, and Part LIX, p. 214, &c., of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”’ are eloquent as to the affinities of the two species. Mr. Baker, in his original description of the species (op. cit., p. 296) does nos clearly contrast it with others. Speaking of it and HL. polyanthemos he says :—* The sucker and mature leaves of both species are different as well as the venation. The leaves of LE. Dawsoni are almost always glaucous, as well as the buds and fruits, a feature rarely found in FL. polyanthemos.”’ The describer speaks of LZ. Dawsoni as a tree with a smooth bark—growing “ to a great height with a splendidly straight, branchless trunk, and always occurs under the ridges, never being found on the summit nor at the base.” It seems to me that the most outstanding differences between the two species consist in the larger size, the more erect habit, and the smoother bark of EL. Dawsonc. I cannot satisfy myself that there are important differences in the juvenile leaves of the two species; the mature leaves are more commonly orbicular, or comparatively broad, in E. polyanthemos, the foliage of EH. Dawsoni being more commonly lanceolate. The fruits of £. Dawsoni appear to have thinner walls, and to be more conical than those of £. polyanthemos; the latter are usually more pear-shaped. At the same time the fruits are often so similar that they are not easily separated. The staminal ring (fig. 7a, Plate 175) seems more deciduous, with the stamens attached, in H. Dawsoni than in E. polyanthemos, but this is a matter for investigation with additional material. 58 _ DESCRIPTION. LX, EF. polyanthemos Schauer. For a description of this species, see p. 109, Part XIII of this work. It will ke observed that, at p. 56 of the present Part, Z. Dawsoni R. T. Baker has been recognised as a species distinct from E. polyanthemos. Tilustrations. In Plate 223, Part LIX of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,’ I figured the type specimen of E. polyanthemos Schauer. Most of the leaves are orbicular, and I find that the plate is incomplete to the extent that I did not also figure the lanceolate leaves which are often found on trecs bearing orbicular and broadly lanceolate leaves as on the type. If, however, Plate 58 of Part XIII of the ‘‘ Critical Revision”’ be turned to, it will be found that (as explained at p. 56) while figures 4, 9, 10, 11 are LE. Dawsoni, and show lanceolate leaves, Nos. 3, 5, 8 also show lanceolate leaves, and are true E. polyanthemos. The Bark. The “‘ North of Bathurst” tree (the type of E. polyanthemos) has a more or less rough, flaky bark, but it varies, within limits, as to the amount of fibre and the distance the roughness reaches up the bole. See also Cudal (W. F. Blakely), Hill End (R. H. Cambage), p. 61, for local descriptions more or less full. The north-east of Victoria and the southern New South Wales tree was described by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt as having a “ gnarled, greyish boxy bark” and “ bark grey, persistent, and looks often scaly.” “ At first sight the tree resembles somewhat E. hemiphloia variety albens in its bark.”’. Mr. Baeuerlen, speaking of trees near Bombala, N.S. W., says, “ bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, persistent except on the topmost smallest branchlets.” Speaking of the Tumberumba district, N.8.W., Mr. R. H. Cambage says :— ‘““ In comparing these trees with the Victorian and Bathurst Red Box, they appear to more nearly resemble the former, but this is chiefly owing to their having Pox bark covering the trunk and himbs. The fruit might belong to either, while, from a cursory examination, the red timber of all three appears the same. In foliage, however, the Kyeamba trees closely resemble the Bathurst Red Box, which has been described by R.T. Baker under the name £. ovalifolia (these Proceedings, 1900, p. 680). (Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., xxix, 687.) EE en 59 See also the description of the bark under Wyndham (J. L. Boorman); near Albury (Bishop J. W. Dwyer); Canberra (R. H. Cambage). The use of the term Box as applied to this tree has caused some confusion. The earliest settlers probably applied the name to a half-barked sub-fibrous barked tree, which Sydney people know as Box (EF. hemiphloia). Later settlers, in the drier parts, refer to a bark which is often less fibrous and more flaky, eg., as is often seen in E. mellicdora. Ibtave seen the trees over much of the range of the species in New South Wales and Victoria, and am satisfied that the ‘‘ north of Bathurst” (the type) and the Southern Tableland (and Victorian) trees do not really differ in bark. There are, of course, differences in the barks as regards individual trees, particularly in localities far apart, as one would naturally expect. E. polyanthemos has lanceolate leaves. The following specimens were seen by Mueller and labelled by him E. poly- anthemos; all kave lanceolate leaves, which indeed are often seen on the upper branches of the species. It is, indeed, a matter of common observation that towards the top of an adult tree the leaves become smaller or more lanceo'ate. This has been already referred to under “Illustrations.” _ Mr. R. H. Cambage (op. cit.) points out the vaviation in the leaves of this species. Besides the examples to he immcdiately cited, see the references under ‘‘ Range”’ to the Federal Territory leaves (Weston, Camkage), and Hill End (Cambage). 1. “‘ Den.’ Narrow-leaved Grey Box. The young saplings have round blue leaves, the old trees as within [7.c., lanceolate leaves.—J.H.M.]. Bark grey, persistent, and looks often scaly. The smallest branches are smooth. This tree when young often grows as a number of saplings from the same root. The trunk has often swellings and knobs, and is frequently largest just where it springs from the ground (Iguana Creek, Gippsland, A. W. Howitt, No. 10). As to the use of the name Den, see the present work XIII, p. 109. These speci- mens show that, even if this aboriginal name is given to another species, it is certainly applied to E. polyanthemos. 2. In“ E. polyanthemos, Snowy River, Gippsland (R. Rowe per Charles Walter),”’ the leaves vary from broadly lanceolate to lanceolate and even narrow-lanceolate. There are no orbicular leaves amongst them. 3. Mudgee road, N.S.W. The specimen is identical with Schauer’s, but the sender [not named.—J.H.M.] writes :—‘‘ In the larger trees the leaves are ovate- lanceolate.” Other specimens in the Melbourne Herbarium including lanceolate leaves are :— Daylesford (J. R. Tovey); County of Talbot (F. M. Reader). Both Victoria. 60 KANG: This has already been described at pages 112-115 of Part XIII. In view of the confusion that has gathered about some specimens, I give the following labels of speci- mens in the Melbourne Herbarium seen by Mueller, which have been sent to me by Professor Ewart. I have excluded those specimens of Z. Dawsoni and E. Baueriana which Mueller attributed to EL. polyanthemos. ‘The labels of these specimens are, in some cases, referred to at p. 113, sometimes with some change in the verbiage. In most cases the leaves are orbicular to broad- or oblong-lanceolate. VICTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). McAllister River (Mueller, 1858). Seen by Bentham. “ ill Box, Red Wood,’ Mt. Kosciusko Range (Find’ay, January, 1880). Wangaratta. Also timber No. B2, from same locality. Beechworth and near Chiltern (A. W. Howitt). Ovens River (Mueller, January, 1853). Seen by Bentham. Bindi (?). Gippsland (Mr. O’ Rourke, A. W. Howitt). Heyfield and Euroa (A. W. Howitt). Upper Avoca and Loddon Rivers (A. C. Purdie, 1894). With lanceolate leaves, Ravenswood (Walter K. Bissill). Red Box. Wood red, close-grained, durable and very useful. Warrandyte, July, 1874 (? Walter). , ‘“ Walter's timber specimen from Anderson's Creek.” New SourH WAatLEs (SEEN BY MUELLER). Delegate district (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1885, No. 124). Flowering as a shrub about 8 or 10 feet high, very spreading. Occurring only once ona hill here. Quiedong, near Bombala (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1887, No. 419). Bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, persistent except on the topmost smallest branchlets. Trunk 2-3 feet, low, soon dividing. Branches wide-spreading. 50-60 feet high (do. No. 418). “ White Box. Upright tree 50-70 feet high. 2-3 feet diameter. Common in Lachlan and Murrumbidgee districts.” (J. Duff, 1883, No. 44.) ° New SoutH WALES. Following are some additional specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— “Small to medium-sized trees up to 40 or 50 feet. Bark ribbony or coming away in flakes, leaving a mottled patchy stem of red and grey. Foliage varying in size and shape; a most variable tree. Timber spoken of locally as first-class, but seldom reaches mill-size in the district.’ Wyndham (J. L. Boorman). 61 “Has a persistent, rather rough bark; spreading and rarely tall. Locally called ‘ Black Box’ (?) near Bega.” (W. D. Francis). “ Bark fibrous, persistent up to the branches, then whitish. About 50 feet high. Flowers creamy white, buds ashy.” Albury (Rev., now Bishop J. W. Dwyer, No. 111). Albury (A. V. Frauenfelder). Gundaroo (Rev. J. W. Dwyer). Mt. Stromlo, Federal Territory (C. J. Weston). With cylindroid fruits and lanceolate leaves. Malcolmvale, Majura, Federal Territory (C. J. Weston, No. 48. Smooth bark, almost to ground; some of the leaves lanceolate. Towards Murrumbidgee from Canberra (R. H. Cambage, No. 2974). Very common throughout the district and known as“ Red Box.” It occasionally produces a straight, workable timber, which is said to be excellent for all purposes, but usually it is a small much-branched tree. It suckers freely, and 1s a good honey plant. Trunkey (J. L. Boorman). “Red Box; gum bark, except at base.” With lanceolate leaves, Hill End (R. H. Cambage, No. 2751). Bumbery (J. L. Boorman). “ Rather low, well-branched trees. The bark white or greyish. Timber chiefly used for fencing, height 40-50 feet, girth 3 to 4 feet.” Box from the ranges, Mount Esk, Bowan Park, near Cudal (W. F. Blakely). fee IUINY! NBS. These are dealt with at p. 116 of Part XIII, and it is only necessary to add E. Dawsoni to the species there enumerated. The differences between EL. polyanthemos and this species are Cealt with at p. 57 of the present Part. DESCRIPTION. LX1IV. EF. Baueriana Schauer. FigureED and described at p. 120, Plate 59, Part XIII, of this work. Seealsop. 149, Plate 215, Part LVII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” RANGE. The following specimens from the Melbourne Herbarium have been lent to me by Professor Ewart. They were all labelled E. polyanthemos by Mueller and are very interesting on that account, since they help to interpret his own and Bentham’s writings on that species. They usefully supplement the list of localities given at pages 122-3 of Part XIII of the present work. | ViIcTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). Australia Felix (J. Dallachy, 1852). ‘Beyond Mount Disappointment”? with narrow- to broad-lanceolate leaves (Mueller); about Station Peak (Mueller; both early fifties). Lake Wellington, Lake Tyers, Mitchells River and Tambo. (Mueller.) Upper Genoa River; Rhytiphloie (Mueller, September, 1860). New SoutH WALES (SEEN BY MUELLER). 1. “‘ Poplar leaf Box,’ Round leaf or Poplar Box. No attributes of “Gum” about it. Very ornamental. Hard to kill, Flowers most abundant. Rich in honey. Candelo, damp gullies and river banks near the sea. E 2. Bark rugose, reticulately wrinkled, dull olive green or ash grey, smaller branches smooth, green. Farrel 20-40 feet. Diameter 18 inches—3 feet. Murrah River to Towamba, along the coast, and a path at Wolumla Camping Reserve. (Both 1 and 2, Tyrone White, 1885.) ‘** Round-leaved Box, Ulladulla (J. S. Allan, No. 8B). (The above are South Coast.) ‘* Bark slightly furrowed and grey. Spreading tree 40 feet high, stem 2 feet diameter. Liverpool (John Duff), 63 The following were collected by Rev. Dr. Woolls, and the labels bear some of his remarks, which explain some of his writings :— 1. “ Hemiphloiz. Bastard Box. Very like the ‘true Box’ in appearance (E. hemiphloia). May be EL. populnea or E. (c) gneorifolia.” This specimen was labelled E. polyanthemos by both Mueller and Bentham. Fairfield. (H. populnea isa synonym of E. populifolia. See Part X, p. 340.) 2. “ Poplar-leaved Gum. Rhytiphloiz. Bark persistent. Small tree on the Nepean called Lignum Vite. Heart wood very hard. E. populnea? See Hooker.” Labelled EL. polyanthema Schauer by Mueller, and Bentham concurred. 3. “ E. populnea. On the banks of the Nepean. Bark like Stringybark, but not so fibrous. Sometimes called Bastard Box. I think this must be EL. populnea. Wood very hard, used for rough furniture. Small tree called Lignum Vite.” Following are specimens additional to those seen by Mueller or recorded by myself, op. cit. :— Southern New South Wales.—* Small trees or large shrubs, leafy from the ground upwards. Locally known as Pastard Box.” Eden-Towamba (J. L. Boorman), ‘“ Blue Box,” near Cobargo (W. Dunn). Moruya (E. Breakwell). “ Exceedingly large trees, having large and round stems, of a Pox-like scaly appearance. Yield a large amount of good, sound timber for use in fencing and such- like purposes. Has yielded most of the fencing on the Bodalla Estate. Fairly common. Nerrigundah (J. L. Boorman). Cobbitty, near Camden, on the river Nepean banks (J.H.M.). Northern New South Wales.—Enmore, 18 miles east of Uralla, head waters of the Macleay River. “ On Silurian (?) slate formation, 3,300 feet above sea level. Greatest elevation known to me for this species.” (R. H. Cambage.) 64 DESCRIPTION. CCOXXXV. FE. conica Deane and Maiden. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 612 (1899), with a Plate. Tue description will be found at p. 123, Part XIII, of the present work, and figures at Plate 60. Itis also figured at Plate 219, Part LVIII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” SYNONYM. E. Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden, in this work, p. 128, Part XIIL In certain cases (of which this is one), it is a matter of honest opinion as to whether a plant may be looked upon as a variety of a certain species or not. It is a geminate species with #. Bawertana, and | think that convenience will be better served by looking upon £. conica as distinct. RANGE. It is confined to New South Wales and Queensland so far as we know, and many localities are cited at p. 124, Part XIII of the present work. The following are additional :— New Soutu WaAtzgs. “ Large fuzzy Box-trees, 40-60 feet. It grows in a low moist place, subject to occasional floods.” Yalgogrin (J. L. Boorman). “A White Box. Has a rough white bark almost to tips of limbs; practically no bole; of a spreading and gnarled appearance, and useless.” Cumbijowa State Forest, 12 miles east of Forbes (Forest Guard K. Walker). “ Like Peppermint, 24 inches diameter, 30 feet high. Rough grey bark, clean at tips of branches; growing on high country.” (Harvey Range State Forest.) 65 “ Yamble Box.” Near Yamble, via Mudgee (A. Murphy). Near Tingha (Gordon Burrow; I have not specimens, but do pot dispute the record). ‘““ White Peppermint. A huge tree, in appearance like E. Stwartiana; a rough white bark. Parish Nangarah, County Darling, near Barraba(W. A. W. de Beuzeville). ‘“ Fairly large tree, branches somewhat pendulous. Rough and fibrous bark on trunk and large branches, clean upper branches. Growing on alluvial flats at Arra- rownie, head of Bohena Creek, Pilliga Scrub, 35 miles south of Narrabri (Forest Guard T. W. Taylor, No. 82). “A White Box, rather smooth white bark.” Baradine and Bohena Creeks, Pilliga Scrub (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). ‘‘ Bastard Box,’ Baradine district (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 75). “‘ Box, rough bark to top. 40 feet high, 40 inches in girth.” Parish Bomera, County Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “ Narrow blue-leaf Box. 60 feet high, branching low.” Pilliga (E. H. F. Swain); Puilliga Forest (Gordon Burrow). QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe (J. L. Boorman); Warwick (Dr. J. Shirley); ‘‘ Box,’ Gowrie, Little Plain (W. F. Gray). LXX. E. concolor Schauer. The Type. The concolor confusion. 2 Tur type of this species comes from limestone hills near Fremantle, Western Australia, as stated at p. 153, Part XIV of this work. A good deal of confusion has gathered around it, partly because the incomplete material available could not be interpreted at the time. Bentham (B.FI. iii, 249) quotes, in addition to the type, only specimens which come from the south coast, hundreds of miles from the type locality. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui, 231 (1913), I have drawn attention to two specimens of the type lent to me by Dr. Fischer von Waldheim, then of the St. Peters- burg Herbarium. Careful drawings were made of the specimens before returning them, but one was in leaf only and the other was in flower, but without opercula. With additional experience gained since then, and comparison cf all material obtained from the Fremantle district (including Claremont), I find that figures 7 a-d, Plate 63, are practically identical with the type of BE. concolor. Fremantle material has, by Bentham, local botanists and myself, been included in three species in all, viz., E. decipiens, wncinata, and falcata. Following are references which will help to elucidate this :— 1, Under E£. decipiens Endl. See Part XIV, last paragraph of p. 151, also Plate 63, figs. 7 a-d. Near Claremont Asylum, Perth, “ practically a type locality of ZH. concolor.” In other words, I figured practically a typical specimen of E. concolor as E. decipiens. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald, a well-informed Western Australian botanist, wrote, “EB. decipiens Endl. The Fremantle form consists of small thickets of erect shrubs, 8-12 feet high, growing on tertiary limestone.” Bentham (B.Fl. iii) kept E. decipiens and E. concolor very far apart in his classification. Both under E£. decipiens (p. 218) and under HF. concolor (p. 247) he recognises shrubby and tree forms, but although he gives a far larger ultimate size to the former, he, speaking of the latter, says, ‘‘ larger and more rigid (than E. decipiens) in all its parts.” To what extent the shrubby and tree forms are to be divided amongst E. decipiens and E. concolor begs the question as to whether the two species are really different. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 231 (1913) I express the opinion that E. decipiens and E. concolor are not specifically different, in which case E. decipiens, being the older name, would stand. In view of the fact that inquiry is still 67 proceeding as to the relations of shrubs and trees from, say, the Swan River to King George’s Sound, hitherto variously attributed to EZ. concolor and to E. decipiens, the matter may well stand over for a reasonable time. It may turn out that— (a) E. concolor is the Fremantle form of E. decipiens. (b) E. decipiens var. angustifolia (see Part XIV, p. 149) is an even narrower-leaved form of £. decipiens than is typical E. concolor. 2. Under E. uncinata Turcz. See Part XIV, and ab p. 145 we have Subiaco Beach near Fremantle (Dr. J. B. Cleland) and 3 miles south of Fremantle (W. V. Fitzgerald). I have also received specimens from “near Fremantle, Limestone” (C. Andrews). Not only did Mr. Fitzgerald, but also Mr. Ardrews, another competent botanist, label them EZ. uncinata. They had not seen the type of E. uncinata, the forms of which have not even yet been fully worked out, and it is useful to point out that the view above indicated was held near the type locality of £. concolor itself. It will be seen that Bentham (B.FI. ii, 218) points out the similarity of the fruit in £. decipiens and E. uncinata. 3. Under E. falcata Turez. var. ecostata Maiden. See Part XV, p. 181. On limestone, near Fremantle. (Cecil Andrews and W. V. Fitzgerald). These speci- mens are discussed in their relations to H. concolor lower down the page and on page 182. Placing these Fremantle specimens under £. falcata is an act for which I am alone responsible, but the Fremantle plant has the buds sometimes so ribbed as to resemble EL. falcata somewhat. Drummond’s No. 77 is not E. concolor. Bentham’s citation of Drummond’s 4th Coll. No. 77 under EH. concolor, a very thick-leaved specimen, only seen in mature leaf and fruit, and figured at fig. 11, Plate 63 (Part XIV) is important inasmuch as it was the only specimen, named Z. concolor by high authority, which was available for the guidance of Australian botanists for vely many years. At fig. 12 I have matched Dr. Diels’ Cape Riche specimen with it, and still think that this view is probably correct. I have ieferred at length to Dr. Diels’ specimens at p. 155, Part XIV. Some further collecting is required, in connection with the general decipiens-concolor investigation already referred to, when the position of these specimens can again be referred to, but at present it can be said that none of them are typical for FE. concolor, and I have made a slip of the pen in the lettering under fig. 11 (page 163) in saying that Drummond’s specimen is typical for EZ. concolor. 68 AFFINITIES. At pages 66 and 67 I have already gone into the relations of EB. concolor to E. decipiens, E. uncinata and EL. falcata, and J have little to add. 1. With £. decipiens Endl. Dr. Stoward, under No. 122, sent me a specimen of ‘‘ White Gum, height 30-40, diameter of trunk 15-18 inches. Grows on limestone country in the Tuart belt along the coast. Spot near Newmarket Hotel, Coogee Road. April-May, 1917.’ This is from the neighbourhood of typical H. concolor, and although these specimens lack juvenile leaves, they seem to answer to the description of £. decipiens. Ii E. coneolor, as I surmise, then the tree is the largest recorded for that species. 2. With E. uncinata Turcz. For this species I would invite attention to Plate 62, Part XIV, and would say that the species is, as regards some of the Western Australian specimens, under revision. k 3. With FE. faleata Turez. var. ecostata Maiden. For this species see Plate 68, Part XV. Explanation of Plates (172-5). PLATE 172. E. eximia Schauer. la. Peltate juvenile leaf, with curved venation; 1b, peltate juvenile leaf, the venation advanced a stage towards the pinnate; 1c, intermediate leaf, the venation still further advanced, but not yet completely pinnate, as the mature leaf depicted at fig. 1, Plate 173. Glenbrook, Blue Mountains, N.S.W. (J.H.M.) 2. Broad, short, intermediate leaf, not in the juvenile stage. Note the glandular appearance of the young shoots. Springwood, Blue Mountains. (J. L. Boorman.) 8a. Elongated petiolate juvenile leaf; 3b, 3c, 3d, different shapes and sizes of juvenile leaves, all with auriculate bases. 3d is almost hastate in shape. The secondary veins of 3c and 3d at'a smaller angle to the midrib than those of 3a and 3d. These specimens are accompanied, at the lower parts of the branchlets, by small, early leaves, arrested in their growth, similar in shape, and only differing from the other leaves in size. These remarks apply to other species also. Hornsby Valley, Galston Road, Sydney district. (W. F. Blakely.) 4. Buds showing shrinking of the calyx-tube in drying and thus the operculum takes on a mushroom shape. Cultivated plant, Inner Domain, Sydney. (J.H.M.) Compare LZ. Watsoniana, fig. 1b, Plate 174. 6a. 2a. 3a. 4, la. 2a. €9 PLATE 172—continued. E. eximia Schauer—continued. Buds, with ridges on calyx-tube. Grose River, N.S.W. (George Caley, September, 1801.) (From the British Museum.) Buds with the ordinary conical opercula; 66, buds with opercula almost hemispherical; 6¢, back and front views of anther. Berowra to Peat’s Ferry, Hawkesbury River, (J.H.M. October, 1895.) Fruits, scarcely urceolate in shape. Woy Woy, Hawkesbury River. (A. Murphy.) Fruits unusually urceolate in shape. Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River. (W. Forsyth and A. A. Hamilton.) From same tree as fig. 1, Plate 173. 5: 79 PLATE 178. E. eximia Schauer. (See also Plate 172.) Rather long, mature leaf. Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River, N.S.W. (W. Forsyth and A. A. Hamilton.) E. peltata Benth. Juvenile leaf, nearly orbicular, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced, broadly lanceolate, peltate, venation making a smaller angle with the midrib ; 2c, mature leaf, of the ordinary lanceolate shape (Mueller never saw mature leaves of his own species,—see ‘‘ Hucalyptographia ” plate); 2d, umbel of young buds, with bracteoles still attached; 2e, buds; 2f, buds, further advanced, and with conoid opercula; 2g, front and back views of anther. Alma-den, Northern Queensland. (R. H. Cambage, No. 3884.) E. Watsoniana F.v.M. (See also Plate 174.) Portion of mature leaf; 3b, bud; 3c, front and back views of anthers; 3d, fruit. Wigton Creek. Queensland. (T. Wentworth Watson.) From a portion ofthe type in the Melbourne Herbarium, Note that the bud is more wrinkled than that collected from a cultivated tree in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (see figs. 5a, Plate 173, and 1, Plate 174.) A comparatively long, narrow, mature leaf with long petiole. Parish of Boondooma, Queensland. (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White.) Buds; note their nearly flat tops, and absence of wrinkles; 50, youngish fruit, also free from wrinkles ; drawn from fresh specimens in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, raised from a seed obtained from the type. PLATE 174. E. Watsoniana ¥F.v.M. (See also Plate 173.) Mature leaf; 16, buds. This shrinking of the calyx-tube and ribbing, owing to the vascular bundles standing out, together with the “ overhanging” appearance of the operculum, is seen also in E. eximia (fig. 4, Plate 172), and in some other species. It is the effect of drying. Cultivated in Botanic Gardens, Sydney. E. trachyphloia F.v.M. Small juvenile leaf, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced; 2c, fruits. Arrarownie, Borah Creek, Pilliga Scrub, N.S.W. (H. I. Jensen, No. 152.) Mature leaf. Pilliga Scrub. (E. H. F. Swain.) Narrow mature leaf. Coolabah, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt.) Intermediate or nearly mature leaf. South Queensland. (Forest Inspector J. Board.) 70 PLATE 174-—continued, E. trachyphloia F.v.M.—sontinued. 6a, 66, Juvenile leaves, not in the earliest stage; 6¢, mature leaf; 6d, twig with buds; 6¢, front and back views of anther; 6f, fruits. Bundaberg, Queensland. (J.H.M.) N.B.—This is the type locality of the species. 7a. Juvenile leaf in an early, though not the earliest stage; 7b, the same, but a little further advanced. Note the glandular hairs round the edges of these two leaves. 7c, intermediate leaf; 7d, fruits. N.B.—The mature leaves from Bathurst Island are so similar to that of fig. 3 of the present plate that they have not been depicted. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill No. 465.) It is to be observed that the Bathurst Island foliage in its younger stages is coarser than any that has so far been recorded from the mainland. PLATE 175. E. hybrida Maiden. la. Mature leaf (juvenile leaf not available); 1%, buds; 1c, views of two anthers; 1d, le, fruits in two stages, v.e., the less advanced showing a rim. Concord, near Sydney. (R. H. Cambage, J. L. Boorman, J.H.M.) The type. 2a, 2b, Mature leaves; 2c, buds; 2d, views of two anthers. Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. (Dr. J. B. Cleland.) E. Kruseana F.v.M. 3a. Twig bearing fruits; 3b, different views of anthers; 3c, flowers; 3d, a solitary bud (all on the specimen) and a fruit. 100 miles north of Israelite Bay, W.A. (J. D. Batt.) The type. 4a. A leafy shoot, some of the leaves younger than those depicted at 3a; 46, buds;. 4c, frmts. 50-100 miles east of Kalgoorlie (Transcontinental Railway Survey), W.A. (Henry Deane.) Type of E. Morrisont Maiden, E, Dawsoni R. T. Baker. 5. Buds of the type as depicted in Vol. XXIV, Plate XXI, Pros. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, three views of anthers; &a, fruits; 8b, the same, end on. Denman, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage No. 2711.) Ta. A flower; 7), the deciduous collar or staminal ring referred to at p. 57. Cobborah, N.S.W. (District Forester Marriott.) Pili: CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. o H i H 2 A z aan a ™. Flocklen del. et Lith. EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA Scuauer. [See also Plate 173.] yt, 7/53; CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. SR eat Serena oh ii ©. Flockfon det. ef lith, (2) [See also Plate 174.] (1) [See also Plate 172.] E: PELTADA F-v.M. EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA Schauer. (3-0) E. WATSONIANA F.v.M. Pipes CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. ee ia ws M.FlochTon delet lith- (1) [See also Plate 173.] EUCALYPTUS WATSONIANA F.v.M. (2-7) E. TRACHYPHLOIA F-.v.M. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS Pit, ah7/ay. M. Floehrron- deter hth. E. KRUSEANA F.v.M. (8, 4) E. DAWSONI R. T. Baker. (5-8) [See also Plate 58, figs. 4, 9-11.] The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ”* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn, (xlvii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). acmentoides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F'.v.M. (xxxvili). affints Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca K.v.M. (Iii). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). Baueriana Schauer (vii). odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xli). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (Iviii). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). paniculata Sm. (viii). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). pilularis Sm. (XXXi). Boormani Deane and Maiden (x!v). piperita Sm. (xxxiil). Boststoana ¥.v.M. (xliui). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). Caleyi Maiden (lv). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (lxi). corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). crebra F.v.M. (lit). resinifera Sm. (iil). dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (lxi). fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlti). ryubida Deane and Maiden (Ixin). gigantea Hook. f. (li). ; saligna Sm. (iv). goniocalyx F'.v.M. (v). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). hemastoma Sm, (xxxvii). siderozylon A, Cunn. (xiii). hemiphloia ¥.v.M. (vi). Sieberiana ¥.v.M. (xxxiv). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi) (=E. virgata), tereticornis Sm. (x1). macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. {xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vtrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). melanophloia ¥.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ts. per part (I0s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates and other illustrations Bydney : William Applegate Gullick, Goverument Printer. —1920. G as a ei ! { os urnigera Hock. ‘f. "Plates e780. Ae July, 1913.) : Ee Dae F.v.M. . Zucalyptus cordata Labill. Eucalyptus angustissima B.v.M. - Plates, 81-84. 6. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 7. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. _ Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. ). Hucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. Bucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. (2. Hucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. - ~ Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. t. Zucalypius pulverulenta Sims. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. . Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. : Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914. ) 17 Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. 8. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 19. Bucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. Spee tetraptera Turcz. Plates, 97-100. Tene J Fuly, 1915.) . Bucalypius Deane: Maiden. Eucalyptus Dunn Maiden. Eucalyptus Stuartiana ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus Banksi1 Maiden. tes, 100 bis—103. Eucalyptus Macarthurt Deane and Maiden. Eucalyptus aggregota Deane and Maiden. Plates, 104-107. Eucalyptus Perrimiana F.v.M. 1. Lucalypius Gunnw Hook. f. . Hucadypius rubida Deane and Maiden. lates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) ucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. Bucdyptus precos Maiden. (ptus ovata Labill. calypius neglecta Maiden. bes, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) (Issued December, 1913.) - Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. (Issued November, 1915 ) (Issued February, 1916.) Part xxv, Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. : 146. Eucalyptus Mudleri T. B. Moore. ; tee Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) ; Maiden. 148. Lucalyptus viminalis Labillardiare! Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) ‘XXIX—149. Eucalyptus Baeuerlenit F.v.M. . Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. . Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. . Hucadlyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. . Bucalyptus punctaia DC. . Hucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) XXX—155. Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. 156. Eucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 157. Lucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) XXXI— 158. “Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 159. Hucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) XXXH-—161. Hucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. ~ . 163. Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 164. Eucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 166. Hucalyptus Morrisit R. T. Baker. .167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. -. Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917.) XXXHI—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 170. Hucalypius Dundasi Maiden. 171. Hucalyptus pachyloma Benth. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917. XXXIV—-172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) XXXV-—176. Hucalypius Lehmanni Preiss. . LHucalyptus annulata Benth. . Hucalyptus platypus Hooker. . Bucalypius spathulata Hooker. . Hucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. . Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) XXXVI 182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 184. Hucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 186. Eucalyptus Coopertana F.v.M. 187. Eucalyptus intertezta R. T. Baker. 188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) _. Maiden. Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 192. Eucalyptus papuana B.v.M. Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) > es a ‘h . : eo Sauee 201. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. hd oe a ae 202. Bucalyptus numerosa Maiden, — a alee i aS AS Ngati Hoh 203. Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f.. | Plates 156-159. - (Issued July, XXXIX—204. Pucaiee Ty cllant F.y 205. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 206. Hucalyptus intermedia R. T : 207. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 208. Eucalyptus celastroides Turczani 209. Eucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. : 210. Hucalyptus transcontinentala 211. Eucalyptus longicornis F.v.. 13. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. _ ' 212. Hucalyptus Flocktonie Maide roe 28. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. Be 7s eet 213. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. a ae 214. Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. 215. Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane ai } mice a Plates 160-163. (Issued to ao Ane Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. Bt? oe ot 217. Eucalyptus dichromophloia ¥. his #8 218. Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. _ ees 219. Hucalyptus levopinea R. T. BE 220. Hucalyptus ligustrina DC. 221. Bucalyptus stricta Sieber. 222. Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. Plates 164-167. (Issued March, =). ) XLI—223. Bucalyptus bapa Fy.M. 224. Bucalyptus Foelscheana ¥. v.M 225. Bucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 226. Eucalyptus pachyphylla ¥.v. M 114, Lucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow variety Kingsmilli Maiden. 92. Eucalyptus Oldfidda ¥.v.M. 227. Eucalyptus Drummondii Bentham. Plates, 168-171. ae June, e, 1920, eS Freed [em ra Oe (AN) ee ee 290 26% ee i. “MAIDEN N) 150, PRS, PES. (Government Botanist af New South Wales and Director of the SF sete ne mabe 5 Botanic Gardens, pe Par rox EE [ E ee (WITH Foes. PLATES). a es aa — ——s=iPRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. ae ee cite Published by Authority of Svonen ; _ WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT. PRINTER. 0000 ok Se . Eucalyptus « siya Mucl onitite Meee. i ies Saoteg Plates, 14 (Issued March, 1903. ) Ti—2. Lucalypius ee LT Hénitier. wre ae Plates, 5 (Issued May, 1903. ) ade <- IH—3. Eucalyptus calycogona Turezaninow. ‘ Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 4. Euealyptus incrassata Labillarditre. 5. Bucalipius fecunda Schauer. Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) V—6. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 7. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. _ 8. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. _ Plates, 25-28. VI—9. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 10. Rucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 11. Bucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) VII—12. Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. 13. Lucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus : virea R. T. Baker. : 14. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. — 15. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 16. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) VIWI—17. Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. 18. Bucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 19. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 20. Bucalyptus eugeniordes Sieber. 21. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 22. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 23, Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 24. Hucsalyptus alpina Lindl. 25 Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 26 Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 27, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 29, Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 30. Hucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 31. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) X—32. Hucalyptus piperita Sm. 33. Hucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. 34. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden: 35. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 36. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 37. Eucalyptus Boormant Deane and Maiden. 38. Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 39. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 40. Bucalyptus populifolia Hook. Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) XI—41. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 42. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 43. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 44. Bucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 45. Hucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. - (Issued November, one XVII— 89. . Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. — . Eucalyptus squamosa Presale and Mai . Eucalyptus ae va . Eucalyptus crebra. . Eucalyptus Staigeriana F. v. M. : . Bucalyptus melanophloia Vv. M. . Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. ~~ . Fucalyptus Smith R. 'T. Baker. . Eucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. — . Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. a . Eucalyptus leucoxylon F.v.M.\ . Lucalyptus Caleyi Maiden. ; . Eucalyptus “ae Deane and Maiden . Lucalyptus paniculata Sm. Boe . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. . Eucalyptus Ruddert Maiden. . Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. . Eucalyptus cneorifolia DC. — . Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn, . Eucalyptus fasciculosa. F.v.M. . Eucalyptus uncanata [ave saaiee S . Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. . Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. — . Eucalyptus Cloezcana ¥.v.M. = . Lucalypius oligantha Schauer. . Eucalyptus oleosa Fv. M. . Eucalyptus Gilli Maiden. . Eucalyptus falcata Turez. . Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. . Eucalyptus Cleland: Maiden. . Eucalyptus decurva V.v.M. . Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. - . Eucalyptus corrugaia Luehmann, — . Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. . Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. - . Hucalypius Campaspe 8. le M. Moore . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. Pe . Eucalyptus Griffiths Maiden. . Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. . Bucalyptus Pompiniana Maidens . Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. — Plates, 53-56. (Issued Novem ite 57-60. (Issued Fulys 1 Plates, 61-64. (Issued Maree 19 2) Plates, 65-68. (Issued July. 191 2. Eueaagin oleosa F.v.M., var. Hog Maiden. Plates, 69-72. _ (Issued § Eucalyptus salmonophloia F. v.M. | . Eucalyptus pyriformis r 8, 73-76 A CRITICAL REVISION OF -THE Genus HUCeEYeTUS BY Jee VEAT DEN, eS\OsREaR.S. Fes. (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). sone 7H ben { JANS8 997 Vo Pace Bae Part XLUI of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PVJATES.) + “Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” Macautay’s “Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Svdnev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET, *97741—A 1920. CCOXXXVI_ Eucalyptus ficifolia \.v.M. Description : ° : : Supposed variety . . ° Range : f : : : : : ; F Affinity, —). ° . 5 : . . . 5 6 ° CGCXXXVIT. Eucalyptus calophylla R.Br. Description ° ° ° ° : ° : ° Variety rosea Maiden . Synonyms. : 6 : ° 4 ° Range 5 . . . ° : ° ° ° . Affinities . ‘5 : ° . The colours of the filaments in E£. calophylla and E. ficifolia COXXX VIL. Eucalyptus hematoxylon Maiden. DESeription, \) . A 5 . Range 5 : : : : : ° JNO : : ° : . ° . ~ CCXXXIX. Eucalyptus maculata Hook. Description Range Variety citriodora F.y.M. Discussion of the question, species or variety Synonyms. Range : Affinities (of species) PAGE CCXL. Euealyptus Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. PAGE. Description . : , : : : wy eee : : 93 Range : 5 : : : : ‘ : 5 6 “ 94 Affinities . é 0 : : : : : A : 5 G4 CCXLI. Eucalyptus approximans Maiden. Description : : : : : : : < : : go Range ; : . : : ; : 2 ; ; : g6 Affinities . : ‘ ; ‘ : : é 5 : 5 97 COXLI. Eucalyptus Stowardi Maiden. Description ; 5 ; 3 : A : . : : 98 Range . : : ‘ : : : : : : : 69 Affinities . ; : : : ; : ; , : : 99 Explanation of Plates (176-179) : : ; 6 SelOs DESCRIPTION. COXXXVI. E. ficifolia Fv.M. In Fragmenta ui, 85 (1860). FoLLowine is a translation of the original :— Leaves moderately petiolate, opposite, ovate-lanceolate or sub-ovate, acute, coriaceous, spreadingly and very finely penniveined in a crowded manner, scarcely pellucid-punctate, straightly and faintly reticulate-veined, paler on the underside, peripheral vein close to the margin, wmbels terminal and paniculate, pedicels quadrangular, about the same length as the calyx-tube, fruits large, truncate- or suburceolate- ovate, exangular, three- or four-celled, valves deltoid, deeply included and deflexed, fertile seeds greyish brown with long wings in the fore part, most of the seeds sterile, narrow and elongated. Bentham (B.FI. iii, 256), had his doubts as to its specific rank, and dismissed it in the following words :— E. ficifolia, F. Muell. Fragm. ii, 85. Only known from imperfect specimens in fruit, which differ in no respect from FH. calophylla, except that the seeds are of a pale colour and the testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing. Further specimens may prove these differences not to be constant. West Australia. Broke’s Inlet, “ Black-butt,” Maxwell. From the Hay, Gordon and Tone Rivers in the same neighbourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from E. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species. It was then more fully described, and also illustrated, by Mueller in the ‘* Hucalyptographia.’ Some of his remarks on the colour of the filaments are referred to below. SUPPOSED VARIETY. E. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Guilfoylei Bailey, in Proc. Roy. Soc. Q., x, p. 17 (1894). This is identical with LZ. calophylla R.Br. var. rosea (Hort.) Maiden, see below, p- 75. RANGE. The type came from Broken Inlet, “‘ near the coast of the estuary, Broken Inlet, south West Australia,’ Maxwell. I would suggest that this is a slip of the pen or a limited local name for Brookes’ Inlet, between Irwin Inlet and D’ Entrecasteaux Point (1.e., approaching Cape Leeuwin). 72 Bentham says “from the Hey, Gordon and Tone Rivers in the same neigh- bourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from H. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species.’ It may be said that dried flowering specim2ns of E. ficrfolia and EL. calophylla may be difficult to discriminate from each other. Mueller (‘ Eucalyptographia”’) says: “‘ From the western side of Irwin’s Inlet to the entrance of the Shannon, constituting a distinct forest belt in the coast region, though not actually approaching the sea-shore.” Brookes’s Inlet appears to be the most westerly locality, and it extends easterly to the west side of Irwin’s Inlet and the Shannon River to Irwin’s Inlet, and northerly to near Mount Hoskins in the Frankland district. The range of this species, which is not very great, has not yet been definitely ascertained. It is so extensively cultivated — in gardens that one has to be on one’s guard in recording localities for it, particularly west and north of King George's Sound. Dr. R. H. Pulleine, of Adelaide, who made an extensive trip, found it “ beauti- fully in flower in December, 1917.’ He found it on coastal hills (some of them hundreds of feet high), between Landers’ Camp, about 15 miles north-north-west of Nornalup. It forms flat-topped impenetrable thickets, 8-10 feet high, often so thick and inter- twined that you could walk over the top, rather than get through it. He referred me to Mr. Brockman, who obligingly replied as follows :— “ Only found in its wild state along the south coast in small areas extending from Denmark to the Nornalup Inlet, a distance of about 35 miles by roughly 5 miles. There is no large extent of it in this area, and I think about 2,009 acres is about the largest area where it grows, scattered and in stunted trees. There are a few clumps of flat-topped thickets mixed with other varieties of Gums. The largest tree, judging from memory, was about 6 feet (sic) diameter and about 35 feet, with a ragged and spreading top.” (E. J. T. Brockman, Reviley via Balingup.) It is in the National Herbarium of New South Wales from the following localities :— “ Trees of 12, 14 and 20 feet,’ west side of Irwin’s Inlet (Sid. W. Jackson, through H. L. White). * Red-flowering Gum. Height up to 30 feet and up to 3 feet in diameter. Grows on sandy hills near Irwin Inlet and on granite hills near Mt. Hoskins in the Franklin district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 112). Shannon River; also near Wilson’s Inlet (W. V. Fitzgerald). oe IN Tae With E. calophylla R.Br. See p. 78. 73 DESCRIPIMON: COXXXVIL E. calophylla R.Br. In Journ. Geog. Soc. i, 1831 (1882), 20; Lindley in Bog. Reg. (1841), Pl. Mise. 72. Tw the ‘“‘ General view of the botany of Swan River,” by Robert Brown (Journ. Roy. Greog. Soc. 1, 17-21, 1832), at pp. 19-20, we have :— Of Eucalyptus, the only species in the collection (Fraser’s) had been first found on Captain Flinders’ voyage at King George’s Sound, on the shore of which it was the only useful timber tree, though there oI very moderate size. I have named it Hucalyptus calophylla. Lindley’s description was as follows :— Foliis alternis ovato-lanceolatis marginatis parce punctatis nunc acuminatis nunc obtusis cum mucrone; venis primatiis simplicibus pennatim dispositis contiguis subparallelis, umbellis terminalibus et axillaribus 4-5 floris, pedunculatis, operculo minimo hemisphacrico umbonato hine cupulae c. cardine affixo. (Of which the following is a translation :—Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate, marginate, with a few dots, sometimes acuminate, sometimes obtuse, with a mucro. Primary veins simple, pinnate, close together, sub-parallel, umbels terminal and axillary, 4-5 flowered, pedunculate, operculum very small, hemispherical, umbonate, fixed to the calyx-tube by a hinge.) Lindley then proceeds in Enelish :—- a (o} The name of ZL. calophylla is current in gardens for this beautiful plant, but I cannot discover it in books. It is a native of Port Augusta* on the south-west coast of New, Holland, whence its seeds were sont to Capt. Jas. Mangles, R.N., by Mrs. Molloy, a lady enthusiastically fond of flowers, to whom we are indebted for many acquisitiors. Its branches are of a rich reddish brown. The lcaf-stalks, which are rather more than an inch long, are of the same colour. The leaves are from 4 to 6 inches long, ovate- lanceolate, flat, pale green, with a rich red marginal line, within which, at the distance of a quarter of a line, runs a faint intramarginal vein; when bruised they have a faint ard rather pleasant smell; very few transparent dots are visible; the veins are delicate lines, almost at 1ight angles to the midrib, from three- fourths to one and a half lines asunder, and running somewhat parallel till they lose themselves in the intramargiral vein; they are held together by fire reticulations. The whole appearance of the foliage is that of a Calophyllum. The flowers are large and white, the cup is obconical, 6 lincs long, and as much a2ross the mouth; the lid, however, is only half that diameter, and hanes to the edge of the cup on one side, by a narrow neck, so that it cannot fall off; this arises from the cup continuing to enlarge after the separation of the lid. (Lindley, op. cit.) It is redescribed by Schauer in Plante Preissiane, i, 131 (1844-5). * This iz not to be confused with Port Augusta, in South Australia. The home of the type of Z. calophylla is now known as Augusta, and is just to the cast of Cape Leeuwin, 74 Bentham (B.#1. ii, 255) then described it as follows :— A beautiful tree, with a more dense foliage than usual in the genus, the rough, corky bark coming off in irregular masses (Oldfield). Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, obtuse or mucronate-acute, rather rigid with very numerous transverse parallel veins, the intramarginal one scarcely distant frcm the edge. Umbels loose, with rather large flowers, in a terminal corymbose panicle, with one or two some- times in the upper axils. Peduncles flattened or nearly terete, pedicels longer than the calyx-tube. Calyz- tube turbinate and often ribbed on the adnate part, the free part much dilated, often } inch diameter. Operculum hemispherical, obtuse or umbonate, shorter than the calyx-tube and continuous with it till the flower expands. Stamens $ to ? inch long; anthers ovate, with parallel distinct cells opening longi- tudinally. Ovary flat or slightly convex on the top. Fruit when perfect ovoid-urceolate, 2 inches long and above 1 inch diameter, very thick and hard, with a thick neck contracted at the orifice, but sometimes the fruit is smaller, the neck less distinct and less contracted. Capsule deeply sunk. Seeds large, ovate; black, flat or with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged, the hilum large on the inner face. Ti was figured and described by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia.” Here we have a case of nomen nudum had the date been, say, thirty years later. Nowadays a date would not be accepted without a description, as was accepted by our predecessors in the case of 1831 or 1832. Probably Robert Brown distributed specimens to herbaria at this time, but the generally accepted dates of species in the old days were often in the nature of a compromise. Schauer in Plante Preissiane 1, 131 (1845), attributes this species to Lindley, but Bentham, Mueller, and all other writers on Eucalyptus are unanimous in attributing it to Brown, and I do not agree that they are wrong. Lindley himself speaks of the name as “ current’? ia his time. This is the commonest ‘‘ Red Gum” of Western Australia. The leaves slightly perfoliate in the young state. There is caoutchouc in the young leaves. Miss Bussell, of Ellensbrook, informed me that Red Gum blossom is called ‘“ Booneet”’ by the blacks. They state that when it is in flower the Groper comes into the reef, so that the blacks can spear them. They make a somewhat similar observa‘ion in regard to the plant they call “ Whale’s Eye” (Candollea cuneiformis Labill ). In bark and general appearance the Red Gum resembles the Bloodwoods of the east. Red Gum is a pale-coloured timber with abundant gum-veins (in this respect also resembling Bloodwood). (It owes its common name to the abundance of its red astringent gum or kino.) I noticed fruit cases made with Jarrah ends and Red Gum sides. At a little distance the pale wood in a fruit case resembles Pine. (J.H.M. in Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. III, 1911). When travelling in Western Australia a few years ago, this tree was reputed to flower every alternate year, and was said by some to yield the best honey. Mr. A. H. Smith, of Baker's Hill, W.A., gave the following particulars in the Western Mail of 6th March, 1914, in regard to the flowering of this species. He is a beekeeper. and the notes would have increased value if they had been backed with the dates of the flowerings. When well grown it is the largest of the trees in the coastal and hills districts. It blooms from February to April, March being the month of full bloom. Every year a few trees, particularly saplings, may be found in bloom, but usually only one year out of three is marked by abundant general blossoms. In other words, the majority of trees bloom one year and miss two. Sometimes only one year is missed, 75 sometimes it is three. Apparently the season and the bush fires have something to do with the blossoming. From a beekeeper’s point of view the Red Gum honey harvest may be counted on once in three years. As the buds are formed only shortly before blossoming time, one canot tell whether the tree will bloom until December or maybe early in January. This tree is occasionally planted by beekeepers, particularly in South Australia and Victoria, as a honey plant. Schauer in Plante Preissiane gives the aboriginal name as “ N’gumbat.” Captain J. Lort Stokes, in his “ Discoveries in Australia,” u, 132, gave the aboriginal name as “ Kardan.’ At Ellensbrook, in the south-west, the name, at least for the blossom, is “‘ Booneet.” The following inspired paragraph in the Western Mail of 11th April, 1919, shows that an attempt is being made to change the vernacular name of Red Gum, so commonly applied in Western Australia to this tree, and replace it by ‘“‘ Marri,” said to be of aboriginal origin. It remains to be seen if people will give up a name at the bidding of authority, however desirable the change may be. Mr. Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests, is endeavouring to correct and replace the misleading name by which one of our most prominent timbers, the so-called Red Gum, is known. In the eastern States the term “ Red Gum” isapplied to Hucalyptus rostrata,the wood ofwhich is red, hard, and somewhat resembles in appearance our Jarrah. The name of the tree evidently arose from the colour.of the wood. Our Red Gum is Eucalyptus calophylla, and the name “ Red Gum” was probably given to it on account of the quantity of red gum or kino which exudes from this tree. In some portions of the South-west, the natives, according to the writings of pioneers, called this tree “ Kurden ” or “ Karden,” while other tribes called it the ‘* Marri” or * Maree.” As the native name “ Marri” is simple and in harmony with the native names karri, jarrah, and wandoo, Mr. Lane-Poole has decided to try and get people to adopt this name instead of the present common misleading one (szc) of Red Gum. I have seen fowls eating the seeds, but do not know the result of lengthened indulgence in such a diet. The fruits, which are large, and of a suitable shape, have had a limited use in country districts as tobacco pipes, both in Australia and South Africa. During the Great War these fruits had a great vogue as protectors of steel knitting needles. Two fruits were connected with strips of elastic by ladies who knitted socks and other garments for our soldiers, and they were willing to pay fancy prices for these fruits and thus the Red Cross benefited. — VARIETY. Var. rosea Maiden, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xli, 187 (1916), a synonym of E. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Gualfoylec Bailey. As a matter of convenience this will be found under “ Affinities” at p. 78 below, since it is not easy to make the subject clear without entering into an exhaustive comparison of #. ficifolia and E. calophylla. 76 SYNONYMS. 1. E. splachnicarpa Hook. 2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmansegg (perhaps) 1. In Hooker’s Bot. Mag. t. 4036, is a figure of a twig in bud and flower, with immature fruit, sufficient, however, to distinguish the species. This is accompanied by a description in Latin, of which the following is a translation :— Leaves alternate, oblique, ovate-lanceolate, with a marginal vein, penninerved, coriaceous, with terminal compound umbels, hemispherical operculum, sub-globose, broader than the calyx-tube. Fruit splachniform in shape. Splachniform means that it resembles the fructification of a moss of the genus Splachnum. Sir William Hooker was a considerable authority on mosses. 2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmg. The original, in a very rare work, is as follows :— “ (429) Eucalyptus glaucophylla. . foliis superioribus sparsis petiolatis oblongis acuminatis apiculatis coriaceis glaucis, passim basi inaequalibus, nervis reticulantibus ante marginem connexis. Hab. in Austral. Caulis ramique teretia, cumque petiolis purpurascentia. Folia utiingue glauca. Pctiolo sxpericics ad 6” lg. Lamina magis nunc ad ovatum nunc ad lanceolatum accedens, versus apicem sensum angustata 4-6’ lg., m 2’ lt., nervo primario pallido. An EF. longifolia? Link. Enum. Nonullis quadrans, aliis discrepans. Differt enum potissimum : foliis plurimis basi non inaequilibus, nullis ullo modo punctatis, coloris valde glauci, qui tamen in aliis, e.g., purpurascente, expresse memoratur, nulla mentione, acumine non incuryo, ita ut illam credere non audeam. Quousque sese extendat identitas, pronuncient comparantes arbitri me peritiores. Peregrinator quidam dixit, eam a cl. Wendland L. glaucescentem vocari; alii peritiores, meam aliam, novamque sp., asserunt.” (Hoffmg. Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. 2, p. 113.) Schauer in Walpers’ Repertorium 11, 927, says this is EB. splachnicarpa Hook. I have not seen the type, but agree with Bentham that it is “ very doubtful,’ particularly as there is an absence of glaucousness in the foliage of E. calophylla. RANGE. The type came from near Cape Leeuwin, Western Australia, and the species has not been found out of that State. Schauer says it is found around Perth and “ totius coloniae.” Bentham says ““ Common about King George’s Sound, R. Brown, Fraser, Oldfield and others; and thence to Swan River, Fraser, Drummond No. 150; Press's No. 250; rare towards Port Gregory, Oldfield.” a Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia”) puts it this way: “ Interspersed accompanying E. marginata through nearly the whole area of that species, but less gregarious, reaching its northern boundary about the Hill River, and the southern at King George’s Sound, mixed also into the forests of E. loxophleba (fecunda), but not into those of E. diversicolor, preferring a richer and deeper soil than EL. marginata.” It is a lover of good soil and well-watered districts, and forming as it does a large, picturesque, often scrambling tree, with huge branches, occurring exclusively over large areas, 1t gives to country what is known as a “ park-like” aspect. It occurs within a line roughly connecting Cape Riche and Port Gregory, but we do not fully know the localities north and east of that line. I have seen the following :— A specimen labelled “* #. calophylla Lindl. No. 250 of Mr. L. Preiss, 1837-1840, Swan River.’ Also Drummond’s No. 150 (presented by British Museum through Dr. A. B. Rendle). Following are “ modern” specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :—~ King George’s Sound (B. T. Goadby, No. 90). Albany (Henry Deane, R. Helms, J.H.M.). Shrub of 2-3 metres, flowers sweet-scented; near King George's Sound (Dr. L. Diels, No. 2188). “South West Plantagenet” (Dr. E. Pritzel, No. 250). Denmark (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 159). Bow River, also Wilson’s Inlet and Deep River (Sidney W. Jackson, presented by Mr. H. L. White). (These are as near to the type locality as I have got; they are a few miles to the east of it.) Foot of Stirling Range near Mt. Tulbrunup. Juvenile leaves perfoliate (J.H.M.). (This is as far east as [have seen it. It is very abundant in the locality, and has by no means petered out in the district). Jarrahwood (Forest Ranger Wm. Donovan). Preston Valley, with perfoliate juvenile leaves (Max Koch, No. 1855). (The above are connecting localities between the extreme south-west and the York district.) Tree of 20-30 feet. Thick, rough, brown, spongy bark. Growing in black humus, foot of hil] near Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 280). Bald Hill, near York (O. H. Sargent, No. 421). Following are in the Perth district :— Greenmount (Dr. Stoward, No. 285). (Guildford (W. V. Fitzgerald). Wood- lupine Creek near Perth (A. G. Hamilton). Perth (Dr. J. B. Cleland). Lower Canning River (Dr. A. Morrison, No. 28). The following locality is on the Midland Railway. 25 metres high, Gingin (Dr. L. Diels, No. 1945). This is the same as the Moore River. Mueller gives the Hill River (which is on the same parallel as Watheroo, on the M:aland Railway) as the northern limit, but this is greatly exceeded towards the north by Port Gregory (Oldfield) which is near Northampton, which is again north of Geraldton, 78 AFFINITIES. With &. ficifolia F.v.M. Bentham’s contrast in the Key (B.FI. 1, p. 199) is— Seeds large, not winged ... .» (EB. calophylla). Seeds (very irregularly) winged ... (H. ficifolia). This contrast has to be taken philosophically. While the seeds of LF. fictfolia appear to usually have more wing than those of FL. calophylla, those of the latter species are sometimes not without a winged appendage. This species, as far as is known, is related to EL. calophylla, but is very distinct in having pale brown, smaller seeds and a transparent wing running down the back as long or longer than the nucleus. The leaves resemble those of certain species of Ficus of the series of F. elastica. (Translation of original description ot £. ficrfolia.) The characteristics by which £. ficifolia can be distinguished from #. calophylla are as follow :— The tree is of less height, the bark is somewhat more deeply furrowed, the leaves are proportionately not quite so broad but longer, the flowers are mostly larger, the calyces assume a reddish hue, the filaments are of a splendid crimson [see my remarks below.—J.H.M.], the fruits less turgid, while the seeds are much paler in colour, have a smaller kernel, and are provided with a conspicuous appendicular membrane. Irrespective of this a very marked difference in the seedlings is observable, as those of Z. ficifolia show only slighly or not at all the bristly roughness of #. calophylla, nor are the seedling-leaves inserted above their base to the stalk, as in that species. (‘ Eucalyptographia,”’ under ZL. ficifolia.) Bentham (B.Fl. i, 256) pointed out that ‘‘ certain flowering specimens of E. ficifolia ave indistinguishable from #. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species (ficifolia).” The seedling of ZL. ficifolia is described at i, 533, of Lubbock “ On Seedlings,” and that of LE. calophylla at the same place, and also fig. 344. There is a seedling of E. calophylla figured at the back ot the plate of £. calophylla in “ Kucalyptographia.” It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to lay down important differences between the seedlings of E. ficifolia, calophylla and hematorylon. All are more or less scabrous, with large cotyledon leaves (those of £. calophylla are especially large), and with early peltate leaves. I prefer to leave the matter of seedlings to a subsequent Part, when those belonging to some hundreds of species can be compared as a whole, which is the true method to elucidate affinities. The following notes contrasting B. ficifolia and E.-calophylla lay especial stress on the colours of the filaments in the two species, and deal with a hybrid form. Everyone who knows Sydney and Melbourne, and who pays attention to horti- cultural matters, must have noticed the great development, during the last few years, of the cultivation of what the ordinary citizen calls ‘* Flowering Gums.” By this he means with flowers comparatively large in size and other than white in colour. Some people, a little more definite, simply call them Red-flowering, and many, Scarlet- or Crimson-flowering indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they 79 were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both “ red.” As one to whom flowers of various kinds are often sent, I find that, as often as not, when a man writes “ scarlet ” he means “ crimson,’ and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and Kurrajongs, which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the confusion may be inconvenient. Colour of Flowers (filaments).—The colour of the filaments of EZ. ficifolia F.v.M., is not given in Mueller’s original description, but is stated to be “ crimson” in “ Eucalyptographia,” in the first half of the formal description, but in the second half it is described as “* beautifully cinnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, but never very pale.’ Further down, in contrasting £. ficifolia with EL. calophylla, he says, “ the filaments (oi H. ficzfoliw) are of a splendid crimson.” This may be carelessness, but it probably arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms for the colours concerned. I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, near Sydney, flowers which are true L. ficifolia. They are bright scarlet in colour or, in in the language of Plate No. 79 of R4p. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange. The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers, for the pollen-masses are scarlet, too. The calyx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole inflorescence is of a uniform tone of colour. Supplementary Note—We have an indubitable HE. ficifolia flowering in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (January, 1920), which has all the morphological characters of the species, but the rich-coloured filaments (Dauthenay Plate 114), with stamens hardly in contrast, are rich crimson red, and do not belong to the orange or scarlet series at all. Evidently we must take more evidence in regard to these forms. Dr. Prior’s No. 2 is a shrub at present; itis the EF. ficifolia alba of nurserymen; it has white filaments, with a suspicion of colour at the base, arising from the coloured rim. Calyx-tube green. A little colour on the operculum. In E£. calophylla R.Br. the filaments are white or creamy, and I saw the trees in flower over large areas in their native habitats. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald states that the filaments are “‘ rarely pink”; this indicates a tendency. This muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of EZ. ficzfolia is continued by the nurserymen. Large numbers of plants are sold; indeed, the demand exceeds the supply. I need scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes necessary, in speaking of the colours of flowers. The following is a useful work of reference :—‘ Répertoire de Couleurs (quoted as Rép. de Couleurs) publié par la Société Francaise des Chrysanthémistes,’ &c. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two portfolios of plates and a handbook. In Vilmorin’s (Paris) Catalogue of Plants, the colour of the flowers of E. fictfolia is given as “ rouge carmin,’ which is not a colour admitted, as such, into Rép. de Couleurs. The firm is evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority on the genus, who, Mém. Eucal. i, 555, says :—“Z. ficifolia qui les a Wun rouge carmin trés brillant, au moins dans une de ses variétés.” 80 In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find the following given under FE. fictfolia :— 1. “* Red-flowering Gum,” 20 feet. This colour may mean any thing. bo . Scarlet, 15 feet; ‘‘ Scarlet-flowering Gum,” 15 feet. Scarlet is correct. 3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; right Crimson,” 15-2 C 20 feet; Crimson-flowered G 20 feet; ‘* Bright Crimson,” 15-20 feet. This may or may not be a confusion with scarlet, as begun by Mueller; I shall ave something to say about a Crimson-flowering Gum presently. “ee also p. 79. have sometl t bout a C flo 2G tly. See also p. 79 Then one firm has :— 6. “ Scarlet-flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beautiful rich crimson shade.” In examining the catalogues of Australian nurserymen I cannot find one which describes the colour of #. calophylla correctly. It should be white. One firm calls it “rich pink.” Several firms, however, have EF. calophylla rosea in their lists, either without comment, or “* Bright pink, 30 feet,” or ‘‘ Similar to Z. ficifolia, but rosy pink flowers.” I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson-flowering forms, which are large-growing (getting size from their calophylla parent, and their colour more or less from their ficifolia parent). The habit of these trees reminds me more strongly of 2. calophylla than of E. ficifolia, and as to colour, we have them of all shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to deep crimson. The flowers of EZ. ficifolia and LE. calophylla are honey-smelling, the pertume heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower mostly in December and January, and the climatic conditions in Sydney during the last season have induced an exceptionally fine display of bloom. T have received trom Dr. Prior flowers, fruits and seeds of what I call No. 1. The flowers are Tyrian Rose in colour; see Plate No. 155 of Rép. de Couleurs. There is a short, white attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with a line of Tyrian Rose running round the back, and this colour is sometimes blurred. When old, the anther-cells inside take a pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white In Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld., x, 17 (1898), the late F. M. Bailey described “ what is probably an accidental sport”? inthe Melbourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a “ deep rose” as E. ficifoliavar. Guilfoylei . . . “It proved to be onlya form ot F. ficifolia differing from the normal plant in its smaller foliage, more compact inflorescence, different colour of flowers, with prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed- wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the late Mr. Guilfoyle and from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers contrast well with the filaments. The calyx- tubes are urceolate and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most charming. 81 The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In every respect that I can see, it is identical with ZF. ficifolia var. Guilfoylei and EL. calophylla var. rosea Hort., and I am inclined to think that the more reasonable view is to look wpon it as a form of E. calophylla. The habit and size of the hybrid incline to those of #. calophylla, while the pink or purple tinge (in contradistinction to the scarlet of Z. ficifolia) naturally occurs in £. calophylla. Size and habit. —E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling, umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple (Angophora intermedia) of eastern Australia. The size is given as up to 150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet (* Eucalyptographia’’), and I am certain this is not exaggerated. E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it rarely exceeds 30 feet in height, and it is usually erect, and not scrambling. The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size. Seeds.—Those of E. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged, the hilum large on the inner face. Those of F. ficefolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing (B.FI. 11, 256). The hilum is towards the end of the seed, and furthest from the wing. The seeds of the EH. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter than those of E.. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. As compared with those of E. ficifolia, they are a little darker and less winged, but the hilum is more remote from the wing. In other words, they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the seeds are, however, sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in colour, shining, and mostly boomerang- shaped. The sterile seeds of EH. calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps a little darker in colour. It seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have incontrovertible evidence of hybridisation, the two most obvious factors being colour and size; and I, therefore, add E. calophyila and E. ficifolia to the very long list of pairs of species of which the evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear. I have touched on the general question of hybridisation im the genus in Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p. 297, in the Proceedings of this Society, xxx, p. 492 (1905), and on many other occasions, (Maiden in Proce, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xli, 185, 1916.) DESCRIPTION. COXXXVIIT. E. hematoxylon Maiden. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 218 (1913). Arbor parva altitudinem 20 et trunci diametrum 18” attinens, “ Mountain Gum” nominata. Bloodwood typicus. Cortex stratis mollibus rubris secedens. Lignum rubrum, gummi venis. Folia petiolata lanceolata ad lato-lanceolata, coriacea, 8-9 cm. longa 2-3 cm. lata. | Venae secundariae tenues et fere paralleles. Flores in corymbo irregulare. Filamenta alba. Fructus ovoidei vel fere sphaerici, aliquando orificio constricti, urceolati, 3 env. longi, 2-5 em. lati. Orificium 1 cm. latum. A small tree, attaining a height of 20 feet and a trunk diameter of 18 inches. “ Much resembling L. calophylla R.Br., the ‘Red Gum,’ in general appearance.” Known as ‘“‘ Mountain Gum.” It is a typical “ Bloodwood.” Bark.—In soft reddish flakes, typically that of a ‘‘ Bloodwood.” Timber.—Red, with gum veins, stated to be “ very soft’; a typical Bloodwood timber, hence g 3 YI the specific name suggested. eg 5 Juvenile Leayes.—Broadly lanceolate, thin-membranous, reddish purple, petiolate, margin thickened, secondary veins very fine and nearly parallel to each other. Containing caoutchouce. Mature Leaves.—Petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate,symmetrical or somewhat oblique, apex attenuate-acuminate, coriaceous and of medium thickness, equally green on both sides, margin thickened, intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge. Secondary veins fine and nearly parallel to-each other. Length say 8 or 9 cm., and breadth 2-3 cm. Buds.—In a large corymb consisting of individual umbels of four to seven. Each peduncle thin, flattened, ribbed, and about 2°5 cm. long; the pedicels similar but slenderer, and frcm 1 to 1:5 cm long, The bud club-shaped, the operculum pointed, short, less than half as long as the calyx-tube, which is contracted at the orifice, and which does not taper gradually into the pedicel. Flowers.—Filaments cream-coloured, stamens inflected in the bud, the anthers all fertile, long and somewhat pale, opening in parallel slits, small gland at the top; versatile. Style ribbed, the stigma hardly exceeding it in thickness. The anthers, style and stigma appear to be identical with those of E. corymbosa. (The description of the buds and flowers, op. cit. xlvili, 482 (1914).) Fruits.—Ovoid to nearly spherical, sometimes constricted at the orifice, thys taking on an urceolate shape. Large, 3 cm. long and 2-5 cm. broad, with an aperture of lcm. and less. Tips of valves well sunk. Seeds large, wing rudimentary. RANGE. It is confined to south West Australia so far as we know at present. Specific localities are :-— Happy Vailey, Jarrahwood Railway, Western Australia. Generally in poor, sandy country (Forest Ranger W. Donovan, July, 1912). “ Mountain Red Gum.” Height 30-40 feet and up to 12-18 inches in diameter. Trees are of a stunted nature, and the wood is very faulty. Grows in ironstone country in the mountains with Jarrah, between Busselton and Jarrahwood. (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 108.) APPIN TIES. The affinity at once suggested 1s #. ficifolia F.v.M., but the filaments of the new species are white, and the fruits are of a different shape, viz., smaller and more spherical, those of #. ficifolia beng somewhat cylindroid. The seeds of the latter species also are winged, its bark is more fibrous and its timber paler; it lacks the rich cedar-coloured timber of the present species. Tt is also allied to LZ. calophylla R.Br., a much larger tree. The three species are closely related, and all have very large, handsome cotyledon leaves, and the young leaves soon become more or less peltate, but the character is apparently most common in £, calophylla. 84: DESCRIPTION. COXX XIX. EF. maculata Hook. In cones Plantarum, t. 619 (1844). The figure shows mature leaves, buds and flowers. FoLLow1nc is a translation of the original description :— A tall tree, the trunk spotted, leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, drawn out into a long point, pellucid-dotted, purplish at the edges, copiously and distinctly veined, obliquely spreading, panicles axillary and terminal, sparsely branched, shorter than the leaves, operculum double, the external one conical- hemispherical, mucronate, shorter than the sub-angled calyx-tube, the interior one (the corolla) hemi- spherical membranous, shining. Spotted Gum, MSS. No. 387. (The type is therefore doubtless Backhouse’s No. 37 from the Maitland district, see p. 87.) The rest of the description is in English, and is as follows :— A large tree, Mr. Backhouse observes, of which the bark falls off in patches, giving it a spotted appearance. The timber is nearly equal to oak, but the sap or outer layers decay rapidly. The lid or operculum is double, inner one membranaceous; this inner one has justly been considered by Mr. Brown as the corolla, and it here forms an-exactly hemispherical glossy membranaccous cup, which often continues to adhere after the outer one has fallen away. ‘“‘The gum from the tree contains benzoic acid.” (Backhouse.) It is described as follows by Bentham :— A lofty tree with a smooth bark falling off in patches so as to give the trunk a spotted appeararce. Leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, straight or faleate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long or even more, with numerous parallel but rather oblique veins, not so close as in the preceding species (EL. pyrophora), and rather coarse, the intramarginal one close to the edge. Umbels 3-flowered, usually several together, on short leafless branches, forming a panicle or corymb. Peduncles and pedicels short and thick, scarcely angular. Calyx-tube in the young bud shortly cylindrical, when open broadly turbinate, 3 to 4 lines diameter. Opercudum hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube, the outer one much thicker and more persistent than in most species where it has been observed, and usually umbonate or shortly acuminate, the inner one (corresponding to the single one of most species) thin, obtuse, smooth and shining. Stamens attaining 4 or 5 lines; anthers ovate with parallel distinct cells opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit ovoid-urceolate, usually about 4 inch long, and nearly as much in diameter, the rim narrow, the capsule deeply sunk. (B.FI. in, 258.) Mueller figured and described it in the “ Eucalyptographia.” Some additional notes on the species, which need not be reprinted here, will be found at Vol. I, p. 154 of my “‘ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” This is the common Spotted Gum of New South Wales and Queensland, because of the mottled appearance of its smooth bark. There are other Spotted Gums, but none more characteristic in appearance than this. 85 “Yah-ruigne”’ was the name of the aborigines of the Illawarra, and ‘‘ Booangie” of these of Cumberland and Camden, N.S.W., according to the late Sir William Macarthur. Mr. Forester Allan tells me that “ Thurraney” was the name used by the South Coast blacks. ‘“ Urar” is a Brisbane name, according to Mr. T. Petrie. “ Kangar” is a name employed by Queensland aborigines to denote the variety ceitriodora. Many years ago Mr. Charles Hedley informed me that in Queensland certain persons were affected by what is known as “ Spotted Gum rash” after handling timber of this species. He instanced one case (at Maryborough) in which a man was habitually so indisposed after touching sawn Spotted Gum that he declined to handle it further. This acridity of the sap must be rare, as I have only heard of one other case, and this was in New South Wales. I have dealt with the matter in regard to other Eucalyptus timbers in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vol. V, p. 175. RANGE. The original describer quoted the following localities for the species :—‘‘ Interior of N. Holland (Fraser) [which was not far from the coast.—J.H.M.] ; Maitland, Liver- pool and Newcastle (Backhouse).’ Liverpool is about 20 miles south of Sydney, and Newcastle and Maitland are about 100 miles to the north. It is confined to eastern Australia, extending from Gippsland, Victoria, in the south, from south to north of New South Wales, along the coast and coastal ranges and in Queensland to at least as far north as the Rockhampton district, while the variety citriodora occurs as far north as the Gulf of Carpentaria. It prefers ridges and poor country, and is commonly found with Ironbark. VICTORIA. In “ Eucalyptographia,’ under £. Watsoniana, Mueller records that Reader found E. maculata in the neighbourhood of the Genoa River. It was subsequently known from a specimen sent by Mr. J. H. King to the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, from the eastern slope of a spur from the Tarra Mountain, on the track from Buchan to Orbost, Gippsland, and about 15 miles from the former place, where it forms a small compact colony of a few acres in extent. (Vict. Nat., xiii, 150, 1897.) I hope our southern neighbours will connect this locality with the most southern of New South Wales localities, for I do not know any very close to the border of the two States. New South WALES. Southern Localities —‘ The Spotted Gum practically disappears after crossing the Bega River near Tathra. I believe there is no sign of Spotted Gum at Eden, and none between Eden and the Victorian border; there is a forest or two about Bermagui; there is also some between here (South Bermagui) and the Bega River, but once the Bega River is crossed the tree is lost.”” (Forest Guard W. Dunn.) 56 Bodalla district (Dromedary Mountain). (W. Bacuerlen.) Having travelled about much in localities where the Spotted Gum occurs, I notice that it is usually accompanied by the Burrawang (Macrozamia spiralis)—both sure indications of poor soil. sually when the Burrawang disappears, Messmates, Stringybarks, &c., make thcir appearance and the Spotted Gum disappears. Somctimcs I travel for milcs over a tract cf country where I sce ro Punawang, but as scon as I notice the Burrawang making its appearance again I always expect that the Syettcd Gum will appear also, which is usually the case. (W. Baeuerlen, writing from Bat man’s Bay.) George’s Basin and Wandandian and South Coast road generally (J.H.M.). With intermediate leaves. Milton (J. L. Boorman). Nowra (J.H.M.). A specimen in Herb. Kew in bud only labelled ‘‘ Sydney Woods, Paris Exhib.. No, 95, Spotted Gum, 100-150 feet; W. Macarthur, 1854,” is H. maculata. To trace the history of this specimen we must turn to the N.S.W. Catalogues of the Paris Exhibition of 1855 and of the London Exhibition of 1862. In the former catalogue it is called “Spotted Gum” and “ Mottled Gum,’ and the aboriginal name is given as “ Yah-ruingne.” In the latter catalcgue Hlawarra is given as the place where the name is in use, and “‘ Booangie”’ as the name in the Counties of Cumberland and Camden. We now leave the South Coast, and the following locality is on the tableland, perhaps as high (2,500 feet) as I have met it. Nye’s Hill, Wingello (not common). (J. L. Boorman.) Very large intermediate leaves. Theresa Park to Werombi, Camden district (J.H.M.). Liverpool to Bringelly (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). “I believe picked up at Mulgoa, April, 1810.’ (Copy of label in George Caley’s handwriting, British Museum, No. 43.) On sandy shale, ? mile south of Prospect Hill, near Parramatta (R. H. Cambage, No. 3590). We are now practically at Sydney. Following is an admirable account of the range of the species chiefly on the “South Coast’? of New South Wales, and with particular reference to the geological formations on which it occurs :— E. maculata . . . occurs just where the monoclinal fold, alrcady alluded to, has thrown down the shales and exposed the Hawkesbury Sandstone, about 4 milcs before The Oaks is rcachcd. This species . . . is widely distributed throughout the coastal districts of New South Walcs. By the casual observer, erect trecs of Angophora lanceolata are sometimes mistaken for E. maculata. In going south from Sydney along the Mlawarra railway line, the Spottcd Grm is rot seen, except for a few trecs just beyond Wollongong, until the neighbourhood of Nowra is approached, after which it becomes common, and occurs at many points along the Milton road, such as at The Falls, ard beyond Tomerong, where the geological formation is of Permo-Carboniferous age. It is absent, however, from the igneous formation of Milton, but reappears to the south immediately the sedimentary rocks are reached, being plentiful towards Bateman’s Bay and also at Wagonga, where some of the very fincst specimens of this specics may be found, It extends into the north-eastern pait of Victoria, but is only very sparsely represented in that State. On parts of the North Coast of New South Wales it is a common tree, and occurs in the Maitland-Singleton district on the Permo-Carboniferous formation in company with L. crcbra, the Narrow-leaved Ironbark. It extends to within about 20 miles of the Great Dividing Range at Crooked Creek, on the Tenterfield- Casino road. 2. maculata is decidedly rare, however, in the Sydney district, and generally speaking, appears to avoid the Hawkcsbury Sandstone formation. There are a few exceptions to this discrimination, one being its occurrence on the sandstone just near the monoclinal fold from The Oaks to the western side of Mulgoa, while others are at Newport, and on the Appin road, about 5 miles from Campbelltown. At Newport, the Spotted Gum is growing on the rocks which form a remnant of the base of the Hawkesbury 87 Sandstone immediately overlying the Narrabeen Shales; while at The Oaks and near Campbelltown it occurs on the top of fairly thick beds of Hawkesbury Sandstone, from which the overlying Wianamatta Shale is, in places, only just barely removed. Observations in regard to the distribution of this species tend to show that it docs not seek either a highly siliceous sandstone, or a shale or slate of basic origin, but flourishes best where there is a combination of the two; and while it usually avoids the Hawkesbury Sandstone areas, as too siliceous, it is also absent from the deepest portions of the Wianamatta Shale, Its occurrence on this latter formation denotes the presence of sand in the vicinity. (R. H. Cambage, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xx vi, 551 (1911).) Western Localities —In. New South Wales the most western locality known to me is Poggy, a wild district a few miles from Merriwa. There is also some on the Mudgee. Cassilis road. Parish of Curryall, County of Bligh(Forest Guard J. B. Yeo). This is in the Cassilis district. Northern Localities —Occurs on the Ranges at Ourimbah, 6 miles from Gosford (J.H.M.). Near Clarence Town (Forest Guard Ikin). Common between Newcastle and Maitland (J.H.M.). \ Maitland (James Backhouse, No. 37, about 1837). Presented by Kew. The type. Ravensworth (Forest Guard L. A. MacQueen). Dungog (W. F. Blakely). Taree (EK. H. F. Swain). Anderson's Sugar Loaf, Macleay River (J. L. Boorman). Grafton to Coffs Harbour (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). Seuth Grafton (Henry Deane). Lawrence, Clarence River (J. V. de Coque), Lower Southgate, Clarence River (W. W. Froggatt). Very large intermediate leaves ; Copmanhurst, Upper Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). Casino, Richmond River (District Forester Pope). QUEENSLAND. Canungra, near Mt. Warning (J. L. Boorman.) Enoggera, Brisbane (F. M. Bailey). With young peltate leaves, Brisbane (J.H.M.). “ Fairly large trees of 60-80 feet, with a diameter of 3-4 feet still remain, where it has been preserved against the constant demands on this valuable timber.” Waterworks road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). Aspley, 5 miles north of Brisbane (K. Bilbrough). “ Spotted Gum, Burro, Taylor's Range.’ (Dr. L. Leichhardt, 1843.) Hatton Vale, Laidley (W. H. Pimlott). Kalbar (formerly Engelsburg), 76 miles west of Brisbane, za Ipswich and Dungandan (W. H. Martin). Goomboorian Range, near Gympie (R. N. Jolly). Brian Pastures, Gayndah (S. A. Lindeman). Bundaberg (J.H.M.). Hast of Rockhampton, near sea coast (P. MacMahon). The allusions to Spotted Gum by Leichhardt in his ‘‘ Overland Expedition” are few; two of them are at pages 20 and 48. On the banks of Hodgson’s Creek he points out that Spotted Gum and Ironbark (a combination often confirmed since Leichhardt’s time) formed the forest, while at Robinson’s Creek (p. 48) he found the same two species. §8 VARIETY. Var. citriodora F.v.M. T have gone into the question of whether Z. citriodora is a variety of FE. maculata or not at pages 154, 155, 164, of Vol. I of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” Mueller (Fragm. ii, 47) used the name ZL. citriodora and so did Bentham (B.FI. il, 257). The latter, by placing it between LZ. corymbosa and E. terminalis, indeed he says ‘“ evidently very closely allied to E. corymbosa,’ did not realise its close affinity to £. maculata, although he remarks, under EL. citricdora, “‘ Woolls’ Spotted Gum from Parramatta [which is #. maculata.—J.H.M.] is very much like £. citriodora.’ Later, Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under 2. maculata) thus speaks of it :— E. citriodora can only be considered a variety of E. maculata, differmg merely in the exquisite lemon-scent of its leaves, and holding as a variety precisely the same position to #. maculata as Boronia citriodora to B. pinnata, or Thymus citriodorus to T. Serpyllum. Mr. Bailey, who had opportunities to compare the two trees promiscuously growing, confirms their specific identity. Under the circumstances it seems proper to attribute the authorship of the variety to Mueller. Mr. Bailey, in his ‘‘ Queensland Flora,’ records it as E. maculata var citriodora. I have occasionally crushed the young foliage of £. maculata and detected the citriodora perfume. This was the case in some specimens collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman at Copmanhurst, Clarence River. Messrs. E. Schimmel & Co., Miltitz, Saxony, in ‘‘ The Volatile Oils” (Gildemeister and Hoffman, p. 536), describe the oil of EZ. maculata, and say that ‘‘it cannot be distinguished from the following oil (EZ. citriodora).’ See my “ Forest Flora” i, p. 155. This means that, while the oil of H. maculata is less in quantity, its composition is similar to that of EF. citriodora. An adaptive character, like the presence of oil, cannot or should not in itself be used for specific determination. That is the evidence. The two trees(smaculata and its variety citriodora) do not differ in important morphological characters (the young shoots of the latter are more hairy, and perhaps the leaves are narrower and the buds less pointed, but these differences do not amount to much), and their oils run into each other, the relative proportion of Citronellal being vastly greater in the latter. Here, there seems to me, is a case of a variety clearly enough, and as I think that the term variety is a useful botanical designation, 1 employ it in the present instance. At the same time, the distiller and seller of oil (like the forester and gardener) are not to be blamed if they choose the simple descriptive name “‘ Eucalyptus citriodora” for the unwieldy one of “‘ Eucalyptus maculata variety citriodora.’ Although I would much like to see trade names approximate to the botanical ones, ordinary people will have to be more educated before they will accept ponderous names for everyday use. The application of botanical names is subject to laws; trade names, which sometimes simulate them, are not so controlled, and divergences between the two kinds of names are sometimes inevitable. 89 There is a note on the size of this tree at Wide Bay, Queensland, and on a planted one in the Sydney Botanic Gardens, in Dr. George Bennett’s “ Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia”? (1860), p. 265. Dr. Bennett got Mr. Norrie, the Sydney chemist, to distil the leaves for oil and the specimen was sent to Kew, and must have been one of the earliest prepared from the species. SYNONYMS (0 variety). 1. E. citriodora Hooker, in Mitchell's Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. A translation of the brief Latin description is as follows :— Branches angular, brownish, minutely tuberculate, leaves broad-lanccolate, petiolate, pinnulate, spreading parallel veined, green (not glaucous). Then follows the statement :— Sir William Hooker has ventured to name this Lucalyptus, though without flower or fruit, from the deliciously fragrant lemon-like odour, which exists in the dry as well as the recent state of the plant. I have seen the following specimens :— (a) “ 1846, July 16, No. 153 bis. Sub-tropical New Holland, Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Eucalyptus citriodora.” (b) “ 1846, July 17, No. 217. Height 6 feet. [Evidently young scrub, not yet arrived at the flowering stage-—J.H.M.] Leaves perfumed like lemon. Sub-tropical New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Eucalyptus citriodora Hooker, 204.” (c) “‘ Eucalyptus citriodora Hook., Sub-tropical New Holland, Col. Mitchell.” Allin Herb. Cant. Allin leaf only; (b) in young leaf, (a) and (c) in older, broad, shining and markedly veined. All are EZ. citriodora Hook. ; (a) and (b) are ex Herb. Lindley. Imperfect specimens were described by Bentham in B.Fl. ui, 257, as E. citrio- dora, from Balmy Creek, Mitchell, and Wide Bay, Moore. 2. E. melissiodora Lindley in Mitchells Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. (non F.v.M., which = peltata.) The brief description is in Latin, which may be translated as follows :— Branches ferruginous-tomentose, scabrous, leaves on both sides with rusty papillae, scabrous, ovate oblong obtuse, peltate above the base (flowers and fruits unknown). I have examined the following specimens :— (a) “ No. 153, July 16, 1846. Sub-tropical New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Height 5 feet. ‘Strong balm scent,” Eucalyptus ? melissiodora.’ Herb. Cant. ex Herb. Lindl. 90 (b) “ Eucalyptus melissiodora Lindl. Sub-tropical N. Holland. Col. Mitchell.” Herb. Cant. The label of (6) is in the same handwriting as (c) var. edtr¢odora (I think Lindley’s handwriting). The principal difference between the type specimens of melisstodora and citriodora lies in the greater amount of rusty tomentum on the leaves and stem of the former. The difference is, however, very slight and variable. E.. melissiodora was described by Mitchell, when he first came across it, as having “a powerful odour of balm.” (Melissa officinalis.) At the same time and place he found “ another bush, with leaves of the same shape, and glossy, but having a perfume equally strong of the lime.” This was called. E. citriodora. Neither species had flower or fruit. Bentham (B.FI. i, 254) doubtiully describes this in the foJlowmg words :— A shrub, exhaling a powerful odour of balm, and covered with a rusty resimous pubescence, short and scabrous on the foliage, almost bristly on the branchlets. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, more or less peltately inserted on the petiole above their base, the veins transverse, but not close. Flowers and fruit unknown. Queensland.—Sandstone rocks, Balmy Creek, Mitchell. Possibly a barren state of EF. citriodora or some allied species, in which the leaves of the flowering branches are not peltate. 3. E. variegata F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soc., ii, 88 (1859). The specific name was given because of the appearance of the bark. Following is a translation of the original :— A tree, branchlets angular, leaves alternate, moderately petiolate, lanceolate-linear or narrow- lanceolate, falcate elongate, long acute, shining, thickly penniveined, covered with pellucid dots, peripheral vein very close to the edge, umbels paniculate, 3-flowered, the calyx-tube semiovate, twice as long as the hemispherical operculum, and like it ecostate, fruits truncate-ovate, 3-cellcd, 2-4 times longer than the pedicel, ecostate, smooth at the vertex, valves included, secds winged. Habitat in the grassy hills near the Burnett River. Flowering in the summer. A rather tall tree, trunk smooth, ashy-white, variegatcd with the grey or duty reddish outer layer of the bark. Leaves mostly 4-7 inches long. and an equal number of lines broad. Peduncles 2-3 lines long, angular. Buds ovate. Fruits 5-6 lines long, gradually contracted at the apex. Called Spotted Gum-tree by certain of the colonists. In habit it hardly differs from E. tereticornis and E. rostrata, except in the trunk, which is stripped of the outermost layers of bark as far as the base, and not covered with old woody, flaky, wrinkled layers of bark. 91 RANGE (of Variety). The type came from Balmy Creek, a name given, presumably, because of the presence of this tree, whose odour reminded Major Mitchell of Balm. See Mitchell's “ Tropical Australia,’ p. 235, and it is marked on his map, opposite p. 189. It is south of Mantuan Downs, and Dr. J. Shirley informs me that it is 20-30 miles west of Springsure. In his “ Queensland Flora” Bailey records it from Gladstone, Rockhampton, Springsure, Herberton and Port Denison. In the Catalogue of the Queensland Forestry Museum (1904) the record is given “ Plentiful around Gladstone and the Port Curtis district, Rockhampton, west side o: Eungella Range (Mackay district), Herberton, Mount Garnet, and a large quantity on the Hughenden-Charters Towers Railway Line.” With peltate young growth. (Queensland, recorded as-E. melissiodora Lindl.; with no further details.) Bundaberg and Gladstone Railway (correspondent of F. M. Bailey). Duaringa, 65 miles west of Rockhampton (J.H.M.). O’Shanesy points out that E. exserta and E. citriodora are oiten found in company. See this work, Part XXXII, p- 3 Or “Scented Gum,’ Stannary Hills. (Dr. T. L, Bancroft.) Irvinebank (corre- (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” Macautay’s ‘‘ Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, DvD : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. ¥4283—A 1920. CCXLIII, Fuealyptus perfoliata R.Br. Description Range Affinities . S 6 ° CCXLIYV. ee fa os F.v.M. Description Colour of filaments Range Affinities COXLY. eee similis Maiden. Description Range Affinities PAGE, 103 103 104 105 105 106 107 109 IIo IIo CCXLVI. Eucalyptus lirata (W. V. ae Maiden n.sp. Description 5 ° ° d ° ° ° Range Affinity CCOXLVIL. pee Baileyana F.v.M. Description 5 shone Modification of the ne ieee ae 4 : Range ( : : : : : ’ Affinities CCOXLVIL. ee Lane- Pooles Maiden. Description Range Affinities IIt Itt hier II3 II3 II4 II5 117 118 Irs CCXLIX. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. Description : ° . d : Range 5 : : . A ffinities CCL. Eucalyptus Bakeri Maiden. Deseription ; ; : 3 : é : Range Affinities CCLI. Eucalyptus Jacksoni Maiden. Description , : ; : : A { : 2 Range Affinities CCLII. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Description : : ; 5 . : : , : Synonym . Range Affinities Explanation of Plates (180-188) PAGE, 120 128 DESCRIPTION: CCOXLIUT, EF. perfoliata &. Brown. In Bentham’s ‘“ Flora Australiensis,’’ ii, 253 (1866). FoLLowIne is the original description :— A large shrub of 10 feet or more (A. Cunningham). Leaves opposite, connate, 6 to 8 inches long and 3 to 4 inches broad, very obtuse, glaucous, with numerous parallel transverse veins. Flowers large, sessile in heads of four to six, on terete peduncles, forming a corymbose terminal panicle. Calyx-tube thick, broadly turbinate, smooth or nearly so, 7 to 8 lines long and as much in diameter. Operculum not seen. Stamens above } inch long, inflected in the bud; anthers small, ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct cells. Fruit urceolate, 14 inch long and above 1 inch diameter, smooth, the rim concave, the capsule sunk. Seeds not seen. ; It will be observed from the figures that the operculum is shorter than the calyx- tube; it is slightly conoid, but the process of drying accentuates its pointed character. The anthers are certainly small (see fig. 2c, Plate 180) for a member of the Corymbose, and will be drawn attention to when anthers are treated of collectively, and also when the-affinities of the Corymbose are dealt with. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds the following information :— Tree from 20-40 feet; trunk, very crooked and frequently piped, to 15 feet, diameter 1 foot; bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-grey, rough, lamellar, and longitudinally fissured ; timber very dark-red, tough and hard; filaments white to pale yellow; fertile seeds terminating in a long membranous appendage. If Mr. Fitzgerald has made no mistake in his notes, it will be observed that the _ species attains the height of a medium-sized tree. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia (the tropical north-west) so far as we know at present. : Bentham (original description) quotes it from “ Barren Hills, Rae’s River (should be Roe’s), North West Coast, A. Cunningham.” On the specimen in the Kew Herbarium are the following notes: “ Metrosideros, Roe’s River, A. Cunningham,” and “ Roe’s River, 238/1820, Sept., N.-W. Australia,” A. Cunningham, which means that it was collected on Captain P. P. King’s Expedition, and that it was specimen No. 238, collected in September, 1820. 104 Roe’s River runs into York Sound, and must not be confused with a river of similar name in the Northern Territory. Bentham also records it from Surgeon Bynoe (Captain J. Lort Stokes’ Expedition, 1838). WESTERN AUSTRALIA. I have seen the following north-west specimens :— Leaves only (Harry Stockdale). King’s Sound, fruits and a leaf (W. W. Froggatt, seen by Mueller). Leaves, buds, and fruits. Lennard River (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333). Native Well, 9 miles from Goody Goody, near Derby. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333 bis.) Six miles north-east of Mt. Eliza. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 707). Mt. Anderson and Grant Range. (W. V. Fitzgerald). Balmarringarra, not far from coast; Exmouth to King’s Sound. (Dr. H. Basedow. ) AFFINITIES. E. perfoliata, as a member of the Corymbosie, stands in a class by itself, because of its connate leaves and small anthers. Tf fruits alone are available for comparison, they may be compared with those of E. terminalis (Plate 164, Part XL); EB. pyrophora (Plate 166, Part XL); H. Foelscheana (Plate 169, Part XLI); &. Abergiana (Plate 170, Part XLI). If buds are alone available, they are most hkely to be confused with those of E. pyrophora. 1. With F. gamophylla F.v.M. “The concrescence of the leaves by pairs in all stages of growth occurs, so far as known, only in E. perfoliata, if even in that rare and little known congener this coalescence should prove also unexceptional. ” (“ Eucalyptographia,” under Z. gamophylla.) A discussion on such leaves will be found at pages 53 to 55 of Part XLII of the present work. The number of species originally believed only to have connate leaves during all stages of growth has been gradually reduced, until, apparently, H. perfoliata alone remains, although in some, where a petiole has been found, it is exceedingly short. As regards EH. gamophylla, see Plate 147, Part XXXV of the present work, it would appear to differ from ZH. perfoliata in almost every other charactey. 105 DESCRIPTION: CCXLIV. E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc. ii, 90, (1859). FoLLowInG is a translation of the original :— A tree, with angular branchlets, leaves large, thick, alternate, obliquely lanceolate, drawn out to a point, moderately petiolate, rather shining on. the upper side, paler beneath, penniveined, marginate, imperforate, peripheral vein close to the margin, umbels terminal, paniculate, few to seven-flowered, partial peduncles two or three times longer than the angled pedicels, calyx markedly 8-ribbed, operculum hemispherical, two or three times shorter than the tube. Capsules large, ovate-campanulate, deeply 8-ribbed, 4-celled, valves deeply included, fertile seeds with long wings on the upper side. On woody creeks and on drying watercourses, near the sources of the Rivers Wentworth, Wickham, and Limmen Bight. Flowering in March and April. A medium-sized or large tree with a dirty, greyish, wrinkled bark, somewhat fibrous within and everywhere persistent. Leaves 5—7 inches long, 14-2 inches broad. Capsule 1-14 inches long, contracted a little at the orifice, valves short. Seeds 2 lines long—that is, the fertile ones—bearing a membranous obovate wing 3 lines long, the numerous sterile ones smaller, and with narrow wings. The trunk in the structure of the bark holds an intermediate place between the Stringybarks and Boxes. ; Bentham (B. Fl. iii, 255) described it as follows :— A middle-sized or tall tree, with a persistent bark, intermediate between that of the Stringybarks and the Box trees (F. Mueller). Leaves large, from broadly ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sometimes above a foot long, straight or falcate, with numerous fine, closely parallel, almost transverseveins. Flowers large,in umbels forming a terminal panicle, peduncles terete, $ to 2 inches long, pedicels sometimes very short, sometimes 1 to 2 inches long. Calyz-tube turbinate, 4 to ? inch long, hard, with about 8 longitudinal ribs. Operculum not seen. Stamens above 4 inch long; filaments rigid, inflected in the bud; anthers small, ovate, wrth distinct parallel cells. Fruits ovoid or slightly urceolate, very thick and hard, 1 to 2 inches long, with about 8 prominent ribs, the rim thick, the capsule sunk. Seeds winged. It is also figured in “ Eucalyptographia.” For notes on the bark, see p. 107. Colour of filaments.—Leichhardt has a note (Paris Herbarium) on a Port Essington specimen, “Scarlet blossoms,” but he may have written the wrong colour in his imperfect \ English. Mr. B. Gulliver, who saw the tree during Captain Cadell’s voyage to Arnhem’s Land, states the flowers (filaments) to be “scarlet” (“ Eucalyptographia.”) Mueller is, however, in some doubt, for he goes on to say, “ Hf really they persist in the bright colour of LE. mimata and EL. phonicea,” &c. (I have shown under £. ficifolia that Mueller confused scarlet and crimson.) 106 W. V. Fitzgerald says (MSS.): “ Filaments white or occasionally tinged with pink, and not scarlet (vide “ Eucalyptographia ”’).” 5 G. F. Hill’s specimens confirm Fitzgerald’s remarks. His filaments are cream- coloured and crimson. C. KH. F. Allen later recorded “ crimson.” It is obvious that we liave here a confusion between scarlet and crimson, as 1s not infrequently the case. The colour, other than cream, is pink to crimson. RANGE. North Western Australia and Northern Territory.—Mueller (original description) “found it in “ Dry river beds and rocky streams at the sources of the Wentworth, ~ Wickham, and Limmen Bight Rivers.” Bentham adds, Melville Island, Fraser. (Fraser was never there, although specimens may have passed through his hands.) Port Essington, Gilbert. Later on Mueller recorded it from a number of localities in North Western Australia, so that we have it for the most northerly portion of Australia, as far east as the Gulf of Carpentaria. ‘ WESTERN AUSTRALIA. The following record was made by Joseph Bradshaw’s Expedition to the Regent's River, William Tucker Allen being botanical collector. “‘ Welcome Creek, Roe’s and - Drysdale Rivers, chiefly on the banks of tributaries.’’ Mueller in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 469 (1891). Then W. V. Fitzgerald noted, from his own collection in the Kimberley district, “Tsdell and Charnley Rivers;. Woollybutt and Synnott Creeks,” adding that it is always found in wet, boggy spots. On another occasion he says “ chiefly growing along the banks of water-courses, but occasionally in rocky localities.” His Woollybutt Creek specimen, near Phillips’ Range, is No. 950. NORTHERN TERRITORY. Liverpool River (Gulliver in Herb. Melb.). Has a large lanceolate leaf. “ Bark like Z. terminalis to topmost branches (7.e., ike a Bloodwood, J.H.M.). Trunk 15 inches diameter. Spreading, somewhat stunted growth, 28 feet high; only one tree seen.”’ Side of small ravine, Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 467). Bud collected by Leichhardt on his Overland Journey to Port Essington (Herb. Paris). “ Large tree, crimson flowers.’’ Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 116). Powell’s Creek (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer). 107 “8 Mile Spring on to Tanumbirini (near creeks and springs). Crimson filaments. Stem like Bloodwood. (Appears to be same species as white-flowering form No, 810.) ” (G. F. Hill, No. 809.)” “No. 810. 8 Mile Creek on to Tanumbirii (tree similar to 809). Cream flowers. (G. F. Hill.) Both were collected on the same day, 26th March, 1912, and are identical, except in regaid to the colour of the filaments. E. ptychocarpa is therefore to be added to the list of species with filaments of two colours. APPINIEIES. l. With E. miniata A. Cunn. In the original description, Mueller says that the trunk of H. ptychocarpa, so far as the bark is concerned, holds an intermediate place between the Stringy-barks and the Boxes. He amplifies this in the following passage :—- “With a greyish, wrinkled, everywhere persistent, somewhat fibrous bark, thus fluctuating between the Stringybark and so-called Box trees, though in cortical characters perhaps nearest to E. hemiphloia and E. albens, but....... (~ Eucalyptographia.”) In his classification of barks he puts it with the Pachyphloie. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) says it is “a tree up to 40 feet, trunk 15 feet, diameter 2 feet, bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-coloured, rough, soft and flaky, timber red, soft and very porous.” On the evidence it is not proper to put E. ptychocarpa with the Pachyphloiz (Stringybarks). It is difficult, in exceptional cases, to describe clearly the bark of a Kucalypt. That of 2. minzata I have tried to describe at p. 37, Part XXII. While I do not say that it is the same as that of FE. ptychocarpa (a bark I have not seen, except in a very - young tree), the fact that EH. minzata is sometimes called (with others) “ Woollybutt ” and “Stringybark ” shows that, at least as regards the barks of the trunks of mature trees, the two species have some resemblance to each other. A character hitherto unrecorded is that some of the young or intermediate leaves are shghtly peltate. This is consistent with the suggested Corymbosz affinity. Bentham says: “The fruit (of E. ptychocarpa) somewhat resembles that of E. mimata, but the venation of the leaves and the inflorescence are quite different.” (B. Fl. iii, 255.) Mueller, later, observes : “ From #. mimata it is far more distant (than EH. Abergiana) in its not scaly-friable bark, which does not separate from the main branches, in the leaves being not of a pale and dull-green on both sides, besides of thicker consistence, much larger and proportionately also broader, without any translucent oil-dots, in the absence of stomata on the upper page of the leaves; further, in the umbels not solitary nor lateral nor axillary, in larger flowers and conspicuous development of flower-stalklets, in fruits often smaller (although similarly shaped and ridged), and in the seeds provided with a long appendage (those of EZ. mimata being quite exappendiculate). (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under EZ. ptychocarpa.) b 108 E. yptychocarpa is a species with ribbed fruits, the fruits being large individually. Such a species is also H. mimiata A. Cunn.; see Plate 96, Part XXII. Those of E. mamata are sessile, often more elongate and narrow, sometimes hardly constricted at the orifice, but in other cases more constricted than in E. ptychocarpa, and with the ribs thicker. They differ also in the much smaller leaves of Z. miniata and in the venation of them, but I know of no closer affinity for H. ptychocarpa. 2. With EF. Abergiana ¥.v.M. “Tts affinity is with #. Abergiana and E. mimata; from the former it can be distinguished by its longer leaves, with a still paler lower page, by its also still larger flowers, which are provided with usually long stalklets (although Bentham describes the latter as occasionally also very short), and most particularly by the fruit longitudinally traversed by about eight narrow ridges.” (‘‘ Kucalyptographia,”’ under E. ptychocarpa.) For £. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI, when it will be seen that the two species are not very closely related. 3. With E. Forrestiana Diels. This is a ribbed, large-fruited species, but the fruits are only four-ribbed, while there are other differences (see Plate 95, Part XXII) which show that it is more removed from E. ptychocarpa than is EH. miniata. 4, With F. Planchoniana F.v.M. Although EL. Planchoniana has been referred to in Part [X, I have not figured it, since Mueller had figured it in“ Eucalyptographia,” and I had nothing of importance to add. I have, however, figured it in Plate 90, Part XXIV of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” to which I beg to refer my readers. It will be see that E. Planchoniana is a large-fruited species, with some ribbing of the buds and fruits, more marked in my plate than in Mueller’s. #. Planchoniana is an astern Australian tree, whose affinities are not close to those of EL. ptychocarpa. 109 DESCRIPTION: CCXLV. E. similis Maiden. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 90, (1913). FOLLOWING is the original description :— Arbor mediocris. Folia juvena tenua, glabra, pedunculata, ovato-acuminata. Folia matura angusto-lanceolata, flavo-virentia, concoloria, circiter 12 em. longa, 2 cm. lata. Venae laterales, pinnatae distinctae, vena peripherica distincta et a margine remota. Umbellae confertae, multiflorae, plerumque in panicula terminale corymbosaque. Calycis tubus irregulariter costatus. Operculum hemisphericum vel umbonatum. Fructus vix 1 cm. longi, truncato-ovoidei, in orificium sensim contracti. A tree of medium size; notes on bark and timber uncertain. Juvenile foliage.—Thin, parchment-like, perfectly glabrous, not seen strictly opposite, pedunculate, ovate-acuminate. Size of a specimen, 6 by 3 cm. Mature foliage.—Narrow-lanceolate or slightly falcate, petiolate, the petioles flattened and twisted, length of blade up to 12 cm. and more, with a greatest width of about 2 cm. Equally yellowish- green on both sides, rather shiny, venation distinct, and nearly as prominent on the upper as on the lower side. Midrib very prominent, lateral veins pinnate and very distinct, the intramarginal vein distinct and removed from the edge. Buds and Flowers.—Inflorescence profuse, in a loose umbel, several-flowered, mostly in a terminal corymbose panicle, the peduncles slightly compressed or angular, calyx-tube irregularly ribbed, shiny; opercula hemispherical or umbonate, shiny. Filaments yellow, anthers with long, narrow adnate cells, with a moderately large gland at the back, and the filament attached half-way up. Fruits.—sharply separated from the short pedicel, on a slightly flattened common peduncle of about 15cm. Truncate-ovoid, gradually constricted towards the orifice, barely 1 cm. long and about 6 mm. at the orifice. Three-valved, the valves blunt. and these capsule teeth not adherent to the calyx-tube. (In the above description two errors have crept in. The intramarginal vein is not removed from the edge, or, at most, only occasionally, and then only to a brief distance. The description of the calyx-tube as “irregularly ribbed” is a slip of the pen. The words should have been applied to the fruits. See figure 3c, Plate 182.) The seeds are not winged. 110 RANGE, It is confined to rather dry country in Central Queensland, so far as we know at present. The type came from “ Desert country west of Emerald,” so described by Mr. G. H. Carr, Crown Lands Agent, Clermont, through Mr. R. Simmonds (March, 1908). Many years previously I had received it from Jencho (Henry Deane), with fruits larger and more elongated than those of the type. I have received it since from Mr. W. Pagan (through Mr. C. T. White) from the vicinity of Alice, a railway station 328 miles west of Rockhampton, or 21 miles west of Jericho, at no great distance from the type locality. Publication of the drawings will enable our friends in Queensland to greatly extend its range, since there is no doubt that it has been confused in the past with other Yellow-barked Bloodwoods or Yellow Jackets: Dr. H. I. Jensen calls it “‘ Desert sandstone Yellow Jacket,” and describes it as between a Bloodwood and Stringybark, with a very yellow bark. APEINTT es: Its closest affinity (at the time of description), appeared to be EL. Baileyana F.v.M. (See description amended by me in “‘ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XXXV, 71). Like that species, it is a member of the section Kudesmiez, and appears to differ from EF. Baileyana in the following characters :— 1. EH. similis is a “‘ Yellow Gum,” “ Yellow Jack” or “ Yellow Jacket,” while H. Baileyana is a ** Black Stringybark.” 2. The mature leaves of H. similis have the same colour on both sides, and have shorter peduncles, while the juvenile leaves are glabrous, those of H. Baileyana being covered with stellate hairs. 3. The fruits of #. similis are, in comparison with those of #. Baileyana, almost spherical to cylindroid, those of EZ. Baileyana being almost spherical, darker, and much larger. The specific name is given in view of the affinity of this species to B. Baileyana F.v.M. (Original description, slightly amended.) Its relations to the other members of the Eudesmiz will be further referred to in Part XLV when the Eudesmie are all figured. See also under £. lirata, p. 111. 111 DESCicl PTION. CCXLVI, E. lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. ARBoR ca. 30 m. alta, caulis diametro, 1 ad 1-5 m.; cortice aspera, cinerea sed molle et fere friable in trunco ramisque persistente. ligno brunneo; foliis alijuando oppositis, 8-10 cm. longis, petiolatis, flores, non vidi fructibus 3-5, breviter pedicellatis, ovoideo-oblongis, orificio paullo contractis; marginibus tenuibus capsulis depressis. Arborescent; branchlets cylindrical; leaves opposite, subopposite, or alternate, lanceolate, straight or faleate, acuminate, petiolate, dull-greyish on both pages, oil-dots crowded, veins inconspicuous, ascending, the intramarginal one not far removed from the edge; fruits 3-5 together, shortly pedicellate, on terete lateral or axillary solitary peduncles, ovoid-oblong, obscurely contracted between the summits, the rims ‘thin; capsule sunk; valves 3, somewhat triangular, semi-exserted ; fertile seeds ovate, slightly compressed, dark-brown, punctate, the sterile ones very much smaller, narrow, and angular. Height, 30-40 feet; trunk to 15 feet, diameter 1-14 feet. Bark rough and greyish, but soft and. almost friable, resembling that of some forms of #. amygdalina Labill., persistent on trunk and limbs. Timber brownish, fairly hard and rather free in the grain. Leaves 3-4 in. long, petioles 4-3 inch. Peduncles 3-5 lines. Flowers not seen. Fruits about 5 lines (1 cm.) long. RANGE. It is only known, at present, from the type locality in the Kimberleys, North West Australia, where it was collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, viz., summit of Bold Bluff, in sandy soil overlying quartzite. - (The closely allied H. similis is found in west Central Queensland. We want further collections between the localities recorded for the two species, not only that we may know more about them, but in order that this knowledge may enable us to say whether we are justified in keeping them apart, or whether they are forms of the same species. ) AEE ENIPY: With £. similis Maiden. The two species are so closely related that I regret that the material of F. lirata is so scanty that it is impossible to make a final pronouncement. The colour and lustre (or absence of it) of the foliage of the two species resemble each other (as indeed does that of H. eudesmiordes). 112 Mr. Fitzgerald says nothing of the yellowness of the bark of 2. lirata, which 1s obvious in E. similis; one is an eastern and the other a western species, but these pots must not be urged too strongly. Of the material available to me of #. lirata (a few leaves, fruits, and seeds), together with Mr. Fitzgerald’s description, I have spoken of the leaves, and my readers may also consult the figures. The fruits are different in the types, but those of E. similis (as shown in figure 4, Plate 184) approximate to the shape of those of BE. lirata (figure 5b), although the former are larger. The fruits of B. similis would appear to be more numerous than those of H. lirata. Compare figures 3e and 5b, but, as regards the latter, the description says “ 3 to 5.” The seeds of EL. livata are wingless, like those of EZ. sumilis, but those of the former appear to be larger and rounder. At the same time I have not much of either before me. DESCRIPA ION: COXLVI. EF. Batleyana F.v.M. In Fragm. x1, 37 (1878). FoLLowInc is a translation of the original :— A tree, with angular branchlets, Jeaves scattered, papery, faleate-lanceolate, glaucous green, opaque, densely punctate, veins very fine, moderately spreading, peripheral vein rather distant from the margin, umbels axillary and lateral, solitary, 7-10 flowered, on a slightly compressed peduncle, calyx shortly pedicellate. the tube slightly longer than the semi-ovate or almost hemispherical, rather acute operculum, all the stamens fertile, anthers broadly cordate, fruit globose-urceolate, trilocular, margin of the orifice thin, valves deltoid, shortly exsert. Moreton Bay, rare. Bailey. Bark fibrous, persisting not only on the trunk but also on the branches, the inner bark tough and yellow. The timber, according to the discoverer, is yellowish. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 4-1 inch broad, the same colour on both sides, dull, thickly covered with slightly pellucid dots; veins inconspicuous, not closely pinnate. The flower-bearing peduncles about 4 inch long, the fruit-bearing ones double that length. Buds densely capitate, clavate-cylindrical; I have not seen fully developed flowers. Stamens inflexed before expansion. Fruit-bearing pedicels 2-4 lines long. Friut 5—7 lines long and broad, slightly wrinkled- “striate, very obtuse at the base; the valves occasionally scarcely extending beyond the mouth of the calyx. Seeds not seen. Mueller described the species in Enghsh in the “ Eucalyptographia ”’ with a figure, which, hke the description, 1s erroneous in parts. Mueller mixed up two trees under the one name. For example, in his “ Kucalyptographia ” figure, the lower part of the twig bearing the fruits is the true E. Baileyana. The rest of the figure, leaves, buds, and flowers, and of the details (again excluding the fruits and seeds) belong to a Stringybark nearest to HL. eugenroides Sieb. The figure, therefore, is a composite one, the twig of H. eugenioides having been prolonged, and the fruits of H. Baileyana having been fitted on to it. In other words, no such plant exists as is figured. I therefore re-described the species in the following words in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XXXV, p. 71 :— Bark.—The bark is hard, thick, rather interlocked, and contains much kino. It is not a typical Stringybark—that is to say, its bark is not soft and fibrous. ° Timber.—Of a light-grey colour when fresh, interlocked in grain, very tough, inferior in quality to that of the other Stringybarks (J. L, Boorman.) 114 Juvenile leaves.—Nearly ovate, not cordate at the base, tapering slightly at the apex to a blunt point or rounded. Common dimensions are 14 inches broad and 3 inches long. The margin somewhat undulate, the intramarginal vein a considerable distance fom the edge. The under surface nearly white, densely besprinkled with stellate hairs, as also the rhachises. The upper surface bright green, in prominent contrast to the lower surface. This surface is very sparingly besprinkled with stellate hairs, or they may be entirely absent. Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, symmetrical or falcate, gradually tapering to fine, though not rigid points. Five inches long, with a width in its broadest part of about 3 of an inch, are common dimensions. The marginal vein close to the margin, or forming a thickening of the same; the lateral veins numerous and fine, parallel, and forming an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib. Upper surface shiny, under surface paler and dull. Flowers.—Umbels vary in number, but usually 5 to 7, the common flattened peduncle of about an inch; the flattened pedicels from } to } an inch. Anthers small, versatile, with parallel cells and long narrow openings, with a relatively large gland at the back. Buds.—Pear-shaped, the calyx irregularly toothed; the operculum nearly hemispherical, or with an umbo. Fruits.—Rather large, globular-urn-shaped, 3-celled; margin of the orifice thinly compressed ; valves deltoid, slightly exserted or hardly extending beyond the orifice; seeds without any appendage. (Mueller.) The largest fruits seen by me are abontes of an inch wide, -and the same deep. Oo < RANGE. The type comes from “ Moreton Bay.” More precisely, the locality from which the type was obtained is Eight Mile Plains, a few miles south of Brisbane. é It, however, is also found in northern New South Wales, and its known localities - extend from 20 miles south of Grafton, New South Wales, in the south, to the Blackdown Tableland, about 100 miles west of Rockhampton, Queensland, in the north. NEw Soutn WALES. Low, sandy country, about 20 miles south of Grafton. “Trees mostly hollow and ringy,’ showing that, as regards this particular locality, it is dying out. “IT do not remember having mentioned to you my meeting with the tree E. Baileyana (Bastard Tronbark) on the Clarence. I found it on some low, sandy country, about 20 miles south of Grafton. The trees I saw were from about 20 inches to 3 feet in diameter, and of medium height—25 to 40 feet to first branch. Bark dark, fibrous, and transversely interlocked, and very hard and tough. Trees mostly hollow or ringy.” (Late Mr. Augustus Rudder.) Copmanhurst, Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Fairly tall trees of 30-50 feet high, with girth measurenents of 6-8 fect. The “bole is free from branches up to 25-30 feet; 1s sound and heavy. The bark is thick-fibrous, but perhaps inferior for thatching purposes. The colow: of the stem is a distinctive reddish colour, making it 116 prominent above all other trees in the district. The soil where it grows is of a sandy nature, ridgy, and of a poor quality. It 1s known locally as Stringybark. The timber is much esteemed locally.” Between Lawrence (Clareuce River) and Casino (Richmond River). (W. Fersyth.) (JUEENSLAND. Hight Mile Plains (F. M. Bailey and others). The type. Between Sunnybank and Mt. Gravatt. (C. T. White.) The next locality of which I have a record is approximately 500 miles to the north-west. “Good development, distribution scattered. Elevation about 2,400 feet. Blackdown Tableland near Dingo, 100 miles west of Rockhampton.” (P. MacMahon, N. W. Jolly.) It is quite evident that we have much to learn in regard to the range of this species, particularly in Queensland, and it is very probable that a careful investigation of the trees of the Blackdown Tableland would yield interesting and perhaps unexpected results, AFFINITIES. F 1. With £. dichromophloia ¥.v.M. The species in the fruit somewhat resembles E. dichromophloia, otherwise it is very different. The true affinity of this species will be better shown when expanded ‘flowers are available. (Original description.) : 2. With F. Bowmani ¥.v.M. Mueller, “ Kucalyptographia,” goes into the supposed differences of these two species at some length, but as (see the present work, Part X, p. 344) we do not: know what LE. Bowmani is, we may defer consideration of the comparisons until we do. 3. With E. trachyphloia ¥.v.M. ee its leaves are paler beneath, and their veins very divergent and copious ; the stalklets are thin; the lid is much smaller, and exceeded in width and still more so in length by the tube of the calyx, separating moreover by an irregular rupture and not a clearly defined circumcision; the anthers are ovate, whereas the fruit is much smaller, nearly twice as long as broad, with deeply enclosed valves,”’ (“ Eucalyptographia,” under £. Barleyana.) C 16 -4..-With E. eugenioides Sieh. “ Finally it may be observed that LE. Baileyana exhibits great resemblance to E. eugenioides both in leaves and flowers, although the fruits are so very decidedly different. E. eugenrordes more particularly arose through the confusion between the two species, (“ Eucalyptographia,”~ under H. Baileyana.) The comparison with as already detailed. The comparisons with 2. Baileyana already referred to for the most part fall to the ground because, in his original description, Mueller described portions of two species, as already explained. . E. Baileyana is a true member of the Hudesmiee, and it is with species of that series that it can be most suitably compared. Its closest affinity appears to be with E. tetradonta. The matter will be further dealt with when the whole of the Eudesmiee are passed under review. See Part XLY. 117 DESCRIPTION. CCOXLVIT. EF. Lane-Poolet Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., liti, 107 (1919). FoLLow1ne is the original description :—- Arbor mediocris, White Gum vocata; cortice crassa, pulvere alba tecta; ligno hepatico; foliis primariis lanceolatis vel lato-lanceolatis, ca 6 cm. longis 3 cm. latis, venis secondariis fere parallellis ; foliis maturis breve petioliatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis subfalcatis, ca 10 vel 11 cm. longis, 2 em. latis, venis inconspicuis; pedunculis teretibus, ca 1:5 cm. longis, plerumque 4-6 floris, pedicellis, teretibus 1 cm. longis ; calycis tubo ca. 1 cm. diametro, fere hemispherico; operculo crassissimo, hemispherico; antheris grandis fissuris parallelis late dehiscentibus; fructibus hemisphericis, ca. 1 cm. diametro, margine lato, leniter convexo, valvis distincte exsertis. A medium-sized tree, known as “ White Gum,” and carrying a thick bark covered with a white powder. Sapwood pale-coloured and thick, the timber interlocked, and rich reddish-brown in colour, drying, in the course of years, to a deep putplish-brown. Juvenile Teayes shortly petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate, about 6 cm. long by 3 cm. broad, of the same colour on both sides, the secondary veins moderately spreading, and tending to be parallel to each other. A vein more prominent than the other secondary veins, roughly following the outline of the leaf, but at a considerable distance from the margin, and giving the leaf a triplinerved appearance. Mature leaves shortly petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, slightly falcate, not large, usually about 10 or 11 cm. long, and up to 2 cm. broad, venation inconspicuous, the fine veins roughly parallel and making an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib, intramarginal vein. hardly removed from the edge. Peduneles axillary or lateral, terete, about 1-5 cm. long, bearing usually 4 to 6 moderately large flowers on terete pedicels up to 1 cm. long. Buds shiny. Calyx-tube nearly hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, with two slightly raised ridges separated by 180 degrees; tapering rather abruptly into the pedicel. Operculum very thick, hemispherical or terminating in a slight but sharp point when nearly Tipe. When less ripe, slightly broader than the calyx-tube, and without a point. Stamens about 9 mm. long, inflected in the bud, anthers large, opening widely in parallel slits. Gland long, faintly visible at the back. Filament at the base. The anthers belong to the Platyanthere group. Dise broadish, oblique, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, of which the obtusely conical centre protrudes slightly above the disc at the time of flowering. Fruit hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, the rim broad, slightly convex, the capsule not sunk, the valves conspicuously exsert. Type from Beenup, W.A. (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 465). Named in honour of Charles E. Lane-Poole, Conservator of Forests of Western “Australia, who collected this species, and who has done much to promote the study of this genus in his State. 118 RANGE. ~ It is confined to Western Australia, and, so far ay is known at present, to a strip of coast-land, more or less ascending the Darling Range, in the south-western portion of the State, on the Perth-Bunbury Railway Line, between Kelmscott 16, and Waroona, 70 miles south of Perth. “Very clean White Gum, Kelmscott, foot of Darling Range, 16 miles south of Perth.” (Dr. J. B. Cleland, No. 4.) Figured at fig. 4a and 4b, Plate 74, of the present work. “White Gum,” 40 feet high, 12 inches in diameter, near Beenup, 8.W. Railway, on the Perth to Bunbury road, 24 miles south of Perth (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 8, November, 1918, fruits only; No. 465, July, 1919, complete material). “ A White Gum, sandy scrub land, Serpentine River, W.A.” In Herb. Melb., and variously attributed by Mueller (on the label) to #. uncinata and to EF. micranthera.* It is a very old specimen, and is figured at fig. 8a, 8b, 8c of Plate 74 of the present work. This and the following three localities are practically identical. “ Salmon-white Gun or Powder Bark Wandoo. Height’ to about 40 feet, to 3 feet in diameter.’ Near Keysbrook (39 miles south of Perth), near the Belgobin School, on the Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, through C. K. Lane-Poole, under the same number, 8, as given to some Beenup specimens. ) Tree of 40 feet, 3 feet in diameter. Keysbrook, Perth-Bunbury road (Mr. Schock, per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. 1). “Salmon Gum or Powder-bark Wandoo,” half a mile south of Serpentine River on Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. 90.) Sent as ““ Wandoo,”’ Waroona, January, 1903 (Forester J. J. Fitzgerald). Waroona is 70-miles south of Perth, and I could only obtain buds. Referred to at p. 224, Part XVII of the present work. AFFINITIES. 1. With £. redunca Schauer. That officers of the Forest Department of Western Australia should, quite independently, in 1903 and 1918, speak of this as a Wandoo, shows that the general appearance of the tree, its bark and timber, must bear more than a_ superficial resemblance to the true Wandoo (EZ. redunca). But comparison of the figures 4 and 8, Plate 74 of this work, which partly depict #: Lane-Poolei, and Plate 140, which shows E. redunca, shows that the two species are botanically very dissimilar. * This is the specimen referred to at Part XX of the present work, bottom of page 308, under H. micranthera. There is, however, very little affinity between the two species, 119 2. With E. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. Mr. Schock, the Collector of the Forest Department of Western Australia, calls FE. Lane-Poolei “ Powder-bark Wandoo.” Both species are White Gurs, with white, powdery barks, and the timbers have some external resemblance. The sylvicultural conditions of the two trees require to be worked out. As to the use of the term “ Powder-bark,” Part XXXIV, p. 101, of this work may be referred to. If we turn to Plate 142 of the same Part, and compare it with figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74, which in part depict H. Lane-Poolei, it will be seen that the two species have no close botanical affinity. 3. With FE. Oldfield F.v.M. The affimty of this species is with 2. Oldfieldii, which included EF. Drummond Benth., a species which in Part XVII of this work I erroneously followed Mueller in suppressing. I have shown, in Part XLI, how these two species differ. The affinity of £. Lane-Poolei is with E. Drummondii rather than with £. Oldfieldii sensu strictu. E. Oldfieldii is a Malleewith fruits in threes, while 2. Lane-Poole? is a tree of considerable size, with fruits up to six in the head. The buds and leaves, both juvenile and mature, are very different. 4. With EF. Drummondii Benth. This species, of which but little is known in the field, is described from the York district as “a small tree of about 20 feet, with trunk and branches smooth, whitish- buff, with a few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark.” Additional field-notes are very desirable, but it would appear that H#. Lane-Poole? is a different tree, and a Powder-bark. Comparison, however, with figures 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of Plate 74 (2. Drummondii), together with a good specimen of the type of this species, is sufficient to show that it and L. Lane-Poolei (figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74) are sufficiently different. The leaves af L. Drummondii are commonly, perhaps preponderatingly, ovate-lanceolate, the buds more ovoid, with the opercula longer than the calyx-tube; the fruits are smaller, and very different. 5. With E, Campaspe S. le M. Moore. It is interesting to note a resemblance in the very thick, hemispherical operculum of L. Campaspe, but the anthers are different, and so are the fruits and other characters. But one so frequently receives, particularly from distant places, botanical specimens which are quite fragmentary, and a hint which may put one on one’s guard may be usetul. 6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. In its anthers it belongs tothe Platyanthers, which includes F. oleosa and its allies. ‘he species are, however, very different in many other respects, but endeavour will be made to discuss these relationships when the seedlings of all the species are brought into comparison. 120 DESCRIPTION. : CCOXLIX, EF. Ewartiana Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Ini, 111 (1919). FOLLOWING is the original description :— Frutex Mallee similis, 20’ altus, multis caulibus 3” diametro; cortice decidua peculiariter striatis ; foliis primariis crassiusculis, late ovato-lanceolatis vel fere orbicularibus, 7 cm. latis, 10 cm. longis; foliis maturis petiolatis, lanceolatis, 5-7-5 cm. longis, 1:5-2-25 cm. latis, petiolo 1-1-5 cm. longo, crassis, venis patentibus; pedunculis teretibus 2 cm. longis, 2-7 flores breve pedicellatos umbella gerentibus; alabastris clavatis, operculo hemispherico, ca. 8 mm. diametro, calycis tubo angustioribus; antheris, forma irregulare paralleliter aperientibus, filamentis brevibus; fructibus conoideo-globosis, ca. 12 mm. diametro, marge latissimo, truncato, conoideo; capsula non depressa, valvis leniter exsertis. Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. Somewhat Mallee-like in habit. The stems 3 inches in diameter, and the timber tough and pale. The bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving it a striped appearance, which, if not unique, is certainly rare in Eucalyptus. Wood hard, the centre deep reddish-brown. Juvenile leaves (described from Kunnunoppin, No. 146) with petiole of 1 cm., broadly ovate- lanceolate to nearly orbicular, 7 cm. broad by 10 cm. long, very thick, venation spreading. Mature leaves lanceolate, 5-7-5 cm., say, 2 to 3 inches long, and 1:5-2-25 cm., say three- quarters to | inch broad, with a petiole of half to three-quarters of an inch (say, 1-1-5 cm.) long. Dull yellowish-green on both sides, thick, venation spreading, the secondary veins not very prominent and meeting the midrib at about an angle of 45 degrees; the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. Peduneles terete, long (say, 2 cm.), each supporting an umbel of 2-7 flowers on short but distinct terete pedicels. Buds clavate, very yellow, with hemispherical operculum, about 8 mm. in diameter, and no mucro. The operculum less in diameter than the calyx-tube, and affording an excellent example of “‘ egg-in-ege-cup,” i.e., showing the place at the commissural rim of a deciduous additional operculum. Anthers most irregular in shape and opening in parallel slits. The gland sometimes seen on the top and sometimes at the base. The filament attached nearly half-way up at the back of the anther. Tt is included in the Macrantheree. Filaments very short, the stigmas not dilated. Dise forming a broad, conical, truncate band around the ovary, which becomes less truncate as the fruit develops. In its early stages it resembles a hat with a depressed crown. Fruits conoid-globose, about 12 mm. in diameter, the rim very broad, truncate-conoid, at length almost conical, the capsule not depressed, the valves slightly exsert. Named in honour of Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc., Professor of Botany and Vegetable Physiology in the University of Melbourne, well known for his researches on the Australian flora. Type, Pindar, W.A. (J.H.M., October, 1909). 121 RANGE. This is a species of dry country, mainly recorded, so far, from Western Australia, but, by the Elder Expedition, found first in South Australia and subsequently in the western State, WESTERN AUSTRALIA. “ Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet. Tough wood. Peculiar bark, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving a striped appearance. The indurated stems are 3 inches in diameter. Several clumps seen. Very yellow buds, with hemispherical operculum, and absolutely no mucro. Operculum, which is distinctly smaller than the - calyx, affording one of the best examples I remember of the “ egg-in-egg-cup ” bud. Leaves greenish-yellow, dull coloured. The material I have is figured at 11, Plate 74.” The above statement will be found at p. 225, Part XVII of the present work. (664 mile post, Pindar, Murchison Line, J.H.M., October, 1909.) “ Bark decorticating from 1 foot from the ground. Mallee, branching from the ground to a height of 15 feet and up to 6 inches in diameter. The bark at base grey, rough, decorticating in rolled up grey strips leaving the stem, which is red in colour, with a peculiar streaked appearance. On rubbing, the loose pieces of bark come off easily, leaving the steni more or less smooth.”” Near Government Tank, Westonia. This is 6 miles north of Carrabin, a railway station 195 miles east of Perth. (C. E. Lane-Poole, Nos. 220, 463.) Shrub 5-8 feet, several stems springing from base, 2-3 inches diameter, bark smooth above, inclined to be rough at base. Open flowers and young fruits. On iron stone gravel on high land. Best specimens always near the summit, Kunnunopp1 district. (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 144.) “ Shrubby Mallee, 8-10 feet. Sucker leaves, flowers, mature fruits, and bark. Found on ironstone ridge, Kunnunoppin district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 146). The bark precisely similar to that of the Pindar specimens, but the leaves of this specimen are broader than those of the type. “ Eucalyptus Oldfield, mountain form.” Mount Cooper, Cavenagh Range, R. Helms, 31st July, 1891. “ A dwarf state at 2,500 feet elevation.” This locality is in Western Australia, and the Camp No. 31, long. 128 degrees. SoutH AUSTRALIA, “ Bucalyptus Oldfield,” Elder Expl. Exped., R. Helms, 15 feet high, 12th June, 1891. The Expedition was then in the vicinity of Yeelunginna Hill in South Australia, say, in lat. 27° 20” S., long. 131° 70” E. 122 AFEINIAIES. 1. With £. Oldfieldii F.v.M. There has been great confusion between HL. Oldfieldii and E. Drummondii, and the present species, like H. Lane-Pooler, has been carved out of the aggregate. The-affinity of #. Lane-Pcolci inclines to E. Drummondit, and so does the present species in general characters, but both HL. Hwartiana and EL. Oldfieldii are dry- country Mallees. Mueller and Tate looked upon the Elder Expedition specimens as a mountain form of #. Oldfield. Both species have fruits with broad rims, though the sculpture is not the samein both. The frurts of #. Ewartiana are smaller, more numerous, have long peduncles, and are distinctly pedicellate. The operculum is very different to that of EL. Oldfieldiv; it is hemispherical, and shows a contraction with the calyx-tube which 1s not observable in #. Oldfieldiz. The two species also differ in other characters. 2. With E. Drummondii Beuth. Compare fig. 11, Plate 74 (#. Ewartiana), with figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of the same Plate (EZ. Drummondi). The buds of B. Drunvmendi are more oyoid than those. of E. Ewartiana; the former have much longer and slenderer pedicels. The shape of the fruit is different in the two species, that of 2. Drwmmondi having a more convex rim, with the tips of the valves more exsert. The mature leaves of HL. Drummondii are usually more or less ovate-lanceolate, a character not observed in those of E£. Hwartiana. The juvenile leaves of #. Ewartianu are remarkably coriaceous, and so broadly lanceolate as to be almost orbicular. 3. With E. Lane-Poolet Maiden. E. Lane-Poolei is a moderately large White Gum, found in coastal situations ;_ E, Ewartiana is a Mallee frequenting regions of low rainfall. The foliage of the former is thin, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate; that of the latter much broader and thicker, with the juvenile foliage remarkably coriaceous and so broad as to be almost orbicular, and considerably larger than that of B. Lane-Poolei. While the texture of the operculum of £. Hwartiana is thinnish, that of BE. Lane-Poolei is remarkably thick, while comparison of the figures on Plate 74, viz., 4 (EZ. Lane-Poolez) and 11 (BL. Ewartiana) shows that they are widely different. 4. With E. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. In the size, paleness and extreme coriaceousness, | know only one species whose juvenile leaves resemble those of L. Hwartiana, and that is EH. accedens. See fig. 8, Plate 141, of the present work. But im almost every other character the two species diverge. 123 DESCRIPTION: COL. FE. Bakeri Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 87 (1918). FoLLow1nG is the orginal description :— Frutex altus similis Mallee, vel arbor parva 30-50’ alta. Trunci cortex dura et squamosa. Ramuli . laeves. Lignum durum, grave, rubrum. Folia juvena obscuro-virentia, concoloria, linearo-lanceolata, vix acuminata, 9 cm. longa, 1 cm. lata, oleosa, indistincte venosa, penniveniis, vena peripherica a margine remota. Umbelle plerumque axillares, multiflore, saepe 10-13 flore. Operculum elongatum calycis tubo multo longiore, cujus diameter leniter latior est. Fructus diametro circiter 5 mm., truncato-spheroidel. Valvarum apices subulati, 2 mm. exserti. A large shrub or small, pendulous, Willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 feet, forming a single stem or stooling from the ground. Bark dark, box-like, or hard and scaly up to its branches, falling away in long flakes, rough at the butt, branches clean, bluish-green or pale-yellow to white right up to the tips. Wood hard and heavy, of a deep red when freshly cut, becoming browner with age, the grain of the timber fibrous, very tough, reputed to be an excellent timber for wheelwrights’ work. Juvenile leaves dull green on both sides, linear-lanceolate, hardly acuminate, about 6 or 7 cm. long, the venation not distinct, the intramarginal vein close to the edge, the lateral veins penniveined, plentifully besprinkled with oil-dots and the branchlets angular and glandular. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, petiolate, acuminate or with a hooked tip, bright-green, dull- shiny, richly covered with oil-dots, venation indistinct, the intramarginal vein distinct from the edge, the lateral veins penniveined. Average dimensions 9 by 1 cm. (If the species were gregarious, it would probably be found to be a valuable oil-yielding species.) Flowers.—Umbels mostly axillary and flowers numerous, often 10-13 in an umbel, which sometimes takes on a stellulate appearance. Operculum elongated, very much longer than the calyx-tube, which is of slightly increased diameter, and which tapers, somewhat abruptly, into the short Bene The common peduncle about 1 cm. Anthers small, renantheroid, but the two cells more united than in the Renanthere; spherical gland at top and back. Fruits.—Small, about 5 mm. in diameter, truncate-spheroid, the tips of the valves awl-shaped, and protruding 2 mm. from the orifice. Enclosing the valves, and torn by the tips of them as the fruit ripens is a thin, white membrane, which gives the rim and orifice a whitish appearance, and which, if present in all, is only obvious ina few species of this genus. This is a specially interesting species, rich in oil, which I name in honour of Mr. Richard Thomas Baker, who has done very valuable work in connection with this genus. 124 elie eG Te It extends from northern New South Wales to Central Queensland, so far as we know at present. i Following are specimens in the National Herbarium, ‘Sydney. I am satisfied that careful research will bring many new localities to light. New SoutH WALES. 1. “‘ Willowy Eucalypt,” Warialda, N.S.W. (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 3). 2. Ticketty Well, Wallangra (E. H. F. Swain, July, 1911. The type. J. L. Boorman, December, 1912). “ Tree-like Mallee,” 28 feet high and 5 inches in diameter, wood brown, bark grey up to 6 feet, then yellowish. Ticketty Well, locality of type. (Forest Guard A. Julius, Nos. 17 and 19). The leaves of these specimens are broader than those-of the type (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 68, 1919): QUEENSLAND. 3. “Small bush, grows up to 10 feet high, grows very thickly on the poorest soil, where there is no Ironbark cover.” Warwick (Forester W. E. Moore, through C. T. White). 4. Near Jericho (J. L. Boorman). It is a Mallee, and it would appear that Mallee is rare in the northern State. It grows in masses on red, stony ridges around the black soil of the flats, up to 10 feet high as seen. Gidgee (Acacia Cambagei R. T. Baker) and Gastrolobium grandiflorum_¥.v.M. grow in the immediate neighbourhood, (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. xlvu, 285, 1913, as EH. oleosa.) AFFINITIES. It is a remarkable, narrow-leaved species, with narrow juvenile foliage, buds with long opercula of less diameter than the calyx-tube, and small fruits with well exserted awl-like tips to the capsules. It is not easy to indicate its closest affinity, showing that it 1s a strong species. ; 1. With E. uneinata Turez. It would appear to have affinity to #. wncinata Turez., but Mr. Boorman, an experienced collector, is emphatic that the two species are very different in habit. E. Bakeri is a tree of 50 feet and even more, reminding one-of a Willow; indeed, it was first sent in as “ Willowy Eucalypt.”’ The foliage is narrow, and somewhat dull in appearance; the anthers are very similar, but not identical, while there is no kink in the filament in the stamens of 2. Bakert. (Original description. ) 125 For EF. uncinata turn to Plate 62, Part XIV. H. Bakeri has narrower leaves (as a very general rule), and narrower juvenile leaves; the anthers are different, though not widely so. The buds of the two species sufficiently resemble each other to necessitate caution, but the fruits are different. 2. With E. viridis R. T. Baker. Drawings of E. viridis (under E. acacioides A. Cunn.) may be seen at figs. 9-12, Plate 52, Part XI of this work, and a larger drawing at Plate 180 Part XLVIII of my “Forest Flora of New South Wales.” The latter has fruits with thin rims and non-exsert valves. 3. With E. salmonophloia F.v.M. - Its fruits remind one of those of the Western Australian 1. salmonophloia F.v.M.., but those of the latter species are smaller, more shiny, have thinner and more marked pedicels. (Original description. ) For E. salmonophloia see Part XVII, Plate 73. It may be added that the latter is a large timber tree, with smooth bark, and different anthers. 4. With FE. Seeana Maiden. i. Seeana Maiden is another species with small fruits (which are, however, domed), and a long operculum (more tapering into the calyx-tube in FE. Seeana), leaves different, and the bark of H. Seeana is smooth. (Original description.) For 2. Seeana see Part XXXII, Plate 132. 5. With FE. redunca Schauer. E. redunca Schauer var. angustifolia Benth., is another narrow-leaved, long operculumed form. It is from south-western Australia, and has no close affinity to the present species. Other narrow-leaved species are EL. angustissima F.v.M. and EH. apiculata Baker and Smith, but they have no special affinity to this species. (Original description. ) For E. redunca var. angustifolia see Part XXXIV, Plate 140. 6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. E. oleosa ¥.v.M. bears an obvious resemblance as far as the fruits are concerned, but those of the new species are smaller, and’in leaves and in most other respects the affinities are not obvious. (Original description.) It is amusing that, nevertheless, I should have first recorded the Jericho specimen as FE. oleosa. For E. oleosa see Part XV, Plate 65. The latter species has, however, broad juvenile foliage. 126 DESCRIPTION. CCLI. EF. Jacksoni Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 219 (1913). FOLLOWING is the original description :— Arbor magnifica sylve, altitudinem 200’ attinens, et 15’ diametro. ‘‘ Red Tingle Tingle ” vocata. Cortex “ Stringybark ” similis sed fragiliuscula. Lignum rubrum, durum. Folia juvenilia fere orbicularia vel lato-lanceolata. Folia matura petiolata, lato-lanceolata, acuminata, p!eraque 9 cm. longa, 3-4 cm. lata. Venz visibiles, non conspicue. Alabastros floresque non vidi. Fructus fere spheerici, plerique 8 mm. ad 1 cm. diametro. “Orificium parvum, 3 mm. diametro. YValvarum apices sub orificio valde depressi. A noble forest tree up to 200 feet high, erect in habit, with a long trunk, which attains a diameter of 15 feet (measured at 4 feet from the ground). Another measured tree was 7 feet 6 inches in diameter and 80 feet high (Mr. Saw): It reached a height of quite 200 feet; one tree measured was 45 feet round the base, 38 feet round 6 feet from the ground, and about 50 feet to the first branch (Mr. Brockman). Known locally as “ Red Tingle Tingle.” Bark fibrous, reddish, thick, of a stringybark character, but somewhat brittle, covering the trunk - and branches. ‘ Timber bright red, reminding one, in that respect, of the Forest Mahogany of New South Wales (E. resinifera Sm.). It is fissile and tough, and I believe it to be a most valuable timber for economic purposes. Juvenile leayes.—Nearly orbicular to broadly lanceolate, somewhat oblique, paler on the under side, not specially thin, venation distinct but fine, lateral veins nearly parallel, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. Oil-dots abundant. Average dimensions about | dm. long by 6 to 8 cm. wide. Mature leaves.—Equally green on both sides, petiolate, broadly lanceolate, acuminate, slightly curved, slightly inequilateral, veins obvious, but not very conspicuous, lateral veins parallel, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge, well besprinkled with fine oil-dots, and apparently moderately rich in oil. Average size of leaves 9 by 3 to 4 cm. Buds and flowers not seen. Fruits.—Almost spherical, with an average diameter of 8 mm. to 1 cm., with a small orifice, of say, 3 mm. in diameter. Tips of valves well sunk below the orifice. [Since the above was written I have received half-grown buds, as figured, fig. 7, Plate 183. They may be described as clavate, four or five in the head (as seen in very few specimens) with rather long peduncles and with distinct pedicels, tapering gradually into the calyx-tube. Operculum hemi-ellipsoid, about half the length of the calyx-tube. | 127 RANGE. So far as we know, this species is confined to South-western Australia. Deep River, Nornalup Inlet, Bow River, Irwin’s Inlet, South-west Australia. (The type collected by Sidney Wm. Jackson.) Found also on the hills along the Frankland River, where it predominates and extends about 10 miles up. (Inspecting ‘Ranger H. 8. Brockman, to the Inspector-General of Forests, W. A.) As opportunities occur, no doubt the range of this species, and also the Yellow Tingle Tingle (£. Guilfoylez) will be carefully defined, as they yield valuable timbers. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. Guilfoylei Maiden. Although there are precedents, | hesitate to describe a species in absence of mflorescence, and without this, the description must be incomplete. But I have no doubt as to the validity of the species. It is closely allied to the Yellow Tingle Tingle (EL. Guilfoylei Maiden, Journ W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., 111, 180; see also Part XX of the present work), the wood of which is pale, of a yellow colour and heavy, that of the present species being red, and lighter in weight. The Red Tingle Tingle is a much larger and thicker tree than the Yellow Tingle Tingle, the latter having been observed only up to 5 feet in diameter. As regards the adult leaves, those of #. Guilfoylec are always symmetrical, or nearly so: those of EF. Jacksoni are more or less oblique, shorter, and broader. The oil-dots in #. Guiljoylei are a greater distance apart than in the case of the new species, over the leaves of which they are evenly and abundantly diffused, while the secondary veins are further apait and ramify more in the case of the leaves of E. Guilfoylev. (Original description.) 2. With FE. patens Benth. Mr. H. 8. Brockman says that “in general appearance the trees resemble very much the Blackbutt ” (H. patens). Reterence may be made to the original description of H. Guilfoyle:, where there are some comparative references to H. patens. 128 DESCRIPTION. CCLII. FE. eremophila Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., liv. 71 (1920). FoLiLowiNne is the original description :— Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus angusto-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis, pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo oblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; operculo cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies equilongo, diametro distincte minore; filamentis antherisque cornutis similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphericis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini aequante, fructu truncato. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. Branchlets glaucescent. Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available, in the earliest stage, but probably narrow. Those of the seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. Mature leayes linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary veins fine but rather distant, and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, not feather-veined. Peduneles elongate, flattened; pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long. Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to 5 times as long as the calyx-tube, and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and with anthers as in the Cornute. Fruits cylindroid to spherical; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit, when not fully ripe, a characteristically truncate, flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes rounded and somewhat contracted. SYNONYM. ian FE. occidentalis Endlicher, var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv, 442, 1905. See also Part XXXVI, p. 147, of the present work. Figured at Plate 149, figures 7-11. The relations of #. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXYI, p. 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to E. eremophila remain a matter for further consideration. 129 RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present, but it is quite possible that it may occur in western South Australia. This is a dry country form, and its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo, on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and back again to the vicinity of the Great Southern Railway. It probably has a very extensive range in country of low rainfall. “Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5,237). Coolgardie, or rather, Boorabbin (E. Pmitzel, No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). The type comes frem Coolgardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit. p. 148. AFFINITIES. It is-a member of the Cornute. 1, With E. occidentalis Endl. It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliage, that of H. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil- dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The fruit of EH. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of EL. eremophila is cylindroid or inclining to hemispherical. 2. With E. platypus Hook. Here | invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities | have brought forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work. la. b ise) 6a. 130 Explanation of Plates (180-183). PLATE 180. E. perfoliata R. Br. . Pair of young connate leaves; 1b, fruit with a very short stalk. Roe’s River, York Sound, North- west Australia. (Allar Cunningham, No. 238. September, 1820.) . Portion of leaf, not in the perfoliate state; 2b, flowers; 2c, anthers. “ North-west Coast, Australia ” (Surgeon Bynoe). (Nos. 1 and 2 were drawn by Miss M. Smith, of Kew, from original specimens in the Kew Herbarium). 3a. Pair of leaves, still in the “juvenile ” stage, and yet the plant is bearing flower-buds; 30, sessile fruit. Lennard River, Kimberleys (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333.) Fruit, more urceolate than the type. King’s Sound, North-west Australia (W. W. Froggatt, 1886). Buds. Mt. Anderson and Grant Range, Kimberleys. (W. V. Fitzgerald, August, 1906). The fruits of this specimen are similar to 3b, but with rather smaller orifice. PLATE 181. E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. (See also Plate 182.) Juvenile leaf (as young as I have seen); 18, fruit, the ribs not winged and the fruit more globular than in the type. In swamps, Northern Territory, north of 15° (W. S. Campbell). , Intermediate leaf; 2b, bud, with ribs; 2c, buds and flowers, the ribs almost winged; 2d, front and back views of anthers. Hight Mile Spring on to Tamburini, Northern Territory (G. F. Hill, No. 809). 3 Fruit; Bathurst Island, Northern Territory (G. F. Hill, No. 469). PLATE 182. E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. (See also Plate 181.) Buds and flower, with long peduncle, long pedicels, and long filaments. Pine Creek, Northern Territory (C. E. F. Allen, No. 116.) . Mature leaf; 2b, bud; 2c, fruits. Woollybutt Creek, near Phillips Range, North West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 950.) E. similis Maiden. . Juvenile leaf; 3b, mature leaf; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back view of anthers; 3e, fruits. Desert country, west of Emerald, Queenslund (G. H. Carr). The type. Fruits. Alice, 328 miles west of Rockhampton, Queensland (W. Pagan, through C. T. White). EB. livata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. . Mature leaf; 5b, fruits. Summit of Bold Bluff, Kimberleys, North West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 843). The type. E. Baileyana (Maiden) F.v.M. ‘(See my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XX XV, p.71, Plate 132, where it,will be seen that I have amended Mueller’s original description and figure of the species.) Two juvenile leaves, bearing stellate hairs; 6b, mature leaf; 6c, buds; 6d, front and back views of anther; 6e, calyx-tube; 6/, fruits. Eight Mile Plains, Brisbane, Queensland (A. Williams). The locality is that of the type, and the drawings are taken from the “ Forest Flora ” plate already quoted. 131 PLATE. 183. E. Lane-Poolei Maiden. Ig. Mature leaf; 1b, buds; Ic, front and back view of anther. Beenup, Perth to Bunbury Railway Line ' (C. E. Lane-Poole), The type. (This species was formerly figured as L. Oldfieldii F.v.M. in figures 4 and 8, Plate 74, Part XVII of the present work.) = B. Ewartiana Maiden., 2. Fruits (larger than the type), Camp 4, vicinity of Yeelunginna Hill, say, in lat 27, 208., long. 131, 70 E., South Australia. Elder Exploring Expedition (recorded by Mueller and Tate as EH. Oldfieldit). (R. Helms, 12th June, 1891.) 3¢. Juvenile leaf; 30, anther, three views. Pindar, W.A. (J.H.M.). (This species was formerly figured as | A. Oldfield var. Drummond in figure 11, Plate 74, Part UE of the present work.) E. Bakeri Maiden. 4a. Juvenile leaves (the oil-glands as prominent as those of EZ. approximans Maiden, see Plate 179, Part XLII); 46, anther; 4c, twig, bearing mature leaves and fruits. Ticketty Well, between the Gwydir and McIntyre Rivers, northern New South Wales (H. H. F. Swain, No. 42). The type. 5a. Broader, shorter leaf, from a fruiting twig; 5b, buds, seven in the head. Jericho, Queensland (J. L. Boorman.) E. Jacksom Maiden. 6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, juvenile leaf, a stage more advanced; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, fruits. Deep River, Nornalup Inlet, South West Australia (Sid. W. Jackson). The type. 7. Twig with mature leaves and immature buds. Two miles fromthe Franklin River, on the Denmark. road, South West Australia (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 114). 180. PE Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M. Floekfon.del.et lith. EUCALYPTUS PERFOLIATA R.Br. ee RY hfe Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS, ir ae Aoets, mri confaaishs tn marewctoub {esa Mati owal Pm) cee M-Ftockron.del ef fith. EUCALYPTUS PTYCHOCARPA F.v.M. [See also Plate 182.] PL. 182. CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. deferlith. M-Fiockfon ] V. FITZGERALD) MAIDEN. (5) [See also Plate 181 » 2) (J M EUCALYPTUS PTYCHOCARPA F.v E. SIMILIS Marpen. (3,4) E. LIRATA (W EE. BAILEYANA’ F.v.M. (6) CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS Pimdoe: M.Flockton.del- ef liFh- EUCALYPTUS LANE-POOLEI MaIpEn. (1) [See also Figs. 4 and 8, Plate 74.] E. EWARTIANA MalIpen. (2,3) [See also Fig. 11, Plate 74.] E. BAKERI Matpen. (4, 5) E. JACKSONI MaIpen. (6, 7) _ The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn. (xlviii). mellvodora A. Cunn, (ix). acmenwoides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). affints Deane and Maiden (lvi). macrotheca F.v.M. (li). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). ~ numerosa Maiden (xvii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). Baueriana Schauer (Ivii). ochrophlova F.v.M. (1). Bauervana Schauer var. coniea Maiden (Iviii). odorata Behr. and Schlechtendal (xii), Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). breolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). Boormani Deane and Maiden {xlv). puularis Sm. (xxxi). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperita Sm. (xxxiil). Caleyi Maiden (lv). Pianchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). capitellaia Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). conica Deane and Maiden (lviii). popultfolia Hook. (xlvii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (Ixi), coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). crebra F.v.M. (li). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). 7 resinifera Sm. (iii). dives Schauer (xix), _ rostrata Schlecht. (Ixii). dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (Lxii). eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). Jruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). globulus L? Her. (Ixvii). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). gontocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). hemastoma Sm. (xxxvii). tereticornis Sm. (x1). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). tessellaris F.v.M. (Ixvi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). LIuehmanniana ¥F.v.M. (xxvi) (=E. eirgata). viminalis Labill (lxiv). macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). melanophlora F.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to, Price Is. per part (10s. per 12 parts); each part containing 4 plates and other illustrations. Sydney: Willies Applegate Gullick, Government Printes.—1026 a5 oe He alyp ptus maerocarpa Hook. ‘ucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. ucalyptus. megacarpa F.v.M. 98. Hucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. - Eucalypius Maideni F.v.M. . Zucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913 | . Bucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 102. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. «108. Eucalyptus elwophora F.v.M. _ 104. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. — 105. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1914 ) . Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 107. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 108. Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 109. Eucalyptus Guilfoylec Maiden. 110. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. . Eucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 112. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) . Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 114. Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 115. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 116. Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) . Lucalyplus erythronema Turcz. . Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 119. Eucalyptus pallidifolia ¥.v.M. 120. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 121. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. +122. Eucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. _. 123. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. (124. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) —125. Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 126. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 127. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. : Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) IV- . Eucalyptus Deane Maiden. ——-:129. Eucalyptus Dunnii Maiden. s 130. Kucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 131. Euedlyptus Banksit. Maiden. 132. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. - Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) —133. Hucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. _ 134. Hucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. +135. Eucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. - 136. Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. — — Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 1916. . Eucalyptus Perrmiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Gunnii Hook. f. - Lucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) . Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus pracoz Maiden. hg ovata Labill. Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. lates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) _ . XXIX—149, "Part XXVIII—145. Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 146. Bucdlyptus Muelleri T. B. Moore. 147, Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden. 148. Hucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) Eucalyptus Baeuerleni F.v.M. 150. Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 152. Hucalyptus propinqua Deane and Maiden. 153. Eucalyptus punctaia DC. 154. Hucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) — XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 156. Hucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) XXXI—158. Lucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 159. Hucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) - XXXIL[-—161. Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 162. Hucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 163. Hucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 164. Hucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 165. Hucalypius dealbata A, Cunn. 166. Eucalyptus Morrisii R. T. Baker. - 167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917.) XXXIII—168. Hucalypius rostrata Schlechtendal. 169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 170. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 171. EHucalyptus pachyloma Benth. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) XXXIV—-172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 174, Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 175. Eucalyptus Webstertana Maiden. Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) XXXV--176. Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 179. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 180. Eucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. 181. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) XXXVI—182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 184. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 186. Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. 187. Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. 188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) XXXVI 189. Eucalyptus elavigera A. Cunn. 190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 192. Bucalyptus papuana F.v.M. Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) VinI—193. ; 194. 195. 196. AGG 202. 203. Plates 156-159. XXXIX—204. 205. 206. Pert. 207. is 208. 209. 210. ort. lap) 212. 28. 213. 214. 215. XL—216. 217. 218. 219. 220. 221. - 222. Plates 164-167. 198. 199. 200. o: 201. Winalbabis tessellaris Fv.M. Eucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. Eucalyptus Moore: Maiden and Cambage. Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. Eucalyptus amygdalina: Labill. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. (Issued July, 1919. ) Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. Eucalyptus intermedia R: T. Baker. Eucalyptus patellaris F.vy.M. Eucalyptus celastroides Turezaninow. Eucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. Eucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden.. Eucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. Eucalyptus oleosa B.v.M. Eucalyptus Flocktonie Maiden. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. Plates 160-163. (Issued February, 1920.) Eucalyptus terminalis F.y.M. Bucalyptus dichromophloia F.y.M. Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus ligustrina DC, Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. Eucalyptus grandis (Fill) Maiden. (Issued March, 1920.) Part XLI-223. 2 A DOA, 86. XLII. 227. Eucalyptus Drummondii Be Bucalyptus lati ee ci Huestis Poelschea 114, Eucalyptus Poe Turezani variety Kingsmilli Maiden. 92. Hucalyptus Oldfieldii F.v.M. A ii ee) Ice Biccatynnis exumiutt Schauer 229. Ei calyptus pellata a . Bucolyptus Fv. 231. Ei calyptus Hue.liptus: pe : 233. Eucclyptus Kruse.na F.y.M, . Eucalyptus Dawsoit R. T. Bake: 62. Bucalijptus polyarthemos Schan T. 64. Eucalypt..s Bayeriana Schauer. — 235. Eucalyptus conica Deane and M: 70. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer, Plates, 172-175. (Issned Ju (Issued Augus —236. Eucalyp'vs ficifolia F.v.M. — 237. Bucclyupts ¢dephylle R.Br. 233. Bucclypus hamatceylon Marde 239. Eucalyptus maculata Hook. me 240. Eucalyjtus Mooreana Ov Ve E Maden. 241. Bucilyptus apprceim ms Ma 242. Buc ilypius Stowsrdi Ma‘den. Plates, 176=179,-— (issued Nove mb 3-H. MAIDEN, 150, FRs, FLS 2 é ee Government Botanist of New aeuthi Wales and Director of He Botanic Gardens, echo) Vou Vi Papr 5 = Par T XLV source ton (WITH FOUR PLATES.) PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. ao a Published by Authority of ; : THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE QF NEW SOUTH WALES. : 2 < : Subuey : Be a WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRI | ; pee 1924. 2: vI—9. ee): ll. — *VII—12. eae 13. A: 2716. 16. VINt—17. ; cig Woks 44 Pia. 46. and vat. | Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., _ Muelleriana Maiden. se Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Heéritier. Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) . Eucalyptus calycogona Turczaninow. Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) . Eucalyptus inerassata Labillardiére. . Eucaluptus fecunda Schauer. Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. . Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. (Issued November, 1904.) Plates, 25-28. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. Eucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. _ Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) Eucalyptus regnans ¥.v.M. ‘Eucalyptus wtelina Naudin, and Eucalyptus vitrea R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. Eucdyptus Andrewsi Maiden. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) Eucdyptus capitellata Sm. Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. . Eucalyptus marginata Sm. . Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. . Eucalyptus sepuleralis F.v.M. Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) . Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. Eucalyptus acmeniovdes Schauer. , Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. . Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. . Eucalyptus Luehmanniana ¥.-v. Mueller. . Eucalyptus Planchoniana ¥.v.M. Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) . Eucalyptus piperita Sm. . Eucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. . Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. . Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden, . Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) . Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 44. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. (a). An Ironbark Box. Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. XIITI-—60. XVII_89. : Eucalyptus Raveretiana Fv.M. . Lucalyptus crebra B.v.M. . Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. . Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. . Eucalyptus Smithi R. T. Baker. _ . Eucalyptus sideroxylon A- Cunn. . Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. . Hucalyptus Caleyx Maiden. . Eucalyptus paniculata Sim. . Eucalyptus Rudder: Maiden. : . Eucalyptus Bauervana Schauer. — . Lucalyptus cneorifolia DC. . Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. . Eucdypius uncinata Turezaninow. . Eucalyptus decipiens Eudl. . Hucalyptus concolor Schauer. . Eucalyptus Cléexiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. . Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Gollai Maiden. . Eucalyptus falcata Turez. ‘ . Eucalyptus Le Souefia Maiden. . Eucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. : . Eucalyptus decurva F.v.M. 3 . Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. . is . Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann, . Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. . Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. . Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. . Eucalyptus grossa B.v.M. 2 . Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. — . Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. — - Plates, 49-52. Eucalyptus Stagervana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Naudinvana F.v.M. Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, Bucalyptus afinis Deane and Maiden. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 191 Plates, 61-64. (Issued Mareh, 191 Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 191 Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M., var Maiden. - Plates, 69-72. (Issued Sep Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. 90. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 91. Eucalyptus squamosa De and 1} 92. sch 93 Pm GRricAl REVISION OF THE GENUS PUCALVeTUS BY (Ho MAIDEN Tso, mks, PLS. (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens. Sydney). Vor Wie trae) 5: Rat XLV of the Complete Work (WITH FOUR PLATES.) ** Ages are spent in collecting matcrials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” : Macautay’s “Essay on MILTon.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,: SvNNeD : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *14657—-A 1921. ae CCLIT. Eucalyptus erythrocorys ¥.v.M. Description The colour scheme in the inflorescence . The bundles of stamens in the Eudesmieze Range on Affinities. Table contrasting all the species CCLIV. Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.v.M. Description Range 5 : : ° Affinities . “4 : 6 : : : 3 : 5 CCLV. Eucalyptus odontocarpa F.v.M. Description ~. 5 . zs < 5 ° 5 0 Range Affinities XVII, Eucalyptus capitellata Smith. Description and Illustrations Range CCLVI. Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. Description Range Affinity 139 149 142 144 144 145 146 147 148 148 149 CCLVII. Eucalyptus Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. Description and Illustrations Range A New England Stringybark . Affinities (incidentally) PAGE. 150 150 152 155 CCLVIIT. Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. Description A é : : é ; é é Range Affinity Explanation of Plates (184-187) 156 157 157 159 DESCRIPTION. CCLUIT. E. erythrocorys FvM. In Fragm. 11, 33 (1860.). FoLLow1ne is a translation of the original description :— Shrubby, leaves opposite, thickly coriaceous, long and narrowly lanceolate. somewhat falcate or slightly curved, imperforate, densely and spreadingly penniveined, with long petioles, the intramarginal vein somewhat distant from the edge; the peduncles thick, compressed, generally three-flowered, the calyxes large and sub-sessile, calyx-tube obpyramidate-tetragonous, plicate-costate, at the angles with a short apiculate tooth, several times longer than the scarlet operculum, depressed at the vertex, quadri- costate at the angles, swollen and wrinkled, fruits very large, very broadly campanulate, the top convex, deeply marked in front of the very rounded indentations of the margin, and broadly surrounding the orifice of the four-celled capsule; the valves red, converging, sunk below the vertex of the fruit. seeds winged. At the Murchison River and toward Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains. A shrub 8-10 feet high, called “ Illyarie’’ by the natives, by whom it is named on account of its ornamental character. Branches somewhat terete. Branchlets compressed-tetragonous. sturdy. Leaves of the same colour on both sides, shining, 34 to 7 inches long, under 2 to 1 inch broad, slightly pointed at the base and very much-so at the apex; veins prominent. Peduncles about 1 inch long. Buds about 1 inch long or slightly shorter, contracted towards the base. Calyx tube dark green, bicostate on each side, from whence it is somewhat plicate. Operculum twice as broad as deep, cinnabar-red from the observation of the finder, preserving the red colour remarkably when dried, sometimes with and sometimes without a small umbo. Filaments innumerable, the csllector has observed them to be purple, in dry specimens in a young state they were yellowish-green and half an inch shorter. Limbs four, confluent; the- peduncles very thick, semi-orbicular, corresponding with the sides of the calyx-tube. Anthers sub-ovate, bearing a conspicuous gland at the back of the apex. Pollen golden. Fruits about 13 inch long and broad, twelve-ribbed, ribs confluent in threes at the apex: flat top of the width of the orifice, undulate, smooth; vertex of the capsule itself somewhat smooth, valves acuminate whencontracted. Seeds 13 to 23 lines long, some are sterile and angular-clavate, others half renate or half-round or deltoid, always smooth; I have not seen ones bearing the embryo. One of the most magnificent species of the genus; it now seems to have been known to Drummond (compare Hooker, Kew Misc., v, 121). I have hardly seen the flowers well opened; if the stamens, on the observation of Drummond, are collected in bundles of four, then the species should be added to the Eudesmice. Drummond's earlier account is as follows :— “ A square-capsuled opposite-leaved Eucalyptus, not yet seen in flower, grows among the hills near Dundarangan; and a beautiful yellow-flowered Eucalyptus grows on the limestone hills to the west of the Valley of the Lakes; it grows to a tree from 20 to 30 feet high, the leaves resemble those of the Red Gum (E. calophylla), they are hispid on the young shoots, glabrous on the flowering branches, they are always opposite in vigorous growth, sometimes alternate on old stunted trees;. the cups are of a bright scarlet colour, and have a verrucose appearance; when the capsule expands in a quadrangular form, the angles carry with them the stamens in four divisions; the seed-vessels are nearly as large as those of the Red Gum. The scarlet cups, fine yellow flowers, and opposite shining leaves of this tree make it one of the finest species of the genus.” James Drummond in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, vol. 5, p. 121, 1853. From Bentham we learn that this description applies to Drummond's 6th Coll. No. 70, fragments of which I have figured at figs. la and 1b, Plate 184. Bentham (B.FI. i, 258) re-described the species in the following words :— A shrub of 8 to 10 (Oldfield) or a tree of 20 to 30 feet (Drummond). Leaves mostly opposite or nearly 30, or the upper ones alternate, all petiolate, long-lanceolate or broadly linear, often above 6. inches: long, 134 rigid, but with the oblique rather irregular veins conspicuous on both sides, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduncles axillary or lateral, very thick, flat and broad, } to 1 inch thick, flattened pedicels. Calyx-tube turbinate, very thick, irregularly ribbed, 4 to ¢ inch long, and nearly # inch diameter at the top. with four more or less prominent angles, terminating in exceedingly short, obtuse, scarcely prominent teeth. Operculum red, thick and fleshy, depressed and flat-topped, broader and shorter than the calyx- tube, obtusely square or almost four-lobed, divided into four quarters by raised ribs, forming a cross on the top, each quarter transversely wrinkled, with a raised rib along the centre, opposite to the calyx-teeth. Stamens very numerous, inflected, forming four bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth, the claw or entire part very short and broad, or four clusters if the claw be considered as a mere dilatation or lobe of the margin of the staminal disk. Ovary much depressed, flat-topped. Frwit nearly hemispherical, ribbed, 1 to 14 inch diameter, the margin of the calyx horizontally dilated, the disk very broad and obtusely prominent, giving it the shape of an old-fashioned hat. the capsule depressed in the centre, the valves not raised. Mueller redescribed it, with a figure, in his ““ Eucalyptographia.” In that work he repeats that the filaments are sometimes purplish, thus adding it to the number of species with filaments of more than one colour. “ To the description should be added :—Juvenile leaves broader than the adult, margin very smooth, broadish and both sides and the branchlets stellato-scabrous. “ This species is often shrubby, but sometimes a tree of 10 metres, in caleareous coast-lands, it seems to be restricted to the Irwin district. Mueller’s Eucalyptographia’ plate unsatisfactory.’ (Diels and Pritzel, Engler’s Jahrb. xxxv. 444, 1905.) The authors do not say in what respects Mueller’s plate is unsatisfactory— perhaps in the absence of juvenile leaves which were, however, sent by Drummond, although apparently Bentham and Mueller did not see them. Probably they refer to the reduced scale of the drawing, which is thus calculated to mislead, and the plan ‘of the flower, at figure 2, which does not show the stamens in bundles. Following is the history of two out of several plants in the Botartic Gardens, Sydney, raised from Mr. W. D. Campbell’s seed. We find it requires a sheltered situation to do well. Sown 10th October, 1913, seedlings drawn in various stages, planted out 11th May, 1914, flowered 12th April, 1917. (a) 12 feet high and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from the ground (23/4/17). 19 feet 5 inches high, and 13 ft. 6 in. in girth (15/10/20). (b) 16 feet high, and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from ground (23/4/17). 20 ft. 3 in. high, and 104 inches in girth (15/10/20). The following description is taken from fresh material from the above two small trees :— Stems white, smooth. ‘lhe mature leaves opposite, and the branchlets decussate. The inflorescence displays the most charming colour-scheme of any Eucalypt known to me. The axes or branchlets bearing the inflorescence are of a dull purple lake (see Dauthenay, Plate 170, shades 2-4). The long, flattened peduncles are moss-green (see Dauthenay, Plate 272, shades 1 and 2). The buds are handsome because of the large, fleshy, biretta-like opercula, of an old carmine red (see Dauthenay, Plate 107, shades 1 and 2), which contrast well with the rich, grass-green ribbed calyx-tubes (Dauthenay, Plate 273, shades 2-4). The inside of the large operculum is smooth and white, and the outside has four raised, cruciform ridges, the general surface being more or less rugose. The falling of the operculum is succeeded by the protrusion _ of filaments, at first greenish-yellow (primrose-yellow), and afterwards lemon or golden-yellow (see Dauthenay, Plate 16, shades 2 and 3). The staminal dise or ring being broad and white, it effectively contrasts the colours of the calyx-tube and filaments. See also p. 135, for a further acceunt of the stamens and staminal rivg. ee 135 The stigma is punctate and green, thus contrasting with the stamens. The top of the expanded flower shows a rim or hub round the base of the stigma (top of the ovary) and radiating from it, in the direction of the greatest widths of the staminal rings (greatest lengths of stamens) are four equidistant tibsor spoke-shaped processes whichenclose four shallow troughs which are filled with honey and are therefore nectaries. The inflorescence is alike bizarre and beautiful; the plant is most charming. Fresh fruits sent to me from spontaneous trees by Mr. Campbell were up to 2} by 24 inches (therefore, much larger than those of the type), with sessile or rudimentary flattened pedicels. Bundling or Tuftiness of the Stamens. Robert Brown included “Stamens in four polyandrous bundles, alternating with the teeth of the calyx, connate at the base” as a character in his definition of Eudesmia as a genus distinct from Hucalyptus. He dropped the genus as untenable, later on, but Bentham (B.Fl. ii, 258) preserved the name to indicate a sub-series (IX) of Eucalyptus, which he called Kudesmieze. His definition of the sub-series includes “Stamens sometimes (my italics) very shortly united in four clusters, alternating with the calyx-teeth.” The matter of grouping will be dealt with subsequently, at the proper place, but Miss Flockton has produced such an excellent figure (fig. 29, Plate 184), of the bundling or apparent bundling of the stamens in a large-flowered species such as E. erythrocorys that a few remarks may be offered at this place. In the Hudesmiez we have (so far as the material at our disposal permits us to judge) various degrees of bundling (compare fig. 3c, Plate 185, for another example, LH. tetrodonta). EE. tetragona and EL. eudesmioides: will follow in the next part. In E. erythrocorys, the white staminal rmg (which is ultimately deciduous) is undulate on both margins, becoming wider at the crests or tops of each undulation, of which there are four, and becoming narrowest in each trough. An effect of the narrowness of the staminal ring at the four troughs is that there is a diminution of the number of stamens, since there is less room for them, and thus an appearance of tuftiness or bundling is caused. As a matter of fact there is not, at all events, at the period of the fall of the operculum, any complete break in the continuity of the stamens, though, as the flower develops, there is some deciduousness where the trough is deepest. If therefore the use of the word “ bundle” or “ tuft’? means a complete break in the continuity of the stamens, it is incorrect, but there certamly is an appearance of bundling. Further, there is variation in the lengths of the filaments, the longest emerging from the crests of each undulation and the shortest at the troughs. This character increases the appearance of tuftiness of the stamens. It may be convenient at this place to contrast the stamens of five species of Eudesmiez where I have adequate stamen-material. The material of the other species Is not so ‘satisfactory. B. crythrocorys (see Plate 184, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles, usually quite round the undulating staminal ring, but there are not so many in the trough, nor so long as those on the crest. The outer row expands last, in the following species the inner row expands last. 136 E. tetrodonta (see Plate 185, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles. but are disposed round the staminal ring , which is not undulate in this case. E. tetragona (see Plates 188, 189, Part XLVI). The stamens are in four bundles on an undulating staminal ring, with a distinct gap between the four clumps. This _ species is especially interesting because it is that on which the genus Hudesmia was founded. E. eudesmioides (see Plate 189, Part XLVI). The stamens are in four bundles on an undulating shallow staminal ring. There is a gap without stamens between each pair of bundles. As regards E. tetragona and E. eudesmiordes, the stamens appear to have thinned out or disappeared where the staminal ring becomes narrowest at the troughs. Speaking generally, as regards the Kudesmiez, whether the ring is of varying thickness or not, the stamens appear to thin out at four parts of the periphery. E. Baileyana (see Plate 182, Part XLIV, where, however, the stamens are not shown in the mass). The stamens are in four distinct bundles right round the staminal ring, although more deciduous between the bundles. IAING TE It is confined to Western Australia. The type was collected “ at the Murchison River, towards Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains,” by Oldfield. In “ Eucalyptographia” its range is defined as “In stony undulating bushy country between the Irwin River and Shark Bay, rather rare.” “‘ Not observed nearer (to Shark’s Bay) than 20 miles south of Freycinet Harbour. The plants indigenous around Shark’s Bay and its vicinity.” (Mueller, Parliamentary Paper, W.A., 1883, p. 14.) ; This would bring it not many miles north of the Murchison River, and it would be desirable to enquire into its limits more accurately, which are at present recorded as 10 miles south of Dongarra (which is at the mouth of the Irwin River) on the Arrow- smith road in the south, and 20 miles south of the Freycinet estuary in the north. We do not know its eastern boundary. If Drummond’s Dundaragan be identified, as it seems to be, with the modern Dandaraga, then the southern boundary is removed to say, the Moora district. Moora being a railway station 108 miles north of Perth. It would be very desirable to obtain more accurate information in regard to the range of one of the most interesting species of the genus. I have seen specimens of Drummond’s No. 70 (6th Coll.) in Herb. Calcutta and Herb. Cant. “ Limestone Hills, west of the Valley of the Lake,” which is, of course, near Dundaragan, as already quoted from Drummond’s original letter. This place has been already referred to. I have also seen it from the Murchison River, in Herb. Barbey-Boissier, collected by Oldfield. 1387 “ Tree of about 25 feet. rather straggly, has white bark, looks lke a white gum but is slightly different. 10 miles south of Dongarra (W. D. Campbell). The pink buds look peculiar.” AFFINITIES. With FE. megacarpa F.v.M. Arrowsmith-road, about “Among Eucalypts, it resembles Z. globulus on account of the shape of the bud. The latter species appears also to grow in the humid tract of land on the coast of south- west Australia near Cape Leeuwin, as far as it is possible to judge from the specimens of our carpological collection.” E. megacarpa J.H.M.). (Original description.) (N.B.—This was an error, the globulus-like species being “It differs widely from the few other species of that section (Hudesmia) in the large size of its flowers and fruits, in the shape and coloration of the lid, as well as in the very broad expansion of the summit of its fruit, irrespective of some less conspicuous (“ Eucalyptographia.’’) differences.” It is convenient to have a small table of characters illustrating all the Hudesmiee, as follows. in which it has or will be treated. 44, ceding). globular than similis. 45. 45. 44. 44. 46. 46. Baileyana. tetrodonta odontocarpa. | similis. lirata. eudesmioides. tetragona. | Eastern Eastern Species. | Species. | Size ...|Medium-sized | Medium-sized | Shrub ... Medium-sized | Medium-sized | A shrub or| Tall, glaucous | tree or larger.| tree to very} | (trees) ve Yel-|) tree: small tree up} shrub or small “ Black large. ‘* Mess-) | low Jacket.” to 20 feet.| tree. ‘‘ White Stringybark.” | mate.” “WhiteGum’’) Marlock.” | | | Bark ...| Hard, thick, Whitish, fibrous,) —......... | Yellow flaky ...) Rough and| Smooth, a little] Smooth, a little fibrous, inter-| persistent. | greyish, soft) scaly at butt.| scaly at butt. locked. Al | and friable. coarse stringy- | | _bark. | Timber ; Pale brown Ale balelmen((WAV Its \sscecenss I ccdbec80 Brownish _ ...| Pale-chocolate ; Pale | F.), “ Reddish-| | brown _to- | brown” (R.H. | wards heart; } C.) most of it! } white. | Leaves | Broadly - lance- Long-lanceolate.| Linear-lanceo- | Ovate acumin-| Lanceolate ...! Lanceolate ...; Reek with oil .., olate. | Huge juvenile) late. ate, then nar- | leaves. row § lanceo- | | late. Flowers| Filaments | Buds reminis-| _......... | Filaments yel-) _......... Filaments Filaments | cream- | cent of large | low. cream- cream- coloured, cloves. _ Fila-! coloured. coloured. | ments yellow- | | | | ish-white. | Fruits | Nearly globular! Oblong - cylin-| Oblong-cylin- | Truncate-ovoid| Truncate-ovoid| Quadrangular | Ovoid to nearly | | drical. drical (smal-| perhaps lar- globular. | ler than pre-| ger and more Rather large. .| Pale brown. Very large fila- The number preceding each species-name indicates the Part of this work 45. erythrocorys. Branches cussate. Smooth, with a little ribbony bark. Very large. ments prim- rose yellow. Opercula car- mine-red. Tetragonous, quadrangular, 2} x 2} inches. Largest fruit in genus. 133 Thus we have one purely eastern species (Bazleyana), one eastern species (svmilis) which probably will be found further west. Confined to the tropics are tetrodonta, odontocarpa, and lirata. Sub-tropical Western Australia has eudesmioides, crythrocorys, and tetragona, of which the first two are true west and the last south-west; the first is inland (approaching the coast), the last two are coastal. Apparently the largest tree is H. tetrodonta, but #. Baileyana, FE. similis and E. lirata are fairly large trees. JH. tetragona and KH. erythrocorys are tall shrubs or small trees, while £. odontocarpa, of which we know very little, has hitherto only been recorded as a shrub. The branchlets of all are quadrangular.° #. Baileyana and E. tetrodonta are more or less fibrous-barked, the former being the more stringy. H. eudesmioides, LE. tetragona, and L. erythrocorys are Gums, while FE. similis is a Yellow Jacket, and LZ. lirata may prove to be so. : The leaves of all are opposite or sub-opposite, thus showing affinity to Angophora, though in the fruits the latter genus more closely resembles the Angophoroidez section of Hucalyptus. The Eudesmiex have interesting affinities, but a fuller discussion of them must be deferred until the affinities of the whole of the species are dealt with. BE. tetragona stands out because the leaves reek with oil, and because of its glaucousness. Speaking generally, the filaments are arranged in four bundles or tend to be so; the filaments are yellowish white or yellow, those of HL. erythrocorys being bright primrose yellow, L. Preissiana being the only species that can approach it in this respect. The opercula of EH. erythrocorys are unique in that they are shaped like a biretta, and are of a rich carmine-red colour. The buds of EZ. tetrodonta and E. odontocarpa are reminiscent of cloves, the former being the larger. The outstanding characters of the fruit are brought out in the table, the huge ‘fruits of 2. erythrocorys (the most remarkable species amongst the Hudesmiex) and the smaller globular fruits of #. Baileyana, being perhaps the most striking. 139 DESCRIPTION. CCLIV. EF. tetrodonta F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc., iti, 97 (1859). FoLLowiNe is a translation of the original :— A tree with angular branchlets, leaves opposite, faleate-lanceolate, gradually acuminate, moderately petiolate, opaque, indistinctly penniveined, peripheral vein rather close to the margin, wmbels axillary, terminal, solitary, bibracteate, three-flowered ,bracts slowly falling off, rather large, the angled peduncle the same length as the petiole, calyr sub-campanulate, quadridentate, gradually narrowed into a compressed pedicel which is barely the same length as the tube, teeth deltoid, operculum hemispherical, and the tube and spreading teeth twice as long as the operculum. Tn woody elevated less fertile tracts everywhere in Arnhem’s Land. (At Port Essington, Armstrong, and on the North Coast, 4. Cunningham in herb. Hook.) Flowering in August and September. A medium-sized tree with a straight slender trunk, with a dirty grey fibrous bark persisting all over. With bark of “ Stringybark trees.” Branchlets reddish, rigid. Leaves 3-6 inches long, 4-1} inches broad. peduncles 3-4 lines long, bearing at the apices two cymbiform, lanceolate, obtuse, acuminate bracts, about 3 lines long, deciduous. The tube of the calyx with the teeth, 4-5 lineslong. Operculum coriaceous, obtuse; opaque, greenish. A species especially remarkable for the toothed calyx, showing transit to Angophora. Bentham (B.FI. ii, 260) then described it in the following words :— A tree, with a whitish, fibrous, persistent bark (7. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, long- lanceolate, acuminate, often falcate and above 6 inches long, coriaceous, but the numerous somewhat oblique veins prominent, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduncles axillary or two or three together at the ends of the branches, short and thick but not dilated, each bearing three or very rarely five rather large flowers, on thick angular or flattened pedicels of 2 to 4 tines. Calyx-tube obconical or turbinate, 3 to 4 lines long, wtih four rounded very obtuse teeth, slightly prominent on the bud. Operculum hemispherical or nearly globular, smooth. Stamens very numerous, the longest attaining 5 or 6 lines, not distinctly arranged in clusters; anthers oblong, with parallel cells opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruzt oblong-cylindrical, 4 to 2 inch long, 4 to 6 lines diameter, not contracted at the orifice, the rim narrow but forming an acutely prominent ring, the capsule sunk, usually three-celled. Mueller subsequently redescribed it and figured it in “ Kucalyptographia.”’ In this work he speaks of it as “ not tall’’ and “ stem rather slender,” and in the original description as a “‘ meduim-sized tree.”’ It will be observed that, as regards the Northern. Territory, it is described as “ exceedingly well developed and reaching very large size, 70 or 80 feet or more and 3 feet or more in diameter.” It is evidently one of the most important timber trees of the tropics, and it is desirable that we should know more of its distribution and abundance. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.), speaking of Kimberley, says: “ Tree of 40-50 feet, trunk to 25 feet, diameter 1-14 feet; bark persistent on stem and branches, greyish, fairly rough, and very stringy; timber pale, fissile, moderately hard; filaments yellowish- white.” 140 Mr. R. H. Cambage, speaking of North Queensland, says (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.., XLIX, 414, 1915) :— This species, which was the only Eucalypt met with belonging to the sub-series Kudesmiew, is a very interesting one, for in addition to being one of the few having calyx teeth, like the Angophoras, it is apparently the only stringybark to be found in Northern Australia, excepting in the extreme east. It is known both as Messmate and Stringybark, and its bark is decidedly fibrous, the timber being reddish-brown. The ‘sucker ” leaves are opposite or alternate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 7 inches long by 3 to 4 inches broad, with petioles of half to three-quarters of an inch long, the lateral veins being arranged at an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib, the intramarginal vein being close to the edge, the midrib prominent on the upper side of the leaf, the young leaves often reddish. The trees, which are erect, have an average height of about 40 feet with a diameter of about 1 foot, and prefer siliceous soil. There is a discrepancy in the colour of the timber as given by Fitzgerald and Cambage, but anyone who has given much attention to Stringybark timber in general knows how it varies in colour according to the district, and as the tree is large or small and the specimen fresh or dry. I overlooked Mr. Cambage’s earlier description of the juvenile leaves, or I would not, in the following passage, have stated that they had hitherto not been described. Juvenile leaves of this species have been received from Darwin from Dr. Jensen (July, 1916), and. have not hitherto been described. I proceed to describe them. The branchlets are markedly quadrangular, and like the leaves are entirely glabrous or very slightly glaucous, and equally green on both sides. They are large, oblique or falcate, very acuminate with prominent purplish midribs, raised chiefly on the lower sides of the leaves. Secondary veins very distinct, but fine, roughly parallel, and making an angle of about 60 degrees’ with the midrib. The intramarginal vein is at a considerable distance from the edge. A not uncommon size of the lamina is 25 cm. (say 10 inches) long and 13 cm. (say 5 inches) broad, with a petiole of 1:5 cm. Still in the opposite stage they may be half the width. (Maiden in Ewart and Davies’ ‘‘ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 314, 1917.) The flower buds are strongly reminiscent of large cloves, the opercula are ribbed, the ribs being occasionally almost winged. “ E. tetrodonta would probably merge into the division of Pachyphloie, which comprises all the Stringybark trees.’ (‘ Eucalyptographia.”) RANGE. The type came from the entrance to the Victoria River and the elevated sterile districts of Arnhem’s Land, “‘ Stringybark.” (Mueller.) These are, of course, Northern Territory. Bentham adds “ North Coast,’ A. Cunningham, and Port Essington, Armstrong. Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia ”) adds to these Port Darwin, Maria Island and Liverpoo] River and Escape Cliffs. All the localities so far quoted are Northern Territory, unless Cunningham’s be tropical Western Australia. But Mueller has definitely reported it from Tropical Western Australia (Prince Regent’s River), while we have abundant localities from Northern Queensland. So that- 141 itsrange may be at present stated as from the most northern tropical portion of Australia, extending from the West Kimberleys in Western Australia along the Northern Territory to North Queensland. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mueller first recorded the species from Western Australia from the Prince Regent’s River, collected by Bradshaw's Expedition. See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 469 (1891). Subsequently W. V. Fitzgerald reported “ A small forest of Messmate or Stringy- bark was observed in sandy loam and among quartzites on the Packhorse Range.” (Kimberley Report, p. 12, 1907.) Some of his specimens are labelled ““ Messmate Creek (presumably named after this tree), Packhorse Range,’ and Packhorse Range generally.. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,214.) The locality is, of course, considerably south of the Prince Regent’s River. Mr. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds Charnley River in West Kimberley, and says it is called “ Messmate ’’ and “ Stringybark,” and that it is found in sandy soil overlying quartzite and sandstone. : NORTHERN TERRITORY. It is frequently referred to as “‘ Stringybark’ by Leichhardt in his “ Overland Expedition from Moreton Bay to Port Essington.’ It is the Stringybark of the Gulf Country, and he notes it both in what is now Northern Queensland and the Northern Territory. I have seen a specimen of his labelled ““ West Coast of the Gulf.” Dr. H.1. Jensen says, in a letter to me, “ Stringybark occurs, as in the Northern Territory, on poor sandy granite and sandstone soils, but not abundantly.” The following specimens are before me :— Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 466); Melville Island (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) ; Darwin (Nicholas Holtze, Prof. Baldwin Spencer). “ The common Stringybark from Port Darwin to inland slopes, several hundred miles from the coast. Always on poor soil—coastally rather stunted in porcellanite and laterite formation. At the Adelaide River, Stapleton, Batchelor, and in the hill belt generally, exceedingly well developed and reaching very large size, 70-80 feet or more high, and 3 feet or more in diameter on granite, quartzite, and sandstone.” (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) (G. F. Hill, No. 340.) “Large Eucalypt, hard wood.’ Batchelor Farm (C. E. F. Allen, No. 2284). “ Stringybark Box, white flower,” Pine Creek (Dr. H. I. Jensen). Pine and Horseshoe Creeks (E. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters). Edith Creek and track generally to Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). Speaking generally, but with especial reference to Darwin, Dr. Jensen writes: “On the granite country we get Stringybark (H. tetrodonta), Bloodwood (E. latifolia), E. setosa, Salmon Gum (?), Ironwood (? T'ristania suaveolens), H. miniata, and patches, of EB. phenicea.” 142 QUEENSLAND. Following are some localities of specimens I have seen, and with the greater settlement in Queensland, as compared with the remainder of the tropics, I look for additional localities, in order that its range may be better defined. Sources of the South Coen River (Stephen Johnson, in Melbourne Herbarium). This is, of course, in the Cape York Peninsula, and the most northern Queensland locality recorded. Stewart River (Stephen Johnson). This is the species referred to by Leichhardt as Stringybark, and noted at various points from the upper Lynd right to the settlement at Port Essington. Walsh River (correspondent of F. M. Bailey). Mitchell, Gilbert, and Norman Rivers (E. Palmer). “ Messmate,”’ “ Fibrous or stringybark on trunk and large branches, 40-50 feet.” Little River, between Gilbert River and Croydon (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,005). It was first noticed between the twenty-second and twenty-fourth mile posts from Alma-den, and again towards the fifty-first mile post. It was subsequently seen at various points along the Gilbert River, at the changing station on the Little River, and around Normanton. (R. H. Cambage in Proe. Roy. Soc. N.uS.W., xlix, 413, 1915.) Referring to Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” at p. 279 (op. cit.), he speaks of the koolimans of the natives being “ very large, almost like small boats, and (were) made of the inner layer of the bark of the Stringybark tree.” At p. 285, “The Stringybark grew to a fine size on the hills, and would yield, together with Ironbark, and the Drooping Tea-tree, the necessary timber for building.” At p. 291, “All along the Lynd we had found the gunyas of the natives made of large sheets of Stringybark, not, however, supported by forked poles, but bent, and both ends of the sheet stuck in the ground.” They found them frequently afterwards during the journey round the Gulf. AFFINITIES. 1. With F. odontocarpa F.v.M. “ . . this, however, I found only of shrubby growth, its leaves much narrower, the calyces very considerably smaller on shorter and thinner stalklets, the fruit also of much less size, its minute teeth protruding beyond the outward not decurrent rim.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under #. tetrodonta). See also under &. odontocarpa at p. 145. 143 2. With Angophora. ee the strongly toothed calyx demonstrates some transit towards Angophora, although the lid is no ways dissolved into petals as in that genus, nor can the operculum be rightly regarded as petaloid, it being quite of the texture and structure normal in most Eucalypts, indeed, in this respect not different from the hd of 2. Preissii, E. terminalis, E. Abergiana, and a few other species, in which the calyx is rather irregularly ruptured than circumcised by a clearly defined sutural line; at best only the inner layer of the lid could be assumed to be corollaceous, but it is closely connate with the outer stratum as usual in the genus.” (‘* Eucalyptographia.’’) The relations of the Hudesmiex to Angophora will be treated at greater length in my grand classification of the various species of Eucalyptus, 144 DESCRIPTION. CCLV. E. odontocarpa F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc., 1, 98, (1859). \ Fotiow!ne is a translation of the original :— A shrub with angled branchlets; leaves opposite, rather shortly petiolate, linear or narrow-lanceolate, sub-falcate, acute at the base, shining, covered with bright dots, penniveined and reticulately veined, peripheral vein slightly distant from the margin ; umbels axillary, not exceeding three flowered, shortly pedunculate; the obconical acute quadridentate tube of the shortly pedicellate calyx three times as long as the depressed hemispherical operculum; fruits ovate-obconical indistinctly costate, quadridentate, trilocular, valves inserted below the margin. In sandy desert near Sturt’s Creek, flowering in autumn. Shrub of 8-10 feet. Branches rather slender. Leaves 2-5 inches long, 3-6 lines broad. Umbels sometimes two, one of the depauperate. Fruits 3-4 lines long, shining. It was next described in English by Bentham, in B.Fl. i, 260 :— A shrub of 8 to 10 feet, with slender branches (F. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, linear- lanceolate, mostly 3 to 5 inches long, with oblique anastomosing veins, inconspicuous at first, more prominent in the fruiting specimens, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduncles axillary, short, each with three small flowers on short pedicels, but not seen expanded. Calyzx-tube in the bud narrow-turbinate, about 2 lines long, with four small, but prominent, spreading teeth. Operculwm hemispherical, very obtuse. Stamens apparently not in clusters; anthers small, with parallel cells. rwit oblong-cylindrical, 4 to 5 lines long, not contracted at the orifice when fully ripe; rim narrow, concave, the capsule slightly sunk, three or four celled. It was not included in the “ Eucalyptographia,’ but under £. tetrodonta it is stated that well developed flowers (of . odontocarpa) are unknown. RANGE. On a drawing of a portion of the type the words “Sturt’s Creek, Desert, February, 1856, Ferd. Mueller.” This is in the Northern Territory, in about 18 degrees south latitude. It also occurs in north West Australia (West Kimberley), also in desert. NORTHERN TERRITORY. “Small tree (Mallee).” Tanami Goldfield. (Dr. H. I. Jensen; C. E. F. Allen’s No. 202.) See also the Sturt’s Creek locality already given for the type. 145 o WESTERN AUSTRALIA. “ Desert south of Fitzroy River, West Kimberley.” (W. V. Fitzgerald.) This is one of Mr. Fitzgerald’s labels, and his discovery of this species as new to Western Australia does not appear to have been recorded. It will be observed that, like Mueller, he speaks of it occurring in a “ desert.” 7A EEN Tes: 1. With FE. eudesmioides F.v.M. if E. odontocarpa is “ very much like some specimens of FH. eudesmioides, but the stamens do not appear to be arranged in clusters.” (B.FI., ui, 260.) The affinities of the various species of the Eudesmiez are dealt with at p. 187. The morphology of the filaments in the various species is discussed separately at p. 135. 2. With E. tetrodonta F.v.M. ee E. odontocarpa at once distinguished from the following species (tetrodonta) by the very much smaller flowers.” (B.FI., i, 260.) Luehmann (Proc. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, vii, 524) thought EH. odontocarpa is probably a variety of E. tetrodonta. The species are compared to some extent in the table at p. 137. 3. With EF. tetragona. “ E. tetragona is through E. eudesmioides also cognate to E. odontocarpa, of which well-developed flowers remained as yet unknown; the differences of the latter consist in still narrower and somewhat curved leaves with more spreading veins, in the small- ness of its flowers with proportionately more developed calyx-teeth, and the not membranously margined seeds; very possibly its anthers will bring it nearer to E. tetrodonta.” (“ Hucalyptographia.’’) See the table at p. 137. E. tetragona and E. eudesmioides will be dealt with in Part XLVI. 116 DESCRIPTION. XVII, FE. eapitellata Smith. In “ A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland,” p. 42, 1793 (1794). THE original description will be found at Part VIII, p. 211 of the present work. It was at this place more fully described by me, but my definition of the species, while largely following Bentham, Mueller and other competent authorities, was too wide. My references at Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 493 (1918), were also too inclustve, as they include the dwarf form that I separated under the name EH. Camfieldi. (See Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 66, 1920); see also below, p. 149. The type from Port Jackson may be described as follows :— A small to medium-sized tree with a stringy bark and timber brown or pale brown in colour, the young branchlets sometimes almost quadrangular. Juvenile leaves with undulate marginsand a few stellate hairs when quite young, but developing later into a glabrous leaf of thicker texture of much larger size, ovate to orbicular (say 8 by 8 cm. and 8 by 10 cm., and even greater dimensions), shortly pedunculate or almost sessile, secondary veins few, spreading or looped, the intramarginal vein far removed from the edge. Mature leaves “ ovate lanceolate, firm, astringent but not very aromatic.” (Original description.) Equally green on both sides; coriaceous, venation spreading. Buds.—The buds and peduncles somewhat thick and angular or flattened. ‘“ We have seen no other species in which the flowers stand in little dense heads, each flower not being pedicellated so as to form an umbel.’”’ (Original description.) This, of course, does not remain true now. Fruits.—In consequence of the fruits being sessile, or nearly so, and crowded into heads, these assume a polygonal shape at the base, as if they had been pressed together when in a plastic condition. With this exception, the fruits have the form of a very much compressed spheroid, the horizontal diameter of which is from one and a half times to twice the depth. The fruit is swollen out below the rim, which is sometimes very well defined, and of a red or brown colour. The fruit is sometimes truncate, but more frequently the rim is dome-shaped. There is great variability in the amount of exsertion of the valves. The fruit may be perfectly ripe without exserted valves, but a twig from the same tree may have them ~xserted. The type cams from Port Jackson (Sydney), N.S.W. A figure of the species will be found at Plate 106, Part XXVIII, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”; figure 8 of that Plate belong; to Z. Camfieldi Maiden. In the present work it is figured at Part VIII, Plate 37, figures 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, so that the fizures of the juvenile and intermediate leaf (4¢, 45) in Plate 186 seem quite adequate. The juvenile leaves of the two species can be compared. 147 RANGE. This species is confined to New South Wales, so far as we know at present. It occurs in poor, sandy land from Sutherland, near Port Hacking, a few miles south of Sydney, northerly to Port Stephens, and north of that it is found in certain New England localities indicated below. It is quite obvious that additional southern localities will be found, and intermediate ones between Port Stephens and Walcha. While it seems to prefer coastal localities, it will be seen that it occurs on the northern tableland also. Indeed, the range of the species requires to be carefully ascertained. Following are some localities, travelling north :— Sutherland (J. L. Boorman). Woronora (F. W. Wakefield, No. 4). Kogarah, Oatley, Como and Hurstville (J. H. Camfield). Folly Point, Middle Harbour (D. W. C. Shiress). George Caley’s specimens in the British Museum, “ Twisted Stringybark, near Sydney, January 15th, 1867, capitellata.” | (All in Caley’s handwriting). Also British Museum, Nos. 15 and 5 from Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S., Keeper of Botany, British Museum, 1912. Corner of Pittwater and Spit roads, 20-50 feet high; also Common from St. Ives to Tumble Down Dick, a distance of about 5 miles (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress.) Passing Broken Bay, the following coastal specimens are strictly typical :— Brisbane Water (W. D. Francis). Wyong (Forester F. G. McPherson). Morissett (A. Murphy). “ Bark deeply turrowed, timber good.” ‘This species has always yellow inner bark,” Wyee (A. Murphy); Wallsend (W. W. Froggatt); Port Stephens district (A. Rudder); South Head of Port Stephens (J. L. Boorman). The most northerly locality irom which we have it is the Round Mountain, Guy Fawkes Range, 4,250 feet above the sea, and about 50 miles east of Armidale, on the Grafton road (J.H.M.). Buds as compressed as it is possible for them to be. Fruits large and hemispherical (figured at 7a and 7b, Plate 37). From the material available there may be room for opinion as to whether this is H. capitellata or FE. macrorrhyncha, but the buds, at least, incline me to the view that it is EZ. capitellata. (a) Near Apsley Falls, Walcha, No. 1,217, R. H. Cambage (EK. C. Andrews), is identical with the preceding. ; (b) Fourteen miles east of Deepwater at 4,000 feet, No. 1,219, Cambage (E. C. Andrews). In intermediate foliage only, but doubtless identical with the preceding. (c) Near Swamp Oak, Walcha, No. 1,218, Cambage (E. C. Andrews), has a very short pedicel and is one of the specimens which show how difficult, and perhaps impossible, it is to say what line of demarcation there is between 7. capitellata and H. macrorrhyncha. 148 DESCRIPTION. CCLVI. EF. Camfieldi Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LIV, 66 (1920). FoLiow1ne is the original description :— Frutex vel arbor pumila fere Mallee similis, statu immaturo pilis stellatis vestitis, cortice fibrosa ; foliis junioribus -scabrissimis, pilis stellatis dense vestitis, parvis, cordatis vel orbicularibus, saepe emarginatis; foliis maturis coriaceissimis, nitentibus, oblongis vel late lanceolatis, obliquis, apice obtuso ; alabastris ca. 9 capitulo, sessilibus pedunculo breve, angulatissimis sed post anthesin ovoideis; antheris reniformibus; fructibus hemisphaericis ad 1 cm. diametro in capitulis, compressis, capsula 4-loculare, apicibus distincte exsertis. A low branching shrub or stunted tree, almost Mallee-like and under 12 feet in height, and with stems about two inches in diameter. Covered with stellate hairs when young. Bark scaly-fibrous or fibrous, flattish, tough—a Stringybark. Juvenile leaves very scabrous, abundantly provided with stellate hairs in the earliest stage, cordate to orbicular, often emarginate, never lanceolate in the young state. Often 2 cm. by 2 cm. with intermediate sizes up to 4cm. by 4cm. (They remind one irresistibly of Angophora cordifolia, and when small as well as young, of Correa speciosa.) ; Mature leaves remarkably coriaceous and oblong to broadly lanceolate, with a blunt point, oblique, lustrous or shiny, as if varnished. Up to 1 dm. long, and, say, 3:5 cm. broad. Oblique and coarse in the intermediate stage with a mucro. Buds about nine in the head, small, very angular through compression, becoming ovoid or scarcely angular on anthesis, sessile on a short peduncle or none. Anthers renantherous, but not typically so. Fruits hemispherical, up to 1 cm. in diameter, in heads, compressed, sometimes so much so that they are almost syncarpous, with a shiny dark-red rim, capsule four-celled with the t'ps distinctly exsert. The type is from Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, 25th May, 1897. Julius Henry Camfield, for many years Overseer of the Garden Pa'ace Grounds, Botanic Gardens, Sydney, who died 26th November, 1916, was not only an excellent gardener, but a competent botanist, and I have much pleacure in dedicating this interesting species to his memory. RANGE. On exposed situations on sandstone tops, only known at present between Broken Bay and George’s River, a few miles north and south of Port Jackson, New South Wales. There is little doubt that careful search will greatly extend the range. Following are specific localities :— About half a mile south of the 17-mile post on the Galston road from Hornsby (W.F. Blakely). The west side of Berowra Creek, Hornsby, or about one and a half miles from the 17-mile post above. Be JUN = 71921) \ i’ ff ’ i y, NW: yoy Latin ne) W se 7A out —— ours 149 © Eight to 9 feet high, in low Honeysuckle (Banksia) Scrub, Willoughby (A. G. Hamilton). Near the Suspension Bridge, Willoughby (J. L. Boorman). “ Looks like E. capitellata. From very stunted trees (very likely saplings from old stumps), only a few feet high. Note the sucker leaves.” On the high ground of Middle Harbour (J. H. Camfield, 25th May, 1897). Northbridge, opposite the Spit (D. W. C. Shiress). Mosman (W. M. Carne). The following are south of Port Jackson :— Woronora River at Heathcote (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). A dwarf form, 8 feet high, Waterfall (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,169). AFFINITY. With E. capitellata Sm., with which it has long been confused. E. capitellata is a tree, sometimes a large tree, and the organs are all larger, while there is an absence, or almost absence, of stellate hairs in the young shoots. F. Camfieldi is a Mallee-like plant, forming a dense undergrowth, from three to about twelve feet high. £. capitellata appears to be absent from the Hornsby district, where the new species is not rare. The juvenile leaves (suckers) of EZ. Camfieldi are smaller, more orbicular to cordate, scabrous with a persistent stellate tomentum, apparently always present around the base of the adult plants, forming thickets, similar to the low stunted forms of Angophora cordifolia. They are never lanceolate like those of Z. capitellata. The new species has buds smaller than those of H. capitellata, and less attenuate, usually ovoid; in sqme specimens they are almost round and devoid of angles. The common peduncle is shorter than in EL. capitellata and quadrangular to nearly terete. The peduncle of £. capitellata is very often more compressed in the early bud. The fruits are smaller than those of E. capitellata, but otherwise very similar. The juvenile foliage shown in figures 4a and 4b, Plate 37, Part VIII, of this work (under E. capitellata), and also figure B, Plate 106, Part XXVIII, of my * Forest Flora of New South Wales,” belong to EL. Camfteldi. It is the form (5), for the most part, of p. 493 of Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LIT, 1918. Mr. Blakely has pointed out to me that Z. ligustrina DC. (see this work, Part XL), apparently bears the same relation to EL. eugenioides Sieb. that LH. Camfieldi does to E. capitellata. 150 DESCRIPTION, CCLVI. EF. Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. In Proc. Roy. N.S.W., LI, 495 (1918), recapitulating descriptions at Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 193 (1905), and the present work, Part VIII, 216, as the Blue Mountains form of F. capitellata. Ir the reference in the present work (under “ Western Localities,”) be turned to, it will be seen that the description need not be repeated at this place. A specimen (Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., J. H. Maiden, January, 1905) in the National Herbarium of New South Wales is constituted the type by the authors. It is figured at Part VIII, Plate 38, of the present work, figures 3a, 3b, 3c, 5. Those figures of the type lack the mature leaf, which is given at fig. 5, Plate 187, of the present Part. It is named in honour of Gregory Blaxland, who was leader of the first party to cross the Blue Mountains (1813), where many trees of this species are to be found. RANGE. It occurs very extensively in New South Wales, both on the tablelands and in the coastal districts. It is also fairly widely diffused in Victoria, chiefly in Gippsland and along the east and south coast (western district), where it joins South Australian localities, extending into the Mount Lofty Range. It has been looked upon as £. capitellata, and it will be some time before it is understood that that species, sensu strictu, does not occur in the two southern States. New SoutH WALES. Western Localities.—Besides the type locality, Blackheath, and other parts of the Blue Mountains from Woodford to Cox’s River (Bowenfels), Jenolan Caves and Mount Wilson (see Part VIII, p. 217), we have— Mount Currucudgy (Rylstone district (R. T. Baker). Upper Meroo (A. Murphy, timber No. 9,899). Fruits very small to medium sized, and some exsert. (A. Murphy). Localities which extend its range in a slightly north-westerly direction. The Sydney (Outer Domain) form, referred to under #. capitellata at p. 217 and figures 4a—c, Plate 38, may be looked upon as a nearly glabrous form of #. Blaxland:; it is not typical. 151 We can now branch to the south. Southern New South Wales.—We now travel south and find that there is variation in this species, which seems to be capable of grouping, chiefly obvious in the size of the fruits. Let me briefly discuss some of the specimens in detail :— Waterfall (J.H.M.). Intermediate leaves coriaceous, glabrous, buds stellate; fruits small, capitate. Woronora (F. W. Wakefield No. 4). Sameas Waterfall. Buds slightly glaucous. Compare Gosford. Cobbity, banks of Nepean, near Camden (J.H.M.). Bluish cast of young foliage. Buds largish; fruits hemispherical, slightly pedicellate. “ Stringybark, like HZ. ewgeniordes, 150 yards north of hotel; Yerranderie (R. H. Cambage, No. 2,197). Juvenile leaves (upper part of trunk) lanceolate, glabrous; buds brown, stellate; fruits medium-sized fully ripe and valves well exsert. (Like Clyde Mountain, Baeuerlen). “ Blue-leaf Stringybark,” Hill Top (J.H.M.). Juvenile leaves: like those of Nelligen. The juvenile leaves precisely match those from Mt. Spiraby, near Tenter- field (J.H.M.). I had already pointed out (Part VIII, p. 215) that they also precisely match those of what may be termed the Blue Mountains form of F. capitellata (infra. p. 216) (Thisis now LZ. Blazxland:, of course.) The fruits and juvenile foliage are figured at 6a and 6b, Plate 38, and a note on them will be found at p. 215 of Part VIII. The fruits are in spherical clusters, and I suggested that this form might be intermediate between F. capitellata and E. eugenioides, which, although a view I do not hold now, is one that had some acceptance at the time. Hill Top, buds brown, stellate; also summit of Mount Jellore (both E. Cheel). Buds and fruits ike Wombeyan Caves. 1. Berrima (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman, September, 1901). Intermediate leaves like Clyde Mountain, Baeuerlen. Buds brown, stellate. Fruits varying in size and rim a little. 2. Berrima, on the Mittagong road (D. W. C. Shiress, 1919, 1920). Suckers or intermediate leaves lanceolate to ovate and nearly orbicular, glabrous; buds rounded, stellate; fruits small to smallish, capitate. No. 1 specimens were noted at p. 216, Part VIII, and figures 7a and 76 of Plate 38. Chiefly on consideration of the fruits, they were looked upon asa small fruited form of E. capitellata, or at all events, intermediate between that species and #. eugeniordes. Bowral to Bullio; also Wombeyan Caves, Taralga road (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M.). Juvenile leaves broad, undulate, hairy, precisely like Nelligen. More advanced juvenile leaves are scabrous, broadly ovate, cordate, precisely like those of the New England tableland and those in the neighbourhood of the New South Wales-Queensland border. Buds yellowish to brownish, rounded to pointed like “ tip-cats”’; fits with valves exsert and medium in size. 152 Goulburn (S. Lumsden, No. 15). Fruits small, capitate. Near Goulburn (J. B. Cleland). Fruits a little larger than the preceding (fig. 76, Plate 38), and fewer in the head. Clyde Mountain, Nelligen (W. Baeuerlen, No. 31.) “ Blue-top Stringybark.” High elevation at Nethercote, 5 miles west of Eden, on ironstone gravel and trap-rock. (Forester H. H, Rose, No. 16.) Northern New South Wales.—Let us return to the Sydney district and branch to the north. Stunted form, about 7 feet in height, diameter of 3 inches, growing on poor sandstone tops, Popran Trig. Reserve 1,158 (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 4). Buds stellate, rounded to slightly angular; fruit capitate. “ Stringybark,’ Yarramalong, Forest Reserve, No. 38,429, Ph. Wyong (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 25). Blue tint to young foliage, which is glabrous; buds stellate; fruits capitate. ‘‘ Appears like 25, but general appearance of tree is like a Blackbutt,” Yarramalong (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 27). Juvenile foliage broadly ovate to broadly lanceolate, glabrous. Very like New South Wales-Queensland border specimens. “ Stringybark.” At an ‘elevation of between 800 and 900 feet near Booral. ‘Attains a size up to 14 or 15 feet in circumference. Buds stellate; fruits smallish, valves exsert. These specimens are figured at figures 9a and 9b, Plate 38, and there is a note at p. 214 of Part VIII. While there placing them as a small fruited form of capitellata, I point out that some botanists may look upon them as a form of E. eugenvoides with very exsert valves. Fruits hemispherical, slightly depressed, valves slightly exsert, rim broadish. Murrurundi (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman)... Figured at figs. 22a, b, Plate 40, as a form of E. eugeniordes. A New England Stringybark.—As we go further north, e.g., to New England, New South Wales, there seems to be a break in the Stringybark series, which may, of course, arise from imperfect collecting, and we find that H. eugenioides, E. Blaxlandi, and #. Muelleriana approach in a number of ways, the first being preponderant as at present defined. This New England form I referred to under (e) in Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lu, 495 (1918), as follows :— (e) We have also a form from New England, chiefly, so far as collected, at Wilson’s Downfall, Macpherson Range, Wallangarra, Armidale, &c. Also a large tree, which has broad-lanceolate up to orbicular juvenile foliage (I have not seen any coriaceous), with buds as depicted on Plate 37. The fruits are smaller than those of the type (7.e., are of the size of those of 1b, 4c, 8c, Plate 38); sessile to pedicellate. The pedicellate fruits are mostly flat-topped, and with a smooth, distinct rim. The shape of these rimmed fruits may be seen in If, Plate 38, but in that case the fruits are sessile, the series depicted under fig. 1, however, shows an amount of variation in a South Australian form which is repeated in the New England, New South Wales, specimens now under review. There is some usefulness in referring to this series in geographical order, going north. Frankly, I cannot separate these trees in some cases by marked characters, and I take the opportunity of contemplating them from the point of view of affinity to E. Blazlandi, At the same time, other botanists will find it useful to consider them 153 as variants of other Stringybarks. We require further observations (although much collecting has been already done) for they furnish additional evidence of the truth of the Preliminary Note attached to Part VIII. There can be no harm in making a pause. Juvenile leaves on the whole narrowish, but not representative, some leading to broadish; undulate; buds rounded, stellate. Yarrowitch (J.H.M.). “ Tall trees; the principal timber of the district. Juvenile foliage on the narrow side. Buds rather large, bursting into flower, opercula conoid.’ Yarrowitch (J. L. Boorman). Buds stellate, or nearly so, brownish; fruits small, capitate, Tia, via Walcha (J.H.M.). Figured at 18a-d, Plate 40, as EH. eugenioides. (See also p. 238, Part VIII), with broad sucker leaves, but evidently a form of the present series. Tia River (KE. Betche). Very like the preceding, except valves a little more exsert. Walcha (J. F. Campbell). Buds brownish; fruits smallish, hemispherical, slightly exsert. Then we come to three specimens, A., B., C., collected by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt from the Armidale district :— : A. Armidale district. B. Between Chandler and Styx Rivers. Bark stringy to smaller limbs and branches. Up to 50 feet. | C. Styx River. A Stringybark tree, tall, 60-70 feet. Some of A. W. Howitt’?s Armidale specimens are figured under F. eugenioides at figs. la-d, Plate 39, and they are identical with J. L. Boorman’s Stanthorpe (Q.)_ specimens figured at 2a-d of the same Plate. The Armidale specimens are referred to as intermediate between H. Muelleriana and EL. eugeniordes at p. 219 of Part VIII. I have other specimens broader than the juvenile leaves figured. They are alike, and belong to the northern Stringybark. Nor can anyone contemplating them doubt their relations to (e.g.), the Osler’s Creek, Victoria, tree figured at 2a-c, Plate 38, nor the Mount Lofty (8.A.) specimens figured at 1b-f of Plate 38, both now placed by me under E. Blazlandi. The seedling or sucker leaves are narrow to broadish, some are nearly glabrous, slightly hairy and undulate, the buds stellate, the fruits sessile to pedicellate, nearly hemispherical, but variable. Another specimen, Armidale (J.H.M.), the common Stringybark of the district, and figured at figs. 1 and 2 of Plate 39, would well stand for it. State Forest No. 322, Ph. Mackenzie, Co. Hardinge, Armidale district (Forestry.. Commission, 1918). Same as preceding, with fruits becoming a little more pilular. Then we have round, plump buds, getting pedicellate, fruits pear-shaped to hemi- sperical, e.g., Rampsbeck, 30 miles north-east of Armidale (J. F. Campbell). This is another specimen entered as LE. Muelleriana, but showing transit to EH. eugenioides. Then we come to Lawrence, Clarence River (J. V: de Coque). Figured under 21a, b, Plate 40, as LE. eugenioides. Drake (E. C. Andrews). Fruits with well exserted valves. Figured at fig. 19, Plate 40, as ZH. eugenioides, and considered to show transit to E. Muelleriana. Drake (A. Hagman), with sunk valves, apparently not as fully developed as the preceding. Figured at fig. 20 as E. eugeniordes. B 154 See also the Moonambah, Richmond River (W. Baeuerlen), specimens referred to at p. 238 of Part VIII, but not figured, and foot of Mount Lindsay (W. Forsyth) figured at fig. 16a, b, of Plate 40. “ Woolly Butt.’ Juvenile leaves broadish, more or less scabrous, and even undulate to glabrous and lanceolate. (An odd leaf as broad as any of Wilson’s Downfall; see below). Buds brown, rounded, stellate. Fruits pedicellate, but with pedicels not long; medium in size, hemispherical, rimmed, valves non-exsert to more or less exsert. Bolivia, near Tenterfield (J.H.M.). A similar specimen was referred to as follows in Part VIII, p. 238 :— “ Tenterfield to Sandy Flat (J.H.M.). Fruits very similar to those of H. eugenioides, Sydney, e.g., Concord Park (believed to be typical), hemispherical, and somewhat exserted valves. Buds very com- pressed, almost like capitellata. I figured this (Plate 4, Part I) as 2. Muelleriana, and I now put it under E. cugenioides with doubt. It certainly is a transit form. Juvenile foliage (suckers) lanceolate, glabrous, ; small stellate brown buds; fruits hemispherical, slightly pedicellate, more or less. Some a little piperita- or acmeniordes like, but very variable. Acacia Creek, Macpherson Range (Forest Guard W. Dunn.) At one time looked upon as a small-fruited from of #. Muellervana. Suckers glabrous, lanceolate. Buds stellate. Fruits very shortly pedicellate, for the most part sessile. Medium sized, rimmed with more or less exsert valves. Cataract. Run, near Tenterfield (L. C. Irby). Certainly a transit form between the pedicellate (ewgenioides) series and the sessile (Blaxlandz). Tree of 20 or 30 feet. Suckers not in the youngest state nearly glabrous (shining upper surface). Buds clavate, nearly bursting into flower. Fruits somewhat He pilularis-like, becoming exsert. Pedicels very short or none. Wallangarra (J. L. Boorman). This is another intermediate form related to H. eugenzoides and perhaps EL. Afuelleriana. Then we have, suckers broad, nearly orbicular to broadly lanceolate, glabrous; buds small, brown, stellate to clavate, with pointed opercula when bursting into flower (it is very desirable to describe the shape of the buds when they are bursting into flower if possible, as they have a definite shape for that form); fruits smallish to medium large, exsett. to. ptominently exsert. Pedicellate to sessile. Wilson’s Downfall (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 2,822, 2,826, 2,839). This is another puzzling form, named at different times #. eugenioides and EL. capitellata, though not typical. QUEENSLAND. Buds slightly pedicellate, slightly glaucous; fruits medium, Z. pilularis-like. Stanthorpe (J. L. Boorman). Figured at 2a-d, Plate 39, and not distinguishable from the Armidale specimens already referred to. Now let us turn to Victoria and South Australia, beginning with Victoria. VICTORIA. Tt seems to me that the true #. capitellata does not extend to Victoria, and that Mr. Howitt’s notes on Gippsland forms, quoted at Part VIII, p. 217, refer to 155 E. Biazlandi. One of Mr. Howitt’s specimens was figured at 2a-c, Plate 38, as regards seedling leaves, buds, and fruits. They are from Osler’s Creek, and have much in common with £. Blazlandi from the Blue Mountains and the South Coast of New South Wales. The seedling leaves are narrower than those depicted for the type, but many of the type specimens are similar. The chief difference is that the fruits are more pedicellate than those of the type. “Small fruited Yellow Stringybark,’ but when freshly cut and green the heart wood is brown in colour. Wangarabelle, also found plentifully between Genoa and Mallacoota, and at Cann River; also at Orbost. (H. Hopkins, 1915). Now let us proceed to Western Victoria (Portland district). I{ we turn to page 213, Part VIII, with the corresponding figures 8, 9, 10 of Plate 37, we find that they have a good deal in common with #. Blazlandi, and are perhaps inseparable from that species; they also possess affinity to HL. capztellata, from which they differ in the following points :—In the broader suckers, which are nearer those of H. capitellata, and in the pedicellate fruits with the valves less exsert. At the same time the affinitis to H. lavopinea R. T. Baker are worthy of con- sideration, and should be wo:ked out. (This form of H#. Blazlandi ascends to the Grampians, see p. 218, Part VIII, and fig. 12 of Plate 37). SoutH AUSTRALIA. These Western Victorian specimens carry us on to South Australia, and the species is found in the south-east, Kangaroo Island, Mount Lofty, and elsewhere. A reference to the south-east is under Narracoorte, p. 218, Part VIII, where we have clavate, scarcely angular kuds, with domed fruits, valves well exsert. These are figured at 11, Plate 37. There is a reference to a Kangaroo Island specimen collected by Robert Brown about 1802 at p. 213 of Part VIII, viz. :— Kangaroo Island, Hundred of Cassini (W. J. Spafford, No. 7, 1916). This eannot be separated from figs. 11a and 11b, Plate 37 (Narracoorte). . We now come to the Mount Lofty specimens referred to at p. 218, Part VIII, and if we turn to figures 14—f of Plate 38 of fruits all gathered from the same tree, we have a remarkable instance of variation in this species. Fruits sessile, shortly pedicellate, rim flat-topped or domed, valves sunk or exsert. Some of the specimens are remarkably like the type of #. Blazlandi. Then we have Aldgate, near Mount Lofty (J.H.M.), with juvenile leaves scabrous, nearly orbicular to oblong and broadly lanceolate. Not to be separated from the Narracoorte specimens (S.A.), nor from those from Osler’s Creek (Vic.). See also Willunga, Mount Lofty Range (W. Gill). The following locality is more distant. One or two miles west of Bordertown, where the scrub of the 90-mile Desert begins (J. M. Black, No. 2). Like Narracoorte, but with mostly smaller fruits. 156 DESCRIPTION. CCLVII. EF. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 490 (1918.) “ Box ”-arbores parvae altae pedes decem ad triginta, interdum aliquem de “ Mallee’? admonentes. “ Box ”-cortex in arboris trunco et ramis magnis. Rami superiores interdum leves et subvirides. Arbores localiter ut “ Box ” cognitae. Fouia JUVENILIA.—In conditione immaturissima non visa, sed sub-glauca sunt, ramusculi angulares, folia lanceolata, exique petiolata, longa circiter novem cm. (tres uncias et dimidium) et 2-2:5 em. lata, irregulariter pinnata, venae secundarie apud angulum 45° e media costa; vena intramarginata clare a margine denota. Fora matura.—Lucide viridia, aliquanto nitida, contusa nullum oleiodorem dant. Angusta- lanceolata, pyramidata speciatim in apice, directa vel aliquanto faleata, petiolata, ad decem em. (quatuor uncias) et longiora, et plerumque infra unum em. lata, viridia cum flavedine, utrobique color idem, cum multis inconspicuis fere pinnatis venis secundariis. Fiorrs.—Pedunculi aliquanto breves terminales in exemplis. conducibilibus, in singulis umbellis circiter quinque ad septem flores aliquanto parvi. Gemmae obtuse clavatae, calycistubus gradatim pyramidatus in pediculum. Gemmae saepe alterius vel externi operculi vertigium gerunt. Operculum ee cum mucrone brevissimo, in longum circiter supremi calycis tubi trientem. Anthere ut in . gracilis. Frucrus.—Fructus parvus, cylindraceus-urceolatus, circiter quatuor mm. longus et tres mm. latus. Ora angusta ab annulo stamines constante coronata, capsula profunde suppressa. Typus.—R. H. Cambage, No. 3,930 (fructifer). bo} Pauca millia passuum ad orientem et meridiem e “‘ Normanton” (sinus “ Carpentaria” c!vitas “ Queensland ’’) in formationem arenaceam et cretaceam calculos ferreos continentem. Etiam in viam a“ Normanton” ad‘‘ Cloncurry ” inter rivos“‘ Normanton ”’ et“ Flinders” oceurrit. Small Box-trees of 10 to 30 feet, sometimes suggestive of Mallee. Box-bark on trunk and large branches. Upper branches sometimes smooth and greenish. Known locally as “‘ Box.” JUVENILE LEAvES.—Not seen in the earliest state, but are sub-glaucous, branchlets angular, leaves lanceolate, shortly petiolate, up to say 9 cm. (34 inches) long, and 2-2-5 cm broad, irregularly pinnate, the secondary veins at about an angle of 45 degrees with the midrib; intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. _ Mature teaves.—Bright green, somewhat shiny, give no odour of oil when crushed. Narrow- lanceolate, tapering, particularly to the apex, straight or somewhat falcate, petiolate, up to 10 cm. (4 inches) and more, and usually under 1 cm. wide, yellowish green, the same colour on both sides, with numerous not conspicuous almost pinnate secondary veins. Fiowrrs.—Peduncles shortish, terminal in the specimens available, each umbel with about five to seven rather small flowers. Buds bluntly clavate, the calyx-tube gradually tapering into the pedicel. The buds often carry the remains of a second or outer operculum. The operculum hemispherical, with a very short mucro, about a third as long as the ridge calyx-tube. Anthers asin E. gracilis. Frutrs.—Fruit small, cylindroid-urceolate, about 4 mm. long and 3 mm. broad.- The narrow rim crowned by a persistent staminal ring, the capsule deeply sunk. Type. R. H. Cambage, No. 3,930 (in fruit). 157 RANGE. A few miles to the east and south of Normanton (Gulf of Carpentaria, Queens- land), on a sandy cretaceous formation containing ironstone pebbles. Also occurs on Normanton-Cloncurry road between Normanton and Flinders River (R. H. Cambage). Normanton (Ivie Murchie). The description was drawn up from Mr. Cambage’s No. 3,930, with the exception of that of the ripe bud and stamens, in which Mr. Murchie’s specimen has been used. The trees provisionally identified as Eucalyptus gracilis (No. 3,930) are growing a few miles to the east‘and south of Normanton on a sandy cretaceous formation containing ironstone pebbles. They are small box trees from 10 to 30 feet high, often with branching stems suggestive of Mallce, leaves bright green and shiny, yielding no smell of oil when crushed, box bark on trunk and large branches, some small branches smooth and greenish, adult leaves from 3 to 43 inches long, about 1 cm. wide, juvenile leaves up to 3 inches long and 1} inches wide, fruits about 4 mm. long and 3 mm. in diameter. Leichhardt appears to have passed through this identical forest after crossing the Norman River, the native name of which he gives as the “‘ Yappar.” He writes :—‘‘ The hills were composed of iron-sandstone . . . . . The intervening flats bore either a box-tree with a short trunk branching off immediately above the ground,” &c. (R. H. Cambage, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 422-3, 1915.) I have received the species from Berricannia, between Muttaburra and Hughenden. Trees quite common about the homestead. (Mr. Svensson, through C. T. White.) Dr. H. I. Jensen says that a medium sized gum answering to the description of E. Normantonensis is very common on desert sandstone country, associated with Lancewood (Acacia Shirleyi ?) and Yellow Jacket (Z. peltata). AE NY: With £. gracilis F.v.M. It is closely allied to this species, but the leaves are of a diffcrent texture, and there is a sticky exudation in patches, the result of insect punctures. The juvenile leaves are broader and have a different venation to that of H. gracilis. There are no conspicuous oil-dots on the buds, as in the case of E. gracilis. The fruits, although very similar in shape to those of £. gracilis, are crowned by the persistent staminal rings as in some of the Ironbarks and Boxes. J. E. Tenison-Woods (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vii, 337) speaks of E. gracilis in Queensland, but we now know that most of the specimens to which he refers belong to E. Thozetiana ¥.v.M. Local observers might, however, inquire if those trees seen by him “ on the dry sandy scrubs on the Burdekin River, not far from Charters Towers,” refer to that or the present species. 158 This species had already been referred to twice in the Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.; viz., xlix, 326-7, in which I looked upon it as an aberrant form of EH. calycogona var. gracilis. The second occasion is in xlix, 422, by Mr. R. H. Cambage, who collected the material both he and I provisionally described. He points out that it is probably referred to by Leichhardt, ‘* Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” p. 337, in words he quotes. It seemed to us that it is worthy of specific description. The first passage referred to is as follows :— “‘ T now desire to invite attention to a form first received from Mr. Ivie Murchie from Normanton, Queensland, not far from the Gulf oi Carpentaria, in November, 1911, under the name of ‘ Box Wood’ Enquiries failed to elicit any further particulars until Mr. R. H. Cambage collected it at.the same place in August, 1913. He obtained a full suite of specimens, and furnished the following particulars:— No. 3,930. Small Box-trees of 10 to 30 feet, sometimes suggestive of Mallee. Leaves bright green, somewhat shiny, give no odour of oil when crushed. Box-bark on trunk and large branches. Upper branches some- times smooth and greenish. Formation pebbly (ironstone) and sandy; cretaceous ( ?). Also occurs on Normanton-Cloncurry road between Normanton and Flinders River.’. So far as I am aware, var. gracilis has not been recorded previously from nearer than 1,500 miles, and it is not surprising that the Normanton specimens differ a little from the type. I fail to get hold of any characters of sufficient importance to separate it from var. gracilis, and therefore note L.calycogona var. gracilis as an addition to the Queensland flora. Compared with typical var. gracilis, the leaves are of a different texture, and there is a sticky exudation in patches, the results of insect punctures. Mr. Cambage’s note of absence of oil does not mean that there is no oil at all, for the oil dots can be seen and are not scarce, but in comparison with other forms there is an absence of oil. At the same time the leaves from southern specimens of var. gracilis vary a good deal in oil content. The most important character is that the “inflorescence is terminal in the Normanton specimens (chiefly those of Mr. Murchie), whereas it seems to be usually axillary in all our other specimens.” la. . Juvenile leaf, covered on both sides with stellate hairs; 2b, mature leaf; 2c, the axis; 2d, a sessile 3d, la. 3a. la. 3d. 4a. 159 EXPLANATION OF PLATES (184-187), PLATE 184. E. erythrocorys ¥.v.M. Juvenile leaf; 1b, mature leaf, of No. 70, 6th Collection, Western Australia (James Drummond). bud and a newly expanded flower on a long, flattened peduncle; 2c, stamens; 2f, the biretta- like operculum looked at from above; 29, an individual flower, looked at from above, showing the stamens (somewhat tufted, and a little diagrammic) and the stigma. All from specimens grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, from seed from near Dongarra, W.A., (Mr. E. W. Clarkson, through Mr. W. D. Campbell, L.S.). 3b. Different views of fruits from the Murchison River, W.A. (Augustus Oldfield, in the Vienna Herbarium). Fruit from near Dongarra, the largest I have seen (W. D. Campbell). PLATE 185. E. tetrodonta F.v.M. Juvenile leaf; 16, intermediate leaf. Darwin, Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, July, 1916). Buds with strongly marked wing-like processes to the operculum. Messmate Creek, Packhorse Range, North-West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,214). Buds; 3b, a flower in elevation; 3c, a flower in plan; 3d, front and back view of anthers; 3¢, mature jeaf and fruits; 3f, plan of afruit. Pine and Horseshoe Creeks, Northern Territory (E. J. Dunn). PLATE 186. E. odontocarpa F.v.M. Twig with young buds; 1b, the same enlarged; 1c, twig with fruits. Sturt’s Creek, Northern- Territory (Mueller). From a drawing of the type at Kew, made by Miss M. Smith. Broad, young leaf, as young as I have seen it. Desert south of Fitzroy River, West Kimberleys, Nerth- West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, September, 1906). Front and back views of anthers; 3b, twig with fruits in various stages of maturity. Tanami Gold- field, Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, through C. E. F. Allen). Nore.—Tanami is a gold-field, and not a tin-field, as inadvertently so recorded in this work in Part XXXVII, p. 186 (under #. aspera) and Part XXXVIII, p. 212 (under Z. sctosa). E. capitellata Sm. Orbicular juvenile leaf in the earliest stage; 4b, juvenile leaf a little further advanced; 4b, juvenile leaf still further advanced, with the venation modified; 4d, mature leaf. Corner of the Pittwater and Spit roads, Port Jackson (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). This species is also figured in Part VIII, Plate 87, figures 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, la. 3a. 4a. 6a. 7a. 160 PLATE 187. EB. Camfieldi: Maiden. Juvenile leaves in the orbicular state; 1), juvenile leaves, a stage more advanced, beeoming pointed at the apex; }c, a juvenile leaf of a larger size, entirely covered with stellate hairs, but more thickly at the back; a portion of the leaf is enlarged to show the thick marginal vein and the stellate hairs; 1d, mature leaf, thick and very shiny; 1c, umbel of buds, nine in the head; Jf, front and back view of anther; lg, fruits. West side of Berowra Creek, Hornsby, near Sydney (W. F. Blakely). Intermediate leaf, on a twig bearing juvenile leaves. About half a mile south from the 17-mile post, Galston road, Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). Twig with fruits having exserted valves; 3b, immature fruits. Woronora River, Heathcote, a little south of Botany Bay (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.). Front and back views of anthers; 4b, fruits so compressed as to be almost syncarpous. Waterfall, a few miles south of Sydney (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,169). The juvenile leaves figured at fig. 4, Plate 37, belong te this species. E. Blazlandi Maiden and Cambage. A mature leaf, Blackheath, N.S.W. (J.H.M.). From the type, which is further figured as regards juvenile leaves, buds and fruits at Plate 38, figs. 3a-3c. E. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. Intermediate leaf; 6b, buds; 6c, front and back views of anthers. Normanton, Queensland. (Ivie Murchie). Juvenile leaf, as young as I have seen one; 7b, mature leaf; 7c, fruits; 74, plan of the fruit, Normanton (R. H. Cambage, No. 8930). The type. The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “‘ Forest Flora of New South Wales’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn. (xlvii). acmenvoides Schauer (Xxx). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). Baueriana Schauer (vii). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (1vii). Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xlii). Caleyz Maiden (lv). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). conica Deane and Maiden (Iviii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). coriacea A. Cunn. (Xv). corymbosa Sm. (xii). crebra F.v.M. (li). Dalrympleana Maiden (\xiv). dives Schauer (xix). dumosa A. Cunn. (Ixv). eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). fruticetorum F.v.M. (xii). gigantea Hook. f. (li). globulus Li Her. (Ixvii). goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). hemastoma Sm. (Xxxvii). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Inuehmanniana B.v.M. (xxvi). macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). maculata Hook. (vi). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). melliodora A. Cunn. (1x). macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). microtheca F.v.M. (Iu). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). numerosa Maiden (xvii). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). ochrophlova F.v.M. (1). odorata Behr. and Schlectendal (x11). oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). paniculata Sm. (vill). pilularis Sm. (XXxXi). prperita Sm. (XxXxill). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). propingua Deane and Maiden (1x1). punctata DC. (x). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). resinifera Sm. (iil). rostrata Schlecht. (1xi1). rubida Deane and Maiden (xlii1). saligna Sm. (1v). stderophlova Benth. (xxxix). stderorylon A. Cunn. (xiii). Steberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). tereticornis Sma. (X1). tessellaris F.v.M. (1xvi). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xix). viminalis Labill. (Ixiv). virgata Sieb. (xxv). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxi). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ls. per part (10s. per 12 parts); each part containing 4 plates and ether illustrations. Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1922 E 184. -deeF ith. Bip M.Floekion Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. BUCALY PLUS ERY THROCORYS=F.v-M: ss 2) ) ig ot CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. cai kbiacaa Ms RS TEA eae Die Flockton.del.eF ith Ds M. EUCALYPTUS TETRODONTA F.v PL. 186. “crit. REY. EUCALYPTUS. PALES Ee SOAPS RE RN SM IEA teil pace Lai BRP D INS HAE Pp SRN nn Cf pees Cr at M.Flockton.del.eF lith- 3) (4) [See also Plate 37, Figs. 1, 2, (1 EUCALYPTUS ODONTOCARPA F.v.M. PU CAV EUS CAMLEE LE ATA: Sim. 3, oy 6.] Bi REV. EUCALYPTUS. eae PAS M.Flockfon.deél.erlt Plate 37.| [See also Fig 3, Plate 38.] 4) [See also Fig. 4, (Ui EUCALYPTUS CAMFIELDI Mat1pEen EUCALYPTUS BLAXLANDI MaipEN and CAMBAGE ) a) MAIDEN and Ca ( (6, 7) MBAGE. EUCALYPTUS NORMANTONENSIS = ae lyptus megacarpa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. 99. Hucalyptus Maident F.v.M. | . Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. £.- Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) ol. Eucalyptus goniocalys F.v.M. 02. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 3. Eucalyptus elwophora F.v.M. 104. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 5. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. _ Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913 ) 106. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. . Lucalyptus longrfol1a Link and Otto. Eucalyptus diversicolor ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus Guilfoylec Maiden. Hucalyptus patens Bentham. lll. Eucalyptus.Todtiana F.v.M. 12. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. _ Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) . Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 4. Hucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 5. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. Hucalyptus gqomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) . Hucalyptus erythronema Turcz. Eucalypius acacieformis Deane & Maiden. Eucalyptus pallidifolia ¥.v.M. 0. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 1. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 2. Hucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. Eucalyptus phenicea ¥.v.M.. _ Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) is Eucalyptus robusta Smith. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 127. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. _ Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 8. Eucalyptus Deanet Maiden. , Eucdyptus Dunnit Maiden. . Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Banksit Maiden. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. lates, 100 bis-103. _ (Issued November, 1915.) : Bucalypius M Katowi Deane and Maiden. Bucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. Eucdyptus parvifolia Cambage. Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. : Regen 104-107. aes February, 1916., 0. Eucalyptus rubida Deane ae Maiden. _ Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) ucaly pts maculosa R. T. Baker. ucdyptus pracor Maiden. alt ptus ovata Labill. us neglecta Maiden. (Issued July, 1916.) _ XXXV--176. XXXVI 182. Part XXVII—145, Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 146. Hucalyptus Muelleri T. B. Moore. 147. Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden. 148. Hucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére. Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) XXIX—149. Eucalyptus Baeuerlenit F.v.M. 150. Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 152. Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 153. Hucalyptus punctaia DC. 154. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 156. Hucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. _ Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) XXXI— 158. Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 159. Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 160. Eucalyptus. amplifolia Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) XXXII—161. Hucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 163. Hucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 164. Hucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 166. Hucalyptus Morristi R. T. Baker. ae 167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917. aa XXXII 68. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. -. 169. Hucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 170. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 171. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917. ys XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. , Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918. = Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 179. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 180. Hucalyptus gamophylia F.v.M. 181. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 184. Hucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 186. Hucalyptus Cooperrana F.v.M. 187. Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. 188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 192. Lucalyptus papuana F.v.M. Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) vii 93. istiphe tessellaris F.v.M. 194. Hucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. he 195. Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 196. Lucalyptus setosa Schauer. 197. Lucalyptus ferruginea Schauer, 198. Eucalyptus Moore: Maiden and Cambage. 199. Hucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. _ 200. Lucalyptus torguata Luehmann. 9. Hucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 201. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 202, Hucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 208, Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) a XIX 204. Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. .<, 205. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. me 206. Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. 207. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M.- 208. Hucalypius celastroides Turczaninow. 209. Bucalyptus gracilis F.vy.M. — 210. Hucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden, 211. Hucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. 73. Hucalyptus ‘oleosa F.v.M. 212. Hucalyptus Flocktonie Maiden. 28. ELucalyptus virgata Sieber. 213. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. 214. Hucalyptus obtusvflora DC. 215. Hucalyptus fraximoides Deane and Maiden. Plates 160-163. (Issued February, 1920.) XL 6. Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. >) 217. Bucalypius dichromophloia F.v.M. Pe B18. Hucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 219. Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 220. Bucalyptus ligustrina DC. _ 221. Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 222. Hucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. Plates 164-167. Ges March, 1920.) ' Maiden n. sp. * _ Part XLIV—243. Hucalyptus perfoliata R. Brown. 244. Hucalyptus ptychocarpa F.v.M. 245. Hucalyptus similis Maiden. , eee 246. EHucalyptus lirata (W. V. gen fe alae 247. Eucalyptus Baileyana Bx M. 248. Eucalyptus Lane-Poolei Maiden. 249. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. SOR 250. Eucalyptus Baker: Maiden. ee oN Eucalyptus Jacksoni Maiden. , 3 Se 2. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Plates, 180-183. 4 . ig ae § x le i aes + cee nN RE Natl, Sma OE ale ee ee ee ee! eet mee “14. Bucalyptus pyre variety Kings? 92, Bucalyptus Oldfielc 227. Hucalyptus Drummondii 1 Plates, 168-171. — XLII—228. Eucalyptus eximia Schauer, 229. Eucalyptus peltata Bentha 280. Eucalyptus Watsoniana F. - 931, Eucalyptus trachyphloia Full 232. Hucalyptus hybrida Maiden. 233. Eucalyptus Krusé.na F.v.M, 234. Eucalyptus Dawson R. T. Bak 62. Eucalyptus polyanthemos 64, Hucalyptus Bauervana Scha 235. Hucalyptus conica Deane and Mai er fs 70. Hucalyptus concolor Schauer, Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 192 XLII. —236. Eucalyptus ficifolia FvM. 237. Hucalyptus calophylla R.Br. 238. Eucaly apts ae Maid Maiden. 241. Eucalyptus apprewimans Maide 242. Hucalyptus Stoward: Maiden Plates, 176-1 79. (Issued Nover (Issued February, 1921.) . = m entICAL REVISION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS anso Sow TN o® Cy “iy w JUL 1 2 1993 a ioceems BY etl SUAIDEN, iso, ERS, PLS (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Nou Vos Pani 6 Pare XUN) oe (WITH FOUR PLATES.) PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of q THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Sydney ; WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. *19061 1921, Part I—1. f{—2 IiI—3 Iv—4 5 V—6 7 8 VI—9 10 11 V II—12 13 14 15 16 VitI—17 18 19 21. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 22. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 23. Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. XV —73 Plates, 37-40. (Tssued March, 1907.) 74 IX—24. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 75 25. Bucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 26 Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 27, Eucalyptus wumbra R. T. Baker. XVI— 28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 29, Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 76 30. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 77 31. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 78 Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 79 X—32. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. a 33. Eucalyptus Sceberiana F.v.M. 89 34. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 93 35. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 84 36. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 85 37. Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. 86 38. Bucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 87 39. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 88 40. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) yyyq-—89. XI—41. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 90 42. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 91 43. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 92 44. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 93 44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 94 45. . Eucaluptus fecunda Schauer. . Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. . Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. . Eucalyptus Risdon Hook. f. . Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. . Eucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus . Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. . Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. . Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. “y . Bucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., and var. Part XI—46. Muelleriana Maiden. (contd.) 47 Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1803.) 48 Eucalyptus obliqua 1 Héritier. Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) . Eucalyptus calycogona Turczamnow. XII—50 Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 51 . Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. oe Piates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) Pe . Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 56 57 Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) . Eucalyptus amygdelina Labillardiére. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) vitrea R. T. Baker. . Eucalypius dives Schauer. . Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. . Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-86. (Issued October, 1905.) Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. . Eucalypius ochrophloia F.v.M. | . Eucalyptus microtheca B.v.M. . Eucalyptus Raveretiana ¥.v.M. . Hucalyptus crebra F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Staigervana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus melanophlova F.v.M. . Lucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. . Eucalyptus Smith R. 'T. Baker. . Eucalyptus Naudinvana ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus siderocylon A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Caleyr Maiden. 4 Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 191\ XHI—60. 61. 62. . Eucalyptus Rudder: Maiden. . Eucalyptus Bavertana Schauer. . Eucalyptus cneortfolia DC. . Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 4 . Eucalyptus Gilli Maiden. s . Eucalyptus falcata Turez. . Eucalyptus Le Souefit Maiden. . Eucalyptus Clelands Maiden. . Eucalyptus decurva ¥.v.M.° . Eucalyptus doratocylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. . Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. . Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. . Eucalyptus Griffithsi Maiden, . Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. . Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. . Eucalyptus squamosa Deane and Maiden. . Eucalyptus Oldfieldia F.v.M. . Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. 4. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. Eucalyptus acacioudes A. Cunn. Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus afinis Deane and Maiden. : Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 1 Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. : Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) . Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus fasciculosa ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. . Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. . Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. . Eucalyptus Cléeziana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. ¥ Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912.) ~ Eucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flocktonmaa Maiden. » | % 2) Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 19 Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. 4 | : : Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 9] A ORMICAL I BVISION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY Sec ADDING ).S.OF PRS, FS. (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). VoL. Ve Rar (6. Part XLVI of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) *« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a sysiem has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” Macauray’s “Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Spvynev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET, *10061—A 1921. me a eis Ai yeh eee ti CCLIX, Eucalyptus tetragona \.v.M. PAGE, Description ‘ 6 : ‘ ; 5 , ‘ 0 a pe adepe Synonyms : ‘ ; 5 : : ‘ : : aeelOZ Robert Brown’s remarks on Eudesmia_. 0 . les Range ; ; ‘ ‘ : : : : : ‘ = 163 Affinities) . : : : A : ‘ ‘ : : : 164 CCLX. Eucalyptus eudesmioides F.v.M. Description 4 : ; ; ‘ : : : ; ae tO5 Range Mer es fs hace Ay Pamper Ol emer mms! Does TOO Affinities . A : 3 : 5 ‘ 2 ‘ 168 CCLXI. Eucalyptus Ebbanoensis Maiden nso. Description : : : . : ° : : : ye tO9 Range : ‘ : : ’ ; 3 : 0 ‘ fe Leg ATHinity., . : , 6 ; : : : : ek O XV. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. Additional vernacular names . 6 : : : any Shape of the fruit : : ; . : : : ee © Synonyms. ‘ Sn Ba ; ‘ : : : ais oats Range ; 4 ; : : : : ‘ ; : bel STEMOITICS ee : - : 5 6 : 5 . : Ss kA CCLXII. Eucalyptus angophoroides RX. T. Baker. Description Range : : : é : : ; d : é eae! Affinities . : : ° : : : . . : Seely: GCLXIIT. Eucalyptus Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. Description Range Affinity CCLXIV. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Description ° 5 . 5 Synonym . “Range | Affinities (It has already been figured in Part XXXVI) ERX. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. Evidence that finally proves that No. LXIX, E. concolor Schauer, is a Synonym Appendix. Eucalyptus cochinchinensis Auct. is a synonym of Melaleuca Leucadendron L. Explanation of Plates (188-191) PAGE. 178 179 179 180 180 I8t 181 182 183 183 DESCRIPTION. CCLIX. E. tetragona F.v.M. In Fragm. iv, 51 (1864). FoLLowINe is a translation of the original :— A shrub, tree-like, branchlets somewhat winged, or acutely tetragonal, leaves opposite or sub-opposite, coriaceous, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate or ovate, more rarely orbicular, with rather long and compressed petioles, prominently penniveined, reticulately veined, peripheral vein more or less removed from the margin, peduncles axillary, solitary, compressed, about 3-flowered, rarely absent, pedicels acute angled, shorter than the calyx-tube, which is truncate-ovate, quadridenticulate, several times longer than the depressed hemispherical, cruciate, quadristriate operculum, stamens in four bundles, a little distant from each other or together, fruits rather large, truncate-ovate, or more tarely somewhat globose, 2 to 4 ribbed, 4 or more rarely 5-celled, the smooth rim of the capsule included, the fertile seeds rather large, narrowly winged, near the acute angles. In the hilly coastal tracts from the Stirling Range to Cape Arid (Western Australia). A shrub soon growing taller or increasing in season to a rather small tree, with a trunk then of 25 feet; in its young state it is like H. globulus, especially in its branchlets, petioles, and chalky white inflorescence. The petioles, with narrowed curved back wings, are decurrent and as it were 2-keeled. Leaves mostly 2-4 inches long, ?-2 inches broad, more often acute than obtuse, margin slightly thickened, the younger ones glaucous on both sides, the older ones greener, always opaque, more or less covered with pellucid dots or almost imperforate. Peduncles an inch long or shorter, sometimes cuneate-dilated. Pedicels 1-6 lines long. Bracts almost cymbiform, in the apex of the peduncle, a few lines long, deciduous. Buds campanulate-obovate. _ Operculum about 3 lines broad and 1 line deep, always in four divisions. Filaments free, although in bundles crowded together alternately with the ribs of the calyx-tube, very numerous, whitish, becoming tawny yellow (fulvescentia), the longer ones measuring 3-4 lines. Anthers small, ovate-cordate. Fruits measuring }-? inch, somewhat contracted at the orifice. E. odontocarpa, E. tetradonta, and EH. eudesmioides have a similar quadridentate calyx in which the stamens are collected more or less distinctly into bundles, but on account of this one point it is not possible to separate Eudesmia from the genus Eucalyptus. It was then described by Bentham (B.FI. 11, 259) in the following words :-— Varying from a low scrubby shrub, densely covered with a white meal, to a small tree, of 20 to 25 feet, the specimens often entirely deprived of the whiteness; branches mostly 4-angled or almost 4-winged, rarely terete. Leaves mostly opposite or nearly so or the upper ones alternate, from broadly ovate and very obtuse to lanceolate-falcate and almost acute, rarely above 4 inches long, thick and rigid, with diverging but rather distant veins, the intramarginal one at a distance from the edge. Pedwneles axillary, short, thick, angular or flattened, with three or very rarely four or five rather large flowers, on thick angular or flattened pedicels. Calyx-tube campanulate, about 3 or rarely nearly 4 lines long and broad, with four minutely prominent teeth, sometimes very conspicuous, sometimes scarcely perceptible. Operculum depressed-hemispherical, shorter than the calyx-tube, smooth. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long, more or less distinctly arranged in four clusters or bundles, alternating with the calyx-tube, but the claws or dilatations of the disk very short or scarcely perceptible; anthers small, with parallel cells opening longitudinally. Fruit ovoid or nearly globular, truncate, contracted at the orifice, smooth or more or less ribbed, } to ? inch diameter, the rim scarcely distinct; capsule sunk, usually 4-celled. 162 Oldfield observes that from the abundance of essential oil this species contains, it is killed down to the ground by the periodical fires, when other plants are only a little scorched, and is thus generally to be found only in an untidy ragged, scrubby form, but he has seen dead stems of 25 feet. In 1906, Dr. Diels (translation herewith) wrote :— “ Of the species with juvenile characters Z. tetragona (R.Br.) F.v.M. is one of the most conspicuous, if observed typically. I have frequently observed this shrub in the south-eastern part of the south-west province of Australia, from Stirling Range to Esperance Bay, in sandy heathy country. One gets the best impression of its appearance if one calls to one’s mind the juvenile form of &. globulus, so common in gardens in Europe; the branches are remarkably strongly quadrangular, dusted over with white or bluish- white, the leaves are opposite, thick, ovate-lanceolate to ovate, or rarely orbicular, also strongly glaucous.” (L. Diels, Jugendformen und Blutenreife, p. 94.) After travelling amongst a good deal of it, I published the following note in 1911 :— “The seedlings have the leaves decussate, glandular and glandular-hairy on branches and along margins of leaves, and also‘on the backs of the midribs. The branches are very square and the whole plant reeks with oil. The leaves when young always stalked (flattened stalked) and the young foliage is plum-coloured. It is a shrub, always straggly, sometimes attaining a height of 10 feet. It is known as ‘ White Marlock,’ and is a striking object. Owing to the dazzling whiteness of the plants, the cream coloured flowers are by no means conspicuous, neither are they large. The colour of the filaments is cream, the anthers are small, and the stamens are in bundles (Hudesmie). It is common from Hopetoun to near Ravensthorpe, also common on the Kalgan Plains.” (Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II.) I also found it at Esperance. It is not always opposite-leaved; it is very frequently alternate. SYNONYMS. 1. Eudesmia tetragona R.Br. 2. Eucalyptus pleurocarpa “chauev. 1. Eudesmia. Following is a translation of the Latin original :—Myrtace, between Eucalyptus and Angophora. Generic characters.—Calyx superior, 4-toothed. Petals firmly connate to the 4-striate deciduous operculum. Stamens in four polyandrous bundles, alternating with the teeth of the calyx, connate at the base. Capsule 4-celled, polyspermous, dehiscing at the apex. The following is in English :— Eudesmia tetragona Tab. 3. In exposed barren places, near the shores in the . neighbourhood of Lucky Bay on the south coast of New Holland in 34° 8. lat. and 123° E, long. Gathered both in flower and fruit in January, 1802. 163 Then comes a Latin description, of which the following is a translation :— Shrub of 3 to 5 feet, branches spreading, branchlets tetragonous, with marginate angles. Leaves opposite, at one time sub-opposite, petiolate, more often turned back, lanceolate or oblong, coriaceous, compact, margin entire, glaucous, with resinous dots, veins hardly immersed, anastomosing, 3-4 inches Jong, 14-16 lines broad. Umbels lateral, few-flowered, peduncles and pedicels two-edged, calyx turbinate, obtusely tetragonous, cohering with the ovary, with the angles at the top drawn out into short, subunequal teeth, the two opposite ones a little larger. Operculum depressed hemispherical, with a point, glandular, whitish, marked with four cruciform strie, slightly depressed opposite the teeth of the calyx, as if composed of the four petals, deciduous. Stamens very many; filaments in four bundles, approximately opposite the petals, hair-like, glabrous, white, the inner ones decidedly shorter; anthers ovate-subrotund, incumbent, yellowish white, dehiscing with longitudinal cells. Ovary included in the adherent tube of the calyx, four-celled; style 1, cylindrical; stigma obtuse. Capsule included and connate with the enlarged turbinate, oblong, woody calyx-tube, dehiscing in four divisions at the apex. Obs.—There can be no doubt respecting the affinity of this genus, which belongs to Myrtacez and differs from Eucalyptus solely in having a striated operculum placed within a distinctly toothed calyx, and jn its filaments being collected into bundles. The operculum in Hudesmia, from the nature of its striae, and their relation to the teeth of the calyx, appears to be formed of the confluent petals only; whereas, that of Hucalyptus, which is neither striated nor placed within a distinct calyx, is more probably composed, in several cases at least, of both floral envelopes united. But in many species of Hucalyptus a double operculum has-been observed; in these the outer operculum, which generally separates at a much earlier stage, may perhaps be considered as formed of the calyx, and the inner consequently of corolla alone, as in Eudesmia; this view of the structure appears at least very probable in contemplating Eucalyptus globulus, in which the cicatrix caused by the separation of the outer operculum is particularly obvious, and in which also ‘he inner operculum is of an evidently different form. Jussieu, in some observations which he has lately made on this subject (in Annales du Mus. 19, p. 432) seems inclined to consider the operculum of Eucalyptus as formed of two confluent bractee, as is certainly the case with respect to the calyptra of Pileanthus, and of a nearly related genus of the same natural family. This account of its origin in Hucalyptus, however, is hardly consistent with the usual umbellate inflorescence of that genus; the pedicelli of an umbel being always destitute of bractee; and in E. globulus, where the flowers are solitary, two distinct bractez are present as well as adouble operculum. But a calyptra analogous to that of Pileanthus exists also in most of the species of Hucalyptus, where it is formed of the confluent bractezee common to the whole umbel, and falls off at a very early period. Robert Brown in “ Appendix to Flinders’ Voyage,” 11, 599, t. 3; also his “ Miscellaneous Botanical Works” (Ray Soc.), 1, 74. 2. Eucalyptus pleurocarpa Schauer, in Lehmann’s Plante Preissiane, i, 132 (1844-5). The type came from Cape Riche. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia. The type came from coastal hilly tracts from the Stirling Range to Cape Arid, but the original Hudesmia tetragona comes from Lucky Bay, which is a little to the east of Esperance. “From Cape Arid (Maxwell) to Lucky Bay (R. Brown), Cape Riche (Preiss), South West Bay (Oldfield), the vicinity of Stirling’s Range (F.v.M.), and thence northward at least as far as the remotest sources of the Swan River (Th. Muiz).”” (‘‘Hucalyptographia.’’) 164 From this the idea must not be taken away that H. tetragona occurs in the Swan River District. It occurs in a limited area of the southern district from the Stirling Range district to the Esperance district, Lucky Bay being its furthest record east, although I expect it to be found further east than that. Following are some specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— East of Katanning (Dr. F. Stoward); Kalgan Plains (J.H.M.); “ Marlock or Spearwood,” Stirling Range (Collector for Andrew Murphy). Hast from Solomon’s Well, Stirling Range (Dr. A. Morrison); ‘‘ From the south-west front of the Stirling Range to east Mount Barren,” (Collector of Mueller); Cape Riche (Maxwell). “ Large leaf Eucalypt, scrubby, dwarf, 5-10 feet. Poor sandy ridge, midway between the eastern end of the Stirling Range and Growangerup. Only a small patch of it, but Mr. Rowe says there are miles of it on the way to Ravensthorpe.” (W. C. Grasby.) Hopetoun to Ravensthorpe, plentiful from end to end of the railway which connects the two places (34 miles). It is hardly conceivable that it ends at Ravens- thorpe (J.H.M.). Esperance (J.H.M.). Lucky Bay (Robert Brown). The type. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. eudesmioides F.v.M. See under FZ. eudesmioides at p. 168. 2. With F. inerassata Labill., var. angulosa. Drummond’s IV, 75, is, according to Bentham, LE. incrassata Labill. var. angulosa (figured at fig. 1, Plate 14 of the present work), but a specimen of Drummond’s No. 75 (1848) from Herb. Oxon., in bud and flower, is H. tetragona F.v.M. Other specimens bearing the same number are Z. tetragona. The explanation is that, under this number, we have mixed material, for the two species are not closely related. DESCRIPTION. CCLX. E. eudesmioides ¥.v.M. In Fragm. ii, 35 (1860). FoLLow1nc is a translation of the original :-— Dull green, leaves alternate, opposite or sub-opposite, ovate or narrow-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, slightly curved, more seldom sub-falcate, spreading and prominently penniveined, covered with bright dots, wmbels with not more than three flowers, peduncles and pedicels shorter than the calyx, rarely of the same length. Buds obovate, indistinctly tetragonous, calyax-tube ovate-campanulate, two or three times longer than the hemispherical operculum, the tooth of the fascicle of stamens thickened, semiorbicular and pointed; fruits ovate-campanulate, scarcely angled, 3-4 celled, the vertex of the capsule smooth, valves inserted near the margin of the fruit, the fertile seeds surrounded by a very narrow wing. In sandy plains and limestone hills near the Murchison River, at least up to Mount Curious, as well as towards the Bay (Shark’s) (Walcott and Oldfield). Shrub 4-12 feet high. Called ‘ Mallalie” by the aborigines. Branches rather smooth, branchlets compressed tetragonous. Leaves for the most part 4-4 inches long, 4-1 inch broad, with very short and sometimes long petioles, thinly coriaceous, imperforate when old, marginate, pale-green, never hoary, peripheral veins rather distant from the margin. Peduncles at first about 2 lines long, seldom longer, like the pedicels more or less angular. _Operculum traversed with four very smooth sutures often scarcely to be observed. Calyx-tube 2-3 lines long, hardly denticulate. Stamen-bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth, leaving behind an incurved tooth with a semiorbicular contracted base. Filaments. white or yellowish; rose-coloured at the base, the longer ones 24 lines long. Anthers pale, sub-ovate. Style barely alinelong. The indurated fruit 4-4 inch long, with the mouth sometimes distinctly and sometimes not at all contracted, wrinkled. Sterile seeds yellow, less than a line long, angular; fertile seeds blackish, 14-2 lines long, rhomboid-subovate, acutely angled, very narrowly and thinly winged near the margin. The genus Eudesmia, if we except the disposition of the stamens, cannot be discerned from any species of Kucalyptus. (The filaments, rose-coloured at the base, bring this species into the list of those which have bi-coloured filaments. It belongs to a group where the reddish colour is, like that of Z. Sieberiana, not wholly diffused over the whole of the filament.) The species is described in B.FI. ili, 260, in the following words :— A shrub, attaining 10 feet, with a smooth bark (Oldfield). caves from broad-lanceolate and 4 to 5 inches long, to narrow-lanceolate and shorter, mostly mucronate-acute and often falcate, rigid, the veins rather numerous but oblique and anastomosing, very conspicuous in the narrow leaves, much less so in the larger ones, the intramarginal one usually distant from the edge. Peduncles axillary, very short, nearly terete, mostly 3-flowered. Peduwncles short. Calya-tube narrow-turbinate, 24 to nearly 3 lines long, with four minute teeth, sometimes prominent, sometimes scarcely conspicuous. Operculum short, depressed hemispherical, very obtuse and rather thick. Stamens 2 to 3 lines long, distinctly arranged in four clusters or bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth; anthers very small, nearly globular, with distinct parallel cells. Fruit ovoid or oblong, usually } to nearly 2 inch long, in some specimens (perhaps not perfect), contracted at the orifice, but usually cylindrical, the rim concave, not broad, the capsule slightly sunk, usually 3-celled. It is not dealt with by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia,”’ 8 ; 166 I published the following note concerning it in 1911 :— A white gum, a smooth-barked straggling tree of 20 feet, with a diameter of 9 inches and very little scaly bark. Asarule seenasa bush. Wood pale chocolate brown towards the heart, but most of it white. Branchlets brown, giving the tree a brownish cast. Juvenile leaves lanceolar, rarely broad. Leaves pale-green, glaucous, equally green on both sides. Leaves in opposite stage to top of tree. It is the exception for them to be alternate. Fruits yellowish, quadrangular. I only came across it at Minginew, where itisrare. (Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. IIL.) RANGE. _ The type comes from sandy plains and limestone hills near the Murchison River, - Western Australia. It was for many years believed to be confined to that State, but ‘I show it to also occur in South Australia and the Northern Territory. It is a species _of dry country. Drummond had previously collected it, under No. 69 (6th Collection). The following two specimens were received from Mueller, and are doubtless typical :— . (a) Shrubby, 6-8 feet. Sand plain north of Mount Curious, Murchison River (Augustus Oldfield). : (b) “‘ Eucalyptus ‘ Myallie’ of the aborigines (evidently the same as ‘ Mallalie’ ‘in the original description), from Pindaryah, north of Murchison ” (Augustus Oldfield). “ B. eudesmioides has been traced by the writer in 1877 from the Arrowsmith ‘River to near Shark’s Bay over sand and limestone ground” (Mueller, in “ Bu leely aise graphia’). Found near Freycinet Harbour (Mueller, Shark Bay Report). Following are additional localities :-— “Mallee, 10-12 feet high.” Sand plains between Mogumber and Gillingarra (W. v. Fitzgerald). In another label on specimens from the same locality he says, “ Sandy hillsides; stems smooth-barked.” Carnamah, Midland Railway line (Dr. A. Morrison). em: Mt. Muggawah, Yandanooka, Arrowsmith River district (Dr. A. Morrison). Small tree of 20-25 feet, Mingenew (W. V. Fitzgerald, J.H.M.). Shrub of 14-3 -metres, or small tree, young branches purplish, leaves glaucous. North of Mingenew ' (Dr. L. Diels, No. 3035). [ “. _ ‘The above localities are all at no great distance from the west coast; the following ‘take a leap into the dry country easterly and we have no intermediate records. “ The fine growth of Eucalyptus eudesmioides (Desert Gum) extending for over 100 miles gave the country a very pleasing aspect.” Vicinity of Queen Victoria Spring. 167 (Journal Elder Expl. Exped.,p.7). The Spring is in 30° 30’ south latitude, and 123° 45’ east longitude, north-east of Kalgoorlie. ‘We have other specimens collected by the same expedition, as follows :— (2) Camp 45, Victoria Desert (R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition, 8th September, 1891). ——— (6) Victoria Desert (R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition, 2nd Sep eho ery Nat Use tag 1891), (labelled H. Todtiana by a slip of the pen). The following note refer to these an specimens :—W.A., near Barrow Range, Victoria Desert (C. 45 and 60), “ Desett Gib, 1 2 1921 30-45 feet.” (Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvi, 358). Barrow Range is appro ately a, ° : Shon : Staonal M 26° south latitude, and 127° 20’ east longitude. nal Muse We are now approaching South Australia and the Northern Territory. y, South Australia. E. eudesmioides is shown in the map of the Elder Exploring Expedition over large areas in South Australia, and although I have not seen a South Australian specimen, I readily agree that it is found in that State, since it has been found in extra-tropical Western Australia adjacent to the South Australian border, and also in the Northern - Territory not far from the South Australian boundary. Mueller and Tate (Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvi, 358) record a “‘ variety with ovate leaves, 25 miles 8.8.W. of Mt. Watson.”’ I have not seen the specimen and it weal be desirable to re-examine it: Northern Territory. In the desert country (from the George Gill Range to Ayers Rock and Mt. Olga), at p. 81 of the Horn Expedition Narrative, Prof. Baldwin Spencer says, “ All the morning we were traversing low sandhills, on many of which grew a fine sandhill gum, F. eudesmioides, which reached a height of 50 to 80 feet. The trunk is silver-grey in colour and very shiny, except the butt, where it is covered with a paper-like bark which peels off in long, yellow-brown scales. The grey-green foliage usually forms a kind of umbrella shaped mass, and it is somewhat strange to find a big tree like this right out amongst the waterless sandhills.” Tanami Goldfield is situated in North-western Central Australia in latitude 19° 58’ and east longitude 129° 45’ (approx. about 484 miles east of the boundary between Western Australia and the Northern Territory. It is 696 miles (550 by track and 146 by railway) from Darwin, or 400 miles (by track via Mucka) from the Victoria River depot. In Mr. Lionel C. E. Gee’s “‘ General Report on Tanami Goldfield and district ~~ (S.A. Parliamentary Paper, 1911)—from Tanami to Mucka on the Victoria River; . Desert Gums (probably E. eudesmioides) were encountered (see p. 6 of Report). 168 Aue NT ES: 1. With £. tetragona V.v.M. “Very near /7. tetragona in characters, but the narrow leaves, small flowers and narrow fruits give it a very different aspect.” (B.FI. iii, 260.) “ The differences between JL. tetragona and E. eudesmioides . . . consist in the much narrower leaves of E. eudesmioides, the absence of the waxy-powdery whiteness, less or not compressed flower-stalks, smaller flowers and fruits, prevailing ternary number of fruit-valves . . . A large fruited form of this plant from Esperance Bay, referred to E. tetragona in the ‘Flora Australiensis’ seems to mediate the transit from E. tetragona to E. eudesmioides; it is without whitish bloom, and may exhibit the aged state of the species.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia.”) No form, large-fruited or other, from Esperance Bay, is referred to EZ. tetragona in the “ Flora Australiensis.” Mueller is referring to a specimen in his own herbarium, as follows :—His label is “ Eucalyptus tetragona F.M. (Eudesmia), Esperance Bay. Transit to E. eudesmioides. Flower stalks compressed.”’ Diels and Pritzel refer to it in the following passages :— “ E. tetragona F.v.M. We have seen a form with narrower lanceolate-elliptical leaves and less pruinose, collected in the eastern Eyre district near Israelite Bay (A. G. Brooks) in the Melbourne herb. This specimen seems analogous.to the form, mentioned by Mueller in Eucalyptographia, as showing transit to E. eudesmioides, found near Esperance Bay. Still it seems to have much more affinity to EL. tetragona than E. eudesmioides.” (Diels and Pritzel in Engler Jahrb., xxxv, 444.) This Esperance Bay specimen (EB. tetragona, in my view), is referred to again by Dr. Diels in the following passage (translation) :— The species (B. tetragona) belongs from its fruits and flowers to the very small group of Eudesmiee (Bentham Fl. Austr. iii, 258) and is there doubtlessly nearly related to E. eudesmioides F.v.M. (fig. 27), Nothing is more expressive of the close relationship of the two species than the different limits different authors draw to the forms of the two species. According to F. v. Mueller (Eucalyptographia) £. gudesmioides is distinguished by the alternate, much smaller leaves, the warting of the white waxy bloom, less or not at all flattened pedicels, and smaller flowers and fruits. A large-fruited form from Esperance Bay—so continues F. v. Mueller—which is placed by Bentham (B.FI.) with #. tetragona, seems to represent a transition of the two; it has no white bloom and is perhaps the grown-up state of the species. With this F. v. Mueller admits that a form regarded by him as EZ. eudesmioides is perhaps the fully matured state of E. tetragona. I can only agree with this view after examining a specimen similar to the form in question collected by Miss Brooke at Israelite Bay. This plant is from the fruit entirely Z. tetragona, but the leaves are partly alternate, smaller, without bloom, and the flowers are smaller, therefore a clear transition to E. eudesmioides, whose type, collected about 900 km. more northerly, is figured at fig. 27d. (‘‘ Jugendformen und Blutenreife,” p. 94.) This Esperance Bay specimen is figured at figs. 4a-d, Plate 188; see the description of the Plate given at page 183, where I express the opinion that it is E. tetragona, with fruits not quite ripe. It may be looked upon as starved. At the same time, I agree that it seems to show characters intermediate between Z. tetragona and EL. eudesmiordes. Further, we must remember that it comes from country where E. tetragona is abundant, and LH. eudesmioides absent, the latter being found in more northerly, much drier, country. The chief differences between the two species are tabulated by me at page 137, Part XLV. 169 DESCRIPTION. CCLXI. E. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. Tuts species may be described as follows :— Mallee 9” diametro, fere 30’ alta, cortice leve; foliis maturis obscure viridibus, crassiusculis, lanceolatis, sepe falcatis, venis indistinctis, tenuibus, patentibus, vena peripherica margini approxi- mata; alabastris 3 in axillis pyriformibus, operculo brevi-hemispherico, ca. 5 mm. diametro; calycis tubo urceolato ad conoideo; staminibus 4 fasciculis dispositis; fructibus fere hemisphericis, fere 1 cm. diametro, margine latiusculo plano vel rotundato, valvis bene exsertis. A tall mallee, usually between 12 and 20 feet high and 6 inches in diameter, but probably attaining a height of about 30 feet; stems near the ground about 9 inches in diameter. Bark smooth. - Juvenile leaves not seen. Mature leaves usually alternate, dull green, the same on both sides, rather thick, with rather long petioles, lanceolate, often faleate, gradually tapering to the apex, not very rounded at the base, profusely dotted, venation indistinct, fine, spreading, the intramarginal vein rather close to the edge. Flowers.—Buds in threes in the axils, brown, the peduncles rounded and about I cm. long, the pedicels short but distinct. Pear-shaped, the operculum shallow-hemispherical, about 5 mm. in diameter, the calyx-tube urceolate to conoid, and twice the depth of the operculum. Anthers versatile, with cream- coloured filaments, the cells opening in parallel slits with large gland at back; arranged in four bundles, alternating with the calyx-teeth. i eee Fruits hemispherical to truncate-pyriform, nearly 1 em. in diameter, with a broadish, flat or domed tim, and with the valves (three) well exsert. Type from Sandplain, Ebbano, east from Mingenew, Western Australia (Dr. A. Morrison, 28th September, 1904), Figured at Figs. 6 and 7, Plate 189. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present. The type comes from Ebbano (Ebano), about 12-15 miles east of Mingenew, a railway station 227 miles north of Perth and about 35 miles east of Dongarra on the sea coast. Comet Vale is on the Laverton line, and is 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie. The two localities are nearly 400 miles apart in a slightly south-easterly direction. Following are details of the two specimens seen by me :— “Sand Plain, Ebbano, east from Mingenew”’ (A. Morrison, 28th September, 1904). No further particulars. Dr. Morrison spelt the name with two “b’s,” but on the official map, obligingly forwarded by the Department of Lands and Surveys of Western Australia, the name is spelt with one ‘“‘b.” As Dr. Morrison’s original spelling was Ebbano, and in some correspondence concerning this plant that spelling was adopted, I use the name Lbbanoensis, though with some doubt. 170 No. 115. No main trunk (mallee habit). Usually between 12 and 20 feet high; stem usually not more than 6 inches in diameter. Smooth bark. Many of the trees seen are re-growths. Original trees probably up to about 30 feet in height, and stems near the ground about 9 inches in diameter. Comet Vale (J. T. Jutson, No. 115, December, 1916; fruits, 25th March, 1917). AFFINITY. With E. eudesmioides F.v.M. It is evidently closely related to this species. I have not juvenile leaves of the new species, but the two can be compared to some extent on perusing Plate 189. It seems to me that H. eudesmioides is a remarkably uniform species. EH. Ebbanoensis differs from it sharply in the fruits, which are larger, inclined to be quadrangular, usually _ angled, with a thin rim and sunk valves. It also appears to be longer leaved and more free-growing. Both species are Mallees or small trees, and have their inflorescence in threes. The new species, while I believe it to be quite distinct, requires further ~ investigation before we can fully define it. 1 XV. FE. Andrewst Maiden. ~~ See the present work, Part VII, p. 194, Plate 36; also my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,”’ Part XXI, p. 5, with Plate 79. Although this is commonly known as “ Blackbutt,” and I have, therefore, to save confusion, proposed the name “ New England Blackbutt ”’ for it, it also passes under the names ‘“ Messmate,’ “‘ Peppermint,’ and even “Stringybark” and “ Woollybutt.”’ Shape of the fruit.—As figured at fig. 4, Plate 36, Part VII of this work, nearly hemispherical, slightly pear-shaped fruits, with nearly filiform pedicels are shown. At figs. 20-22, Plate XXXII of Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiii, 1898, the fruits of E. Sieberiana var. Oxleyensis (which at p. 195, Part VII of this work, I have stated to be a synonym of EH. Andrewsz), are shown to be so pear-shaped as to be almost conical. This conical form of the fruit is also shown in Mr. Baker’s plate of E. campanulata, and also in figs. 5g, 5h, Plate 190, which have been drawn from Mr. Baker’s type. Turning to the more bell-shaped form of the fruit from which Mr. Baker gets his name campanulata, I have not a specimen so campanulate as that of fig. 5f, Plate 190, which is a facsimile of fig. 3 of Mr. Baker’s plate of his type. I think it is just a trifle ‘diagrammatic. The nearest I can get to it is fig.4. This tendency to the campanulate form shows a closer approximation to the type of H. Andrews: than to EL. campanulata ‘itself. What has misled Mr. Baker in proposing the species campanulata is too close a following of typical Z. Andrewsi without bearing in mind the variation as exhibited in E. Sieberiana var. Oxleyensis, and his own figures 4 and 5 (reproduced by me as 5g and 5h). The drawings now submitted, viz., figs. 1, 2b, 4, 5g, and 5h, Plate 190, usefully supplement Plate 36 of Part VII, showing that in #. Andrews the range of the shape of the fruits is considerable, and varies from hemispherical to conical. SYNONYMS. 1. E. Sieberiana F.v.M., var. Oxleyensis Deane and Maiden (1898). 2. E. campanulata R. T. Baker (1911). 1. This variety is fully described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiii, 794 (1898), with figs. 20-22, Plate XXXII. See my comments at Part VII, p. 195 of the present work. 1 Si Se RR Se 5 2 2. Mr. Baker’s species is described in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlv, 288 (1911), with Plate XIII. 172 Following is a copy of the original :— EUCALYPTUS CAMPANULATA, sp. nov., “ Bastard Stringybark.” An average forest tree. Bark decidedly stringy, persistent on the main trunk, branches smooth. “Sucker”? or abnormal leaves broadly lanceolate, oblique not shining, same colour on both sides, often over 9 inches long, venation well marked, lateral veins oblique, distant intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. Petiole over 1 inchlong. Normal leaves comparatively small, lanceolate, oblique, subcoriaceous, not shining. Venation not at all well marked on the smaller upper leaves, but distinctly so in the others. Lateral veins very oblique. Buds, clavate or club shaped, the operculum domed. Fruits.—At the earliest stage of development campanulate on a slender pedicel, a feature not noticed in other species by us. Mature fruits pyriform, rim truncate or slightly countersunk, about 6 mm, diameter at the rim, Bark “ stringy ’’ as implied in its common name. Timber, light coloured or whitish, fissile, but close grained, easy working, in fact, similar in general characteristics to some of the “ Ashes”? or “ Stringybarks,’’ although perhaps a little more inclined to develop gum-veins. Arbor (Bastard Stringybark), distincta, nomine altitudinem 60 feet, attinens, ramulis primum compresso-tetragonis mox teretiusculis. Cortex partim secedens in trunco persistens ramis levibus. Folia abnorme (suckers) obliqua falcato-lanceolata petiolata, alterna concoloria vena peripherica a margine remota; vena laterale obliqua graviter. Folia vulgare, falcato-lanceolata, obliqua, petiolata concoloria, alterna subcoriacea, vena aut prominentes aut obscura obliqua, pleraque 3-6” longer. Pedunculi axillare umbellis multifloris; operculo-depresso hemispherica, mucronulatato breviter, calycis tubus circa 1 cm. longus; fructibus truncato-ovatis, 1 cm. longi, 5 mm. lati valvis non exsertis. Remarks.—The material of this tree for investigation was collected by Mr. C. F. Laseron, the Museum Collector, at Tenterfield, where it passes as the “‘ Bastard Stringybark.’ His herbarium material appears to be identical with specimens collected by Mr. A. Rudder in the Upper Williams district. The fruits somewhat resemble those of E. virgata Sieb. or E. Sieberiana,but then the timber, bark, and oil differ from these species. The oil of Z. virgata consists almost entirely of eudesmol, as shown in our work on “The Eucalypts and their Essential Oils.” Fruits, timber and oil differentiate it from EZ. oblaqua, which species has been collected in almost the same neighbourhood, at Mount McKenzie, Tenterfield. There is a distinguishing feature of the species in its very early fruits, which are quite bell shaped and remind one of the shape of the mature fruits of Z. Deanei. As they mature, this shape passes gradually away, the calyx gradually tapering into a pedicel, very rarely is the fruit hemispherical. On a cortical classification it would be placed with the “ Stringybarks,’’ or between them and the “ Peppermints,’’ but the timber may be classed as one of the ‘“‘ Ashes,’’ such as EB. regnans, E. oreades, ot E. Delegatensis. The large oblique suckers are not at all unlike those of H. obliqua, or even the above three species, At Tenterfield it is found growing amongst such “ Stringybarks”’ as EL. obliqua and E. levopinea. 173 RANGE This species is found in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland (chiefly on the tablelands and especially New England). A large number of localities are quoted at pages 195 and 196 of Part VII of the present work, and the following further records of specific localities in the National Herbarium, Sydney, will be more or less useful. Mr. Forest Guard N. Stewart of Glen Innes, writing in January, 1909, made the following report in regard to his experience in New England, N.S.W. Further particulars in regard to the timber will be found at page 6, Part XXI, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” This Blackbutt varies very much in quality according to soil and altitude, as I find that this timber growing on granite formation and at a high altitude is pale in colour and harder than the same timber at a lower altitude on soil of a basaltic formation. Where growing on the latter, the timber is generally of a pale brown colour, denser and heavier than the former, and the bark is of a more fibrous nature. It appears to be very subject to gum-veins, although not to such an extent as to injure the timber: For house-building purposes it has been found to be very durable. It has a wide range in this district from the Sara or Mitchell River on the south to Pheasant Creek on the north. {cannot find any of the same timber as far west as Emmaville. The Messmate of Emma- ville and the Blackbutt of New England differ very much in quality, as the Emmaville timber is only used for temporary purposes as it is not durable, especially when it comes in contact with the ground, and it has too many gum-veins for house-building purposes. Blackbutt is never specified here for piles or in fencing contracts for obvious reasons, the principal one I think is that the Glen Innes people think there is no timber like stringybark or box for fencing purposes. I have examined piles of the New England Blackbutt in one building which I know has been erected twenty-four years, and they appear to be quite sound, “ Messmate,’’ Coolpi Mountains, near Ellenborough Falls, ea Wingham (J. L. Boorman). Mt. Lindsay Station, Nandewar Mt., 3,200 feet (R. H. Cambage, No. 2847). “A Mountain Box” (an improper name, J.H.M.). Southern flanks of Gleniffer Range, Gleniffer. (E. H. F. Swain, Nos. 220, 223).-“ Blackbutt,” parish Vant, county Hawes. (E. H. F. Swain). “Stringybark,” Dividing Range, county Parry. (E. H. F. Swain). Parish Scott, county Parry (HE. H. F. Swain). Usually hollow, timber regarded as useless; Dungowan Creek, county Parry. Swamp Oak, parish Vernon, county Parry (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “Stringybark,” Nundle, county Parry (Forest Guard M. H. Simon, No. 9). Fourteen feet in girth, parish Terregree, county Courallie, Moree district (E. H. F. Swain, Nos. 25, 38). Timber valued for many purposes, Guy Fawkes (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Woollybutt,” Armidale district (District Forester Stopford). “ Blackbutt,’ State Forest No. 308, parish Robertson, county Gough, Glen Innes Forestry district (Forest Guard, specimen No. 20). See fig. 1, Plate 190. Pheasant Creek, Glen Elgin (J. L. Boorman). Cc 174 “ Peppermint,’ Marengo, counties of Gresham and Clarke (A. W. Deane, L.S.). “ Peppermint,’ Gundamulda, Warialda district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 5). “‘ Woollybutt,” Linton, Warialda district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). Smoky Cape, via Kempsey (J. L. Boorman). Eastern Dorrigo, slopes towards Coff’s Harbour (W. Heron). _ “ Blackbutt,” Torrington (J. L. Boorman). Summit of Beehive Mountain, Tooloom Station (Forest Guard W. Dunn, No. 369). “ Blackbutt,” Tenterfield to Sandy Flat (J.H.M.). Tenterfield (C. F. Laseron, J.H.M.). Wallangarra (J. L. Boorman). Boonoo Boonoo, north-east of Tenterfield (R. H. Cambage, No. 3790). ““ Messmate,” Wilson’s Peak, Macpherson Range (J.H.M.). Queensland. Dalveen, near Stanthorpe (A. Sargent). “Stringybark,” Springbrook, Macpherson Range (C. T. White). AFFINITIES. These are dealt with at Part VII, p. 196, but there may be added :— 1. E. gigantea Hook. f. This species will be found dealt with at Part XX, p. 291, with Plate 85. As will be seen in comparing these illustrations with those in Plate 36, Part VII, and Plate 190, in both species we have very large juvenile leaves, although those of F. gigantea are the larger. Both are glaucous and exhale a delicious aroma from their leaves. The buds of the two species are not closely related, nor are the fruits, although those of fig. 2b, Plate 190, approximate to those of H. gigantea. 175 DESCRIPTION. CCLXII. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 676 (1900), with Plate xlvi, figs. 4a, 4b, 4c. Fo.iowinc is the original description :— A medium sized tree with a white box bark persistent to the ultimate branches. Sucker leaves ovate-acuminate, cordate, shortly petiolate, glaucous, variable in size from 1 to 3 or 4 inches long, and 1 to 3 inches broad; venation indistinct on both sides. Leaves of mature trees-narrow lanceolate, about 6 inches long, acuminate, not shining, of the same colour on both sides; venation finely marked, oblique, spreading; intramarginal vein removed from the edge. Oil glands numerous. Peduncles axillary, 3 to 4 lines long, slightly compressed, bearing a few flowers. Calyx hemi- spherical to pyriform, 1 linelong. Pedicel about 1 line long. Operculum hemispherical, shortly acuminate Ovary domed. Stamens all fertile; anthers parallel, opening by longitudinal slits. Fruits hemispherical to slightly pear-shaped, 2 lines in diameter and under 4 lines long; rim thick, sloping outwards—a ring just below the edge; valves generally 4, exserted under 1 line. The author calls it ““ Apple-top Box,’’ and adds “‘ E. Bridgesiana Baker, partim.” For a reference to L. Bridgesiana Baker, see p. 68, Part XXIV. RANGE. It is confined to the southern coastal district of New South Wales; and may be expected to be found in eastern Gippsland, Victoria. “ Colombo, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen); Towrang, N.S.W. (R. T. Baker). It is quite limited in its distribution, and presents no difficulty of determination in the field.” (Original description.) Colombo is on the Bemboka River amongst the hills. It is no great distance west of Bega, and therefore in county of Auckland, in the extreme south-east of this State. The Wyndham locality, to be quoted later, is south-west of Colombo, and in the same county. Nangutta is somewhat further south. Yourie to be referred to later is in the county of Dampier, also a coastal county, and a little north of the county of Auckland. Towrang is a railway station 126 miles from Sydney, 8 miles north of Goulburn, and this locality is important since it yielded the oil attributed to this species which Messrs. Baker and Smith (“ Research on the Eucalypts,” p. 144) examined. 176 The following note bears on the apparently dubious Towrang locality :— “Some years ago I received from Mr. Baker specimens (in bud) from Towrang, which he attributed to this species, and which I attributed to E. Stuartiana F.v.M. var. parviflora, and still hold that view.” (Figured at figs. 3 and 4, Plate 102, Part XXIV, J.H.M.) “ Recently, having received certain specimens from Mr. R. H. Cambage, which had been collected by Mr. E. C. Andrews at Wyndham, on the Pambula-Bombala road, I went into the matter again, and find that they are identical with Mr. Baker’s Colombo specimens, and I agree with him as to the validity of his species so fa: as the Colombo specimens are concerned. Further search at Towrang reveals no £. angophoroides, but confirms the previous determination of E. Stuartiana. “The error is to be regretted, and I would point out the inconvenience of giving more than one locality for a type. “ The combination of the two species is perpetuated in my notes of E. Stuartiana F.v.M. at page 68, Part XXIV of my ‘ Critical Revision of the genus Eucalyptus,’ now in the press, but the type was distributed before I could point out the confusion.” (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 322, 1915.) Mr. E. C. Andrews, now Government Geologist of New South Wales, favoured me with the following note on the abovementioned Wyndham locality, as follows :— “Mr. Cambage has said you would like to know the area from which I collected the Eucalyptus when visiting the Whipstick mines. Enclosed please find sketch of locality at 16 miles to inch (not reproduced). The plants grow thickly alongside main road between Wyndham and Whipstick, the two being 4 miles apart. H. Sieberiana flourishes on the siliceous granites and the Devonian sediments at Whipstick, one tree being 100 feet to the first limb and about 6 to 8 feet in diameter. The Eucalyptus (angophoroides) with the peculiar seedlings, leaves, and sapling foliage grows especially on the Devonian sediments and basic granite. Its mates are E. goniocalyx; E. Bosistoana, &e. _ E. coriacea is there also at Candelo and a few miles west of Wyndham.” (Letter of 22nd July, 1915.) Mr. W. Baeuerlen also collected it at Nangutta, near Eden. I have also received this plant under the name of ‘“‘ Cabbage Box,” from Mr. William Dunn, from Yourie, about 30 miles westerly from Bermagui, on the Tuross waters. The locality is useful, as we do not at present know the range of this species. This is in the county of Dampier. © ~ * “ Mr. Baker’s tree appears to be only found in and around Yourie as far as I can learn. I called on Mr. Gough, an old resident of that locality, and he states he does not know of any other locality that the tree may be found. The specimen of the bud, &c., were obtained from two separate trees, one of which is fully 8-9 feet in circum- ference and with a clean barrel of 38-48 feet.’’’ (Forest Guard William Dunn of Bermagui). Mr. Dunn is mistaken about his locality being unique, but the statement is evidence that the tree is not well known yet, and probably not very abundant. What its focus or optimum locality is, we do not yet know. 177 AFFINITIES. 1. With E. Stuartiana F.v.M. (E. Bridgesiana R. T. Baker). “The herbarium material of this species is so similar to that of B. Bridgesiana that on my first examination it was included under that species, “My field observations since that date; and the acquisition of further material such as timber and oil, have convinced me that the two trees are quite different, and should not be included under the same name. Mr. W. Baeuerlen, indeed, who has known the trees for very many years, has always held that the two were different in specific characters. “ B. Bridgesiana is known vernacularly as ‘ Apple’ and ‘ Woolly-butt,’ but this tree as “ Apple-top Box.’ As stated above, the foliage, fruits, and flowers certainly resemble those of the former species, but there the similarity ends. The bark is a true box-bark, but the timber is quite unlike that of a box. “The bark has not an essential oil as pertains to EL. nova-anglica and FE. Bridgesiana. _ “ Although it has a regular light-coloured grey box bark, yet the appearance of the tree is more like that of an ‘ Apple-tree’ (Angophora), hence the local name of ‘ Apple-top Box.’ “(It has) ‘ A pale-coloured, soft, specifically light timber, open in the grain, and perhaps to be regarded as porous. It has not the broad sapwood of E. Bridgesiana Baker. It seasons well, and is suited for cabinet work, as it closely resembles in colour, EEN Ce texture the timber of Angophora intermedia DC. It is much superior to that of BE. Bridgesiana.” (Original description.) For E. Stuartiana see Part XXIV; plates 101 and 102, when it will be seen that the resemblance between the two species is considerable. The closest resemblance is to var. grossa, which has the coarsest juvenile foliage in the species. Morphologically it is not easy to separate the two species, but they differ, as Mr. Baker has pointed out, in timber and oil; also in their canopies, to mention no other differences. 2. With F. eleophora F.v.M. (E£. Cambagei Deane and Maiden). “Tt differs from EZ. Cambagei Deane and Maiden, in the superiority of its timber and the inferiority of its oil, and the shape of its fruits; and from LZ. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden in the bark, colour of timber, and oil.’’ (Original description.) For E. ele@ophora see Part XIX, Plates 82 and 83. In E. angophoroides the juvenile leaves are more uniformly rounded, and the large intermediate leaves are common and characteristic. . In £. eleophora the operculum is, as a rule, only half the length of the calyx-tube, while the fruit is sessile, cylindroid, and, as a rule, angled or ribbed. At the same time the fruits of the two species are sometimes sufficiently similar as to necessitate caution. ~ Miscellaneous. “Tt has little affinity with such Boxes as E. hemiphloia F.v.M., E. Woollsiana Baker, E. conica Deane and Maiden, EF. pendula A. Cunn. (£. largiflorens F.v.M.), although it appears to be a connecting link with these and what are known as Bastard Boxes such as £, Cambagei Deane and Maiden, and E£. bicolor A. Cunn.’’ (Original description.) What E. Woollsiana R. T. Baker is, will be stated in Part XLVII after repro- duction of all the Plates, and revision of the evidence. It is a synonym, in my view. E. bicolor A. Cunn. is a western New South Wales species with reddish brown timber, and very different from EZ. angophoroides. It has E. pendula A. Cunn. and E. Langone F.y.M. as synonyms, and has been more than once shown in the present work. 178 DESCRIPTION, CCLXII, FE. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlviii, 417 (1914). Fo.Low1ne is the original description :— Arbor Mallee similis, 6-10’ alta, caulibus levibus viridibus, ligno pallido. Folia juvena lanceolata circiter 6 cm. longa, 1 cm. alta, non-glauca, subtus pallidiore-virentia, margine crassata, costa media prominente, venis lateralibus prominentibus et fere pinnatis. Folia matura coriacea, lanceolata circiter 6-8 cm. longa, 1-5 cm. alta. Alabastra operculis hemisphericis diametro circiter conoideo calycis tubo dimidio equilongis. Flores renantheri. Fructus sessiles, ad 7 in capito, fere hemispherici, diametro fere 1 cm., orificio leniter rotundati, valvarum apicibus orificio acquis. Species cum Z£. stricta affinitate trahitur, fructibus autem maxime diversis et EH. capitellate Sm. similibus, qua magna “ Stringybark,” est Of mallee-like growth, 6 to 10 feet high, with smooth, greenish stems 14 inches in diameter. Timber pale coloured. Juvenile leayes.—Lanceolate, about 6 cm. long by 1 em. broad as the alternate stage is reached, very shortly petiolate, non-glaucous, of a brighter green on the underside. Margin thickened. Midrib prominent and raised, showing a depression on the upper page of the leaf, the lateral veins prominent and roughly pinnate, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. Mature leaves rather coriaceous, lanceolate, about 6-8 cm. long by 1-5 cm. broad, erect, shone petiolate, equally green on both sides. Veins fairly prominent and qacrsien from the base; intramarginal vein a considerable distance from the edge. Buds.—Externally rough in texture, operculum hemispherical, the diameter about half the length of the conoid calyx-tube. Flowers.—Renantherous. Fruits.—Sessile, up to seven in the head. Nearly hemispherical, nearly 1 cm. in diameter, rim broad and reddish-brown, gently domed, tips of valves flush with the orifice. The above was drawn up from the type, collected at Kybean on the Monaro. Following is a description of a specimen from Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., designated as ‘“‘ C,”’ and looked upon by us as a hybrid of Z. stricta Sieb. It is briefly referred to in Part IX, p. 283, of the present work. ““C.—A sapling tree, say 4 inches in diameter and 12 feet high. One small clump also seen. Juvenile. leayes.—Not seen in the earlier stage, but in what may be termed the intermediate stage. In that stage they are oval or oblong, and say 14 inch long by } inch broad and profusely dotted with oil glands. Mature leaves bright green, rather coriaceous. Veins fairly prominent, and spreading from the base; intramarginal vein a considerable distance from the edge. Tips of the leaves hooked as a rule. Reminds one a foliage of EZ. stricta, amongst which it’ grows, though the venation is probanly, more prominent than that of L. stricta 179 Buds numerous, pointed and in heads, giving it a stellate aspect. Hardly so clavate as those of E. stricta, but not seen ripe. Four to ten in the umbel. Flowers.—Expanded ones not seen. Fruits in dense heads, the common peduncle up to a quarter of an inch, pedicels absent. Individual fruits rarely hemispherical, slightly compressed at the base, rim broad and reddish-brown, slightly domed, tips of valves flush with the orifice. Bark smooth, very long ribbons. Timber pale-coloured. Affinities ——The surrounding species are ZH. stricta Sieb.; EH. Sreberiana F.v.M.; E. Moorei Maiden and Cambage; and #. Gunnii Hook. f. var maculosa Maiden (£. maculosa R. T. Baker). It has already been pointed out that the foliage resembles that of #. stricta. The buds exhibit slight resemblances at least to Z. stricta and to EB. Gunniz var. maculosa, particularly to the former, but the affinity of the fruit is not at present obvious, though they are suggestive of some forms of both E. capitellata and E. eugeniordes, to which trees our plant has otherwise not the slightest resemblance, and it may turn out to be a good species.” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 201, 1905.) RANGE. Confined to New South Wales, so far as we know at present, but it may be expected to be found in north-eastern Victoria. The type grew on sandy conglomerate formation at Kybean, amongst Casuarina nana Sieber, near the Kydra Trigonometrical Station, on the Great Dividing Range, 4,000 feet above sea-level, 16 miles easterly from Nimitybelle, near Cooma (R. H. Cambage, 4th November, 1908.) The plant already referred to at “C” was collected at Blackheath in a high part of the Blue Mountains. AFFINITY. 1. With £. stricta Sieb., and other species. Unfortunately the material of H. Kybeanensis is scanty, so that the last word has not been said in regard to its relationships. It is shrubby, almost Mallee-like. In this respect and to some extent in the seedlings, it has relations to-Z. stricta. In the somewhat straight venation of the juvenile leaves it shows affinity to the H. coriacea group, and in the fruits to the #. capitellata group. It certainly requires further investigation. 180 DESCRIPTION. CCLXIV, E. eremophila Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 71 (1920). Fotiow1nc is the original description :— Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus angusto-lanceolatis, vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus, venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis; pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo oblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; opezculo cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies aequilongo, diametro distincte minore, filamentis antherisque Cornutis similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphericis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini aequante, fructu truncato. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth scaly bark. -Branchlets glaucescent. Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available in the earliest stage, but probably narrow. Those of the seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary veins fine but rather distant and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, not feather-veined. Pedunceles elongate, flattened, pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long. Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to five times as long as the — calyx-tube and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and with anthers as in the Cornute. Fruits cylindroid to spherical; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit when not fully ripe a characteristically truncate flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes rounded and somewhat contracted. As it is figured as indicated below, further illustrations do not appear to be necessary at this place. SYNONYM. E. occidentalis Endlicher var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv, 442, 1905. See also this work, Part XXXVI, p. 147. Figured at Plate 149, figures 7-11 of the same work. ; The relations of #. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXVI, p- 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to EZ, eremophila remain a matter for further eolsideration. 181 RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia so far as we know at present, but it is quite possible that it may occur in western South Australia. This is a dry country form, and its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and back again to the vicinity of the Great Southern Railway. It probably has a very extensive range in country of low rainfall. “Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5237). Coolgardie, or rather Boorabbin (E. Pritzel, No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). The type comes from Coolgardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit., p. 148. AFFEINIEIES. It is a member of the Cornute. 1. With E. occidentalis Endl. It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliage, that of E. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The fruit of EZ. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of EL. eremophila is cylindroid or inclining to hemispherical. 2. With EB. platypus Hook. Here I invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities I have brought forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work. 182 _. DESCRIPTION. LXX. E. decipiens Endl. _ (Synonym £. concolor Schauer, No. LXIX.) Ir my readers will turn to Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, Proc. Dec., 1920), there will be found a brief note recording that I drew attention to the confusion that has gathered around £. concolor in the same Journal, Vol. XLVII, p. 231 (1913). I have carried the matter a stage further in the present work, Part XLII, page 66. I have now received admirable specimens from Mr. C. A. Gardner, who is collecting on behalf of Mr. C. E. Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests of Western Australia. His specimens come from Spearwood, near Fremantle, Western Australia, are complete, and supply the missing evidence that H. concolor is specifically identical with EL. decipiens. At the top of p. 67 I suggested “‘ it may turn out that 2. concolor is the Fremantle form of H. decipiens.” Mr. Gardner’s specimens prove this, and we are therefore justified in suppressing HZ. concolor Schauer as a separate species. Not only has the conclusion been arrived at by the direct evidence of field observations, but the result is confirmed by seedlings raised from seeds from various localities, and grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Mr. Gardner’s description of the Fremantle tree, which follows, is valuable, that while L. decipiens, it is E. concolor, and from practically the type locality. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl.—A tree attaining 30 to 50 feet, but usually much. less, the branches spreading or almost pendulous, and very much like E. gomphocephala DC. in appearance. Bark thick, persistent and rough, of an ash-grey colour, the bark of the upper portions sometimes smooth. Leaves variable in shape and size. Sucker leaves opposite or alternate, obcordate or almost orbicular, 2-3 cm. long and as broad, glaucous, the midrib scarcely conspicuous, the veins at an angle of 45 degrees to the midrib, the intramarginal one at a distance from the edge. Adult leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, undulate, slightly falcate, coriaceous and shining, about 9 cm. long, the midrib conspicuous, the intramarginal vein distinct and usually about -2 cm. from the edge. Peduncles lateral, terete and thick,:8 cm. long, bearing a dense sessile head of 6 to 9 flowers. Calyx- tube broadly turbinate, -5 cm. long and as broad. Operculum conical as long as the calyx-tube, obtuse, the line of separation distinct. Stamens inflected in the bud, filaments white, filiform, terete or slightly flattened at the base -7 cm. long, anthers globular. Ovary conical, style thickened at the base, about “6 cm. long, tapering. ; Fruit broadly turbinate or campanulate -5 cm. long and about as broad. Capsule sunk beneath the prominent truncate rim, the points of the valves slightly protruding. Collected at Spearwood near Fremantle in limestone on low hills near the sea. Some of the young trees grow in dense patches, are erect, and might in appearance suggest a mallee. Coll. C. A. Gardner, 14th September, 1920. 183 APPENDIX, Eucalyptus cochinchinensis Auct. In Part I, p. 18 of the present work, there is a list of some non-eucalypts described as Hucalypts. The following may be added. _ The late Dr. C. B. Robinson, the well-known botanical explorer of the Philippine Bureau of Science, Manila, wrote to me on 10th April, 1911, “‘ In the Botanic Gardens at Saigon, I was shown a plant under the name of Hucalyptus cochinchinensis, and told that it is very common both in Cochin China and Cambodia. Subsequently I found it in great abundance in southern Annam. However, I believe it to be a Melaleuca. It may interest you, as it has been referred to Eucalyptus.” Dr. E. D. Merrill, of the Bureau, sent me the following specimens :— 1012. C. B. Robinson, 8-3-11, as above. It is Melaleuca Leucadendron L. 1092. C. B. Robinson, 12-3-11. Melaleuca leucadendron lL. Nha-trang, Annam. “ A tree 4 m. high, growing at an altitude of 2 metres.” Explanation of Plates (188-191). PLATE 188. E. tetragona F.v.M. A. (Lanceolate-leaved series, with rather long petioles. It is not possible to make a sharp line of demarcation, as the leaves are transitional from lanceolate to ovate, but there is acertain amount of convenience in the grouping.) la, 16. Juvenile leaves, from the original plate of Hudesmia tetragona R.Br. in Appendix to Flinders’ Voyage, ii, 599, t. 3. 2. Buds, from shrub of 15 feet, Murchison River. (Augustus Oldfield.) 3a. Leaf and fruits; 3b, fruit, end on. Drummond’s No. 69. 4a. Buds; 46, leaf with fruits; 4c, fruit, as ripe as is available; 4d, fruit, end on. Esperance Bay (Correspondent of Mueller). This is the “tiansit to EH. eudesmioides,’ of Mueller, and is the specimen referred to by Mueller at p. 168, and by Diels and Pritzel at p. 168. The fruits are not quite ripe, and therefore imperfectly ribbed; this, I think, has contributed to the confusion concerning this specimen. B. (Ovate-leaved series, with rather short petioles.) 5. Juvenile leaves, showing stellate-hairs. Kalgan Plains, near Mount Stirling Range. (J.H.M.) 6a. Apparently mature leaf; 6b, buds; 6c, front and back views of anther; 6d, flower in elevation; 6e¢, flower in plan, showing four bundles of stamens. Hsperance. (J.H.M.) 7. Leaves and buds. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 75.) (See also Plate 189.) 1£4 PLATE 189. i. teragona ¥F.v.M. (concluded’. la. Leaf and fruit; 10, fruit. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 78.) 2a. Fruits; 2b, fruit, end on. Stirling Range (Louis Dillon). These are the largest fruits I have seen in the species. E. eudesmioides F.v.M. 3a. Juvenile leaves (not in the earliest stage); 3b, buds; 3c, mature leaf and flowers; 3d, enlarged flower, in elevation; 3e, three views of anther; 3f, fruits. In considering 3d, which is enlarged, it will be observed that the top of the calyx-tube has not the sunk appearance which is observable in the fruit. The explanation is that the calyx-tube increases in length as ripening proceeds, but the disc remains stationary. The calyx-teeth eventually become absorbed or dry up and break off. _I have seen one of these four teeth alone remaining on the fruit. From Mount Curious, Murchison River (Augustus Oldfield). The type. 4, Fruits, more angled than usual. Mingenew. (W. V. Fitzgerald.) 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e. Various stages of juvenile leaves, 5a being in the earliest stage, while 5e is most mature, but not as mature as 3c. All from Mingenew. (J.H.M.) Mingenew is on the Midland Railway Line (Perth to Geraldton), and is 227 miles north of Perth. FE. Ebbanoensis u.sp. 6a. Mature leaf; 6b, flowers; 6c, fruits. Sand Plain,E bbano, east from Mingenew. (Dr.A. Morrison.) The type. 7a. Mature leaf and buds; 7b, three views of anther; 7c, fruits. Comet Vale, 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie. (J. T. Jutson.) PLATE 190. E.. Andrewsi Maiden. 1. Fruits, pear-shaped and domed. From State Forest No. 308, parish Robertson, county of Gough, N.8.W. (Forest Guard’s specimen, No. 20, June, 1903.) 2a. Front and back views of anthers; 2b, larger, pear-shaped fruits. These are up to fourteen in the head from this locality. 2c, leaf in an intermediate stage. Boonoo Boonoo, Tenterfield District- (J. L. Boorman.) 3. Fruits, nearly hemispherical and slightly domed, taken from the type specimen. ‘Tingha, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage.) 4. Fruits, flat-topped, nine in the head, taken from a co-type. Howell, near Tingha. (J.H.M.) 5a. Juvenile leaf, almost in the intermediate stage; 5b, mature leaf; 5c, buds; 5d, flowers, showing styles and stigmas; 5e, front and back views of anther; 5f, campanulate young fruits, a trifle diagrammatic; 5g, fruits; 5h, single fruit, both it and 5g being pear-shaped to conoid. Tenterfield, N.S.W. (C. F. Laseron), All drawn from type specimens of E. campanulata R. T. Baker, 5a, 5b being drawn from type specimens supplied by Mr. Baker, the remainder being reproduced from Mr. Baker’s drawings of the type, Plate XIII, Vol. XLV, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. I cannot separate leaves, buds, fruits, nor any other organs of EZ. campanulata from E, Andrewsi, and what has doubtless misled Mr. Baker in my drawings of the type of the latter in Plate 36 of the present work is the greater width of the juvenile leaf (he only depicts an inter- mediate leaf), and the almost hemispherical fruits, which are only one amongst several yarying shapes, 185 PLATE 190—continued. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. (See also Plate 191.) 6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, intermediate leaf; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, buds; 6¢, fruits. ‘‘ Apple-topped Box,” Colombo, Bega District, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen.) The type. 7. Fruits, not domed, “‘ Cabbage Box.” Nangutta, near Eden. (W. Baeuerlen.) 82. Buds; 88, front and back view of anther; 8c, fully ripe fruits. Yourie, via Bermagui. (Forest Guard William Dunn.) Ja, 9b. Juvenile leaves, quite small; 9c, intermediate leaf (compare with 6b). Wyndham, near Eden. (J. L. Boorman.) For some other specimens belonging to the same locality showing further variation of leaves in this species, see Plate 191. PLATE 191. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker (concluded). la, 16. Different stages of intermediate leaves, to be compared with those on the preceding Plate. Wyndham, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) 2. Perhaps the largest intermediate leaf I have seen in this species. Wyndham (EK. C. Andrews per R. H. Cambage.) E. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 3a. Mature leaf; 3b, young buds with rounded opercula; 3c, front and back views of anther; 3d, fruits on a rachis square in section, which is unusual in fruiting specimens in Eucalyptus. This species is therefore one of the few which flower when the foliage is in the juvenile stage. Kybean, Monaro, N.S.W. (R.H. Cambage.) The type. 4a,4b. Juvenile leaves (N.B., the mature leaf is similar to 3a); 4c, very young buds, with pointed opercula; 4d, 4e, fruits. Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.8.W. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.) At one time labelled C, and looked upon as a hybrid of E, stricta Sieb. See Part IX, p. 283. ee oe i aT 2 eames Z . oy x Ce) eines 5 fa) 3 ry st 4 5 RANI 3 =| £ Ou 2 hel uo 9 ie br lan Ov c H o wus) o a AY [e) i) {0} oO ) (ep) SI a iz fy < Za e) ©) < ~ oe (eal a cp) =) fH Ay tH 4 < O =) ea} n =) e ou ~ ey =< oO =) w > fy [aa & ee 1 lerdrceaauedi oat PL. 189. Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. el-ef Lith. ES AA A EL ANAS ESEP, M-Flockion.d DIAS ELE RTPA ox ae mw oe wre ow wasn ew eee we = (6, 7) (3-5) [See also Plate 188.] LE ORR RNAI RIN LPIA RIAD .v.M. EUCALYPTUS EUDESMIOIDES F EUCALYPTUS EBANOENSIS MaipEn n.sp ae < ee POS CoE area 2) ee anne as (1, he) pond an nee nomenon EUCALYPTUS TETRAGONA F.v.M. PL. 190. Rev. EUCALYPTUS. CRIT. | M.Floeliton.dei ef ith. EUCALYPTUS ANDREWSI MaipEen (1-5) [See also Figs. 1-4, Plate 36 | EUCALYPTUS ANGOPHOROIDES R. T. Baker (6-9) [See also Plate 191.] CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. Se i, —— tle Sor OITA eT M.FlocKton. delet hith- PUCALYERUS ANGOPHOROIDES Ree BAKER =(172)es[See alsomblate .or| (3, 4) EUCALYPTUS KYBEANENSIS MaIpEN and CAMBAGE. The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn, (xlviii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). acmenicides Schauer (xxxii). macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (lii). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophicia F.v.M. (1). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (viii). odorata Behr. and Schlectendal (xli). Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (xXxxi). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xlii). piperita Sm. (Xxxiil). Caley: Maiden (lv). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (1ix). conica Deane and Maiden (Ivii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqgua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). coriacea A. Cunn. (Xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). crebra F.v.M. (li). regnans B.v.M. (xviii). Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (iil). dives Schauer (x1x). rostrata Schlecht. (1x). dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophloia Benth. (xxxix). gigantea Hook. f. (li). stderoxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). glovulus L? Her. (1xvii). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). hamastoma Sm. (XxXxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). hemiphioia F.v.M. (vi). lessellaris F.v.M. (xvi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (1xiv). macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ls. per part (10s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates and other illustrations. ‘ Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—192L dua Ss i raat soe ce aie Eee aed XIX—101I. 102. 103. 104. 105. ‘XX—106. 107. 108. 109. 110. TE 112. XXI—113. 114. 115. 116. XXII—117. 118. Ie)s 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. XII—125. 126. 127. XIV—128. 129. 130. esi. 132. Plates, 100 bis—103. . Eucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. . Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. . Lucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. . Bucalyptus alba Reinwardt. (Issued February, 1916., . Hucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. . Zucalyptus Prevssiana Schauer. . Eucalyptus megacarpa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. . Hucalyptus Mardenz F.v.M. . Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) Eucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. Eucalyptus eleophora F.v.M. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. Bucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. Eucalypius patens Bentham. Eucalyptus Todiiana ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus nicranthera F.v.M. Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) Eucalyptus conerea F.v.M,. Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden. Eucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. Eucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) Eucalyptus robusta Smith. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) Eucalyptus Deane: Maiden. Eucalyptus Dunni Maiden. Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Banksw Maiden. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. (Issued November, 1915.) Plates, 104-107. . Eucalyptus Perrmiana ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus Gunniw Hook. f. . Hucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) . Eucdyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 2. Eucalyptus precoc Maiden. . Evedyptus ovata Labill. . Lucdyptus neglecta Maiden. Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 146. 147. 148. Plates, 116-119. AXIX—149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. Plates, 120-123. XXX—155. 156. 157. Plates, 124-127. Part XXVIMI—145. Eucalyptus vernicosa sx eee Eucalyptus Mudleri VT. Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. eee mann) Maiden. ; Eucalyptus viminalis Labillara;s 6. (Issued Decemier, 1916.) Eucalyptus Baeuerlent F.v.M. Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Camhk oe. Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Mai Eucalyptus punctaia DC. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. (Issued February, 1917.) Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. Eucalyptus pellita F.v.M. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. (Issued April, 1917.) AXXI—158. Hucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 159. Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. ~ Plates, 128-131. XXXII—161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. Plates, 132-135. XXXHI—168. Eucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 169. 170. 171. Plates, 136-139. XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. *~ 173. 174. 175. Plates, 140-143. XXXV--176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. Plates, 144-147. XXXVI—182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. Plates, 148-151. XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 190. MOTE 192. Plates, 152-155. (Issued July, 1917. A Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M, Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. Huecalyptus Blakely: Maiden. Eucalyptus dealbata A. -Cunn. Eucalyptus Morristi R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus A owittiana F:v.M. (Issued September, 1917.) Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. (Issued December, 1917.) Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill: Eucalyptus W ebstercana’ Maiden. (Issued April, 1918.) Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. — Eucalyptus gamophylia F.v. Me Eucalyptus argilacea W.V. Witzeerala (Issued: August, ‘1918. ) Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher, Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. Eucalyptus confluens (W. VY. Fitzgerald) Maiden. (Issued January, 1919.) Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. Eucalyptus papuana F.v.M. (Issued March, 1919.) Part AXK" mn +193. Eucalyptus tessellaris F.v.M. = 194. Eucalyptus Spencervana Maiden. 195. 196. 197. 198. 199. 200. 9. 201, 202. 203. Plates, 156-159. XXXIX—204. 205. 206. . Kucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. . Hucalyptus celastrovdes Turczaninow. . Kucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. . Hucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden. . Lucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. . Kucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M. . Hucalyptus . Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. . Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. . Lucalyptus obtusiflora DC. Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. Plates, 160-163. 215. XL—216. 217. 218. Be 9: 220. 221. 222, Plates, 164-167. XLI—223. 224. 225. 226. 114. Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. Eucalyptus Moorei Maiden and Cambage. Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. Hucalyptus numerosa Maiden. Eucalyptus nituda Hook. f. (Issued July, 1919.) Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. Flocktonie Maiden. (Issued February, 1920.) Lucalyptus terminalis ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. Hucalyptus levopinea R. 'T. Baker. Eucalyptus ligustrima DC. Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. (Issued March, 1920.) Eucalyptus latifolia F.v.M. Eucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. Eucalyptus pachyphylla F.y.M. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. variety Kingsmill: Maiden. . Lucalyptus Oldfieldia F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Drummondw Bentham, Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) Part XLII—228. 229, XLII. — 23 241. 242. Plates, 176-179. XLIV—243. 244. 245. 246. 247. 248, 249. 250. 251. 252. XLV.— 253. 254. . Hucalyptus odontocarpa E.v.M. . Hucalyptus capitellata Smith. . Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. . Hucalyptus Blaalandi Maiden and .. Eucalyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. q , Hucalyptus hybrida Maiden. / . Hucalyptus Kruseana F.v.M. } . Eucalyptus Dawsoni R. T. Baker. © . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. i . Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. } . Eucalyptus conica Deane and Hes 70. Plates, 172-175. 6. Eucalyptus jicifolia EyM, 237. 238. 239. 240, . Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maid Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. Hucalyptus peltata Bentham. } i Eucalyptus trachyphloia E.v.M. Eucalypius concolor Schauer. (Issued August, 1920.) Eucalyptus calcphylla R.Br. Eucalyptus hamatoxylon Maiden Eucalyptus maculata Hook. Eucalyzius Moorecna (W. V. ee Maiden. : Eucalyptus approxumans Maiden. Eucalyptus Stoward: Maiden. (Issued November, Eucalyptus perfoliata R. Brown. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa ¥.v.M. : Eucalyptus somilis Maiden. i Eucalyptus lurata (W. V. Hivzeerald Maiden n.sp. Eucalyptus Baileyana F.v.M. Eucalyptus Lane-Poolec Maiden. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. Eucalyptus Baker: Maiden. Hucalyptus Jackson: Maiden. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 19} Eucalyptus erythrocorys E.v.M. Hucalyptus tetrodonta R.v.M. Cambage. } fi Cambage. Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 19 : A B CRIHCAL REVERSION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY |. DPALDEN ISOS ERS BLS. (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney), VOR FAN fo PA ORD -; ‘ rf vn OL G T pi ak 253) Ved : or tHe \ 253146 / Fe AR r XLVII COMPLETE WORK/2a) Mus so &\ (WITH FOUR PLATES.) PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTII WALES. Svdnev ; WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. *12761 1921. Part I—1. II—2. iI—3. iv—4 VITI—17. 18. IL)s 20. 21. 22. 23. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., and var. Muelleriana Maiden. Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) Eucalyptus obliqua Li Heritier. Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) Eucalyptus calycogona Turezaninow. Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) . Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. . Eucalaptus fecunda Schauer. Plates, 18-24. (Issued June, 1904.) . Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. . Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. (Issued November, 1904.) . Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. . Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. . Eucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. Plates, 25-28. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) . Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. . Euealyptus vitellina Naudin, and Lucalyptus vitrea R. T. Baker. . Hucalyptus dives Schauer. . Bucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. . Bucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. Bucalyptus marginata Sm. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 24. Hucalyptus alpina Lindl. , Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. , Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. . Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. . Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. . Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. (Issued November, 1907.) 2. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. . Eucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. . Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. . Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. . Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. . Bucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus populifolua Hook. Plates, 41-44. Part XI—46. (contd.) Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1508.) . Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 2. Hucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. . Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 45. Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. XVII—89. . Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. . Eucalyptus squamosa Deane and Maide . Eucalyptus Oldfield F.v.M. . Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. : . Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. . Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. . Lucalyptus ochrophlaa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus microtheca F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Raveretiana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Staigeriana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. . Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. { . Eucalyptus Smith R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. . Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Caley: Maiden. . Eucalyptus melliodora A, Cunn. . Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. . Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. | . Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. . Eucalyptus Cléeziana ¥.v.M. . Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. . Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Gillii Maiden. . Eucalyptus falcata Turez. . Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. . Eucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. . Eucalyptus decurva F.v.M. . Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. . Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. . Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 2. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . . Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. ~ . Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. . Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. . Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. . Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. . Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. Eucalyptus acacioides A. Cunn. Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, . Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. 61. . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. . Eucalyptus Rudderi Maiden. . Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. . Eucalyptus cneorifolia DC. | Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911. | Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 191 Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912. Eucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flockton Maiden. Plates, 69-72. (Issued September Eucalyptus salmonophlova ¥.v.M. Plates, 73-76. (Issued February AEC RITICAL REWISION 9OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY oe MATDEN SSO; Einss EES. (sovernment Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Vor Vo Pare 7, tena Part XLVII of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) *« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and eombining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alte, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” MacauLay’s ‘(Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Svonev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *12761—A 1921. CCLXV. Eucalyptus Laseroni R. T. Baker. Description Range : Discussion of its supposed hybrid ¢ character Affinities ° : : ; CCLX VI. EE De Beuzevillet Maiden. Description Range Affinities GCLX VII. Bucalypts Mitehelli es Description Range : : ‘ ; ; ; : ° , Affinities : A COLX VALI. ane Brownit Maiden and Cambage. Description . : ‘ ; : 5 Range 7... : : : ; : : ; A A Synonyms. ; ; ; : : : ° 5 Affinities COLXIX, Eucalyptus Cambageane Maiden. Description Range A ffinity CX XITT. Bucalypts miniata A, Cunn. Juvenile leaves 5 5 ° Additional localities : : : Eucalyptus Woollsiana Rk. T. Baker. (No serial number is given, as, in my opinion, it is not a valid species,) Description F Illustrations vouched for by Mr. Baker Characters taken seriatim Matched by R. T. Baker ay ay Ey Brown’s figure of £. odorata ; Vernacular names Range : Affinities XIIV. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlecht. Characters taken seriatim . Range 6 : 6 Var. caleicultrix : A New South Wales locality « added Affinities . ; 6 - ' XLII, Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. var. microcarpa Maiden. Illustrations : . Synonym . Range Affinities XIII. Eucalyptus bieolor A, Cunn. Characters taken seriatim . Range 3 Affinities CCLXX. Ee es Maiden. Description Synonym . Range Affinities COLX XI, ee Penrithensis Maiden. Description Synonym . Range Affinities Discussion of supposed hybrid ‘character CXI. Euealyptus micranthera ¥.v.M. Description of the fruits COLX XII. ae notabilis Maiden. Description Illustrations ‘ : : ‘ : : 4 6 Synonym . 4 ; : : : : 2 . : . Range Affinities CCLX XII. eke canaliculata Maiden. Description Illustrations Synonym Range Affinities Explanation of Plates (192-198) DESCRIPTION. CCLXV. E. Laseronit R..T. Baker. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxvii, 585 (1912), with Plate LXIII. Fottowrne is the original description :— Arbuscula usque ad 35’ alta. Cortex fibrosus, tam in ramis quam in trunco persistens, viridis, et hine “ Bastard Stringybark.’ Folia 3-5” longa, fere 1-2” lata, lanceolata, ovata, alternata subcoriacea, concoloria; venis patentibus, peripherica a margine remota, venulis obliquatis. Pedunculi }” longi, axillares, solitarii, 10-15 flori. Fructus }” longi, pilulares; margine convexo, valvis non exsertis. It is a small tree, 35 feet high and 1 foot in diameter, as far as seen. The fibrous bark covers the trunk, and decorticates in long strips from the main branches, which are otherwise smooth, but darker than in £. stellulata. The timber is yellowish-brown, and tough to cut, but brittle. . . . From the specimens seen, this is not a good timber. It is fairly close-grained, of a pale colour, but the presence of gum veins will militate against its general utilisation by the commercial world. A small tree under 40 feet high, and about 1 foot in diameter, with a fibrous but hard stringy bark, in the general acceptation of the letter term. Abnormal (juvenile) leaves ovate, lanceolate, slightly faleate in some instances, petiolate, attenuate, varying in size up to 5 inches long, and up to 2 inches broad. Normal leaves lanceolate, alternate, sub- coriaceous, average leaves under 4 inches long and 1 inch wide, occasionally shining. Venation distinctly marked, the basal lateral veins sometimes running the whole length of the leaf, and well removed from the edge; the other lateral veins not so oblique, more transverse. Buds in clusters, on axillary peduncles about } inch long. Operculum sharply conical. Fruits hemispherical, capitular, rim domed, valves scarcely or not exserted, } inch in diameter, pedicel varying in length up to 2 lines long. RANGE. “This tree, so far, is known only from the Black Mountain district, where Mr. Laseron obtained material in July, 1907. He states in his field-notes that it is regarded locally as a cross between “ Silver- top Stringybark,” EZ. levopinea, and “Sally,” LZ. stellulata. A few trees are to be found on a rough rocky basalt hillock, about half a mile south of Black Mountain railway station.” (Original description.) The above locality is in the higher parts of New England, New South Wales. The railway station in question is 4,330 feet above sea-level, and between Armidale and Glen Innes. It is 380 miles north of Sydney. “Tn 1903 I received from Mr. R. H. Cambage ‘ a form of L. eugenioides Sieb.’ from between Tingha and Guyra, and in the following year visited the tree. I labelled it on Ist April, 1905, and again on 30th March, 1906, ‘ probably a eugenioides-stellulata hybrid,’ and I put it with my collection of reputed hybrids to be dealt with collectively in my ‘ Critical Revision.’ ‘During the present year, Mr. R. T. Baker has described it as a new species (H. Laseronz), and says it bears the local reputation of being a cross between H. lavopinea and stellulata.” (Journ. Row. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 229, 1913.) 188 I wrote as follows in Part VIII, p. 237, of the present work concerning the above and other specimens :— Near cemetery, Tingha (R. H. Cambage); with fruits a little more sub-cylindrical and perhaps s./stle more domed than the type. Specimens from the same locality with nearly pilular fruits and very la:tow juvenile foliage. Near 11-mile post, Inverell to Tingha (R. H. Cambage). Form with even narrower leaves than the ype (of L. eugenioides). Tingha to Guyra, 19 miles from the latter place (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). Juvenile leaves mtermediate. Mature leaves broadish. Fruits (from same tree) flat-rimmed, domed; valves exsert and sunk; hemispherical and inclined to be sub-cylindrical. I place this specimen under Z. eugenioides, and it certainly seems to form a connecting link between the Tingha specimens and the supposed hybrid which follows. Between Tingha and Guyra, 19 miles from the latter (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Stringybark,” medium- sized trees growing in swampy ground in company with that of Z. stellulata and E. nova-anglica. An interesting form; leaves broad, thickish: None of the fruits with exserted valves, which is unusual in northern specimens. I am of opinion that here we have a hybrid between Z. eugenioides and EL. stellulata. I abstained from describing them as a new species, as I attributed them to a form of EL. eugenioides or to a hybrid of the same. I concur, however, in Mr. Baker’s action in describing them as a new species. This material extends the range somewhat. The railway station of Guyra is 386 miles north of Sydney, and Tingha runs north-westerly. I have no doubt that the species will be found over a moderately wide area in these cold mountain districts. Tree of 50 feet, evidently a Black Sally, but the fruits are smaller. Summit of Ben Lomond (William Dunn, 1908, No. 336). Ben Lomond railway station is 401 miles north of Sydney, and the summit of the mountain, only a few miles from the railway station, is over 5,000 feet high. This extends the range northerly, bringing it to a few miles south of Glen Innes. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. stellulata Sieb. “The small stellate clusters of buds are larger than those of Z. stellulata, but the colour of the upper branches, though fainter, is also suggestive of that species, The leaves are more inclined to lanceolate than ovate in shape, as obtains in Z. stellulata, whilst the venation is distinct. The midrib is stronger, and the venation not so parallel as in H. stellulata. The bark, timber, and especially the fruits are also different. The oil of this species differs considerably from that of Z. stellulata, in the presence of such a large amount of pinene, in a deficiency in phellandrene, and consequently a much less levo-rotation, in the large amount of high boiling constituents, and in an increased ester-content. . One or two trees were noticed in another locality, associated with #. stellulata, from which it is easily distinguished in the field. In a botanical sequence, it might be placed between the Stringybarks and the Gums or Smooth- barks, such as Z. stellulata or E. coriacea.” (Original description.) I have stated my former opinion that it is a stellulata hybrid. There is no doubt that the two species are very closely related. For E. stellulata see Plate 25, Part V. 189 2. With EF. coriacea A. Cunn. “The venation somewhat resembles that of E. coriacea, but the fruits are different, and esyecial the buds and bark.’’ (Original description.) E. coriacea has a close affinity to H. stellulata, so that EH. Laseroni has affinity to E. coriacea, but far less than to ZL. stellulata. For EH. coriacea see Plates 26 and 27 Part: Ve 3. With £. capitellata Sm. “The fruits fairly well match those of H. capitellata, but this is the only resemblance to that species amongst Stringybarks.” (Original description.) The Stringybark in question is H. eugenioides rather than EL. capitellata, as wil be seen from examination of fig. 17, Plate 40, Part VIII. 4. With F. eugenioides Sieb. I have already stated that I looked upon #. Laseroni as a stellulata x eugenioides, which is an expression of opinion that an affinity is to H. eugenioides. The resemblance between LE. oblonga DC., see fig. 6 (for Sieber’s Fl. Nov. Holl. No. 583, the type), and fig. 7, Plate 40, Part VIII, “ White Stringybark” of the Mudgee district, and E. Laseront is obvious, and most people look upon H. oblonga as synonymous with E. eugeniordes. 5. With £. dives Schauer. “The venation (of H. Laseroni) seems to be intermediate between that of the typical Stringybarks and the Peppermint group, but more approaching that of H, dives.” (Original description.) 190 DESCRIPTION. CCLX VI, E. De Beuzevillet Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 68 (1920). Foxiiowine is the original description :— Arbor ampla plusve minusve glauca; cortice leve, lamellis longissimis decidua, trunci basi aspero- lamellosa, ligno pallido fere albo, gummi venis; foliis fragrantibus, foliis junioribus orbicularibus ad cordatis, venis secondariis patentibus vel sursum curvatis; foliis maturis lanceolatis, crassis, venis secondariis basi patentibus postquam longitudinalibus; alabastris angularibus fere alatis, operculo conoideo calycis tubo ca. dimidio aequilongo; fructibus polygonalibus, angularibus, piriformibus vel subglobosis, capsula depressa, sessile vel brevissime pedunculata. A tree of medium or large size, up to 60 feet high, a “ White Gum,” more or less glaucous, the young branchlets glandular. Bark smooth, but with usually more or less rough-flaky bark at the butt. Where the rough bark is present it usually ascends the trunk about 5 to 6 feet; the deciduous or smooth portion in long strips, not ribbons, some of the pieces being 30 feet long. Timber pale-coloured, almost white, with gum (kino) veins, with a general resemblance to that of HZ. coriacea. Foliage fragrant. Juvenile leayes almost orbicular to cordate, thin, shortly petiolate, secondary veins spreading or curved upwards, no distinct intramarginal vein. Some leaves measured are 9 cm. long by 7 cm. broad. Mature leaves lanceolate, slightly falcate, with a short blunt point, thick, slightly shining, the secondary veins spreading at the base, thence longitudinal and parallel to the midrib. An average leaf is about 13 cm. long and about 4 cm. in greatest width. There are leavesintermediate in shape, thickness and venation between the juvenile and mature leaves. Buds remarkably angular by compression, the angles almost winged, peduncles about 1 em. long, convex to flattened, expanded, especially at the top, pedicels absent or very short, the conoid operculum about half the length of the calyx-tube. Filaments cream-coloured, anthers renantherous. Fruits polygonal and most of them angled, the angles or ribs persisting until maturity, pear-shaped to sub-globose, sessile or very shortly stalked, walls thick; capsule sunk, 3 or 4-celled. Type from Jounama Peaks, New South Wales, Wilfrid Alexander Watt de Beuzeville, Assistant Forester, Forestry Commission, December, 1919. ; RANGE. So far it has only been found on peaks in the Mount Kosciusko district of New South Wales. ‘“‘ Near the summit of Mount Jounama, at an altitude of 5,400 feet almost. Jounama is one of what is known as the Bogong Peaks, in the parish of Jounama, county of Buccleuch, about 30 miles south of Tumut. There is a belt of 191 these trees about 5 or 6 miles long by about half a mile. wide, along the top of the Jounama Peaks. Its lowest level would be between 4,500 and 5,000 feet. The tree is one of the largest in the district. The buds mature in a few weeks, and the fruits set immediately; in other words, it flowers and fruits in the same year.”’ (de Beuzeville.) (A consequence of the severity of the climate during the greater part of the year.) This species and Z. stellulata Sieb. in the same district carry buds and fruits in all stages of maturity during the year. ALE EN WibES: 1, With EF. coriacea A. Cunn., var. alpina. It differs in being a much larger, and, as a rule, a freer growing plant. ‘‘ Have never seen a form like it before. Tree much like the ordinary £. coriacea, except for it being much more spreading and gnarled, though this might be accounted for by its exposed position at a high altitude.” (de Beuzeville.) It has large, mostly oblique leaves and large angular buds. The fruits are also two or three times as large as those of var. alpina, and usually with two or three faint angles and a more convex rim. Its affinity with the Tasmanian EF. coccifera Hook. f., is more remote. 2. With F. gigantea Hook. f The affinity lies in the shape of the juvenile leaves (suckers) and more distantly in the fruits. The foliage of both species is fragrant, with the same kind of odour, but E. gigantea is a rough-barked species, while HZ. de Beuzevillei is a Gum. 3. With £. tetragona F.v.M. There is similarity in the polygonal, often quadrangular fruits, which requires a word of caution in case fruits are the only material available. 192 DESCRIPTION. CCLXVI, EF. Mitchelli Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 457 (1918), with Plates XX XVIII and XXXIX. FoLiow1ne is the original description :— Arbor umbrosa in altum pedes quinquaginta crescens, trunci diametrum duorum pedum habens. Folia matura.—Linearia lanceolata, a septem ad quatuor decim cm. longa, a septem mm. ad 1-4 cm. lata, cum apice directo vel falcato, utrobique aequaliter viridia, glabrosa et notabile nitida, aliquanto coriacea, costa media modice clara, venac laterales aliquanto obscurae et angulis 7-15° e costa media dispositae, margines quasi nervi sunt, olei glandulae numerosissimae petiolum 1-1-3 em. longum. Gemimae.—Sessiles, operculum acutum, longae circiter a tria ad quatuor mm. gemmae vix tam longae quam calycistubus, racemus stellatus, pedunculum longum circiter unum mm. Flores.—In umbella tenus undecim antherae parvae, color ut lactis flos, versatiles, renantherosi. Fructus.—Sessiles, globosi-truncati, fusci, nitidi quasi fuscati, interdum punctis parvis palladis clavati, longi a quinque ad sex mm. diametrum quinque sexve mm. habentes apud os restricti, labrum Interius unum mm. crassus valve depressae. Cortex.—Levis et alba nisi quod squamus paucas asperes apud basem habet. Habitat.—Summum jugum montis “ Buffalo” prope casam ad provinciam “ Victoria ” pertinentem, in formationem siliceam graniteam quatuor millia et quadringenti pedes super mare nascens. An umbrageous tree reaching 50 feet high, with stem diameter of 2 feet. Seedlings.—Hypocotyl erect, terete, red, glabrous, up to 2°3 cm. long. Cotyledons obtusely quadrilateral to orbicular-reniform, entire, about 3 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, — upper side green, under side red to reddish-green, glabrous; petiole about 3 mm. long. Seedling foliage opposite, entire, glabrous, oblong-lanceolate to elliptical-lanceolate, petiole 1-2 mm. long; midrib prominent on underside, lateral veins fairly distinct, and arranged at angles of from 40-60 degrees with the midrib. On seedlings 5 inches high the second pair of leaves were elliptical-lanceolate, and up to 2 cm. long by 8 mm. broad, while the sixth pair were elliptical, and 2:5 cm. long by 1 cm. broad. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, from about 7-14 cm. long, 7 mm. to 1:4 cm. broad, with straight or hooked point, equally green on both sides, glabrous and remarkably shiny, somewhat coriaceous, midrib fairly distinct, lateral veins rather obscure, and arranged at angles of from seven to fifteen degrees with the midrib, margins nerve-like, oil glands very numerous, petiole 1-1-3 cm. long. Buds sessile, operculum pointed, about 3-4 mm. long, scarcely as long as the calyx-tube, the cluster stellate, peduncle about 1 mm. long. Flowers up to eleven in the umbel. Anthers small, creamy-white, versatile, renantherous. Fruits sessile, globular-truncate, brown, shining as if varnished, sometimes studded with small pale dots, 5-6 mm. long, 5-6 mm. in diameter, restricted at the orifice, inner rim 1 mm. thick, valves sunk. Bark smooth and white except for a few rough flakes at the base. This species is named in honour of the late Sir Thomas Livingstone Mitchell, Surveyor-General, who collected many native plants, and was the second explorer to pass Mount Buffalo, 193 RANGE. Summit of Mount Buffalo, Victoria, near the Government Chalet, growing in siliceous granite formation at 4,400 feet above sea-level, and known as Willow Gum. The species flowers in December. So far as we know, it is confined to Victoria, but it is hardly reasonable to suppose that it will not be found on the adjacent high mountains (e.g., Mount Kosciusko) in New South Wales, and also in other elevated situations in Victoria. AFFINITIES. 1. With £. vitrea R. T. Baker. From this it differs somewhat in its leaf venation, for the prominent, almost parallel veins of #. vitrea are not represented in this new species. The pedicellate hemispherical fruits of H. witrea are also different; the operculum of that species is shorter and more obtuse, while the peduncle is very much larger. The bark of the new species is smooth and white, that of H. vitrea being fibrous over the greater part of the trunk. 2. With E. nitida Hook. f. From this it differs in its more globular fruits, pointed instead of obtuse buds, and is an umbrageous tree, while #. nitida is only a tall shrubby plant. - 3. With #. stellulata Sieb. It resembles this species in its stellate buds and to some extent in the shape of its fruits, but differs in its leaf venation, colour of bark which is white, while that of E. stellulata is slate-coloured, and in its seedling foliage. 4. With EF. Moorei Maiden and Cambage.” Its resemblances and differences are similar to those mentioned in the case of EL. stellulata, and in addition H. Moorei only grows as a Mallee-like shrub of about 10-12 feet high. 194. DESCRIPTION. CCLXVIII. FE. Brownit Maiden and Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 215 (1918). Foutiowine is the original description :— Box tree mediocris, circiter 40’ alta, erecta magis quam dependens. Cortex dura, lamellosa. Folia juvenilia lanceolata vel angusto lanceolata. Folia matura lanceolata, 10-15 cm. longa, 2-3 em. lata, venis lateralibus angulo 30° ad costam mediam. Alabastri parvi, clavati, operculum hemisphericum, umbella quaque 3-9 in eapite. Fructus parvi, conoidei, circiter 3 cm. diametro. We propose the name in honour of the great Robert Brown, who (amongst other parts) is closely identified with the botany of Northern Queensland. A medium-sized Box-tree, about 40 feet high, erect rather than drooping. Bark.—Hard thin flaky Box-bark, on the trunk and large branches, the ultimate branchlets smooth. Juvenile leavyes.—Lanceolate or narrow lanceolate. Generally long and narrow, petiolate, equally green on both sides, and slightly shiny, venation distinct, spreading, intramarginal vein distinct from the edge. Size say 20 by 2 cm. Mature leaves.—Lanceolate; except as regards the size, the description of the juvenile leaves applies. Size say 10-15 by 2-3 cm. Lateral veins arranged at angle of about thirty degrees with the midrib. Buds small, clavate, operculum hemispherical or slightly umbonate, and about half the length of the calyx-tube, which tapers gradually into the pedicel. Flowers.—Inflorescence paniculate, the individual umbels three to nine in the head. Anthers semi-terminal, nearly globular in shape, opening in small pores on each side near the top. Filament at the base, small gland on the top. Fruits.—Fruits small, conoid, about 3 cm.in diameter and the calyx-tube about the same length, tapering, not perfectly gradually, into the pedicel, rim thin, tips of the valves flush with the orifice, which is not constricted. RANGE. It is confined to Northern Queensland, so far as we know at present. Type from Reid River, near Townsville (N. Daley, Sept. and Dec., 1912). Wirra Wirra, Almaden to Forsayth, North Queensland, growing on a somewhat sandy-conglomerate formation which furnishes a more siliceous soil than that usually selected by Box trees. (R. H. Cambage, No. 3895, August, 1913.) 195 ** After the 115th mile-post was passed, an undescribed species of Eucalyptus appeared (B. Brownii Maiden and Cambage, these Proceedings, 1913, p. 215). The note made in the train conveys a general description of the tree, and reads :—‘ A narrow-leaved Box, seems distinct species, rough bark on branches, green leaves.’ These trees were growing on a contorted, micaceous slate formation showing quartz, but they continued intermittently to Wirra Wirra, where the rock is sandstone, possibly Upper Cretaceous. This Box tree averages about 40 feet high, with small fruits, and according to Mr. Thomas Keller, of Wirra Wirra, has dark-red timber.”” (R. H. Cambage in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 413, 1915.) SYNONYMS. E. bicolor A. Cunn., var. parviflora F.v.M., Burdekin River (see B.Fl. iu, 215), E. populifolia F.v.M., non Hook. Scrub Box tree of the Burdekin River, but not the Box tree of the Suttor River, labelled as above, which is #. populifolia Hook. All the above specimens were examined by Mueller, and apparently by Bentham also. AFPINITIES: Its closest relations are with two species—E. populifolia Hook., and E. bicolor A, Cunn. Both are indicated by the labels of both Bentham and Mueller. 1. With E. populifolia Hook. To the typical form of E. populifolia the resemblance is not close, but there is a narrow-leaved form of the species to which the resemblance is closer. The differences lie in the bark, which is less flaky in populzfolia, in the more conical fruits of ZH. Brown, and particularly in regard to the position of the intramarginal vein, which is much more removed from the leaf edge in E. Brownit. 2. With £. bicolor A. Cunn. The differences appear to be the duller colour of the foliage of EH. bicolor, that of the new species being a vivid green, its less spreading venation and less conoid fruits. E. Brown has not the weeping habit of EF. bicolor. There is a specimen in the Melbourne Herbarium labelled “ near Mount Ellott, Queensland, Fitzalan and Dallachy,” which appears to be H. Brownii. The late J. G. Luehmann has a note “ Placed by Bentham with £. largiflorens (bicolor), seemingly with injustice. F.v. Mueller.” 196 DESCRIPTION. COLXIX. EF. Cambageana Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 91 (1913). Arbor alta Blackbutt vocata, ramis longis pendulisque. Trunci, cortice cinerea et squamosa alti- tudini 3-4 pedes, a caule leve et albo ramisque distincte disjuncta. Lignumrubrum. Folia juvenia 15 cm. longa, 2:5 cm. lata, pallido-virentia utrinque, concoloria, ovata vel pyriforma, vena peripherica patente et a margine distincte remota. Umbelle 3-8 in capite, paniculas plerumque terminales formantes. Alabastri clavati. Operculum ovoideum et calycis tubo circiter dimidio superante. _ Fructus parvi, conoidei, diametro circiter 7 mm. orificio. “The young trees grow tall and fairly straight, but with age they become pipy and eventually simply a shell. Very liable to be attacked by white ants.” (Miss Zara Clark.) “The trees range from 50-80 feet high, having long pendulous branches. “ They have scaly bark permanent up to 5-4 feet from the ground: this is hard and of an ironbark nature, jet black in colour, the remainder of the stem being milky-white, approaching bluish-white (glaucous); it is clear of any sign of ribbony bark beyond the butt. There is a distinct line of demarcation between the rough black and the white clean stem. “The sapwood is exceptionally thin, the heart wood deep red or chocolate in colour, hard, heavy, long and tough in the grain, much resembling that of the Red Box (polyanthemos) of New South Wales. “ Tt is the most important timber in the Emerald district for all purposes, being sound, and yielding long, clean stems of many feet in length, hence exceptionally suitable for milling purposes.” (J. L. Boorman.) Local name, “‘ Blackbutt.” Type from Mirtna Station, Charters Towers, Queensland (Miss Zara Clark, January and December, 1912.) Juvenile leaves.—Pale-coloured, equally green on both sides, rhomboid-ovate to pyriform and broadly lanceolate, petiolate, apex blunt, venation prominent, marginal vein at a considerable distance from the edge, the lateral veins spreading. Oil dots not obvious. Average size say 9 to 12 cm. by 5 or 6 broad. Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, slightly curved, petiolate, thickish, shiny, pale-coloured, equally green on both sides, venation prominent, the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge, the lateral veins spreading. Average length of mature leaves 15 by 2-5 cm. Flowers.—Umbels 3 to 8 in the head, forming usually terminal panicles, buds clavate, the calyx- tube forming a defined raised border at its junction with the operculum, the calyx-tube tapering gradually into the pedicel, the operculum ovoid and about half the length of the calyx-tube. Anthers belonging to the Poranthere, pores small, opening at the side, the filament always at the base, and the small gland always at the top. Fruits.—Small, conoid, the calyx-tube tapering with but slight abruptness into the pedicel; when young, with a well-defined grooved rim, which almost disappears on ripening, leaving a dark brown rim, tips of the valves sunk or rarely flush with the orifice. Size about 7 mm. diameter at the orifice and length the same. 197 RANGE. “Grows on hard clay soil, often stony, and always some distance from water. Generally in clumps and often in company of Gidgee and Prigalow in the Charters Towers district.” (Miss Zara Clark.) Reid River, a few miles south of Townsville (N. Daley). “The principal timber of the Emerald district, noted for its hardness and size, © and for the good quality of its timber. Apparently local from Gin Gin to within 10-12 miles east of Alpha.” (J. L. Boorman.) Some poor fruits collected by O’Shanesy from the Dawson and Mackenzie Rivers, labelled E. leptophleba by Mueller, are the present species. These were referred to by me in the present work, X, 333, where I doubted the naming of the specimen. It might be neglected altogether but for the reason that (op. cit., p. 333), it evidently formed the basis of the name FH. leptophleba attached by O’Shanesy to a Blackbutt whose timber and bark he describes. He says “dispersed through the scrubby country westward from Goganjo.” “ E. Cambageana, the Blackbutt of the Comet River and Coowarra districts, was first noticed between Jericho and Beta, thence onwards at intervals to Gogango, often growing with Acacia harpophylla (Brigalow).” (R. H. Cambage in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 445, 1915.) It is therefore widely diffused in the warmer parts of Queensland, but we do not know its precise range yet. AFFINITY. It would appear to take the place, in Queensland, of the more southern E. polyanthemos Schauer, or rather of its narrow-leaved forms. The anthers, however, sharply separate them. The leaves also are different both in shape and venation. The rough bark is more scaly than that of E. polyanthemos, and the line of demarcation more clearly defined. It is named in honour of Mr. Richard Hind Cambage, who has done valuable work in connection with this genus. I shall refer to this work more in detail in the epilogue. H. Cambagei Deane and Maiden is conspecific with E. eleophora F.v.M. 198 CXXIUI. E. miniata A. Cunn. See Part XXII, p. 37, of the present work, where juvenile leaves collected by Mr. R. H. Cambage at Croydon, North Queensland, were described but not figured. Juvenile leaves collected by Gerald F. Hill at Stapleton, south of Darwin, Northern Territory, are now figured. Following are some additional notes in regard to specimens collected by Mr. Hill :— “809. 8-mile Spring, on to Tanumbirini, 26th March, 1912. Occurs near creeks and springs. Stem like Bloodwood. “552. Top Spring. On Sandstone Range. This specimen, with one loose flower only, is probably this species. “Pine Creek Railway, Brock’s Creek (E. J. Dunn). “ 3. (LOB. 53 i Aen Dom Le Top, 35 feet long; total height, 140 feet; age, 97 years. * Tf the rings are seasonal instead of annual, and it may be that two rings per year are formed, it will be seen that the growth of the trees was extraordinarily fast. This will not, however, affect the underlying principle which this bulletin is intended; - «xplain, 7 fi 252 Thus, at 35 feet from the ground there were only 91 annual rings as against 97 at the base. This means that the part of the tree above 35 feet had beenin existence only ninety-one years, so that it teck 97-91 = 6 years, for the tree to reach a height of 35 feet. Thus the following table is prepared — Height of section Number of rings. | ana ae in feet. 2 4 3 | height of section. 0) 97 5 97 15 95 2 25 93 4 35 91 6 45 88 9 55 85 12 65 79 18 95 53 44 140 0 97 From this table a curve showing height at different ages is plotted (see Fig. 1, not reproduced, J.H.M.). The very rapid height growth in the first twelve years should be noted as it has an important economic bearing on the regeneration of the forests. A species capable cf such rapid growth in early youth is not likely to be suppressed by weeds, and consequently expenditure on early cleanings will probably not be necessary. Compare the figures for Z. globulus, in Tasmania, quoted at p. 245. A further abstract of Mr. de Beuzeville’s researches is found in “‘ The Australian Forestry Journal,” for January, 1918. ‘ The forest of L. gigantea at Buddong appears to be of comparatively recent origin, and is rapidly establishing itself in the surrounding forest of Bucalypius coriacea and Ff. rubida. A noteworthy feature is that trees evidently well past maturity are sound to the heart and absolutely free from disease. The specimen selected for analysis was a typical tree of a typical forest of the species. The annual rings were clearly defined through the whole of the cross sections, and varied very little in width. The tree was well grown, with a good crown, and apparently still vigorous. A remarkable circumstance was the rapid height growth during the early life of the tree, and this is shown in a series of graphs which accompany the treatise, and disclose the following .— Growth in height .—23 years, 20 feet; 6 years, 40 feet; 14 years, 60 feet; 20 years, 68 feet; 40 years, ‘90 feet; 60 years, 110 feet; 80 years, 126 feet; 96 years, 140 feet. Growth in diameter .—2 years, 1 inch; 6 years, 24 inches; 14 years, 6 inches; 20 years, 9 inches; 40 years, 18 inches; 60 years, 28 inches; 80 years, 36 years; 96 years, 42 inches. “Volume of wood :—20 years, 20 cubic feet; 40 years, 75 cubic feet; 60 years, 180 cubic feet: 80 years, 300 cubic feet; 96 years, feet 420 cubic feet. Calculation on the results of an examination of the area of the cross section at various ages shows that the tree reaches absolute maturity about the ninetieth year, when it will yield almost 5,000 superficial feet of timber. Mr. de Beuzeville states that the bark amounts to 12 per cent. of the volume of the stem, the very low percentage being accounted for by the thin nature of the bark on the upper portion of the trunk. In conclusion, he remarks that his analysis discloses that “‘ the tree does not reach absolute maturity at the early age often attributed to it, but maintains a vigorous growth long after it has reached the dimensions of a millable log. The present minimum felling girth is 7 feet over bark, and is apparently reached in forty to fifty years. The problem is, therefore, whether if will be most advantageous to operate on the species as at present, or whether the cutting age should be deferred until maturity, when greater volume has been attained.” 253 Then we come to a paper: ‘* Determination of the Increment of Trees by Stem Analysis. No. 1. Eucalyptus viminalis,’ by W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Journ. Roy. Soc. NV.S.W., li, 239 (1919). (N.B.—The species is really HZ. Dalrympleana Maiden, as described by me in “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part LXIV, p. 137. It was formerly confused with ZL. wiminalis.) The calculations show that the tree increases in height rapidly until about thirty years old, averaging 2-8 feet per annum. This rate gradually diminishes, dropping to 1-6 feet mean annual increase when sixty-six years old. The diameter increase, likewise, is greater during youth, but is fairly evenly main- tained during the whole period, ranging from 37 inches to ‘3 inches per annum. The mean annual volume increment, which was -1 cubic feet at ten years, showing a steady improvement, reaching 1-13 cubic feet at sixty-six years of age, Earlier in point of publication than the preceding papers, we have “ Timber Production and Growth Curves in the Mountain Ash (Hucalyptus regnans),” by R. T. Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxx (N.S.), 1 (1917). It is not convenient to reproduce the graphs of the papers of either Mr. Patton or Mr. de Beuzeville. All the papers should be carefully read, and I will content myself with a few extracts of Mr. Patton’s paper also. It has been said that Mountain Ash will mature in forty years, and will give in this time a butt of” from 2 feet to 2 feet 6 inches. It has also been claimed for Mountain Ash that it is the fastest-growing tree in the world, and that it will give a cut of 150,000 feet super. per acre. In order to test the truth of _ these statements a series of measurements was carried out at Powelltown on logs of this timber. It was found impossible at the time to get any reliable figures as to either its fast growing rate or its quantity of timber per acre. Many factors militated against this. In the first place, all the forest now being cut is over ripe, and consequently many trees are hollow. Again, a very large number of trees have incipient decay in the heart. Other factors also prevented any accurate estimate being formed. However, there was ample material for a study of the annual rings. It was impossible to obtain measurements from all logs coming in, as in quite a percentage there was either a pipe, or decay had proceeded far enough to destroy the boundaries of the first annual rings. Only those logs then were taken in on which the annual rings were clearly defined. The measurements were taken to the eightieth ring, and not continued further owing to the difficulty in many cases of distinguishing the rings. In onecase the rings, though narrow, were easily distinguishable to the 125th ring. It was obvious from these later rings that the tree had lacked vigour. This was borne out by a study of the trees in the standing forest, The paucity of foliage on these big trees is very noticeable, as was also the amount of mistletoe. No mistletoe was observed on the saplings, or even on trees half grown. From these observations one was led to conclude that the tree reaches its prime well under a hundred years. The most remarkable feature is the rapid expansion of the trunk (and hence width of annual ring), during the first ten years of growth. . . The differences between the width of the annual rings as the tree gets older will be less and less. There is a point of interest here, and that is that the enormous decrease in the width of the ring may be due to overcrowding, or putting it in other words, that, as the trees grow older, and so many are striving for the same light and carbon dioxide, the crown is not as large as it would be if the forest were controlled. It was very apparent from a study of the mature trees that width of ring is largely dependent on the distance. of the trees apart, for in many logs the original centre is well to one side of the mature log. Some trees. have limbs on the congested side only 6 to 8 feet long, while on the free side they are 15 to 20 feet long. The maintenance of a good head is important from a forestral point of view. From the study of the annual rings, then, we may conclude at present that the Mountain Ash reaches its maturity between the fortieth and fiftieth years; but we are not entitled to conclude that the tree is ~ then fit for milling. In view of the fact that in the future a large proportion of this timber will probably find its way on to the market in a dressed and seasoned condition, the tree cannot be said to be fit for E 254. milling until the wood is ripe. It may well be, that so long as the tree maintains a good head, the timber is improving in quality, and therefore it may be inadvisable to cut it during this period. There are other factors as well to be considered with regard to the time of harvesting the timber. The upkeep of this forest is small at present, as compared with that of the forests of the old world. Hence interest charges will be much smaller, and we could therefore allow the forest to stand for a much longer period than is the case with old world forests. See also ‘On the Growth, Treatment, and Structure of some Common Hardwoods,” by R. T. Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi (New ser.), 394 (1919), with one plate and seven text figures. The author systematises his observations under the following heads :—Height, density of trees per acre, seasoning of timber, structure. He criticises the adoption of the Schlich method of measurement of diameter growth (at all events, as regards Australian conditions) if only because, in our “ empirical’? or managed forests, it 1s difficult to select an average tree for research. The question of the height of FE. regnans (Victorian Mountain Ash), the only ‘Eucalypt referred to, is dealt with at p. 255 of the present work. The question of density of trees per acre is only now being undertaken, since we have only quite recently established forestry departments taking cognisance of our Eucalypts on scientific lines. As regards seasoning of timber, I will give a few references to this, and also to structure of timber, when I deal with those branches of the subject. Now let us turn to a paper, “ Estimation of the Rate of Growth of Trees by Stem Analysis,” by C. E. Lane Poole, “‘ Jarrah,” i, No. 3, p. 14, November, 1918. The author begins :— “ Tt is an unfortunate fact that the bulk of Australian eucalypts do not lend themselves to this system of estimation. There are exceptions, of which Mountain Ash (Lucalyptus Delegatensis) of New South Wales is one, but in most cases Eucalypts do not appear to have any distinct period of rest during the year, with the result that there are no well-defined rings. Karri (#. diversicolor) in its very early years (up to about twenty-four), shows annual rings, but after that time it is difficult to distinguish them.” He then gives an admirable account of the method, choosing the Monterey Pine (Pinus radiata or insignis), a Californian species much cultivated in Australia, for purposes of illustration. D.—The Largest Australian Trees. The size of a tree may be measured in vertical height or girth, the two dimensions usually adopted. The fairest method would, of course, be to compute the cubic contents. As regards girth, it is to be regretted that many measurements are not strictly comparable, because of the varying heights above ground at which they have been taken. It has been known for many years that Australia and Tasmania possess very large trees, attention having been directed earliest to those of Tasmania. It has since been proved, I think, that the largest trees (HE. regnans) occur in Gippsland, Victoria, 255 although those of the Western Australian Karri (#. diversicolor) are very large. Most of the literature has gathered around the Gippsland trees, and will be found quoted below by Mr. Hardy and myself. A discussion on the height of Gippsland trees (Mr. Howitt’s paper, in Trans. Roy: Soc. Vict., ii (1890), in which Baron von Mueller and Mr. A. W. Howitt joined, will be found in Journ. Roy. Soc. Vict., iii (new series), 124 (1890). Mr. Howitt had measured a tree of 350 feet, and Mueller stated that trees 400 feet high had existed. The discussion is well worth referring to. ; In my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vol. II, pp. 161-165 (1905), I gave such evidence as was available to me in regard to “ The giant. trees of Australia.” I wrote at p. 163 in the followmg words :— Professor Sargent is an eminent authority on the subject of which he treats, and in view of the actual measurements that he presents, viz., 340 feet in height for a Redwood (Sequoia sempervirens), and a girth round the trunk of 107 feet for its congener, the “* Big Tree’’ (S. Wellingtonia), Iam of opinion that, so far as our knowledge goes at present, California is the home both of the tallest and of the broadest trees in the world. In the Federal Handbook published for the visit of the British Association in 1914, 1 wrote :— The official size of the tallest Gippsland tree is given as—height, 326 ft. 1 in.; girth, 25 ft. 7 in., measured 6 feet from the ground; locality, spur of Mount Baw Baw, 91 miles from Melbourne. This is enormous, but different from the alleged heights of from 400 to 525 feet foisted on Mueller, and which will probably not be eradicated from the newspapers for another generation. As regards the Californian trees brought into comparison . . . the difference (under 14 feet) against the Gippsland tree is not large, and it would not be surprising if additional investigations should cause this friendly competition between Australia and the United States to end differently. Presently I will show that New Zealand is in this competition. A short account of the big trees of California,’ Bull. No. 28, United States Department of Agriculture, Division of Forestry (1900), gives a later account than that of C. S. Sargent. In the “ summary of facts” it 1s stated that “the dimensions of the Big Tree are unequalled.” A number of dimensions of trees, living and dead, are quoted, but comparatively few with full particulars. Thus the height is given of many, the diameter at the ground of some, and at 6 feet above the ground of others. Many particulars are given in regard to them in the Bulletin, which is not easy of brief abstraction. For particulars as to tall trees of Brazil, see Bates’ ‘‘ Naturalist on the Amazons ” (Murray’s Pop. Ed., 1910, pp. 29, 30). In a paper “ On the Ascent of Water in Trees” (Phil. Trans. B., Vol. 199, 1905) Professor A. J. Ewart (of the University of Melbourne), has some remarks in regard to the reputed heights of the Gippsland trees, after referring to certain reputed measurements which have been repeated over again by authors copying one another, as “greatly exaggerated’? and “considerably exaggerated,’ he concludes, “ The tallest Australian tree, therefore, hitherto accurately measured, barely exceeds 300 feet, and it is possible that some of the records from other countries, notably America, may suffer a similar diminution when accurately tested.” 256 Mr. R. T. Patton (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxi, 396, 1919) has some notes on the height of E. regnans. He gives 326 feet as the “ greatest height recorded,” and the two highest measurements as made by himself as 249 and 261 feet. In Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvi, p. 9 (published 1914), is a paper by T. F. Cheeseman on “ The Age and Growth of the Kauri (Agathis australis), in which he refers to the sizes of other large trees. He says: “ Seeing that the age and size of large forest trees have been regularly overestimated in other countries, it could hardly be expected that New Zealand would escape similar exaggeration.” He has just been quoting Professor A. J. Ewart’s cautious remarks on Gippsland trees at some length. Incidentally, it may be mentioned that in the American “ Journal of Forestry,” xvii, 890 (November, 1919), there is a note on Kauris and Californian Big Trees as follows :— The’ New Zealand Department of Lands has published a small book by D. E. Hutchins on the © Waipoua Kauri Forest,” in which occurs the statement .—* There were two gigantic Kauri in the Tutamoe State Forest, each having a diameter of 22 feet, and the best one having a clean bole of 100 feet. This was estimated to contain 295,788 board feet, which is twice the size of the largest California big tree, one of the Calaveras Grove, containing 141,000 board feet.” The commentator says :—‘“ It is strange that at the present day the claims of California for large sized trees should be contested by New Zealand. The following data show that even though New Zealand has some immense trees, as those just described appear to be, still they cannot equal the giant Sequoias, of which we are justly proud. “A Sequoia tree cut in 1854, called ‘ the Mother of the Forest,’ had a diameter of 30 feet and a height of 321 feet, and contained 537,000 board feet, which is twice that given for these famous Kauri trees of New Zealand. In addition, this tree was 137 feet to the first limb. Another tree, called ‘ The Father of the Forest,’ measured a number of years ago 36 feet in diameter, 400 feet in height, and 200 feet to the first limb.” (These seem round numbers. J.H.M.) Mr. D. E. Hutchins, “ A Discussion of Australian Forestry,’ pp. 315-17 (1916), says :— I am sure that every patriotic Australian will agree that an attempt should be made by the Forest Departments in Victoria and Western Australia to find out the actually biggest trees, measure them, and place them under special protection. I quite agree with this, and he is unconsciously repeating a very old suggestion of mine, but Mr. Hutchins says: “‘(Mr. Maiden) perhaps goes to the other extreme, and throws doubt on quite good evidence.” If my readers will take the trouble to turn to what I have said, and also to what Mr. Hutchins has said, they can judge for themselves. If I have tried to avoid anything, it is to be “ extreme,” and my article was an honest attempt to weigh the evidence on scientific (7.e., truthful) lines. The genial forester, when he has opportunity to consult the literature of the subject, will see that I am by no means the severest critic of reputed measurements of big Australian and American trees. [I wrote the above some years ago, before our friend had received the well-deserved honour of Knighthood, to be followed, alas too soon, by his death in January, 1920.] 267 The most recent writer on the subject is A. D. Hardy, of the State Forest Department of Victoria (“ The Tall Trees of Australia,’ Vict. Nat.,xxxv, 46, July, 1918), an authority whose researches in regard to Australian forestry matters are always valuable, and, therefore, one reads what he has to say with interest in regard to a subject which has already been surrounded by much romance. This romance, emanating from Australia itself, has found its way into scientific publications in Europe and America. The paper contains some most useful information in regard to the giant trees of America, and, indeed, of other countries, but what is of special interest to me at the present time is the information he has brought together, additional to that already compiled by myself. At p. 50 Mr. Hardy quotes three measurements which exceed those enumerated in the Victorian atlas of giant trees. The following is the “ best measurement by a legally qualified measurer.”” Mr. G. Cornthwaite measured a tree in 1880, 2 miles from Thorpdale, Gippsland. “I cannot find the old notes taken at the time, but I am quite sure as to the measurement of the length.” He gives the height at 375 feet, allowing for the stump. “ At about 12 feet from the ground (it) was about 6 feet in diameter.” Although these figures are to some extent based on memory, if they satisfy Mr. Hardy they go a long way towards satisfying me. Mr. Hardy quotes some American Sequoias, larger than the Redwood (S. sempervirens) measured by Professor C. S. Sargent, at 340 feet. Doubtless after the war (written in 1918, J.H.M.) the Americans will examine their records of measure- ments and state whether they can beat our record of 375 feet or not. As regards bulk, Mr. Hardy quotes the tree pictured as “ King Edward VII” by Mr. Hugh Mackay, Conservator of Forests of Victoria, in the handbook of that State prepared for the British Association meeting of 1914. It had a girth of 80 feet, measured at about 10 feet from the ground. I have often pointed out (e.g., Presidential Address, Royal Society of N.S.W., 1897), that it is desirable that we should have measurements by surveyors or other competent observers of the heights and girths of definite Eucalyptus trees, and the ascertainment of such data should be the business of the forestry staffs of all the States. We ought to know the sizes of our primeval vegetation, even if these biggest trees, when removed by fire or other catastrophe, may never be succeeded by others which can be permitted to attain equal magnitude. Instead of going further into details in regard to the sizes of the largest trees, it may be convenient to consult the following list of species, arranged in alphabetical order, in which the sizes are dealt with. Thus the following may be referred to in their proper places in the present work, and in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ” :— Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden, E. botryoides Sm. (H. Hopkins records £. botryoides in the rich alluvial flats of the Snowy River, stately trees of 150 feet or more in height, and boles of 6 or 7 feet in diameter, and 50 or 60 feet to the first limb), Z. Dalrympleana 258 Maiden, H. Deanei Maiden (Mr. A. Murphy informs me that there are plenty of trees in the Ourimbah district, near Gosford, 10 to 12 feet in diameter), H. Dunnii Maiden (see note below), E. diversicolor F.v.M. (see this work, Part XX, p. 298), E. gigantea Hook. f. (see note below), E. Jacksoni Maiden, E. goniocalyx F.v.M., E. maculata Hook., #. microcorys F.v.M., EB. nitens Maiden, FE. pilularis Sm. (see this work, Part L, p. 30), £. regnans F.v.M., E. viminalis Labill. Under EF. viminalis, Mueller (“ Kucalyptographia”’) quotes a Victorian tree up to 320 feet, with a diameter of 17 feet. Baker and Smith (“‘ Research on the Eucalypts,” p. 137) say this tree is “ probably the largest of New South Wales Eucalypts.” “This is perhaps the most widely- distributed species of the genus in these States, as well as probably the tallest, as trees measuring over 300 feet high frequently occur.” (p. 188.) In view of the fact that HE. Dalrympleana has been “ carved out”’ of FE. viminalis, and of further investigations in regard to our White Gums, it is desirable that E. viminalis and its allies should be remeasured. F. viminalis, sensu strictu, is, however, undoubtedly a big tree. E. Dunnii.— ““ T measured one standing tree of the above, which gave a girth of 24 feet 4 inches, with a length of at least 30. feet; this works out 13,3224 feet—superficial. The tree in question is fairly round and straight, and apparently sound. Rue © cr or Gr Gr Or Or SAAaSH = oo No) by 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. EH. 67. E. 68. E. 69. EB. 70. E. (ale 1 72. E. oo Bee SEOR seh PART X. . prperita Sm. . Sieberiana F.v.M. . Consideniana Maiden. hemastoma Sm. . siderophloia Benth. . Boormani Deane and Maiden. . leptophleba F.v.M. . Behriana V.v.M. . populifolia Hook. . Bowman F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) PART XI. . Bosistoana F.v.M. . bicolor A. Cunn. . hemiphloia F.v.M. odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. An Ironbark Boz. fruticetorum F.v.M. . acacioides A. Cunn. Thozetiana F.v.M. . ochrophloia F.v.M. . microtheca F.v.M. Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, 1910.) PART XII. . Raveretiana F.v.M. . crebra F.v.M. . Staigeriana F.v.M. . melanophloia F.v.M. . pruinosa Schauer. . Smithii R. T. Baker. . Naudiniana F.v.M. . siderorylon A. Cunn. . leweorylon F.v.M. . Caleyi Maiden. Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 1910.) PART XIII. . affinis Deane and Maiden. . paniculata Sm. . polyanthemos Schauer. . Rudderi Maiden. Bauweriana Schauer. . cneorifolia DC. Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) PART XIV. melliodora A. Cunn. fasciculosa F.v.M. uncinata Turezaninow. decipiens Endl. concolor Schauer. Cléeziana F.v.M. oligantha Schauer. Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) E 76. E 77. 78. B 79. E 80. H 81. £ 82. # 83. # 84. # 85. # 85. H 87. E 88. EH 89. # 90. # 91. 92. H 93. H 94. # 95. E 96. EH 97. # 98. HL 99. # 100. # 101. E 102. # 103. 104. 105. # 106. E. ‘107. E. 108. E 109. # 110. # lll. # 112. # E. oleosa F.y.M. E. E. falcata Turez. . oleosa F.v.M., var. Flocktonie . Le Souefii Maiden. . Clelandi Maiden. . decurva F.v.M. . doratoxylon F.v.M. . corrugata Luehmann. . gomantha Turez. . Stricklandi Maiden. . Campaspe 8S. le M. Moore. . diptera Andrews. . Griffithsii Maiden. . grossa W.v.M. . Pimpiniana Maiden. . Woodwardi Maiden. . macrocarpa Hook. . Preissiana Schauer. . megacarpa F.vy.M. . globulus Labillardiére. . Maident F.v.M. . urnigera Hook, f. + . goniocalys F.v.M. . nitens Maiden. . elaophora F.v.M. . cordata Labill. . angustissima F.v.M. . diversicolor F.v.M. . Guilfoylei Maiden. . patens Bentham. . Todtiana F.v.M. . micranthera V.v.M. PART XV. Gillu Maiden. Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 14! PART XVI. Plates, 69-72. (Issued Septemhe: PART XVII. . salmonophloia F.v.M. . leptopoda Bentham. ‘ . squamosa Deane and Maiden. ~ _ Oldfieldii F.v.M. 4 . orbifolia F.v.M. i . pyriformis Turezaninow. Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, PART XVIIL. Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913 PART XIX. Plates, 81-84. (Issued Deceit PART XX. gigantea Hook, f. longifolia Link and Otto. Plates 85-88. (Issued March, 191 AO RICAD KEVESION OF THE GENUS” Oe ALYerUS BY jE MAIDEN, ISO, mrs, fis (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Mor Vo Parr 9. Part XLIX of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “Ages are spent in eollecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’ MACAULAY’sS ‘‘EssAY ON MILTON.” PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, 5 é 2 nee 7 eee Published by Atsthority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTII WALES, SVONCY : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *24779—A 1921. COLXX VIL, Eucalyptus drepanophylla V.v.M. Description Range Affinities . XXX VIII. Eucalyptus leptophleba \.v.M. Description Synonym . Range Affinities CCLXXIX, Eucalyptus Dalrympleana Maiden. Description Range Affinities . CCX VII. Eucalyptus dichromophioia ¥.v.M. Juvenile leaves COLXXX. Eucalyptus Hillit Maiden. Description Range Affinities . No. I. The Growing Tree. (Continued from page 2589, Part XLVIII). E, Nanism P ; : ; eR EF. The owerine of BuGeiyoee while in the juvenile-leaf stage . ; : , $ ae 17/5) G. Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species 278 H. Natural Grafts— 1. Cohesion of branches . C : ; » Eo Ao 2. Adhesion of branches. : : : : --, 280 J. Artificial Grafts— 1. Budding and grafting. 5 5 282 2. Grafting by approach in the cocaine nee 282 K. Fasciation . ‘ : : F : ‘ : ; 283 L. Tumours and Galls : : : : ; é e283 M. Protuberances of the Stem : , : ; a eAI6) N, Abortive branches (Prickly stems) . 5 ° er 207) O. Pendulous branches . . : : 3 i a 208 P. Vertical Growth of Trees . : : ; : <) 289 Explanation of Plates (200-208) . ; : : 200 DESCRIPTION. COLXXVITI. E. drepanophylla F.v.M. Ex Bentham in B.FI. 1, 221 (1866). FoLuowine is the original description :— A tree, usually low and stunted, the bark dark-grey and ribbed (Dallachy). Leaves long-lanceolate, often exceeding 6 inches and usually faleate, acuminate, with numerous fine, parallel, and very diverging veins, often scarcely conspicuous, the intra-marginal one close to or very near the edge. Umbels three to six-flowered, usually three to four together in short axillary or terminal panicles or the lower ones solitary, the peduncles short and terete, or nearly so. Calyx-tube obconical, nearly 2 lines long, tapering into a short, thick pedicel. Operculum conical or obtuse, usually about as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens about 2 lines long, inflected in the bud; anthers very small, nearly globular, with distinct parallel cells. Fruit subglobose-truncate, about 4 lines diameter, slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude. E. drepanophylla is referred to as a synonym of EF. leptophleba F.v.M. in Part X of the present work, p. 332, following Mueller. At p. 333 I invited the attention of Queensland botanists to this little known species. Owing to the zeal of Dr. T. L. Bancroft, then of Stannary Hills, north Queensland, and now of Eidsvold, I was able to clear up the identity of E. leptophleba as apart from FH. drepanophylla. See Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 82, 83, and also the present work. I am also under obligations to Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, of Queensland, in this enquiry. Further references to HL. drepanophylla will be found under “* Range,” Part X, p. 333, and “ Affinities,” p. 334. I am not quite certain that the differences between EF. drepanophylla and E. crebra are sufficient to justify the retention of the former as a species, but on the whole think that it is probable. I trust that Queenslanders will give attention to the species. It will be observed that certain old Ironbark specimens referred to L. drepanophylla by Mueller himself (and Bentham) ave destitute of fruit, and Dallachy expressly mentions that his Edgecombe Range specimens had no fruit. At the same time, Bentham described the fruit as “ sub-globose truncate, about 4 lines diameter, slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude.” It will be observed that at figs. 3d, 4b, 4c, Plate 200, I have taken cognizance of fruiting specimens which probably come near the type. 262 RANGE, The B.FI., iti, 221, localities for 2. drepanophylla will be fourd refsrrcd to at Part X, p. 333. So far as I know, L. drepanophylla is confined to Queensland, and its recorded localities are from the coast and coastal ranges from Maryborough to Cairns, but it may be confidently predicted it will be found north, south and west of the places indicated. The following specimens belong, in my view, to 7. drepanophylla, Nos. 1-3 are from the Port Denison district, and are probably all typical :— 1. “ Ironbark, the flowers white and sweet-scented; this is a very low (ligh— a correction by Dallachy) stunted tree in this country. Wdgecombe, 15th August, 1863. No fruit.” (Copy of Dallachy’s label endorsed by Mueller “ Lucalyptus drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller.” This specimen has a second “ Botanical Museum of Melbourne” label, in Mueller’s handwriting. “ Lucalyptus drepanophylla V.M., Port Denison,” and this was seen by Bentham. It is undoubtedly the type. 2 2. Port Denison (Fitzalan). Specimen marked ” Hucalyptus drepanophylla’ by Mueller. Buds and anthers of this were figured as FL. leptophleba, Pl. 48, fig. 4. (Mueller has a note :—‘ The tree from Port Denison, alluded to under 2. Bowmani by Bentham in B.FL., ii, 220, belongs to #. drepanophylla.” (Kucalvptogrophia, under L. Baileyana.) 3. * Bucalyptus drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller. Burdekin Expedition. Lue. crebra var.” (Copy of a label in Mueller’s handwriting, seen by Bentham.) Mount Elliott (south-west of Bowling Green Bay) in flower only (Iitzalan); (EL. drepanophylla, so labelled by Mueller). This locality is a little north of Bowen. Ironbark, Charters Towers (H. B. Walker, 1903). These specimens, in mature » leaf, buds and flowers, with a piece of bark, appear to be #. drepanophylla. This locality is only a few miles inland from Bowen, home of the type. Cleveland Bay (Townsville), in bud, pale-coloured operculum (8. (?) (Stephen Johnson, 1876); (labelled F£. drepanophylla by Mueller). ‘* Narrow-leaved Ironbark,” Reid River, via Townsville. (Nicholas Daley and G. R. Skelton, through Dr. J. Shirley.) Near Atherton, back of Cairns (District Forester H. W. Mocatta). Stannary Hills, near Irvinebank (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, 17th March, 1901, and Jater dates. In June, 1909, Dr. Bancroft writes: “‘ With rough bark, up to 100 feet high and 2 feet in diameter; timber red.” He informs me that the late Mr. F’. M. Bailey named it £. erebra. This is the most northerly locality known to me. Now let us go south from Bowen, the type locality, and we have :— ~ North Coast,” R.Br., 1802-5, not in fruit, pale-coloured operculum; (probably either Keppel Bay or Shoalwater Bay. as quoted in B.FI., ii, 221, under 27. drepano- phylla). 263 Mullet Creek, between Bundaberg and Gladstone, North Coast Railway (Chief Engineer for Railways, through C. T. White). The common Ironbark of the district, medium to large-sized trees, 30-60 feet high, fairly plentiful. Mount Perry (J. L. Boorman). Parish Boondooma. Burnett district (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White, No. 11). ‘ Narrow-leaf Ironbark.” “A form of F. crebra, with Weeping Willow habit. A really pretty tree; I have often wondered if it is a hybrid.” Hidsvold, Upper Burnett River (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) These specimens, varying somewhat in width and texture of leaf, show how difficult it is to separate HH. ecrebra and H. drepanophylla. Both of these localities are a little west of Maryborough, and form our most southerly records at present. APPINIVIG Ss: 1. With E. erebra F.v.M. “2B. drepanophylla differs from F. crebra chiefly in the large flowers and in the larger, harder, and more globular fruit. . . . It is not impossible, however, that E. drepanophylla . . ~~ and crebra, all of them Ironbarks, may be but forms of one species.” (B.FI., i, 221.) “ E. drepanophylla, which may be perhaps a mere variety of the imperfectly known £. leptophleba, is still nearer to EL. siderophloia than to E. crebra; (and then follows differences from F. siderophloia). ( EKucalyptographia,” under LZ. siderophloia). “BE. drepanophylla, which was advanced with much hesitation as a species (“ Flora Australiensis,” 11, 221), seems mainly to differ in more stunted habit, larger and stiffer leaves of a paler hue, larger flowers and fruits and, perhaps, different bark. This species or variety, for the elucidation of which further field studies are needed, extends northward to the Palmer River (Th. Gulliver), Cape Sidmouth (C. Moore), and Trinity Bay (Walter Hill), and, on the authority of Bentham, even to the north- west coast of Australia (Cunningham).” (/b., under FE. crebra). “EB. drepanophylla, which comes very near to JL. leptophleba and E. crebra, belongs to the series of Ironbark trees (with, therefore. furrowed and dark-coloured bark), has usually narrower leaves of less straightness and of lighter green, with very subtle much diverging and also more copious veins, a shorter lid, anther-cells slit in their whole length and proportionately shorter fruits. To 2. drepanophylla verges Bentham’s variety parviflora (“ Flora Australiensis,” ui, 217) mentioned doubtfully under Li. hemiphloia; it is according to Fitzalan’s note an Lronbark ‘Tree; the anthers. however, seen not to open with regular slits.” (/b., under #7. hemiphloia). It seems to me that important differences between F. erebra and FE. drepanophylla lie in the broader juvenile leaves of the latter and in the shape of the anthers. 2. With E£. leptophleba ¥.v.M. This is dealt with under #. lepicplela, see p. 267, DESCRIPTION, XXXVI, E. leptophleba F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc., iti, 86 (1859). A TRANSLATION of the original description will be found at Part X, p. 332. It is briefly described in B. FI., il, 221, in the following words :— A moderate sized or large tree, with a dark, persistent, rugged bark, of which only fragmentary fruiting specimens have been preserved. These appear to me to differ but slightly from FH. crebra in the leaves rather thicker and broader, and in the fruits much larger, attaining 4 lines diameter, or rather more. There is some confusion here with #. drepanophylla. [See p. 267. J.H.M.] Then we have :— £. leptophleba, or Blackbutt, is a large tree of quick growth, rising to a height of about 100 feet, with a diameter of 3-4 feet; bark dark, persistent, and separating into numerous small pieces (similar to that of Z. tessellaris) on the trunk, grey, smooth, and deciduous on the branches. This tree has the general appearance of Z#. tereticornis, with the bark of £. tessellavis and the fruit of H. crebra. The wood is red, hard, and durable, but not much used, in consequence of being generally hollow in the centre. (P. O’Shanesy, of Rockhampton.) ‘“* Contributions to the Flora of Queensland,” 1880, p. 40. “ Yudhulwan ” is the aboriginal name, according to Mr. O’Shanesy, who was writing on the Eucalypts between Rockhampton and the Drummond Range. EB. leptophleba has the bark more greyish, less furrowed (than #. erebra), and rather wrinkled, breaking up into numerous small, angular pieces in the manner of ZL. tessellaris; hence it belongs to the Rhytiphloiz not Schizophloie; its flowers remained unknown, but its lid is double in an early state of growth. To E. leptophieba seems also to belong a tree, observed by Mr. P. O’Shanesy on the Comet River, which sheds the outer layers of its bark from the branches and upper part of the stem; the persistent portion of the bark resembles that of Z. tessellaris, but the leaves are more prominently veined, and the fruit is often five-valved, and occasionally even six-valved. (Eucalyptographia under £. crebra). I have mentioned, below, p. 267, that I do not think that Mr. O’Shanesy’s tree is free from doubt. Seeing my note (Part X, p. 333) to the effect that the juvenile leaves of E. leptophleba were unknown, Dr. T. L. Bancroft, then of Stannary Hills, North Queens- land, where the species is abundant, obligingly sent me juvenile leaves. They are elliptical or nearly oblong in shape, very coriaceous, equally green on both sides, and 4} inches in breadth by 7 inches in length are common dimensions. The veims are prominent, roughly parallel, and often nearly at right angles to the midrib. The intramarginal vein is at a considerable distance from the edge. 265 I have classified recorded notes on the bark in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 81, as follows :— 1. Bark dirty grey, rugose, fissured on trunk and persistent on the branches. This is the original description. 2. “ An Ironbark ” (B.FL, ili, 221, under 2, drepanophylla). A mistake arising out of the long-continued confusion with L. drepanophylla. 3. Dark persistent rugged bark (ib. under FL. leplophleba). Perhaps this is intended for a free translation of the original description. 4. “ Breaking up into numerous small angular pieces in the manner of EL. tessellaris ” (Kucalyptographia, under F. crebra). 5. “ A box, hardly to be distinguished from F. populifolia.” (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, in a letter to me). Mr. R. H. Cambage favoured me with a photograph of the tree, which is a Box. I hope to reproduce my photographs of typical Eucalyptus barks later. SYNONYM. E. Stoneana ¥. M. Bailey in Queensland Agric. Journ., xxii, p. 259 (1909) with two plates. The type comes from Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). Mr. Bailey described it as follows :— Bastard Gum-leafed Box of the locality.. Plates 51 and 32. A large tree with a rather close, hard, persistent greyish bark, about 4} inch thickness. Wood, outer yellow, inner red. Branchlets angular, slender, and probably more or less glaucous when fresh. Leaves alternate, thin-coriaceous, 6 to 104 inches long, from 7 lines to 3 inches wide, broadest and roundly-cuneate at the base, the apex blunt or acuminate; margins more ot less repand, midrib alone prominent, principal parallel transverse nerves distant, but faint like the reticulate veins, the intra-marginal nerve always close to the edge of leaf. Oil-dots very numerous and minute. Petioles slender, from } to 1} inch long. Inflorescence axillary, panicles elongated, primary peduncles about 1 inch long, secondary 9 lines, irregularly angled, bearing umbels of from two to six flowers, often somewhat crowded at the end of the branchlets. Ilowers, when fully expanded, about 1 inch diameter. Operculum thin, hemispherical, or with a very minute point. Stamens about 4 lines long, inflected in the bud, all fertile, in three irregular rows. Anthers globose, bursting at the top. Style slightly exserted, stigma peltate, scarcely larger than the style. Frnié oval-globose, including the pedicellate lower-half about 8 lines long, diameter about 4 lines at the top, the outside portion smoothish, the lower pedicel-like portion angular; rims thin, capsule deeply sunk, the top dome-shaped; cells four or five. Seed dark brown. bluntly triangular to thick cuneate and furrowed, about 1 line long. 266 . RANGE. It is only known from Queensland. The type comes from the Gilbert River, which flows into the Gulf of Carpentaria, near its south-eastern corner. Its known localities near are from Cape York, along the eastern side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and southerly to the Burdekin River, apparently at no very great distance from the sea. Its identity has only recently been established, and therefore the attention of collectors is invited to it. [“ EB. redunca is bounding east and west an extensive longitudinal belt of EL. leptophleba, as shown in an excellent map, issued recently with an important document by the W.A. Forest Board.’ (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under H. redunca.) This is probably the “ Map of part of the Colony of Western Australia showing timber forests of . . . .” (six principal timbers), published in 1880. It is probably a misprint for loxophleba (foecunda), the York Gum—F. leptophleba not occurring in Western Australia. The correction is published as the mistake is somewhat serious, because E. leptophleba is so little known, even yet.] Following are some specimens I have authenticated, or which are in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— Sources of the South Coen River, York Peninsula, in fruit (Stephen Johnson). (Labelled drepanophylla by F.v.M.) Figured as EF. leptophleba at fig. 3, Plate 48, Part X. “ Endeavour River, N. Holland, Lieutenant King” (afterwards Admiral P. P. King), ex herb. Lambert in herb. Cant. Ripe fruits figured as EH. leptophleba, fig. 5, Plate 48. Palmer River, in fruit only (? Th. Gulliver). (Referred to as HE. drepanophylla in “* Kucalyptographia,” under F. crebra. Daintree River (Fitzalan), in flower only. Labelled £. drepanophylla by Mueller. “S.E. Carpentaria, Box-tree,” in fruit only. (E. Palmer, 1882). Labelled EB. drepanophylla by Mueller. Trinity Bay (Cairns). Referred to £. leptophleba by Mueller himself. In bud, Rockingham Bay (Dallachy). Labelled E. leptophleba by Mueller. “ Grey Box.” Chillagoe, west of Cairns (E. Doran, No. 10). Bucalyptus leptophleba was noticed soon after the forest country was entered, and it extends westerly to Alma-den and towards Forsayth, but from about this latter locality it seems to give place to a smaller and paler-coloured form of Box Tree (No. 4162), which was found intermittently as far west as the Flinders and Cloncurry Rivers. £. leptophleba is a Box tree with a rather thick bark and long leaves, the rough bark extending to the branchlets. The timber is reddish-brown, with a fairly thick sapwood. It seems to favour the low, rather than the hilly land. (R, H. Cambage, in Journ, Roy, Soe. N.S.W.xlix, 397, 1915.) 267 ** Box-trees, more on the lowlands than on the hills. Box-bark to branch’ets. Wood reddish-brown towards centre. Rather thick rim of sapwood on small tree. Trees up to 60 feet. On granite at 1,600 feet. Alma-den (R. H. Cambage, No. 3903, with photo.). “ Bastard Gum-leaf Box.” Timber red. Stannary Hills, south-west of Cairns (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). Dr. Bancroft supplied me with a fine series of specimens, leaving nothing to be desired in completeness. Ravenswood, Burdekin River, in fruit (S. Johnson, No. 15, 1883). Labelled E. drepanophylla by Luehmann. “Dispersed through the scrubby country westward from Gogango.” (P. O’Shanesy, of Rockhampton.) As this is much the most southerly locality recorded, it would be desirable to confirm it, although O’Shanesy doubtless got the determination from Mueller. I have suggested (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui, 81, 1913) that perhaps O’Shanesy’s tree may be EZ. Cambageana Maiden. AFFINITIES. 1. “ Near to E. patellaris ¥.v.M.” (Original description.) For E. patellaris see Part XX XIX, p. 257, with figs. 7a-d, Plate 163. It is a species very little known, evidently also a Box. Only one authenticated specimen is known, a portion of which is figured. It differs from LH. leptophleba in the more strongly marked venation of the leaves and in exsertion of the valves of the fruits. Mueller’s statements as to the affinity of the two species, collected by him at nearly the same time, and described by him shortly afterwards, must be respected, and we can say no more until L. patellaris is rediscovered. 2. With £. erebra F.v.M. Bentham (B. Fl., ii, 221) says that the fragmentary fruiting specimens “ appear to me to differ but slightly from H. crebra in the leaves rather thicker and broader, and in the fruits much larger, attaining 4 lines diameter or rather more.” Bentham was referring to what he looked upon as a coarse form of EZ. crebra named LF. drepanophylla, and that form and EH. leptophleba have been thoroughly confused, as already indicated. E. crebra is, however, an Ironbark, and EL. leptophleba a Box. I confess I do not see its close affinity at the present time. Itis one of the most coarse foliaged of all species of Kucalyptus, and it has very large flowers and fruits for a Box—one with a red timber. Indeed, it seems closer in superficial resemblance of herbarium material to some of the Ironbarks, which has caused the confusion with E. drepanophylla. E. pruinosa, a tropical “* Box,’ somewhat resembles it in the fruits. 268 DESCRIPTIGN: COLXXIX. E. Dalrympleana Maiden. In “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vii, Part IV, 137 (1920). Fo.iowine is the original description :— White Gum grandissima, cortice sepe maculis claris et lamellis longis tenuibus secedente, lgno carneo. Foliis juvenilibus pallidis cordatis vel orbicularibus vel ovoideis, amplexicaulibus, s2ssilibus vel brevissime petiolatis. Venis patentibus, recticulatis. Foliis maturis petiolatis, lanccolatis, faleatis rare minus 1 dem. longis et 2 cm. latis, venis patentibus vena peripherica a margine distincta remota. Inflorescentia axillare, 3 floribus breve pedicellatis cruciformibus. Alabastrorum calycis-tubo cylindroideo, angulare, operculo conico equilongo margine commissurata distincte. Fructibus truncato-ovoideis, ca. 8 mm. diametro, margine rotundata vel plana, non lata, valvis 3 vel 4 mediocriter exsertis. A large tree, sometimes attaining an enormous size. ‘I have scen them 30 feet in girth, with a barrel of almost 100 feet. They are generally 15 or 16 feet in girth. Known locally as ‘ Mountain Gum ’ or ‘White Gum.’ The trees present a remarkable appearance. During early spring the bark is quite white, but later this changes to a vivid red (sometimes almost vermilion), and the trunks have the appearance of being painted in large irregular blotches. Timber pinkish in colour, and dries irregularly.” (W. A. W. de Beuzeville.) Branchlets angular, juvenile leaves scabrous in the earliest stage, pale-coloured, cordate to orbicular or ovoid, stem-clasping, sessile, or with very short petioles, with a short innocuous point; 5 em. long and 5 em. broad are average dimensions. Venation spreading, reticulated, the leaf dotted with black spots, scarcely seen with the naked eye. Mature leaves petiolate, lanceolate, usually more or less faleate, rarely under 1 dm. long and 2 em. wide, venation spreading, intra-marginal vein distinctly removed from the edge; black-dotted. Inflorescence axillary, petioles flattened, under 1 em. long, supporting three shortly pedicellate appressed, rarely cruciform, flowers of medium size. The buds with cylindroid calyx-tube, angled, with a conical operculum of equal leneth. Commisural rim marked. Anther small, opening in parallel slits. Gland at the back. Fruits truncate-ovoid, about 8 mm. in diameter, rim rounded or flat-topped, not broad, valves three or four, moderately exsert. Named in honour of Richard Dalrymple Hay, Chief Commissioner of Forests of New South Wales, whose name will ever be connected with his arduous endeavours, extending over a number of years, to place the working of the forests of New South Wales on a sound basis. RANGE. The typical form is found in the Yarrangobilly, Batlow, and Tumberumba districts, and it has been found in the mountainous country in the counties of Wellesley, Wallace and Selwyn, in south-eastern New South Wales. It has been so long confused with other White Gums, that there is little doubt that its range will be very greatly extended on critical inquiry. It undoubtedly occurs m the adjacent country in Gippsland, Victoria. It is highly probable that the “ broad-suckered ezminalis ” from Tasmania (e.g., Hobart), (Chimney Pot Hill, L. Rodway) and Sheffield (R. H. Cambage), and the Dee (J.H.M.), referred to in my paper in Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1918, p. 88, belongs to this species. Following are some representative specimens from New South Wales :— “A Mountain Gum.” Peppercorn Plain, Yarrangobilly, about 20 miles north of Kiandra, elevation about 4,700 feet. W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Nos. 1, 2,3. A large tree as described in his letter, No. 409120, January, 1920. (The type.) “ Mountain Gum,” Bago Forest Reserve, Batlow district (de Beuzeville, No. 1, January, and also March, 1917). “A White Gum,” Yellowin Creek, Bago Forest Reserve (de Beuzeville, No. 2, January, 1917). “Large Gum-trees,” Laurel Hill, Tumberumba (R. H. Cambage, No. 847). Considered at one time as coming between 2. rubida and EF. ovata (acervula). * This is like a broad-suckered H. viminalis, but the timber is much inferior to the ordinary. This tree grows generally on poor soil, and is usually stunted. Occasonally a large specimen may be seen growing with the ordinary viminalis.” Tallaganda Forest. Braidwood-Queanbeyan district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, October, 1918, No. 14). “An inferior White Gum,” Parker's Gap, same general locality (de Beuzeville, October, 1918, No. 5). (Mr. de Beuzeville’s No. 9, same place and date, is called “‘ Ribbon Gum,” and has the conventional narrow suckers of 2. viminalis.) 270 AFFINITIES. This question has been dealt with at length at “ Forest Flora,” p. 138, to which my readers are referred, and it will be sufficient to give the following table showing the differences between it and HZ. rubida Deane and Maiden and E. viminalis Labill., the two nearest species :— Dalrympleana. rubida. viminalis. | } | 1 | 2 3 Size and habit of Very large, erect, non-glaucous) Not very large; smaller] Frequents good moist soil. tree. || tree. than £. Dalrympleana.| Large size. | Grows on poorer soils. | Glaucous. ; Barks ees: --- Smooth, spotted or patehy,) Smooth, spotted or patchy,) Moderately thick; not | very thick; sometimes 2) thickish, but not so} very patchy; much less | inches thick. More or less; thick as that off ribbony than the other | rough at butt. | E. Dalrympleana. two. Timber ....— ---) Pale - coloured, shrinks irregu-, Much more brittle than) Good. Few gum-veins. | larly. Not much tensile) that of £. Dalrympleana. strength. Valuable for build- ing purposes, when kept under cover. Valuable for'| paper-pulp. { } Seedlings and Broadish; glaucous, but less so Broad, glaucous ... ...| Narrow, non-glaucous. Suckers. than those of F. rubida. | Mature leaves ...| Non-glaucous ... oe .... Dull green, or glaucous ...) Non-glaucous; have sweet ethereal smell. . | Buds... ... Elongated, usually in threes. Ovoid, often glaucous. Op-| Same as (1). Usually in | | Rarely cruciform. Has a} erculum nearly hemi-| threes. flowering season in its type spherical.. Usually in) locality, nearly a couple of threes, cruciform. months earlier than #. rubida | Fruits... ...| Nearly globose, with very pro- More urceolate. Top- Like (1). | . . . | truding valves, usually about) shaped; 35 lines diam.| | 6mm.diameter. Bandedrim.| Less banded. Smaller | | than those of (1). | | Found on easterly and north-- Found on westerly and} Most usually found on | erlyslopesinits type-locality) southerly slopes (Tum-| river or creek banks. (Tumberumba district). | berumba district). CCX VII. E. dichromophloia F.v.M. This species is dealt with in Part XL, but in Plate 165 no leaf earlier than an intermediate leaf is figured. In Part XLI, p. 3, the juvenile leaves of E. dichromophloia are described for the first time, but not figured. They are now figured at fig. 3a, Plate 202 of the present Part (see p. 290 below). Dr. H. I. Jensen tells me that the species seems very widespread on poor country iu Queensland, while H. terminalis is found on better, moister land. bo “1 — DESCRIPTION. COLXXX E. Milli Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liti, 64 (1919). Fo.itow1ne is the original description :— Arbor mediocris, cortice tenere sqyuamosa, ramis levibus, ligno duro rubro-brunneo. Foliis primariis longe petiolatis, magnis, irregulariter orbicularibus, apice rotundato vel obtuso, glabris crassis venis fere pinnatis, margine undulato. Foliis maturis similibus sed minoribus. Inflorescentia racemosa, floribus paucis plerumque 4 in umbella, pedunculis longis, teretibus. Calycis tubo piro simile formato circa -5 cm. diametro in pedicellum 1 cm. angustato. Operculo haemispherico vel conico calycis tubo equilongo. Antheris longis longitudinaliter aperientibus. Fructus non vidimus. ; A broad-leaved tree of medium size, the bark somewhat tessellated or soft scaly, the branches smooth. Timber rich reddish-brown, “ hard.” Juvenile leaves with very long petioles, irregularly orbicular, the base flat or slightly tapering into the petiole, the apex rounded or blunt, the venation pinnately spreading; glabrous, thick and leathery the margin undulate, large, say 14 cm. broad by 12 long (54 by 4? inches). Mature leaves very similar to the juvenile ones, but smaller, with some tendency to becoming broadly-lanceolate, with the secondary veins making a smaller angle with the midrib. Buds few in an umbel, usually four, the umbels forming a racemose inflorescence. The long peduncles terete or slightly flattened. The calyx-tube pear-shaped, about -5 cm. in diameter, tapering into a pedicel of l em. The operculum hemispherical with a slight umbo or conical, of about the same length as the calyx-tube. Anthers long, opening in parallel slits, gland at top, filament at base, with affinity to the semi- terminal ones. Style conspicuous, the stigma not exceeding it in width. Fruit not seen. Type from Bathurst Island (Gerald F. Hill, No. 468). RANGE. I have only received it from Bathurst Island (which is to the immediate west of Melville Island, and with it forms a huge double island off the Northern Territory, north of Darwin). It grows in somewhat heavy soil, in rather flat localities (presumably subject to floods) and associated with FE. papuana, EH. terminalis and an occasional No. 464, (#. latifolia F.v.M.) (G. F. Hill). A photograph of a moderately dense forest, taken by Mr. Hill, shows the distinct outlines of a tree of this species about 40 feet high, with a diameter of about 2 feet. There is, partly in the foreground, a tree of the same species, perhaps 50 feet high. bo -~S bo Ze EN es: 1. With £. oligantha Schauer. Its closest affinity appears to be with this species, but LZ. oligantha has paler foliage. urceolate calyx-tube, which does not continuously taper into the pedicel, much shorter filaments, and capitate stigmas. The anthers of the two species are similar, but not identical. £2. oligantha is described as shrubby (but later it may prove to attain tree size), but we know nothing of its bark and timber. The fruits of neither species are known. 2. With FE. Spenceriana Maiden. As a rule this species has thin, graceful, lanceolate leaves, but occasionally it has coarser foliage, ¢.g., the Stapleton, Northern Territory, plant shown at fig. 4, Plate 156, C.R. But even in that tree, which presents a good deal of similarity to a tree of L. Hillii, the foliage is not broad as a whole. Also, the bark of EL. Spencerrana is not tessellated; it is a Box. The fruit of #2. Spenceriana is small and of papery or angophoroid texture, which that of 2. Hill: can never be. 3. With F. alba Reinw. A large leaved, long petiolate species suggesting a similarity to L. alba, For that species Plates 105-7, C.R., may be referred to. But Z. alba differs in buds and anthers, and in developing into lanceolate leaved forms. 273 THE GROWING TREF. (Continued from p. 259, Part XLVIII.) E.---Nanism. Nanism or dwarfing may arise from more than one cause, or from a combination of them. As a rule, the most obvious factor is prevalence of strong winds, and where this is accompanied by shallowness of soil, we have a couple of important factors. It is notorious that trees become dwarf in exposed situations near the sea, and on high mountains; indeed, we can trace the diminishing size of a species according to the varying shelter individuals receive. Examples of the effects of the strong sea air in diminishing size, taken almost at random, are, at First Point, near Kincumber, Broken Bay, New South Wales, where Mr. R. H. Cambage and I saw FE. resinifera Sm. flowering at 4-5 feet, EL. umbra R.T. Baker at 4-5 feet, 2. paniculata Sm. at 6 feet. Normally these species are medium-sized to large trees. F.—The Flowering of Eucalypts while in the Juvenile-leaf Stage. ee The generative maturity of plants is not connected immutably with a definitive stage of development.” There seem so many cases in which flowering and fruiting have been found to occur in the opposite-leaved stage that it seems fair to assume that further experience will show that it may occur in very many more—perhaps in all species. Naudin’s First Memoir, 347 (1883) says, alter speaking of the adventitious leaves “which take on the appearance of the juvenile stage. . . ,” “this retrogression towards anterior forms, and which is like a partial rejuvenation of the tree, is not an obstacle to the flowering; these branches of juvenile aspect sometimes flower and ripen the fruits as well as those of the adult form.’ He seems to have been the first botanist who made this observation. In 1906 Dr. L. Diels published this “ Jugendformen und Bliitenreife im Pflanzenreich,’’ and I cannot do better than quote portions of a review of it by C. R. Barnes which appeared in the Botanical Gazette, vol. 45, p. 137 (February, 1908). The work deals, inter alia, with the question of precocious blooming, and the genus Eucalyptus is illustratively employed. An interesting discussion of the relations between the vegetative form and the flowering period of plants is presented by Dr. Diels. . . . The questions with which the book deals were raised by the author’s travels in West Australia in 1902. After his return he examined the literature, and made further investigations to throw light upon the problems of form in the plant kingdom. He has gathered together C 274 a considerable number of examples of the relation between form, blooming time, and external conditions. These he presents and discusses in his usual luminous fashion. He has even cited briefly analogous phenomena, not a few from the animal kingdom. The thesis of the book is that the generative maturity of plants is not connected immutably with a definitive stage of their development, as has been so widely held. A certain minimum of nutritive prepara- tion is presupposed; but once this is passed, there isa broad variation zone in which blooming occurs. Its appearance is dependent upon complex, largely unknown conditions, an important part of which, however; are external. The vegetative ontogeny depends upon the co-operation of autogenous and exogenous (an excellent substitute for the awkward term “‘aitiogenous’”’) factors; for the rudiments of the vegetative organs have many possibilities, and which one is realised is determined by the environment. The mature form of the entire organism is thus a product of vegetative ontogeny and of generative maturity, both of which factors zre variable, though their variability is not in the same direction. ‘True, the development of vegetative structures usually ceases at blooming, but this is the only place where the two lines of develop- ment, the vegetative and the generative, are inseparably connected. Elsewhere they are free and inde- pendent of one another, and each varies after its own manner. In this connection of two variable factors lies an important impulse to increase the manifold forms of the plant world. For the conditions which help to regulate the succession of leaf forms and floral maturity change with the changes of climate in space and in time, giving rise to local geographic species and allowing true species to arise in the course of time. Their features attain heritability, and become therewith a source of new lines with new possibilities. A new term, “ helicomorphy,”’ is suggested to comprehend Goebel’s two terms for the two-leaf forms in heteroblastic species, the juvenile forms and successive forms. In the course of a short chapter on the phylogenetic significance of helicomorphy, the author pays his respects to the famous “ biogenetic law,” that ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny, in these terms: ‘‘ In the botanical field it has absolutely no (nicht einmal immer) heuristic value, and whoever allows himself to be led by it will at most succeed in satisfying the needs of his imagination.” In the genus Eucalyptus we are accustomed to see— 1. Plants flowermg when in the mature lanceolate-leaved stage. The juvenile leaves may be, and usually are, of a different shape. This is heteroblasticity. 2. In a few cases the leaves maintain their juvenile form through life. (Isoblasticity or homoblasticity.) 3. In a number of cases, and careful observation increases the number from time to time, we find plants which normally fall under (1), flower as regards individual branches, while in the juvenile stage. At p. 97 of Dr. Diels’ work already referred to, he says (translation) :— Everywhere in Eucalypts are shown close relations between juvenile forms and flowering maturity. Tt will be a very useful work for the Australian botanists to add new facts by observation in the field and in cultivation. Thereby it will perhaps also be possible to find out the conditions, of which we know very little at present. There is at least one fact which manifests itself empirically : The number of forms which flower while their foliage is in the juvenile state is specially numerous in regions where the surrounding medium as at a considerable distance from the optimum of the genus. (N.B.—I have dealt with the question of Optimum at Part 69 of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” —J.H.M.). The cool regions of Tasmania are rich in such forms. The dry plains of the North Australian sandstone tableland possess such species, and they are also found in the dry heaths of south-west Australia, which follow the interior border of the winter-rain region. At. p. 17 he says :— The reigning Australian genus Eucalyptus is marvellously elastic in the condition of growth and flowers. The most important instances will be given later (p. 88-98); for the present I will mention only a few cases given by Mueller, and from my personal observations in South-West Australia. 275 He then proceeds to quote the cases of ZH. cordata, tetragona, redunca, marginata, and occidentalis. “ Flowering in a shrubby state” a (favourite expression of Mueller’s), may not be identical with flowering while the leaves are in a retarded or juvenile state, but in a number of cases this is so. Of course some species are normally shrubby, and not because of nanism. In the following list I will indicate by (S) where I do not give further information, whether I have actually seen, or it has been reported to me, that the flowering is in the juvenile-leaved state. E. Baeuerleni F.v.M. “ Flowers at 5 feet.” (W. Baeuerlen.) E. Beyeri R. T. Baker. A tree apparently referable to this species. See Part XLVIII of the present work. E. Blakelyi Maiden. See figure 1, Plate 134, Part XXXII, for a specimen at Hill End, New South Wales, flowering in the juvenile stage. E. Bosistoana F.v.M. Under the name EH. Nepeanensis, R. T. Baker has described a new species which is merely LZ. Bosistoana flowering while some of the foliage is in the juvenile stage. ; E. calophylla R.Br. “* At the east end of the Stirling Range of Western Australia, I found 2. calophylla as Maalok, only 5 feet high, while in Red Gum Pass (crossing the Range) the trees were very large and one decaying trunk between 5 and 6 feet in diameter lay on the ground.” (Dr. A. Morrison.) In the Stirling Range district I also have seen this species flower in a dwarf state. Dr. G. P. U. Prior, of the Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, Sydney, informs me that he has flowered 2. calophylla var. rosea in two years from the sowing of the seed. E. calycogona Turez. Figured at D, Plate 9, Part III, we have an instance of inflorescence with juvenile foliage. E. celastroides Turcz. See fig. B, Plate 10, Part III. E. cinerea Fv.M. (8.) “ FE. cordata Labill. is a medium-sized tree, but often it remains shrubby. Mueller writes (Eucalyptographia) ‘I have rooted specimens before me, hardly 3 feet high, but nevertheless bearing flowers and fruits.’”’ (Jugendform., p. 17.) E. cosmophylla ¥.v.M. This is a medium-sized tree from Mount Lofty, South Australia. Dr. J. B. Cleland sowed seeds on 12th May, 1912, at Neutral Bay, Port Jackson. The plants flowered in 1917 and 1918. There were flower-buds on 25th October, 1918. The height was 10 feet 6 inches on 8th December, 1918. EL. diversifolia Bonpl. A cultivated plant in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (W. F. Blakely, March, 1920). E. dives Schauer. Mr. A. D. Hardy draws attention to the precocious blooming in this species in Victoria. See Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., XX1X (New Ser.) 170. Bentham pointed out the flowering of this species as a tall shrub. (8.) 276 Eudesmie. It seems to me that all Hadesmie flower in the opposite- leaved stage. EB. fasciculosa F.v.M. (S.)° See Part XIV, p. 140. E. ferruginea Schauer (S). E. Foelscheana ¥.v.M., flowering at 18 inches. (8.) E. gamophylla F.v.M. (S.) & BE. gigantea Hook. f. I have repeatedly seen this species flowering profusely when about 6 fect high, sometimes when not more than 3 feet, and on several occasions when it had reached a he'ght growth of between 2 and 3 feet. As this species rarely suckers, it appeared to me that the early and profuse seeding powers were a com- pensating characteristic of the species. (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Forest Asseszor, Forestry Commission, Sydney.) In another letter Mr. de Beuzeville says: ‘ Regarding your inquiry as to the state of the folage of this species when in the early flowering stage of 2 or 3 feet, [ may say that you are quite right in your impression that it flowers in a juvenile-leaf stage. T have often seen the flowers on these flowering saplings fully 4 inches broad and about 5 inches long.’ This, therefore, is to be added to the list of tree species which also flower in a shrubby state, and also to the list of those that flower in a juvenile-leaved stage. (Maiden, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LI, 449, 1917.) E. globulus Labill. Mueller (Hucalyptographia) says, “On the storm-beaten rocks of Wilson’s Promontory I have seen FZ. globulus profusely in flower and fruit, though dwarfed by exposure to the size of a mere shrub, when almost within the reach 5 ) ? of oceanic spray.” Mr. A. D. Hardy sent me a twig of reversionary foliage from an introduced street-tree at Stawell, Victoria. The tree is of normal appearance, and bears buds, flowers and fruits plentifully. Near a fork were reversionary shoots, all fruit or flower bearing. E. gracilis F.v.M. See fig. 1, Plate 12, Part ILI, of this work. E. Houseana (W.Y.F.) Maiden. We may have inflorescence both with mature and juvenile leaves in this species. See Plate 204, Part L of this work. LE. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. Flowers in juvenile stage. See legend at p. 185, Part XLVI of the present work. E. leucorylon F.v.M. Mueller (Eucalyptographia) has seen the species flowering in a shrubby state, ‘even when the leaves were still opposite.” Flowered and fruited freely at 4-6 feet on very poor shingly ground at Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, see Part XII, p. 90. A red flowering form from Murray Bridge, S.A., collected by himself, had seed sown by Dr. J. B. Cleland at Neutral Bay, Port Jackson, 14th November, 1915. It flowered at a height of 11 feet 6 inches from 26th October, 1918, to 3rd December, v.e., at three years old. The flowering twigs, as seen by me, were not, however, in the juvenile-leaf stage. E. macrocarpa Hook. A dwarf Western Australian species. (8.) 277 E, marginata Sm.“ The typical tree-form is confined to the more moist country, and will not be seen any more where the yearly rainfall is below 75 cm., but occasionally one will meet there with shrubby forms. (Dr. Diels.) E. melanophloia F.v.M. (8.) EL. melliodora A. Cunn. This is a precocious flowering species, and when it flowers in a shrubby state the leaves are often large. (S.) See Part XIV, p. 135. FE. Moore’ Maiden and Cambage. (8.) E. occidentalis Endl. (Quoted by Diels.) E. perfoliata R.Br. See fig. 3a, Plate 180, Part XLIV, showing that it may flower in the juvenile stage. ; E. Planchoniana F.v.M. Flowers at Stradbroke Island, Queensland, as a stunted bush of a few feet (C. T. White). : E. polyanthemos Schauer. Flowering as a shrub of 8 or 10 feet, at Quiedong, near Bombala, New South Wales (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1887). FE. precor Maiden. See Part XXVII, p. 131 (last paragraph but one), and fig. 13e, Plate 112. Inquiry is going forward as to whether the remarks under EL. Bosistoana (Nepeanensis) apply here. E. pulverulenta Sims. (S.) E. pyriformis Turez. (S.) L, Raveretiana F.v.M. Flowers when only 10 feet high (Mueller in “ Eucalypto- graphia.”’) EB. redunca Schauer. (Quoted by Diels.) Ei. Risdoni Hook. f. (S.) E£. rostrata Schlecht. Mr. A. D. Hardy draws attention to a case of precocious blooming in this species near Melbourne. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix, (New Ser.), 171). E, rubida Deane and Maiden. For figure of this species flowering in juvenile stage at Kangiara, near Bowning, New South Wales, see fig. 4a, Plate 110, Part XXVI. E. setosa Schauer. See Plate 158, Part XX XVIII. LE. tereticornis Sm. This oceasionally flowers in the broad-leaved (juvenile) stage. Li. tetragona F.y.M. (Quoted by Diels.) Li. trachyphloia F.v.M. See Bailey’s proposed form fruticosa discussed at Part XLII, p. 43. E. umbra R. 'T. Baker. Some of the juvenile leaves very broad, but all rather thin and paler on the underside. Mr, Cambage and I found it fruiting as a dense scrub of 3-4 feet high on the summit of First Point, Kincumber. LE. uncinata Turez. is one-of the species in which the juvenile form of foliage often remains side by side with the mature foliage. 278 E. vernicosa Hook. f. (8.) E. viminalis Labill. Beyond the Blue Mountains, New South Wales, e.g., Cox’s River to Fish River, Mount Blaxland to Rydal, Sidmouth Valley (all R. H. Cambage and J.M.H.), we have collected this species with fruits and juvenile leaves on the same twig. Mr. A. D. Hardy figures an example of precocious fruiting amongst resting buds in £. eugenioides in Gippsland. He says he has also seen it in EL. obliqua. I have seen it in #. eugenioides in the Sydney district. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. xxix (New Ser.), 172, and Plate 13, 2.) Eucalyptus alpina was grown in the Centénnial Park, Sydney, from seeds obtained from the Victorian Grampians, and it is one of the surprises of acclimatisation that it succeeded there admirably. Mr. A. A. Hamilton, in whose care the tree was, informs me as follows :— The first buds which appeared developed slowly, and at the end of one year were still diminutive. In the second-flowering season a further set of buds appeared, which behaved in a similar manner to those of the first year, the latter increasing in size, but still remaining unopened. This again occurred in the third year, three separate sets of buds in different stages of development appearing on the plant at the same time. At the close of the third season the first year’s buds flowered, and finally fruited nearly four years after the buds first appeared on the plant. At this period there were four distinct phenological stages of floral growth present. G.—Dominance or Aggressiveness of Certain Species. This is a subject which has scarcely occupied the attention of Australian foresters yet, or at all events they have rarely written about it. Some years ago I pointed out to Mr. Gollan, the Superintendent of the Gosford Nursery, New South Wales, a flourishing tree of EZ. nwmerosa Maiden, in a border adjacent to the boundary fence. A slender species, it seemed to be flourishing as well as any species in the border. I several times during various years visited this tree, because of the personal interest I took in the species. In 1915 I was present at the dedication of the Strickland Forest, a few miles away, and pointed out to some people the way in which this species (a southern one) was taking possession of a fairly large area of the forest, its spread being far greater than when I had visited the forest a few years previously. I pointed out that this was the first EKucalypt I had known to behave in such an aggressive manner. I was therefore much interested to read that Dr. L. Cockayne, F.R.S., in his “New Zealand Plants and their Story,” gives an example of the aggressive character of a species of Eucalyptus. At Waitati, near Dunedin, on the land belonging to the Mental Hospital, stands a fine example of a kind of Stringybark (Hucalyptus numerosa), more than fifty-eight years of age. Originally the vegetation of the area was mixed Taxad forest, but this has been replaced by a close growth of Manuka thicket (consisting of various low shrubs). Some years ago this thicket was burned in the neighbourhood of the tree, and a young forest of gums several acres in extent has sprung up, the new ground and the potash from the fire being eminently suitable for the germination of the Gum-tree seeds. In 1910 the Gum saplings 279 grew extremely closely. Their height was from 40 to 50 feet. Some were half a foot in diameter, while others were extremely slender. Thousands of Manuka (Leptospermum scoparium) seedlings sprang up along with those of the Gum; andit must not be forgotten that Manuka, far more than most of the indigenous plants, can reproduce itself again and again after burning, and can exclude almost all other vegetation. But in this case the great rapidity of growth gave the Gums the victory, and eight years ago only a little Manuka remained near the margin of this remarkable and quite natural forest growth. But this is only one phase of dominance. We want observations, as quantitative as possible, showing the way in which various species attain large size and crowd out or smother other species. The Taxonomic portion of this work now enables foresters to recognise the Eucalypts. These remarks should be read in connection with Coppicing, in Part XLVIT, p. 249, where another phase of Dominance is incidentally referred to. In the photograph, to be reproduced later, supplied by Mr. C. J. Weston, Affores- tation Officer of the Federal Territory, we have a lesson taught, as regards a few species, in a limited area, and it shows how #£. Macarthuri has dominated certain species. But what we mainly want are observations in regard to what may be termed the natural dominance of the trees of the forest, in order that this factor may be taken cognizance of in the plans for commercially working the forest. H.—Natural Grafts. ~ 1. Cohesion of Branches. See an Appendix entitled ““ On some Natural Grafts between Indigenous Trees,” to my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vi, pp. 79 and 287. This is based on an earlier paper by me in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxviii, 36, (1904). Most of the references are to adhesion, not cohesion. [I give some cases of true cohesion—that is to say, the branches of only one species being concerned. See also a fine example of a natural graft in F. tereticornis on the original Bathurst, New South Wales, road, between Sidmouth Valley and Raimville Creek. The photograph (April, 1909) is by R. H. Cambage, and is reproduced in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vi., p. 287. In Vict. Nat., xxvii, 207 (1911) is a note by Mr. J. W. Audas, with an excellent photograph of cohesion of branches in £. elwophora F.v.M., locally known as “ Grey Gum.” It is near the Beaconsfield State School, Victoria, and was pointed out by Mr. McCann. The tree is about 15 feet in circumference at the base, and attains a height of about 50 feet. It forks about 10 feet from the ground, and unites again at about 25 feet. After this union four large limbs spread out. The junction is quite 3 feet by 3, and the limbs growing thereon are much thicker than those below the union. In Vict. Nat., xxxviii, 13, June, 1921, there is a statement by Mr. Audas that he has seen in the Balangum Ranges, Grampians, Victoria, a Yellow Box (2. melliodora) and a Grey Box (KH. hemiphloia var. microcarpa), which have different root-systems. The usual circumstance is that the trunks fuse only a few feet from the ground, and, 280 at a little distance, the tree appears to have a composite trunk with two kinds of bark, and to have two kinds of foliage, as represented by two large branches of the different species concerned. There is a fine example of this inarching of branches, 12 inches in diameter, in LE. hemastoma var. micrantha in the Federal Territory, on the Queanbeyan-Uriarra road, near the saddle of Mount Stromlo. Mr. C. J. Weston pointed me out the tree and sent the photograph (February, 1920), which will be subsequently reproduced. There is another illustration of cohesion of branches in the figure of LZ. rostrata by A. D. Hardy, Plate XI, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix (New Series), 167 (1916). “An excellent instance of fusion of shoots (post-genital) was observed in the case of L. salmonophloia; two cross-bars occurred, one close above the other; a very rare case.” (“‘ Principles Plant Teratology,’ Worsdell, 1, 118). It will be observed that all the Eucalypts quoted are Gums, or, if rough barked on the trunk, with smooth branches. In an allied genus, Angophora, A. lanceolata is perhaps the commonest tree in Eastern Australia to show the phenomenon, and that isa smooth bark also. In the case of the rough barks, it is fair to suppose that the fusion took place at an early stage of the plant’s history, before the rough bark had developed. oe Naturally grafted branches are fairly common on Beech, Oak, Holly, Lime, Willow, Yew, and Scots’ Pine, whilst they may also be noted on many other trees.” (* Natural Grafting of branches and roots,” by W. Dallimore, Kew Bulletin, 1917, p- 303). Mr. Dallimore discusses the way in which this grafting has been brought about in certain cases. Speaking of the friction between two branches, caused by the wind, he points out that a good deal of tissue may be destroyed, and all the time nature is trying to repair the injury by forming patches of callus on both branches, at those places where friction is least active. As the branches become heavier and movement ceases, the patches of callus grow together, and eventually a strong union is effected between the two branches. The paper is suggestive, and should be referred to. 2. Adhesion of Branches. Under Cohesion of Branches,” at p. 279, I have quoted a paper from my pen, and it will be seen that the Natural Grafts there enumerated are vastly more numerous in the case of Adhesion, i.e., where two different species (and more rarely, genera) are concerned. I will content myself with a few supplementary notes. Following is a relatively early reference to natural grafts. “If nature does not admit of crossing in the genus Hucalyptus, it certainly encourages that of grafting, for, in the neighbourhood of Mudgee, the Apple (Angophora intermedia) may be grafted naturally on L. rostrata, whilst, on the Richmond Common a similar eccentricity may be seen on ZL. tereticornis.” (Rev. Dr. Woolls in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 61, 1891.) I have not seen the reputed Mudgee graft, but that on the Richmond Common was a false graft, m other words, no graft at all, See my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vole vilap. 70. 281 See also a natural graft between FZ. obliqua and LE. viminalis at Turritable Creek, Macedon, Victoria, reported by A. D. Hardy. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix. (New Series), 166.) Mr. A. D. Hardy also gives a case of heterotropy (reversed direction of growth of branch), in the form of a drawing of a branch of a reputed hybrid of 2. hemiphloia x melliodora, between Stawell and the Grampians, Victoria. (Plate 12, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix (New Series), p. 169.) There was also reported to me as a natural graft #. maculata (Spotted Gum) (this was green) and EF. paniculata (Grey Ironbark) (this was dead). The trees were at Cessnock, New South Wales, and the observer, Mr. F. G. McPherson, District Forester, Wyong, New South Wales. I have a photograph. but in view of the death of the Ironbark the graft does not appear to have been perfect, and it is probably one of the so-called false grafts, 7.e., where one tree grows in another, the latter being a sort of container or flower-pot. The late Dr. G. V. Perez, of Teneriffe, who died in January, 1920, was a man whose work was admired by horticulturists throughout the world. He took the liveliest interest in Australian plants. Amongst others he cultivated LZ. ficifolia and E. calophylla. Following are extracts from some of his latest letters, and which refer to adhesion of branches (grafting by approximation, approach, inarching, are more or less synonymous terms, though in strictness, inarching only takes place when scion and stock are growing on their own roots). In order to preserve a very beautiful Eucalyptus hybrid, which I am growing from seeds sent from Sydney as #. ficifolia (cherry-coloured) (this is Z. calophylla var. rosea.—J.H.M.), 1am grafting by approxi- mation, placing the stock in a large and long bamboo; the method succeeds very well, and I should say that to preserve any pretty shade of colour it will be valuable. I am going to employ as stock the hybrid calophylla x ficifolia, as E. ficifolia is much more delicate in the bad soil I have here, and besides the “ Cherry ”’ I wish to preserve is a hybrid, which does not breed true from seeds; I have thought that what I have written may possibly be of some interest. (31st March, 1919.) I shall now endeavour to obtain several plants of one which you sent as #. ficifolia, and which is certainly a hybrid, often referred to in my correspondence with you as “Cherry” colour (calophylla var. rosea.—J.H.M.), and most beautiful and floriferous. which began to flower when only four years old, and the progeny of which began to flower as early as two years old, some of them being white, some resembling the parent plant, and some rosy-piik (on Mendelian lines probably.—J.H.M.). The colour is so beautiful that it is worth while preserving by grafting by approximation, by the method above named, and grafting on its own stock; I have already two successfully grafted and planted out, but on (?) true ficifolia, which is not such a good stock. with reference to what I wrote about grafting #. ficifolia by approximation in large and ane true bamboo tubes, allow me to add that a small tree grafted in this manner, and which is only about half a yard high, and which has only been in the ground about one year, is about to flower; its parent, the seeds of which were sent by you, is of a beautiful fire or orange colour, and I presume it is the true Sicifolia, which, according to you, is often of this colour. (18th June, 1919). In my last letter [ alluded to a tiny Eucalyptus which I had grafted by approximation; it has flowered. It is of the fire or orange kind. If there is any novelty about this kind of grafting of coloured Eucalyptus to preserve the pretty kinds, perhaps you would like to know that it has been a most successful way of grafting in my hands; I first grow the stock in a long and large true bamboo tube, and attach it to the tree I wish to graft on and propagate. (5th July, 1919.) D Z 282 J.—Artificial Grafts. 1. Budding and Grafting. I do not know of any successful Australian experiments with adult Hucalyptus plants. In a few cases I have heard of experiments being made, but they have usually been abandoned before completion of the experiment. Following is an account of some experiments by French horticulturists :— M. Felix Sahut gives a remarkable account of a Eucalyptus which, planted at Lattes in 1864, resisted 32 degrees Fahr. of frost during the memorable winter of 1870-1, nor did the tree suffer in any way, and even its leaves remained intact. It had been raised from a seedling among seed of #. Risdoni, and its identity was never traced. It grew to a height of nearly 40 feet during its comparatively short life, for at the age of twenty years it gradually began to show signs of weakness, and ultimately it died. This tree, which had been provisionally named #. Lattensis by M. Naudin, indicated a species possessing cold-resisting qualities, but as it never blossomed, M. Sahut’s foresight led him to graft it on an allied species, with the view to its cultivation as an ornamental tree in more northern parts of France. Two methods were employed, one, the cleft graft, with moderate results only, and the graft by approach, or inarching, with much greater success. The stock being more susceptible to cold than the scion, the operation was purposely made as near as possible to the root. The union of the plants was practically perfect, and five or six dozen plants developed vigorously and with great promise. Some of them grew to a height of 6 feet during the first year, but during the next season they all began to fail, and at the end of the third year not one was alive. The operation of budding was not tried by M. Sahut in these experiments, because he did not think it would succeed, and it is interesting to note that this method has been adopted with good results elsewhere. The Revue Horticole published, in 1893, an account of work of this character conducted in Palestine by M. Justin Dugourd, who budded 2. globulus on HE. resinifera. The former species is one with spreading roots, and is less resistant to the influence of the wind, &c., than the latter, which was used as the stock, because it grows into a strong tree. It appears to be necessary for the complete success of this operation to support the scion in some suitable manner, so that the sap may the more readily reach it. As the stock increases in growth it is also desirable to remove any shoots which it may produce, unless the operation is unsuccessful, when the subject may then be allowed to grow. (Gard. Chron., 11th March, 1899, p. 145.) 2. Grafting by approach in the Seedling stage. g by app g Stag This operation may be either cohesion or adhesion, and it leads to such important and, perhaps, practical results, and therefore is worthy of brief consideration under a separate heading. Grafting by approach in Eucalyptus is easy when the plants are little past the cotyledon stage, according to some experiments by Mr. C. J. Weston, Afforestation Officer, Canberra. In practice they sometimes result in pans of mixed seed, two diverse seedlings being accidently pressed together by the fingers in the operation of potting up. In the nursery rows at Canberra are three sturdy plants of H. rubida-maculosa. When I saw them in July they were about 3 feet high, and spreading. One half of each plant has the typical rubeda character, and the other half of the plant the typical maculosa character. Stripping the soil from the roots shows perfect fusion of the two trees. This grafting by approach or fusing of two species by pressure applied at a critical time could also hardly be avoided by the agency of animals treading amongst young seedlings. 283 I published the above note in Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liii, 21, (1919), as I thought Mr. Weston’s experiments should be put on official record. An illustration will be furnished in due course. Here, I think, is the key to the most perfect case of fusion or adhesion I have ever seen in my life, viz., that brought under my notice by Mr. Chappelow of a White Gum and a Stringybark illustrated (as regards a section of the timber) in my paper, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxviii, 36 (1904). See also my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vi, 79. It seems to me much more likely that so complete a fusion of two species would take place at a very early stage of the existence of the two plants than by the rubbing together of woody stems or branches later on. As Hucalyptus trees are increasingly grown artificially in Australia, we may expect to see more of these grafts originating in the potting shed. Perfect natural grafts of the Chappelow type are exceedingly rare, and it seems to me that my theory of fusion as young seedlings by the trampling of native animals or of stock is worthy of consideration. K.—Fasciation. Fasciation of branches is not common in Eucalyptus, or at all events it must be rare, for I have not come across a record. A case of fasciation in young suckers of £. gracilis was sent to me from Lake View, Griffith, Line 61 (N.S.W.) by Mr. W. D. Campbell, L.S., in 1918. . L.—Tumours and Galls. The literature on this subject, as regards Eucalyptus, is very scant. Not only the most important paper but almost the only one, is “On certain shoot-bearing Tumours of Eucalyptus and Angophoras, and their modifying influence on the growth habit of the plants,” by J. J. Fletcher and C. T. Musson, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlii, 191, with many plates. They quote Clayton O. Smith, “ Further Proof of the cause and infectiousness of Crown Gall” (Uniy. California Publications, Agric. Experim. Station Bull. No. 235, December, 1912), as the first to draw attention to the fact that the stem-nodules in a certain species of Eucalyptus are axillary, and that certain stem-nodules arise from infection by soil-bacteria. “In Eucalyptus seedlings the natural knots often appear opposite each other where the cotyledons have previously attached, also the Quince knots appear first at the node about the old leaf-scar. All the evidence we have goes to show that some injury or weakness is necessary for infection to take place.” Clayton O. Smith, op. cit., p. 549, published the figure (21) which will be duly reproduced. The legend is “ Artificially caused galls on forest Red Gum (Eucalyptus tereticornis). Crown gall has not been known to attack the various species of Eucalyptus 254 in nature. The significance of swellings found frequently at the crown of young Gum trees is not yet understood. They do not appear to be detrimental to the tree.” A further note on this crown gall will be found at p. 552 of the work quoted. Forest Red Gum (Eucalyptus tereticornis). Fig. 21. Seedlings of 4 to 6 feet were inoculated. The first successful inoculations were made May 16, 1910. On March 25, 1912, there was one large knot and one very small one at points of inoculation. September 2, 1911, inoculated a seedling about } inch in diameter. February 20, 1912, there were two small knots. On March 26, 1912, one of these knots had grown rapidly in size, the other had not changed. Tnoculations were made on small seedlings July 29, 1910, on the branches. Typical roundish knots or galls had developed on September 5, 1910. The appearance of a Eucalyptus nodule (or rather a pair of axillary stem-nodules still unfused) may be seen in the figure of one in L. paniculata, see fig. 12, Plate 57, Part XIII of the present work. Fletcher and Musson (p. 198) say :— Were it not that, by a fortuitous combination of circumstances, the axillary stem-nodules are able to fuse in pairs, the fused pairs to concresce, and the reinforced, composite, stem-encircling tumours thus enabled to incorporate roots, and so last for some considerable time, or even permanently, both the nodules and any shoots they might develop would be short-lived and abortive, as they actually are in refractory seedlings, and as the shoots on the lower pairs of concrescences also are. But in the natural inoculations in the lower axils of the young seedlings of Eucalypts. which furnish some of the most valued hardwood timbers, we are inclined to think that the organisms are confined to the out-growths, and the circling tumours to which they give rise, and probably do not invade the tissues of the seedlings. The tumours do not kill the seedlings, or even seriously damage their tissues. They are a drag on the normal development of the plants, especially so when shoots do not develop, and by interfering with the water-supply, and also by their shoots preventing the development of the normal branching. Tn the Mallees, so much water is intercepted by the tumours that the seedling-stem is dwarfed; and, hy the persistence of the shoots, the growth habit is permanently distorted, so that the plants are prevented from realising their potentialities as trees. The seedling-stem may possibly be sometimes crowded out and got rid of. But the stem-nodules, as well as the composite tumours to which they give rise; are complex tumours, composed of both somatic cells and germ cells; and the latter are totipotent, because in the per- sistent-composite tumours of the Mallees, the tumour-shoots complete their growth, flower and fruit. and produce seed. Even in the non-Mallees, if the seedling-stem is lost, two tumour-shoots may take its place, attain to tree-size, and flower and fruit. But they do not prematurely disclose their embryonic possibilities in the way that some of Erwin Smith’s artificially-produced monstrosities did. Also, the production of these tumours in Eucalyptus under natural conditions is a matter of long standing. The Mallee scrubs, which must have been the development of centuries, were in their prime when civilised man first saw them, nearly 101 years ago. Then follow a number of interesting references to Mallees, arranged in clirono- logical order, particularly as regards the “ root ’—the ‘* Mallee-roots”” which form an important portion of the fuel supply in South Australia and those portions of Victoria and New South Wales adjacent thereto. The authors (pp. 204, 228) state that they have met with six species of Eucalypts exempt from tumours or stem-nodules, viz., L. oreades R. T. Baker, 2. pilularis Sm., E. sp. (from foot of Blue Mountains, New South Wales, on the western side), E.-gigantea Hooker, 2. regnans F.v.M. var. fastigata. I hope the paper will direct the attention of Australians to phenomena which have only been imperfectly studied as regards 285 the morphology of the widely distributed tumours or galls themselves, and which could only have been studied as to causation since the development of the science of bacteriology. . During the last twenty-five years at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and at the auxiliary State Nursery, Campbelltown, I have caused to be raised many thousands of Eucalyptus seedlings for distribution to public institutions. The number of species grown at Campbelltown is relatively small, but at Sydney (chiefly for the colour- drawings of seedlings by Miss Flockton for many years, and latterly by Miss Ethel King, an enormous number of species, perhaps 150, has been grown from time to time, and in many cases these have been kept in pots for years until pronounced mature leaves made their appearance. In course of time, research students will continue or promote the good work of Messrs. Fletcher and Musson, and I hope that the enormous wealth of nodule material to which I have alluded (and which is far in excess of any material of the same kind J have ever heard of) will be used for study. The following brief bibliography concerning galls in plants other than Eucalyptus may be suggestive. It chiefly refers to the dreaded Crown Gall, which works such devastation in economic plants :— Bulletin 213, on “ Crown Gall of Plants; its cause and remedy ” (Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. Agric., 1911). “ Chemically induced Crown Galls,” by Erwin F. Smith (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sciences, Washington, ui, 312 (April, 1917) ). “ A fuller account, accompanied by photographs and photo-micrographs, will be published in the Journal of Agric. Research.” See also Abstract in “* Current Opinion ” (Philadelphia) for March, 1918, p. 193. “Plant Cancer,” Missouri Bot. Garden Bull., May, 1919, p. 51. A useful short article, with a few illustrations and some bibliography. In “ The Garden” for 12th July, 1873, is a brief article, with a remarkable illustration, on “ Swollen-stemmed Irish Yews.” The specimens, bearing large tuberous bodies between the stem and the proper roots, were obtained from cuttings. The plants were generally under 2 feet in height, while those of normal growth, of the same age, averaged about 5 feet; all, however, having the same healthy appearance. The tubers averaged from 8 to 12 inches in circumference, with a ligneous structure throughout, but showing large annual rings or growths, and covered with bark, having numerous roots proceeding from the under surface. Mr. KE. Breakwell, B.A., B.Sc., has very kindly given me a memo., which has been reproduced with little alteration and few additions, in the following statement. Bulbous and tuberous stems may be caused either by (1) insect invas on, forming galls, (2) fungus invasion, (3) xerophytic conditions, and (4) qualitative influence of correlation. (1) Insect invasion. See Goebel’s “ Organography of Plants,” Part I. Goebel points out that galls are due either to a material excreted from the unfertilised, or 286 from the fertilised egg, and that the material may be the same in both cases, or in some cases by a larval stimulus. The protection to the insect in the gall is effected partly mechanically, partly chemically—especially by a copious formation of tannin— but the protection is not absolute. He emphasises two points— (a) In general no tissue elements appear in the anatomical structure of the gall which do not exist elsewhere in the plant under other conditions. (2) All the more highly differentiated galls are produced out of juvenile tissues caused to develop in an abnormal way by gall insect. The more complex the gall is, the earlier must the influence producing it be exerted on the plant tissues. (2) Fungus invasion. See Annals of Botany, vol. xxiv, p. 537, July, 1910, by T. Reed. The writer points out that Bernard discovered, by inoculating the cortex of the roots of young plants of Solanwm tuberosum with the spores of the fungus Fusarium, he produced a greater yield of tubers than if not artificially inoculated. This means that’ although the stem is removed from the roots, the former becomes infected. Bernard tentatively suggests that the fungus may thus operate by giving rise to soluble products which in some mysterious way cause the underground stems to swell up and accumulate vast reserves of carbohydrates, &c. “ The roots of Podocarpus are covered with small tubercles formed by a Mycorrhiza, which probably assists in the nutrition of the plants, especially when young. (‘‘ The Flora of South Africa’ (Marloth), i, 103, with fig.) (3) Xerophytic conditions. See Warming—‘ Aecology of Plants,” p. 124. Bulbous and tuberous plants are mainly confined to Liliacee, Iridaceze, Amaryl- lidacew, and other families growing in dry countries, particularly in South Africa. Many tubers consist of root and stem combined, as in the case of some shrubs in the South American savannahs. (4) Qualitative influence of correlation. Goebel, “ Organography of Plants,” Part I, p. 215, points out that if a certain part of a plant be affected (by wounding, e.g.) other parts will be affected. Knight produced tubers from aerial roots, by removing the subterranean stolons at an early period or by interfering with their connection with the aerial parts. He produced tubers on the top of the aerial shoots, the points furthest separate from the normal position of formation of tubers. M.—Protuberances of the Stem. In reply to a correspondent, I intimated that the matter of reserves of liquids in trees is principally in the Apple Tree (Angophora), a genus closely allied to Eucalyptus. It is also found in a number of Eucalypts. It arises through the irregular shrinkage of the rings of timber, and these get more or less filled with gum—or kino is a more correct term—and when shrinkage proceeds further, being sometimes helped by bush fires, 287 these cavities may cause shelling; if they proceed further they are large enough to fill a bucket. As a rule, these cavities contain liquid more or less astringent, because of the presence of the kino of which I have just spoken. In the case of the Cider Gum of Tasmania (HZ. Gunn), the liquid is watery and so little astringent that it can be drunk. In many cases the liquid gets into the cavity through lodging in the fork of the tree or trickling through a crack of the wood. To some extent this watery liquid would be added to by the sap, but I think that the quantity of that is negligible. There is no evidence that the liquid benefits the tree or otherwise. It is not a disease; it is simply an evidence of mechanical shrinkage of the timber. Some of the Bloodwoods (EZ. corymbosa and allies) have the cavities mainly filled with kino. I have referred to this phenomenon of swollen stems, often liquid retainers, at some length in Part Ixiii, p. 119, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” in regard to the following species :—H. Gunnii, H. maculosa, EF. Raveretiana, E. Bancrofti E. redunca var. elata, and EL. salmonophloia. 1 have briefly referred to these swellings in EF. redunca var. elata at pp. 94, 95, Part XXXIV of the present work. “Swellings and knobs are frequently largest just where it springs from the ground.” See A. W. Howitt’s remarks concerning FZ. polyanthemos at Part XLII, p- 59, of the present work. It may be observed that all the above species have smooth or almost smooth barks. In many cases the butt of H. coriacea forms a huge protuberance at the ground level, taking on a peculiar plastic appearance often seen in the coast districts in E. maculata (Spotted Gum) and Angophora lanceolata (Smooth-barked Apple). In E. coriacea, from this protuberance there spring out as many as four (and even more) stems of equal diameter, such stems being equidistant from each other, or nearly so. N.—Abortive Branches (Prickly Stems). The presence of abortive branches in Eucalyptus is very common. It is often noticed by rubbing one’s hand down a stem when one feels the friction of short sharp prickles. Sometimes these are more or less concealed by the fibrous bark; in the case of Gums they may be quite evident to the eye. I have been in touch for some years with Mr. Harry Hopkins, of Bairnsdale, Victoria, in regard to this phenomenon, in the beginning in regard to H. Consideniana, and I obtained the following useful note (which incidentally deals with other matters) through him :— Mr. W. H. Harvey, Yarram Yarram, Victoria, who calls this tree “‘ Prickly Messmate,”’ obligingly gives me the following information concerning its occurrence in that State. ‘‘ It is very scarce, is only found in small belts, chiefly in the parishes of Willung and Carrajung. The tree thrives best and creates a fine barrel or bole in voleanic soils or chocolate loams, when it attains a height of about 50 feet in barrel, and up to 3 feet in diameter. Called ‘ Prickly Messmate,’ on account of the surface of the sapwood being covered as a rule with spikes or prickles. Has a yellowish-brown fibrous bark, and the surface is smoother 288 (less prickly to the touch) than cither Stringybark or Messmate. Wood-buff colour, fairly free from gum- veins, and very durable. Mr. J. Wills, Chief Clerk of Works, Alberton Shire. speaks very highly of this timber, and says that it gives as good results as any timber in the district.” (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 418, 1917.) Mr. Hopkins writes :— But I may state that during several years’ experience at ‘* bush work” in my younger days, I not infreyuently came upon this feature, in both young and old trees of several species, but perhaps mostly in Gippsland in Red Gum (£. tereticornis), and to a lesser extent in Stringybark (#. eugenioides) and Messmate (H#. obligua). I have also seen it in Peppermint (#. radiata), Apple Box (2. Stuartiana), and E.rubida. There is no Consideniana in the district where I then was. Generally—lI think always, in my experience—the trees showing the characteristic grew upon ‘‘ wet’ ground, with a clay retentive subsoil near the surface. though not actually swampy. In some trees—particularly in the Red Gum—these prickles extended through all the concentric layers of wood, from the outside to almost or quite the centre—in cases where the prickles were largely and well developed, and in some cases, more particularly the Pepper- mint and Stringbark. the prickles were much smaller, though perhaps very numerous, and appeared to have developed in the outer layers of the wood. In some cases I have seen the surface of the sapwood so closely covered with fine or small prickles that it might be described as articulate or papillous. This condition is certainly not confined to £. Consideniana. It may, I think, be found in any species of the Eucalyptus where the causes that produce it are present. Mr. W. F. Blakely says they are very common in the Orange district, New South Wales, in I’. hemiphloia var. albens, where they are known as “ pimples.” I have seen them ‘in a number of other species, but regret I have not made a list of them and of their prevalence. Mr. C. E. Lane-Poole, speaking of £. Todtiana (the coastal Blackbutt of Western Australia) says it is disregarded by the houeswife for firewood on account of its many prickles. LE. Planchoniana is sometimes known as “ Needle Bark,” because it is prickly to rub down with the hand. The name * Porcupine Stringybark ” is also applied to it for the same reason. These prickles, which will probably be found in most species, if looked for, will be illustrated by photographs if specimens in 2. Muelleriana and E. tereticornis, as supplied by Mr. Hopkins. O.—Pendulous Branches. It is very difficult to group species according to habit. Besides the question of size, there is that of length of branches, and of canopy. Most species are rather erect in habit, bat som>, of which FL. sepuleralis F.v.M., of South Western Australia, is an extreme form, have pendulous branches, and we have all stages between the two. In this species the branches are intensely glaucous and so very drooping and extremely pendulous that it is known locally as * Weeping Gum,” and Mueller has suggested its cultivation in cemeteries, 289 In this and the following species the branches are so elongated, thin, and pendulous, as to droop in an almost vertical manner. HH. macrorrhyncha F.v.M., a Stringybark of inland eastern Australia; H. sideroxylon A. Cunn., an Ironbark of much the same range; HE. Mitchelliana Cambage, of Mount Buffalo has much the same habit; EF. acaciaeformis var. linearis, a so-called Peppermint of New England, has also markedly drooping branches. . L. coriacea sometimes has branches so pendulous as to be known as Weeping Gum. P.—Vertical Growth of Trees. This subject is touched upon in Part XLVI, p. 123, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” based on a paper by Mr. R. H. Cambage in “ The Surveyor ” (the official organ of the Institute of Surveyors of New South Wales) for 31st December, 1904, and 28th February, 1905. A further paper from Mr. Cambage’s pen will be found in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lu, 377, and Eucalyptus parviflora is used illustratively. An abstract of this will be found in “ The Australian Forestry Journal ” for November, 1919, p. 353. The subject is interesting to many people, because living Eucalypts are often used as corner or other posts in fencing, and if as growth proceeded the rails mortised into the tree were carried up and two panels of fencing injured, it is probable that living trees would cease to be used for the purpose, and would be destroyed forthwith. Mr. Cambage’s experiments bear out the observations of people interested in fencing, that the mortise-holes remain at the same height from the ground as when they were made. 290 Explanation of Plates (200-203). PLATE 200. E. drepanophylla F.v.M. la. Twigs with flower buds; 1b, three views of an anther. Port Denison, Queensland (John Dallachy), The type. 2a. Juvenile leaf; 2b and 2c, two leaves, nearly mature and mature; 2d, buds and flowers. Mount Elliott, Queensland (J. Fitzalan). Labelled Z. drepanophylla by Mueller. 8 da. Long mature leaf; 3b, leaf, bud, and flowers; 3c, three views of an anther; 3d, small globular fruits the tips of the valves slightly exsert. Hidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). I look upon this as a transit form between ZB. drepanophylla and E. crebra. 4a. Two views of an anther; 4b, 4c, panicles of fruits. Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. 4h Tie Bancroft).. I look upon these specimens also as showing transit between E. drepanophylla and EL. crebra. 5a, 5b. Juvenile leaves. Mount Perry, Queensland (J. L. Boorman). 6a, 6b. Juvenile leaves grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, from seed, from Hidsvold, Queensland (W. F. Blakely). PLATE 201. E. leptophleba F.v.M. la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, small juvenile leaf; 1c, intermediate leaf; 1d, mature leaf; le, buds and flowers; lf, fruits. Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). PLATE 202. E. Dalrympleana Maiden. la. Broad juvenile leaves; 1b, pointed buds; 1¢, twig with buds and flowers; 1d, fruits. Tumberumba, New South Wales (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). The type. 2a, 2b. Juvenile leaves of various widths, but most of the specimens available certainly broad. Chimney Pot Hill, Hobart, Tasmania (L. Rodway). These are probably, but not certainly, #. Dalrympleana. E. dichromophloia F.v.M. 3a. Juvenile leaves in the earliest stage; 3b, juvenile leaf, further advanced; 3c, a coarse leaf in the inter- mediate stage; 3d, a large, speckled fruit. Old Battery, Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). PLATE 203. E£. Hill. Maiden. la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, lc, intermediate, almost mature leaves; 1d, twig with buds and very early fruits; le, three views of ananther. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory (Gerald F. Hill). The type. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. ey me tarann SaSer EAR “oy Ndeeeiae Moritaaasvet eh Aepenetnty - del. et lith- Flockron EUCALYPLUS DREPANOPHY ELA K-vM. 201. Bis Crit. REY. EUCALYPTUS. M.FloeKTon.des. ef hth. (See also Plate 48, Figs. 3-5.) EUCALYPTUS LEPTOPHLEBA F.v.M. PL. 202 CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. ith. M.FlockTon. dé}. @ (1, 2). EUCALYPTUS DICHROMOPHLOIA F.v.M. (8). EUCALYPTUS DALRYMPLEANA MaIpENn ian iy iy a t 7 PL. 203. ‘Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.Flockron.del.er ith. EUCALYPTUS HILLII Maren. ine Petia Dares So TUN The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacicides A. Cunn. (xlviii). meliodora A. Cunn. (ix). acmenicides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). macrotheca F.v.M. (li). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophiaa F.v.M. (1). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (lviil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (xli). Behriana ¥F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). piuularis Sm. (XxXxXi). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperitta Sm. (Xxxill). Caleyi Maiden (lv). Planchoniana ¥F.v.M. (xxiv). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). conica Deane and Maiden (lviii), populifolia Hook. (xlvii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqgua Deane and Maiden (1xi). corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). crebra F.v.M. (liii). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). Dalrympleana Maiden (lxiv). resinifera Sm. (iil). dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (xii). dumosa A, Cunn. (xv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). eugenroides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). globulus L? Her. (Ixvi). Siebervana F.v.M. (xxxiv). goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). hemastoma Sm. (xXxxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). tessellaris F.v.M. (lxvi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). Iuehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (Ixiv). macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vurea R. T. Baker (xxiii). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Each part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. Nore By-GovERNMENT PRINTER. War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possi le to continue the issue of ‘‘ The Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, 7.e., from and including Part 7, Vol. VII, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. each. For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already :eceived will not be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s, 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the Ist July, 1921, F Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1922 ss : Wasnt. 5 OTS GIN Oe anode Be Kea Mane, ES eB te EL EAER OY IS iiboae 133. 134. 135. 136. Sty & & & Std yd Se & Sees Se & & Se & Sees Ses INDEX OF PARTS PUSLISHED—continued. PART XXI. . cinerea F.v.M. . pulverulenta Sims. 2 cosmophylla F.v.M. - gomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) PART XXII. . erythronema Turcz. - acacieformis Deane & Maiden. . pallidifolia F.v.M. . c@sia Benth. . tetraptera Turcz. . Forrestiana Diels. - mimiata A. Cunn. - phenicia F.v.M. Plates 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) PART XXIII. . Tobusta Smith. - botryoides Smith. . saligna Smith. Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) PART XXIV. . Deanei Maiden. . Dunnti Maiden. . Stuartiana F.v.M. . Banksii Maiden, - quadrangulata Deane and Maiden. Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) PART XXV. . Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. - aggregata Deane and Maiden. . parvifolia Cambage. . alba Reinwardt. Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 1916.) PART XXVI. . Perriniana F.v.M. . Gumnii Hook f. . rubida Deane and Maiden. Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) PART XXVII. . maculosa R. T. Baker. . precor Maiden. . ovata Labill. . neglecta Maiden. Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) PART XXVIII. - vernicosa Hook f. - Muelleri T. B. Moore. - Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden, . By. ziminalis Labillardiere. Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) Or 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. aI(Al 176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. Seeees aes 2 2 Se & Seeeeee Ses Se & SSeeu PART XXIX. . Baeuerleni F.v.M. . scoparia Maiden. . Benthami Maiden and Cambage. . propinqua Deane and Maiden. . punctata DC. . Kirtoniana F.v.M. Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) PART XXX. . resinifera Sm. . pellita F.v.M. . brachyandra F.v.M. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) PART XXXI. . tereticornis Smith. . Bancrofti Maiden. . amplifolia Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) PART XXXII. . Seeana Maiden. . exserta F.v.M. . Parramattensis C. Hall. . Blakelyit Maiden. . dealbata A. Cunn., - Morrisii R. T. Baker. . Howittiana F.v.M. Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917.) PART XXXII. . rostrata Schlechtendal. . rudis Endlicher. - Dundasi Maiden, . pachyloma Benth. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) PART XXXIV. - redunca Schauer. . L, . cornuta Labill. . Websteriana Maiden. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) PART XXXV. i Lehmanni Preiss. . annulata Benth. . platypus Hooker. . spathulata Hooker. - gamophylla F.v.M. iH. argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189. 190. 191. 192. 216. 217. 218. 219. 220. 221. Sees e 8 Bese eee es By By ty Sy by By by by by by by ty ty PART XXXVI. . occidentalis Endlicher. . macrandra F.v.M. . salubris F.v.M. . cladocalyr F.v.M. . Cooperiana F.v.M. . intertexta R. T. Baker. . confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919) PART XXXVII. . clavigera A. Cunn. . aspera F.v.M. - grandifolia R.Br. . papuana F.v.M. Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) PART XXXVIII. . tessellaris F.v.M. . Spenceriana Maiden. . Cliftomana W. V. Fitzgerald. . setosa Schauer. . ferruginea Schauer. . Moorei Maiden and Cambage. . dwmosa A. Cunn. . torquata Luehmann. . amygdalina Labill. . radiata Sieber. - numerosa Maiden. - nitida Hook. f£. Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) PART XXXIX. - Torelliana F.v.M. - corymbosa Smith. . intermedia R. T. Baker. . patellaris F.v.M. . celastroides Turczaninow. - gracilis F.v.M. . transcontinentalis Maiden. . longicornis F.v.M. oleosa F.v.M. . Flocktonie Maiden. . virgata Sieber. . oreades R. T. Baker. . obtusifiora DC. . fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. Plates, 160-163. (Issued February 1920.) PART XL. . terminalis F.v.M. . dchromophloia F.v.M. - pyrophora Benth. . levopinea R. T. Baker. . ligustrina DC. E. stricta Sieber. 222. E. grandis (Hill) Maiden. Plates, 164-167. (Issued March, 1920.) 236. 237. 238. 239. 240. 24), 249. Sy See hbeesse2 8 INDEX PART XLI. . latifolia F.v.M. . HB. Foelscheana F.v.M. . HL. Abergiana F.v.M.. . £. pachyphylla F.v.M. . B. pyriformis Turczaninow, var. milli Maiden. . B. Oldfieldii F.v.M. . BE. Drummondii Bentham. Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) PART XLII. . eximia Schauer. . peltata Bentham. Watsoniana F.v.M. . trachyphloia F.v.M. . hybrida Maiden. . Kruseana F.v.M. -. Dawsomi R. T. Baker. . polyanthemos Schauer. . Baueriana Schauer. . conica Deane and Maiden. . concolor Schauer. Plates, 172-175. PART XLIII. E. ficifolia F.v.M. E. calophylla R.Br. EB. hematorylon Maiden. EH. maculata Hook. E. Mooreana (W. VY. Fitzgerald) Maiden. E. approximans Maiden. E. Stowardi Maiden. Plates 176-179. 1920.) (Issued Kings- (Issued August, 1920.) November, OF PARTS PUBLISHED—continued, 259. 260. 261. 15. 262 PART XLIV. . HL. perfoliata R. Brown. . Li. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 5. H. stmilis Maiden. . £. lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. . #. Baileyana F.v.M. . E. Lane-Poolei Maiden. . BH. Ewartiana Maiden. . EL. Bakeri Maiden. . BE. Jacksoni Maiden. . H. eremophila Maiden. Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 1921.) : PART XLV. i. erythrocorys F.v.M, ‘E. tetrodonta ¥.v.M. E. odontocarpa F.v.M. . capitellata Smith. . Camfieldi Maiden. . Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. . Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) See & PART XLYI. H. tetragona F.v.M. LE. eudesmioides F.v.M. E. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. E. Andrewsi Maiden. . E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 263. 264. 70. FE. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. (dup. of 252) 2. eremophila Maiden. E. decipiens Endl. Plates, 188-191. (Issued May, 1921.) 61. #. paniculata Sm, 274. EH. decorticans sp: nov. 275. E. Culleni R. H. Cambage. 276. E. Beyeri R. T. Baker. 98. #. globulus Labill. ; 277. E. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. PART XLVII. E. Laseroni R. T. Baker. 266, EH. de Bewzevillei Maiden. EB, Mitchelli Cambage, #. Brownti Maiden and Cambage. 269. E. Cumbageana Maiden. — #. miniata A. Cunn. } B. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. Pe ASA 44. EH. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 43. BE. hemiphloia F.y.M., var. microca Maiden. x 42. E. bicolor A. Cunn. ° 270. EF. Pilligaensis Maiden. Dat. Penrithensis Maiden. . micranthera F.v.M. . notabilis Maiden. - canaliculata Maiden. Rip: Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) " _ is See ea PART XLVII. Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 192 THE GROWING TREE. Rate of growth. Natural afforestation. Increment curves. The largest Australian trees, A URITIULAL REVISION OF THE GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY a. te MAIDEN, i560, rks, bus (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Vou V > DART 10. E ‘OF THE P ART L COMPLETE WORK. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) resets < Tire Sahysunian LE oy ~ ) VioN, hs 2N we WAR 7 4999 x PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 256393 Neary am, (ora Masel - See Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Svnnen : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. “6s ~ 1921. INDEX OF PARTS PART I. 1. E. pilularis Sm., and var. Muelleriana Maiden. Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) PART II. 2. HE. obliqua L’ Héritier. Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) PART III. 3. E. calycogona Turezaninow. Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) PART IV. 4, E. incrassata Labillardiére. 5. E. fecunda Schauer. Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) “PART V. 6. E. stellulata Sieber. 7. E. coriacea A. Cunn. 8. EF. coccifera Hook. f. Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) PART VI. 9. EZ. amygdalina Labillardiére. 10. HE. linearis Dehnhardt. ll. EH. Risdoni Hook. f. Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) PART VII. 12. HE. regnans F.v.M. 13. HE. vitellina Naudin, and E. vitrea R. T. Baker. 14. E. dives Schauer. 15. HE. Andrewsi Maiden. 16. EZ. diversifolia Bonpland. Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) PART VIII. 17. E. capitellata Sm. 18. EL. Muelleriana Howitt. 19. EH. macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 20. HE. eugenioides Sieber. 21. E. marginata Sm. 22. E. buprestium F.v.M. 23. EH. sepulcralis F.v.M. Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) PART IX. 24. E. alpina Lindl. 25. EH. microcorys F.v.M. 26. E. acmenioides Schauer. 27. EH. umbra R. T. Baker. 28. E. virgata Siebr. 29. E. apiculata Baker and Smith. 30. H. Luehmanniana F.v.M. 31. E. Planchoniana F.v.M. Plates. 41-44. (Issued Novemher. 1907.) 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. bio ty oy ot Bee ees Seeeee& eee eee PART X. . prperita Sm. . Sieberiana F.v.M. Consideniana Maiden. hemastoma Sm. . siderophloia Benth. Boormani Deane and Maiden. . leptophleba F.v.M. . Behriana F.v.M: . populifolia Hook. Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) PART XI. . Bosistoana F.v.M. . bicolor A. Cunn. . hemiphloia F.v.M. . odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. . An Ironbark Boz. . fruticetorum F.v.M. . acacioides A. Cunn. . Thozetiana F.v.M. . ochrophloia F.v.M. . microtheca F.v.M. Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, 1910.) PART XII. . Raveretiana F.v.M. . crebra F.v.M. Staigeriana F.v.M. melanophlowa F.v.M. pruinosa Schauer. . Smithii R. T. Baker. Naudiniana F.v.M. . siderorylon A. Cunn. . leucorylon F.v.M. . Caleyi Maiden. Plates, 58-56. (Issued November, 1910.) PART XIII. . affints Deane and Maiden. . paniculata Sm. . polyanthemos Schauer. . Rudderi Maiden. . Baueriana Schauer. . cneorifolia DC. Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) PART XIV. . melliodora A. Cunn. . fasciculosa F.v.M. . uncinata Turezaninow. . decipiens Endl. . concolor Schauer. . Cléeziana F.v.M. . oligantha Schauer. Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) 73. 74, 75. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. PUBLISHED. SS ee eee ee ees Sees . oleosa F.v.M. . Gilli Maiden. . falcata Turcz. . oleosa F.v.M., var. Flocktoniw Mi . Le Souefit Maiden. . Clelandi Maiden. . decurva F.v.M. . doratoxrylon F.v.M. . goniantha Turcz. . Stricklandi Maiden. . diptera Andrews. . grossa F.v.M. . Pimpiniana Maiden. . Woodwardi Maiden. . salmonophloia F.v.M. . leptopoda Bentham. . Oldfieldii F.v.M. . orbifolia F.v.M. . pyriformis Turczaninow. . macrocarpa Hook. . Preissiana Schauer. . megacarpa F.v.M. . globulus Labillardiere. . Maideni F.v.M. . urnigera Hook, f. . goniocalyr F.v.M. . nitens Maiden. . eleophora F.v.M. . cordata Labill. . angustissima F.v.M. . gigantea Hook, f. . longifolia Link and Otto. . dwersicolor F.v.M. . Guilfoylei Maiden. . patens Bentham. . Todtiana F.v.M. . micranthera F.v.M. ’ PART XY. (Issued July, wil 1 ¥ Plates, 65-68. PART XVI. corrugata Luehmann. Campaspe 8S. le M. Moore. Griffiths: Maiden. Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, PART XVII. squamosa Deane and Maiden. Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, PART XVIII. Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913. PART XIX. Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, PART XX. - Plates 85-88. (Issued March, 191 AX ORMMICAL REVISION OF THE €ENUS TPUCALYPTUS BY dees AT DENS O70 RS. Els: (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Von Veo Parn 10) Part L of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise,” Macautay’s “Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Svpnev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. an ati s- 26863—A 1921. 256393 => A3H,. Muse os CCLXXXI. Fuealyptus Houseana (W. V. Fitz@erald) Maiden. Description ~*~ . Range Affinities CCLXXXU, Eucalyptus Jutsoni Maiden. Description : Range Affinities CCLXXXIII. Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. Description Range Affinities I. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden. Deseription CCLXXXIV. Eucalyptus pumila Cambage. Description Range Affinities . CCLXXXV. Eucalyptus rarylora ¥. M. Bailey. Description Range Affinities . CCLXXXVI. Eucalyptus Mundijongensis Maiden. Description : : : ; ° A . ° Range : : : : < 5 4 artis ° : Affinities . : . ° ° ° . ° . No. oli. The Bark: (Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 1. Early references to Eucalyptus barks and early Eucalyptus vernaculars in general 2. Eucalyptus bark classifications :— i. Mueller (1889) . é 5 6 ° ii. Mueller (1884) lil, Maiden (1891) iv. Cambage (1918) v. Baker (1919) . vi. Maiden (1921) 0. Mallees, Marlocks, and other small species. a. True Mallees . b, False Mallees e. Marlocks PAGE. 395 306 306 3.8 315 317 320 DESCRIP FON. CCLXXXI, EF. Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. In Journ. Royal Society, N.S.W., xlix, 319 (1915). FoLLow1nG is the original description :— _ Arbor alta, altitudinem 80 feet attinens, aetate opposito-foliata florescens. Folia juvenia fere amplexicaulia, petiolis brevibus vel absentibus, latissime lanceolata ad fere ovata, basi cordata, apice obtusa, pallida saepa glauca, 8-12 cm. longa, 6-7 cm. lata. Venae patentes, venis principis fere parallelibus, margine crassata. Folia matura petiolata, alternata, falcata, petiolis 2 cm. longis, foliis ad 16 cm. longis et 4 cm. latis. Alabastri, pedunculis brevibus leniter planis, floribus sessilibus vel fere sessilibus, 4-7 capitulo. Operculum hemisphaericum circiter dimido cupula subangulare aequilongum. Antherae aperintes in fissuris parallelibus, versatiles, dorso glandula magna. Fructus non vidimus. “ Amongst the tallest of the tropical species, occasionally reaching a height of 80 feet.”’ Particulars as to habit, bark, and timber, not available. [The following is supplementary information from Mr. Fitzgerald’s MSS. ‘‘ Height 40-70 feet, trunk to 30 feet, diameter 1}-24 feet, bark persistent, white to greyish-white, smooth; timber reddish, not very hard or tough Quoted by Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] Juvenile leaves.—The following description has been drawn up from specimens in the flowering (or rather plump bud) stage; they represent, as far as we have them at present, the juvenile leaf stage; at the same time, they are mature to the extent that they are contemporaneous with the inflorescence. Opposite, almost stem-clasping, the petioles being very short or absent; very broadly lanceolate to nearly ovate, cordate at the base, apex blunt pointed, margin sometimes undulate, pale coloured, or entirely glabrous. Length 8-12 cm., width 6-7 cm. Venation spreading, the principal veins roughly parallel, and making an angle of approximately 60 degrees with the midrib ; the margin thickened, the intramarginal vein well removed from the edge, the venation distinct, particularly on the lower surface. [From additional material collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, the following additions to the description have been drawn up :— Juvenile leayes.—Slightly glaucous, equally green on both sides, slightly stem-clasping around a nearly terete branchlet, oval to ovoid or broadly-lanceolate, tapering into a blunt or rounded apex, up to 18 em. (say 7 in.) long by 8 em. (say 3} in.) broad, secondary veins roughly parallel, at an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib and with abundance of fine anastomosing veins, the intramarginal vein well removed from the edge—Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] Mature leaves.—(Petiolate, alternate, lanceolate, falcate, with petioles of 2 cm., and leaves up to 16 cm. long and 4 cm. wide. Venation distinct, the foliage pale-coloured and glabrous and the two surfaces scarcely to be distinguished from each other.) 292 Flowers.—Buds with short, slightly flattened peduncles, the individual flowers sessile or almost so, four to seven in the head as seen. Opercula hemispherical, about half the length of the calyx-tube, which tapers only slightly, and which is usually sub-angular. (Filaments turn red on drying. Anthers open in parallel slits, attachment of filaments versatile; large gland at back.) Fruits not seen. [Fruits conoid to hemispherical, small (rather more than 5 mm. in diameter), nearly sessile, the short broad pedicel continued into the calyx-tube, forming two or more angles. Peduncle of 5 to 7mm., also flattish and angular. The fruit with a narrow rim, the tips of the capsule slightly exsert and not adnate to the edge. Description drawn up from material collected by Mr. J. H. Niemann at Pine Creek, Northern Territory, and given by me in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. li, 450, 1917.] Type.—Isdell River near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, North Western Australia, No. 1014, collected by W. V. Fitzgerald, May, 1905. The sentences in round brackets ( ) have been drawt up from specimens (No. 1357) collected at the base of the Artesian Range, Kimberleys, by Mr. Fitzgerald. The sentences in square brackets [ ] have been drawn up from the sources stated. In the following year (viz., 1916) Mr. Fitzgerald, on the eve of his departure for the war, placed certain of his botanical manuscripts in my care, and I found the following description of this species amongst them, which supplements, to some extent, my original description :— Arborescent, branchlets angular; leaves on the young plants opposite or sub-opposite, shortly petiolate, ovate-cordate, obtuse, those on the tree alternate, conspicuously petiolate, broad to narrow- lanceolate, usually falcate, acuminate, all thin, of dull lustre, the oil dots copious, veins fine, numerous, ascending and evident, reticulated between, intramarginal one adjacent to the edge; flowers 4-8, sessile and rather closely packed, on axillary and lateral thick terete peduncles which are much dilated upwards; calyx-tube obconical, not ribbed; lid depressed, hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube; stamens inflected in the bud; anthers oblong, with parallel distinct cells dehiscing longitudinally; ovary flat topped; style short. Leaves (Juvenile) 3-4 inches long, (Mature) 6-8 inches long, the petioles to 1 inch. Peduncles 2 lines long; calyx-tube 2 lines or less in length. Stamens 2 lines, the filaments white. Fruit not seen. Locality —On grassy plains, Upper Isdell River, base of Artesian Range (W.V.F.). The species is named in honour of Dr. F. M. House of Western Australia. Affinity —E. feecunda, Schauer. RANGE. It is a tropical species occurring both in Western Australia and the Northern Territory. Western Australia.—The type comes from Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, North West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014)—‘‘ In swampy and wet sandy localities, associated with the coarser kind of grasses were EH. Houseana and E. ptychocarpa.” (Fitzgerald in “ Kimberley Report,” p, 12). 293 Appendix.—The name Houseana was used by Mr. Fitzgerald in the Western Mail, Perth, W.A., of 2nd June, 1906. No description of the plant was ever published. A small scale photograph was accompanied by the following words :—* Eucalyptus Houseana W.V.¥., after Dr. F. M. House, is among the tallest of the tropical species, it occasionally reaching a height of 80 feet. This tree usually occurs on well-grassed plains between the Isdell and Charnley Rivers (original description, p. 322).” Northern Territory.—l attribute the following four specimens to this species :— 1. Scientific Expedition of Prof. (now Sir) W. Baldwin Spencer (and others) from Darwin to the Roper River, Gulf of Carpentaria, July-August, 1911. At Cullen Creek Prof. Spencer collected a specimen with glaucous foliage, twigs and buds. Leaves sessile but hardly stem-clasping; flowering while the leaves are still opposite. The leaves as much as 15 cm. long and half as broad. Then I have three specimens from the Pine Creek Railway, viz. :— 2. Collected by Dr. H. I. Jensen, Government Geologist, Darwin, in August, 1913. His label reads, “Sessile leaf, white bark (? smooth bark—J.H.M.), small flower and fruit (no fruit available—J.H.M.), rather crooked branches.” Close to type. 3. A similar specimen from E. J. Dunn, Pine Creek Railway, same date, also in bud and leaf. 4. Specimen in leaf, bud, and flower from Pine Creek, J. H. Niemann, August 1904. This differs from the type, and Nos. 2 and 3, in having distinct pedicels to the flowers. There is a slight umbo to the operculum, probably because the bud is fully developed. The leaves are mostly narrower-lanceolate than the type, and most have distinct, though very short, petioles. (Original description, p. 320). In Ewart and Davies’ “ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 311 (1917), I quoted the following additional localities :— 381. Burrundie (McKinlay River flats). 359. “ Snow-white bark, smooth-barked tree, growing singly or in branches like Mallee. Medium size. It is crooked on poor soil, straighter on Burrundie alluvial soil.” Burrundie. 345. “ Particularly partial to flooded clay flats. Like many trees it loses its leaves in the dry season.” Pine Creek. 379. “ Tree up to 40 feet high, smooth white bark.” On flats, Pine Creek to Wandi. 375. Wandi. Non-glaucous. © 380. Mount Diamond to Wand Flats. 413. Umbrawarra. Dr. Jensen says that the forms from the hills and from the flats may look very different, which may be due to a stunting of the former, which have a much smaller leaf and fruit. 294 AFFINITIES. This is another of the few species which flower in the opposite-leaved or juvenile stage (See Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvili, 424 (1914) ). If described from the type only, it might have been looked upon as homoblastic species, but the additional material I have quoted shows that, like HE. praecow (loc. cit.), it is heteroblastic, like the vast majority of species of this genus. We can only say that it is an example of retarded heteroblasty. Other instances of retarded heteroblasty in Eucalyptus are :— E. Risdoni Hook. f. See Plate 32 of the present work. E. Gilli Maiden. See Plate 67, op. cit. E. cinerea, F.v.M. See Plate 89, op. cit. E. cinerea F.v.M., var. multiflora. Plate 90, op. cit. E. melanophloia F.v.M. In the absence of a complete suite of specimens and full data as regards E. Houseana, | am only able to suggest relationships to the following species at present :—- 1. With E£. alba Reinw. The flower-buds of £. Houseana may resemble those of E. alba a good deal. Exceptionally the leaf-blade may resemble that of Z. Houseana in shape and venation, but that of HZ. alba is not sessile at any stage, not cordate at the base, and is often gross in size. Speaking generally, the foliage of H. alba is not pale-coloured, whether arising from glaucousness or not. Both species flourish in moist, low-lying localities. 2. With F. clavigera A. Cunn. It differs from this species in the hairiness of the leaves (particularly) in young Specimens, so common in ZL. clavigera, in the numerous flowers, in the great length of the peduncles and pedicels, and in the clavate shape of the buds of FE. clavigera. The shape of the leaves and the venation may, exceptionally, be a good deal similar in the two species. (Original description, p. 321.) 3. With E. fecunda Schauer, according to Mr. Fitzgerald himself. E. fecunda is figured and described in Part IV. I am not able to indicate close affinities, and leave the matter for further enquiry. 295 DESCRIPTION: CCLXXXIT. EF. Jutsoni Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 61 (1919). FoLLOWING is the original description :— Frutex parvus ramulosus circiter 6-8 altus, trunco tenue. Ramulorum apicibus planis mox teretibus. Foliis maturis brevissime petiolatis, angusto-linearibus, 7-5-9 cm. longis, crassis, duris venis inconspicuis. Pedunculis brevissimis vel absentibus 2-4 floris; calycis tubo conoideo operculo acuminato conoideo equilongo. Antheris E£. angustissime similibus. Flores non vidimus. “A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root-gum, about 6 to 8 feet high on the average. White flowers, yellow pointed buds. Ants very numerous on the bark” (J. T. Jutson). Branchlets flattened at the tips, but soon becoming terete. Juvenile leayes not seen. Mature leaves very shortly petiolate, narrow linear, acuminate, slightly twisted, 7-5-9 cm. (say 3-3} inches) long, wiry, thickish and tough, the veins inconspicuous, often channelled at the inconspicuous midrib. Peduneles axillary, very short or absent, flattened, each with two to four flowers. Buds sessile or tapering into a short, flattened pedicel-like process, the calyx-tube conoid, and of the same length as the acuminate conical operculum. Flowers.—Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers renantheroid (7.e., somewhat resembling the Renanthere), and apparently similar to those of H. angustissima. Style long, the stigma scarcely thickened, the ovary conical. Fruits not seen. Type from Comet Vale, W.A. (John Thomas Jutson, No. 216. Formerly Geological Surveyor on the staff of the Geological Survey of Western Australia.) RANGE. It is only known from Comet Vale, a township on the railway line 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. 296 APE TNT S: 1. With FE. angustissima F.v.M. Its closest affinity appears to be with the imperfectly known EH. angustissima. See the present work, Part XIX, with Plate 84. EH. Jutsoni appears to be a coarser plant than FH. angustissima, and its conoid or tip-cat buds are qui'e different in shape to those of fig. 7a, which has very short, though distinct, non-tapering pedicels. Fruits of 8b, as depicted, could not result from the flowers of H. Jutsoni. The anthers of the two species may not be dissimilar, but I have not seen ripe ones of #. angustissima. After the most careful consideration I am quite satisfied that, although the two species present some points of resemblance, they are distinct. 2. With EF. oleosa F.v.M., var angustifolia Maiden. This is a narrow-leaved form of the species, figured at fig. 17, Plate 65 (the type), with other specimens referred to this form, viz., fig. 18, Plate 65, and fig. 1, Plate 66, with figs. 2 and 3, Plate 66, perhaps belonging to it. The type of var. angustifolia=E. socialis F.v.M., and it differs from ZL. Jutsoni in the broader. more distinctly veined leaves, and in the number of flowers in the head. Incidentally it may be pointed out that the buds figured at fig. 1b, Plate 66, display great similarity to those of typical H. angustissima (fig. 6a, Plate 84). : 997 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXIU. EF. adjuneta Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 167 (1920). FoLiow1ne is the original description :— Arbor alta, “Grey Gum,” ligno atro-rubeo. Foliis maturis petiolatis lanceolatis, rectis vel falcatis, venis secundariis patentibus non prominulis. Alabastris axillaribus, umbellis 5-floris in duobus paribus, pedunculis pedicellisque gracilibus, calycis tubo obconico, operculo rostrato 1 cm. longo. Fructibus hemispherico-conoideis, ca 1 em. diametro, calycis tubo leve margine distincta, capsule valvis valde exsertis. A tall tree of 70 or 80 feet, with a diameter of 3 or4 feet (Andrew Murphy); the bark smooth, and somewhat rough in patches, like that of a Grey Gum; timber deep red. Juvenile leayes.—What are known as “suckers” (adventitious shoots) are not available, but a young seedling has leaves of medium width. Mature leayes small (as far as the material is available), petiolate, lanceolate, straight or falcate, tapering gradually to the apex, without lustre, secondary veins not prominent, spreading, the midrib and marginal vein pink in colour. The original material was mislaid. When subsequent search was made for the original trees it was found that the group of three had been destroyed in the widening of the line, and others have not yet been found. The belated description is published now, in the hope that other trees may be traced. Buds axillary, usually in two pairs of three flowered umbels, peduncles slender, 1 cm. long and more, decurved, pedicels slender, of half that length, calyx-tube smooth, obconical, 5 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, terminating somewhat abruptly in the pedicel; operculum rostrate, 1 cm. long. Anthers long, white, opening in parallel slits, gland at back, versatile. Fruits hemispherical-concoid, about 1 cm. in diameter, calyx-tube smooth, with distinct domed rim, the valves of the capsule three or four and well exsert. RANGE. Close to the bank of a fresh-water creek, near the eastern side of the railway line, about three-quarters of a mile from Wyee Railway Station, towards Morisset, Wyee is 71 miles north of Sydney, and 33 miles south of Newcastle, New South Wales. The species has been temporarily lost, so we must postpone further notes as to its range. It has probably been confused with other Grey Gums in well-watered littoral districts of New South Wales and Queensland. 298 AFFINITIES. Its position seems to be between EH. longifolia, Link and Otto, and E. punctata DC., but to come nearer to the former. The timber seems to be nearer EL. longifolia. in texture and colour, although that of EH. punctata runs it closely. As regards the bark, while HZ. punctata is consistently a Grey Gum, one may have logs showing that the woolly bark (woolly-butt) of EH. longifolia almost disappears, showing bark inter- mediate between a Grey Gum and a Woolly-butt. H. adjuncta is a Grey Gum. 1. With E. longifolia Link and Otto. For E. longifolia see Part XX, Plate 86, of the present work. There is similarity in the pink veins of the leaves and in the three-flowered umbels and in the timber. There are differences in the larger leaves of E. longifolia, in the (as a rule) smaller flowers, in the absence or almost absence of exsertion of the valves and in the roughness of the bark. 2. With FE. punctata DC. Originally /. adjuncta was sent as a “ bark and timber not to be distinguished from EF. punctata.” For E. punctata see Part XXIX, Plates 121, 122, of the present work, where it wil! be seen that the peduncles and pedicels are thicker, the flowers are more numerous in the umbel, the buds different in shape, and the fruits different. 299 DESCRIPTION. I. E. pilularis Sm. FoLLowrnG is the original description of a variety :— E., pilularis 8m., var. pyriformis Maiden, in Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii 94 (1913). Bucca Creek, near Coffs Harbour, New South Wales. (A. H. Lawrence, J. L. Boorman.) Type, J. L. Boorman, June, 1911. A tall, sound “‘ Blackbutt,” 4 to 7 feet in diameter, bark ribbony up to beyond the third or fourth branches. Bark on the butt similar to that of the normal species. Branchlets often glaucous and double opercula common. Fruit large, often pyriform, commonly 1-5 cm. long, 1 cm. broad in the dried state. Since the above was published I have obtained the following additional particulars from Mr. Boorman :—* Tall trees of 60-80 feet. Timber straight in the grain. On the hills away from Bucca Creek on the Woolgoolga road near Coff’s Harbour. Only a few trees in the district.” At one time I thought this might be a species distinct from H. pilularis. It differs from the normal species in the size and shape of the fruits. I have, however, since obtained some fruits which are nearly as globular as those of normal E. pilularvs. The glaucous branches in the variety seem different. The juvenile leaves of both forms seem to be the same. It is certainly an interesting variety. For a reference to aboriginal names of normal FL. pilularis see Part I, p. 27, also a paper by me in Agricultural Gazette, N.S.W., October, 1903, p. 989. 300 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXIV. E. pumila Cambage. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lu, 453, 1918 (with Plate XX XVII). FoLLowinG is the original description :— Arbuscula alta, cum truncis multis separatis, in altum pedes quindecim viginitive extendens, trunci diametrum unciarum duarum triumve habens. Ramusculc angulares precipue ad extremitates. Folia (reversio) tenera ovata ad ovata-lanceolata, 3-5 cm. longa 1-1-5 em. lata. Folia matura linearia-lanceolata ad ovata-lanceolata, modice crassa, sex ad duodecim cm. longa, unum ad tria cm. lata, sepe leviter falcata; utrobique obtuse viridia, extremitates fusce et flaccide, systema venosa modice clara, vene laterales angulis cir. circiter 40 ad 55° e corta media disposite, vena inter margines plerumque juxta marginem, olei glandule numerose. Petiolus 1-1-5 cm. longus. Gemmae.—Fusce cum colore viridi tincte. proper sessiles vel cum pediculis circiter unum mm. longis, operculum conoide, quinque ad septem mm. long, calycistibus vix longitudinis dimidius pedunculus, aliquanto complanatus circiter unum mm. longus. Flores.—Circiter septem ad tredecim in umbella, anthere modice calle parallele. Fructus.—Prope sessiles, hemisphericales, diametrus circiter septem mm. plerumque cum quatuor valvis exsertis, ora crassa, convexi. Cortex.—Tenuis et levis ad humum, interdum cum vittis pendulis longis, crassus -5-2 mm., color cinereus vel subyiridis. Lignum.—Fuscum in centrum, durum. A tall shrub of many separate stems reaching 15-20 feet high, with stem-diameter of 2-3 inches. Branchlets.—Angular, especially towards the tips. Juvenile (reversion) _ FoL1acE.—Ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, 1-2-5 cm. broad. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, fairly thick, 6-12 cm. long, 1-3 cm. broad, often slightly falcate, dull green on both sides, tips brown and withered. Venation fairly distinct, lateral veins arranged at angles of from about 40-55 degrees with the. midrib, intramarginal vein usually close to the edge. Oil glands numerous. Petiole from 1-1-5 cm. long. Buds.—Greenish-brown, almost sessile or with pedicels about 1 mm. long, operculum conoid, 5 to 7 mm. long, the calyx-tube scarcely half that length, peduncle somewhat flattened, about 1 cm. long. Flowers.—About 7-15 in the umbel, anthers of medium size, the cells parallel. a Fruits.—Almost sessile, hemispherical, about 7 mm. in diameter with usually four exserted valves, rim thick, convex. Bark.—Thin and smooth to the ground, sometimes ribbony, -5-2 mm. thick, slaty to greenish in colour. Timber.—Brown towards centre, tough. Seedlings.—Hypocotyl red, erect, glabrous. 301 Cotyledons slightly emarginate, 1:7 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, lobes oblong-obtuse, upper side green, underside red, glabrous; petiole 2 mm. long. Seedling foliage opposite for two or three pairs, entire, glabrous, oval-lanceolate to ovate and ovate-lanceolate, obtuse. First pair up to 1-4 cm. long, 7-5 mm. broad, upperside green, underside red to purple, petiole 2mm. long. Second pair up to 3 cm. long, 1-8 em. broad, underside red to purple, petiole 5mm. Third pair up to 4:7 cm. long, 2-4 cm. broad, underside at first reddish purple, becoming pale green, petiole up to 7 mm. Stems red. The seeds germinated twelve and a half years after being gathered. Plants when about 6-8 inches high developed nodules or swellings about the axis of the cotyledons, which had fallen. RANGE. Near Pokolbin, a quarter of a mile west of portion 146, Parish of Rothbury County of Westmoreland, New South Wales. This species is a Mallee growing on the side of a hill amongst Eucalyptus siderophlora Benth., EH. maculata Hook., Callitris calcarata R.Br., Casuarina [uehmanni R. T. Baker, and C. stricta Ait. The specific name is in allusion to the dwarfed habit of the tree. APPINITIES: ji. Aen J Glomilanan. Chtare, Its closest affinity appears to be with H. dealbata A. Cunn., from which it differs in bark and timber, as well as the texture of the leaves, and the position of the intra- marginal vein. The seedling foliage is also different. (The evolution of the Eucalypts in relation to the cotyledons and seedlings, by Cuthbert Hall, M.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxix, Plate 46). #. dealbata will sometimes grow in Mallee form, but in such cases the bark remains fairly thick, and the timber soft. 2. With FE. Behriana F.v.M. In bark, timber, oil and habit #. pumila much resembles FE. Behriana F.v.M., but differs in the flowers, fruits and leaves. Leaves of this EKucalyptus were procured and distilled in August, 1907, at the Technological Museum. Messrs. Baker and Smith report on the oil as follows :— The yield of oil is large, 617 lb. of leaves with terminal branchlets giving 9 lb.-10 oz. of oil—equa] to 1-56 per cent. The oil is very rich in eucalyptol, and both in yield and eucalyptol content this species is one of the best from which to distil Kucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical purposes, and in this respect may be associated with H. Smithi, EL. polybractea (fruticetorum) and BE. Morrisiz. The oil contains some 302 pinene, but the dextrorotatory form only slightly predominates, and consequently the large fraction of rectified oil does not vary but slightly in optical properties from that of the crude oil. This is contrary to the general experience with oils of the eucalyptol class, as in those the dextrorotatory pinene generally predominates. There are only a few species which give an oil, the rectified portion of which has a less dextrorotatory than the crude oil; #. dealbata is one of the species having this peculiarity as well as E. Behriana, E. maculosa, and a few others. No phellandrene could be detected. A small amount of the lower boiling aldehydes was present; the odour indicated that butaldehyde and valeraldehyde were present, thus following the general rule. The crude oil in appearance and other characteristics resembles those of this group generally, and the recified oil is shghtly tinted yellow. . . . Of the most closely allied oils it more nearly approaches FH. dealbata than that of any other species which has yet been investigated, although the resemblance between it and the oil of #. Behriana is also strongly marked. Being a Mallee, it was thought that it might contain a considerable amount of calcium oxalate in the bark. The green bark taken from small sticks had a thickness of 1 to 2 millimetres; it was found to contain 3-85 per cent. of calcium oxalate. The amount of calcium oxalate in the bark of the largest piece having a diameter of 3 inches was 5-39 per cent. The crystals in the bark of this species differ in no respects from those of Eucalyptus barks generally (see paper with plate by H. G. Smith in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix, 23, 1905). The amount of lime in the bark of #. dealbata was 1-19 per cent. 303 7 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXV. E. rariflora F. M. Bailey. In Queensland Agric. Journ., January, 1914, p. 62, with plates. FOLLOWING is the original description :— A tall tree not recorded as very abundant; branchlets slender of a pleasing red colour. Leaves very variable in shape, those of the flowering branchlets varying from lanceolate to oblong or even ovate, from 2-43 inches long and 3-1 inch broad, or the ovate ones still broader on slender petioles of about 1 inch. On young trees the leaves are almost orbicular, or sometimes obversely reniform, and mostly broader than long, but always slightly decurrent on the petiole from 3-3 inches long and 4-3} inches broad, apex sometimes emarginate, texture thin, in the young leaves, almost membranous. (The petioles in these large leaves are often over 2 inches long.) Parallel nerves numerous, slender, branching at the top, where they join the intramarginal one, which is sometimes very close, at other times rather distant from the edge, the smaller veins forming a very delicate irregular reticulation. Oil dots numerous, Inflorescence composed of slender erectopatent panicles of usually few scattered pedicellate flowers; at times in umbels of three or four flowers. Operculum very short, scarcely exceeding 1 line, blunt or very slightly umbonate. Stamens inflected in the bud, the outer ones 14 lines long. Anthers globular, opening in broad slits. Fruit (including the short pedicel) 4 lines long, about 2 lines diameter; rim rather broad. Capsule sunk, 4-celled, the valves not exserted. Seeds small, somewhat pear-shaped, dark brown and slightly rugose. The trunk and large branches are (according to information and specimens kindly supplied to me by Dr. T. L. Bancroft) covered with hard-fibrous, black, corrugated bark, such as would merit the name of Black Box (Rhytiphloiw). The colour of the timber is pale brown. RANGE. It is confined to Queensland, so far as we know at present, the only specimens known coming from Eidsvold and Mundubbera. 304 AUC IN UN IEIGE Sy. The author was struck by the remarkable shape of the juvenile leaves, but suggested no affinity. The affinity is with 2. populifolia Hook., see Plate 48, Part X. There is no doubt that the two species are closely related, and it may be that they belong to the same species. I have received admirable specimens and notes from Dr. T. L. Bancroft, who suggested hybridism, an opinion I held for a number of years, but which I abandoned. If the references and plates to EL. populifolia and E. rariflora be examined, it will be found that in both species we have a predominance of round or poplar-leaves (populifolia), but also lanceolate leaves of various widths. In L. populifolia we have the narrower leaves in trees which do not appear to carry the broadest leaves, or which have not been collected on the same tree. In #. rariflora we have the two kinds of leaf on the same tree. These narrow leaves above referred to are shiny and are generally recognised as belonging to #. populifolia; indeed, bushmen call the shrub or tree producing them *““ Narrow-leaved Bimble Box.’ It is around these narrow leaves that the uncertainty, referred to hybridism as one explanation, has gathered. (Hor example, I thought the explanation was in assuming a hybrid between ZL. populifolia and EL. bicolor, the latter being a species often associated with the former, and having narrow leaves.) © The explanation I submit at the present time is that in all these forms we have one comprehensive species, consisting of— 1. EL. populifolia, with broad leaves, as we usually know it. bo . With lanceolate leaves of various widths. . L. rariflora, with leaves of (1) and (2) combined on the same tree. oo I believe that we have isoblastic and heteroblastic species which are but forms of one another, and that we keep them apart because we have not the connecting evidence. In the present case I have given the evidence as to leaves; I cannot see any difference in inflorescence and fruits. The barks and timbers appear to be alike. I have given sufticient evidence to cause both Queensland and New South Wales botanists to endeavour to settle a very interesting and far-reaching point as to the relations between, or the identity of, the two species. 805 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXVI, EF. Mundijongensis Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii, 225 (1913). FoLLowInG is the original description :— Arbor alta, Cortex basi trunci dura et secedens. Rami teretes. Lignum pallidum. Folia circiter 15 cm. longa et 2 em. lata, aneusto-lanceolata, leniter faleate, nitentia, concoloria, crassa, coriacea, petiolata, penniveniis parum conspicuis. Alabastri in apicem acutati, clavati. Operculum in .apicem acutatum circiter dimidio calycis tubo equiloneum. Flores non vidi. Fructus fere sessiles, cylindroidei, circiter 1-5 cm. longi et -75 cm. diametro, margine angusta et sulcata. Valvarum apices sub orificio valde depressi. A tall tree, about 80-100 feet high, and 5 feet in diameter about 4 feet from the ground. The trunk of the only specimen known at present leans somewhat and divides into two main branches of approximately equal diameter at about 25 feet from the ground. Bark.—‘*‘ Fine adherent bark at base, top clean” (Dr. Cleland). Specimens of the bark forwarded by Mr. H. M. Giles and also by Mr. Wallace, are hard, flaky, breaking off in long woody strips. Bark of smaller branches smooth, but exhibiting exfoliation. It has a good deal in common with the Peppermint barks of the Eastern States (¢.g., E. piperita, Sm.). Timber.—Pale coloured. Juvenile leayes.—Coarse, thick, coriaceous, moderately shiny, equally green on both sides, petiolate, venation not very prominent, somewhat spreading at the base in some specimens, in others at an angle of about 60° to the midrib, and roughly parallel. Intramarginal vein not conspicuous, ard somewhat removed from the edge. Size of leaves seen by me about 12 cm. long and 5 broad. Mature leaves.—Narrow lanceolar, somewhat faleate, shiny, equally green on both sides, thicxish, coriaceous, petiolate, venation inconspicuous and penniveined, margins thickened, and the fine intramarginal vein not close to the edge. Leaves seen by me about 15 em. long, and 2 broad. Buils.—Not seen perfectly ripe. Pointed clavate, slightly angular, the operculum pointed, very slightly exceeding the calyx-tube in diameter, and about half as long as the same. Lach half ripe bud about 1 cm. long with a pedicel of half that length, apparently three to seven buds in the umbel, with a strap-shaped peduncle of 1-5-2 cm. Flowers not seen. Fraits.—With short peduncles to nearly sessile, cylindroid, about 1-5 em. long, and about half that in diameter, with a thin, grooved rim, valves three or four, and the tips well sunk below the orifice. 306 RANGE. This is only known at present from one (perhaps two) localities in Western Australia. Following is the history of the species so far as I know it :— Early in 1909, Dr. J. B. Cleland gave me a photograph of a tree and a few _ fragments of fruits and leaves from Jarrahdale, Western Australia. His label was “near Jarrahdale. Fine adherent bark at base, top clean. Near Jarrahdale Forest.” I recognised the specimens as identical with leaves and fruits given me by the late Mr. J. G. Luehmann, of the National Herbarium, Melbourne, many years ago when I intended to visit Western Australia, a trip which was postponed. This specimen bore the label, “ Close to the inn near Jarrah Dale, about 28 miles from Perth (Sir) John Forrest, 22nd March, 1882.” The locality is near Mundijong Railway Station. I have been in communication with Mr. C. R. P. Andrews, of Perth, on the subject, both before and since my visit to the western State in 1909. Although I planned to visit the tree, and actually got as far as the railway station, I was compelled to return to Perth without inspecting it. Mr. Andrews kindly communicated with the local teacher, and the following are extracts from two of his letters :— The teacher (Mr. Stephen Wallace) states that the tree grows about 5 miles from Jarrahdale, and he therefore wrote to Mr. R. Cowen, on whose property the tree stands, for particulars. In forwarding the specimens, Mr. Cowen remarked, “‘ Suckers are not obtainable. As far as I know, the tree is the only one of its kind in the district, and it seems to me to be a great age. The diameter is about 5 feet, and the tree grows on poor shallow soil. The sub-soil is nearly pure pipe-clay, and it is in a very wet place, both in summer and winter. Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart.” The teacher states that it is a difficult tree to get specimens from, except when high winds blow the branches off. He also states that it appears to be in danger of destruction from white ants. Mr. Wallace has kindly forwarded small sections of one of the smaller branches and also some twigs at Mr. Andrews’s suggestion. For additional material I am indebted to Mr. H. M. Giles, of South Perth. AFFINITIES. 1. With EF. inerassata Labill. Mueller suggested this affinity on a label on Sir John Forrest’s specimen. The affinity, or, at all events, the resemblance, is there, no doubt. We have it in the cylindroid fruits, but I know of none quite so cylindrical as those of the present species. As regards the buds, the operculum is shorter than the calyx-tube in some forms of EZ. incrassata also, but there is an absence of multiple mbbing in the present 307 species. The juvenile leaves are somewhat different and the mature leaves are very different to those of any form of H. incrassata I know. ‘The proposed species is a large tree, far exceeding in size that of any form of HZ. incrassata I ever heard of. 2. With EF. gomphocephala DC. “ Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart ” (correspondent of Mr. Andrews). Figures of E. gomphocephala can be seen in the “ Hucalyptographia,” and at Plate 92, Part XXIV of the present work. The affinities are not close, the swelling of the operculum in E. gomphocephala is a very prominent character, and there is only the trace of a swelling observable in the buds of the new species (they are, however, unripe). Occasionally, e.g., at fig. 2f of the plate quoted, the rim of the fruit of L. gomphocephala may be reduced, in which case the fruit bears some resemblance to that of the new species. But it would appear that the fruit of #. gomphocephala always has exserted valves. The resemblance of the leaves is not specially close. When I get flowers I will again raise the question of the affinities of this tree; in the absence of them, any conclusions must be of a provisional nature. 808 THE BARK. (Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 1. EARLY REFERENCES TO EUCALYPTUS BARKS, AND EARLY EUCALYPTUS VERNACULARS IN GENERAL. THE earliest reference to Eucalyptus trees in the field is by Banks in 1770 (Hooker’s “ Journal of the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks,” 1896), but although he and Solander observed them at both Botany Bay and Northern Queensland, their barks do not appear to have attracted his attention. This is not to be surprised at, as, close to the sea, they do not exhibit that degree of variation which is observed further inland. Apart from that, his visit was but a flying one, with the nature of the country, its aborigines, its fauna, its plants, all most puzzlingly strange. Mr. Caley [George Caley was in New South Wales from 1800 to 1810.—J.H.M.] has observed in the limits of the colony of Port Jackson nearly fifty species of Eucalyptus, most of which are distinguished, and have proper names applied to them, by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in the colour, texture, and scaling of the bark [the italics are mine], and in the ramification and general appearance of these trees, more readily distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do (Robert Brown in Flinders’ “ Voyage to Terra Australis,” ii, 545, 1814). In the same work (i, 18) Robert Brown had already stated— Of Eucalyptus alone nearly 100 species have been already observed; most of these are trees, many of them are great, and some of enormous dimensions. But only fourteen species were known to science in 1814, and only six species are referred to by Brown in his Collected Works (Ray Society). Hooker’s Eulogium (Proc. Linn. Soc., 1888, pp. 56-7), says :— Now, Brown, in the appendix to Flinders’ ‘‘ Voyage” says that he collected nearly 4,000 specics (3,900) in Australia . . . The species were, in a great measure, at any rate, described as collected in Australia itself, the descriptions were written out in the homeward voyage, and it only remained on the return to England to complete the work. It seems impossible that he excluded the Eucalypts. I have referred to the matter in my “ Sir Joseph Banks,” p. 42. It Caley or Brown made notes on the bark, they have not been preserved (or at all events, they have not been seen by an Australian specialist in the genus); from men of their powers of observation the notes could not fail to have been of interest. The aborigines of the districts in which Caley worked are practically extinct now. It is scarcely possible they abstained from making notes on such a difficult and interesting subject. We know that Caley brought specimens of timbers to England (“ A series of specimens of the native woods collected in New Holland by the late Mr, 309 George Caley,” and presented to the Linnean Society, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii, 597 (1832) have disappeared, and, probably, losing their labels, have long since been destroyed). Even a manuscript list of Caley’s (if it exists), describing the barks of New South Wales trees, would be worthy of perusal, for year by year, we can interpret such notes better. Dr. A. R. Rendle, Keeper of Botany, British Museum, has kindly given me original labels with some of Caley’s specimens, and I have given notes on them, e.g., L. exumia, Part XLII, p. 30. The first reference I can find to the use of the term “ Gum Tree” is “ The Red Gum-Tree (Zucalyptus resinifera)”’ in White’s “ Voyage,” p. 231 (1790). It had evidently got into use, for we have “ The Red Gum-tree ” in G. Barrington’s “ History of New South Wales,” p. 461 (1802). The term arose without reference to the bark, but to the Kino oz “ gum ” which exuded from the tree. As early as “Gum” we have the name “The Peppermint tree (Hucalyptus prperita)” in White’s “ Voyage,” p. 226 (1790). This also did not refer to the bark, but to the leaves, which were early distilled for medicinal purposes for local use. See p- 328, Park LXVII of my “ Forest Flora and New South Wales.” The words “ White Gum” will be found in Barracks’s MS. Journal of 1798, annotated and explained by R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Aust. Hist. Soc., vi, 33. The explorer was then somewhere near Bundanoon. The first use of the term “ White Gum ” I can trace in print is in Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, 192, 278, 285 (1827), as the abode of certain birds. I invite the attention of correspondents to these early vernacular names. The timber of “Gum,” &c., was spoken of by James Flemming, “ Journal of Explorations, Port Phillip,” p. 25 (1802). It was apparently a common thing to speak of gum-timber by that time. 2 Early uses of the term “‘ Blue Gum”’ are as follow :— “Blue Gum,” Collins’ “ Account of New South Wales,” 1, 235 (1802). ‘ Blue Gum Trees,” Oxley’s “ Expedition” (1820). Whether the first Blue Gum tree was named because the leaves were of a bluish cast (glaucous), or the young stems or branches, or both, cannot be stated with reference to a particular species. It may, or may not be, that EH. saligna, the “ Sydney Blue Gum,” was the first species to be called “ Blue Gum.” Although F. globulus, the Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum, has a bluer cast, the name, as applied to it, did not get into hterature till later than 1802. The name “ Stringybark,” which even more than Ironbark is in common use throughout eastern and South Australia, does not appear to have early got into books. We have it in P. Cunningham, op. cit., 1, 187 (1827). But Mr. R. H. Cambage, op. cit. pp. 9 and 33, shows that it occurs in Barracks’s MS. Journal in the Year 1798 in the Mittagong and Moss Vale (New South Wales) districts. In page 33 it is a “ short Stringy Bark,’ and therefore perhaps a Peppermint that is spoken of. Later on, one finds it noted as “ The String Bark tree’ in J. O. Balfour’s “ Sketch of New South Wales,” 37 (1845), and “ Vessels formed of Stringybark ” are referred to in Westgarth’s “Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). 310 Then, in noting the earliest reference to Ironbark I can put my hands on, it is to be noted that Gum-tree was synonymous with Hucalyptus, and that Ironbark was deemed (correctly) to be a form of Gum. Here we have an undoubted case of the use of the bark as a term in classification-—* A species of Gum-tree, the bark of which on the trunk is that of the Ironbark of Port Jackson.” See G. Barrington’s, “ History of New South Wales,” p. 263 (1802). Then Allan Cunningham in 1817 uses it in connection with E. siderorylon. See Part XII, p. 82 of the present work. “Ironbark” is mentioned in 7'rans. Linn. Soc., xv, 260 (1827). Although there is a reference in the very earliest days of settlement to the Port Jackson timbers reminding the early settlers of Box (Buxus) because of their hardness, I cannot trace a very early record of the definite use of the term “ Box” as so applied. In any case, the use of the term did not apply to the bark. Allan Cunningham, in his MSS. dated 1817, speaks of ** Bastard Box,” and this is repeated in Oxley, p. 126 (1820). Nor was the use of the term “‘ Apple” one borrowed from the bark; it referred to the general appearance of the tree, and, while probably first applied to Angophora intermedia was certa‘nly applied to certain straggly, more or less bushy Eucalypts. In Oxley’s work, 1820, p. 276, he speaks of “* That species of Eucalyptus vulgarly called the Apple-tree.” In Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition, etc.,” p. 264 (1847), and in other pages, he speaks of “ Apple Gum.” I do not know what is the earliest use of the term “ Bloodwood,” but I find the term ‘“ Blood-tree” (for the same thing, but now obsolete) in Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, 271 (1827), where such trees are given the aboriginal name of Mun-ning (probably E. corymbosa is meant), and they are stated to be the home of the Banksian Cockatoo. Here again the name does not refer to the bark. An early reference to the “ Cider Gum” (#. Gunnit) I find in Ross’s “ Hobart Town Almanack,” 1830, p. 119. Then we come to “ Blackbutted Gum,” Peter Cunningham’s “Two Years in Australia,” i, 187 (1827), in Sturt’s “Southern Australia,” uu, 236 (1833), and to * Blackbutt,’ Leichhardt’s “‘ Overland Expedition,” p. 49 (1847). It was first applied to trees with dark, fibrous barks, which well covered the butts, but when applied to interior situations (the first use is by Sturt), and in the Goldfields of Western Australia, it means a Gum, with more or less flaky, hard, deciduous, bark, reaching not very far up the butt. The term “ Mountain Gum” was first used, so far as I know, by C. Sturt in “ Southern Australia,” ii, 118 (1833). It is one of those local names, very widely used, which have caused a great deal of confusion. Then in Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington” (1847) we have (so far as I know) the earliest references to— 1. “ Moreton Bay Ash” (E. tessellaris). 2. “ Flooded Gum,” p. 7. This is E. grandis (and to a less degree H. saligna), and is a reference to the moist situations such trees prefer. 311 3. “Spotted Gum,” p. 11 (following Hooker, 1844). This is 2. maculata, and is in reference to the spotted or rather blotched appearance of the bark. As : knowledge progressed, it was found that a vernacular such as this, and indeed many others, became applied to more than one species. It was used by P. Cunningham, op. cit., 1827. In the same work, at i, 187, I find the term “ Woolly Gum,” but this is now out of use, being superseded by Woolly-butt. The earliest reference I can find to the use of the term “ Mallee” is by W. Westgarth in “ Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). It is of aboriginal origin. “ Weeping Gum.” “A kind of Eucalyptus (this is 2. coriacea, A. Cunn.—J.H.M.) with long drooping leaves, called the ‘ Weeping Gum,’ is the most elegant of the family.” Mrs. Meredith’s, ““ My Home in Tasmania,” i, 169 (1852). The name “Swamp Gum,” which I first find in Mitchell’s paper in Proc. Roy. Soc., Van Diemen’s Land, ti, 132 (1853), has much the same meaning as “ Flooded Gum.” The use of the name “ Lemon Scented Gum” (£. maculata, var. citriodora) will be found in G. Bennett’s “ Gatherings of a Naturalist,” p. 265 (1860). We have now arrived at modern times, and can take up the vernaculars in Mueller’s writings in the fifties. The indexes of the volumes of the present work catalogue a very large number of vernacular names. I offer these records of early vernacular names not as exhaustive (they are, indeed, almost casual); they may be useful in inviting the attention of students to trace the dates of entry of some plant-vernaculars into our language. I will now invite attention to two statements of a general character concerning the barks of the Eucalypts. As regards Mr. R. T. Baker’s statement, as cited below, that the classification by the cortical system was introduced by the first settlers, the observation is not historically correct, although it has a stratum of truth in it. I have just submitted eighteen vernaculars, giving the earliest dates of their use as known to me, but only - five of them, it appears to me, viz., Ironbark, White Gum, Blackbutt, Stringybark, Woolly Gum (Woolly-butt), and Spotted Gum, are based on the barks. At the same time the use of the bark for classification by the public is a valuable one, and as people become better informed, they will make a more accurate use of it. 1. “ The Gum trees are so designated as a body from producing a gummy, resinous matter, while the peculiarities of the bark usually fix the particular names of the species—thus the Blue, Spotted, Blackbutted, and W oolly Gums are so nominated from the corresponding appearance of their respective barks; the Red and White Gums from their wood; and the Flooded Gum from growing on flooded land.” (P. Cunningham’s “Two Years in New South Wales,” i,-200 (1827). 2. “ The first practical classification of our Eucalypts was cortical—one that was introduced by the first settlers of Port Jackson, 1788, and founded on the appearance of the bark, and this grouping of these trees has lasted to this day.” (R. T. Baker’s “ Hardwoods of Australia,” p. 137), D 312 2. EUCALYPTUS BARK CLASSIFICATIONS. 1. Mueller, 1859.—The first serious attempt (other than that of the unpublished one of Caley) to group Eucalypts by their bark was not made until 1859, when Mueller (Journ. Linn. Soc., i, 99), as already indicated by me in Part I of the present work, p- 2, divided them into six groups, viz. :— 1. Leiophloie.— Smooth barks or Gums. 2. Hemiphloie.—Hallf-barks or Boxes. 3. Rhytiphlovce.—With wrinkled persistent bark, the least satisfactory of the groups. 4. Pachyphloie.—Stringybarks | 5. Schizophlove.—tlronbarks. 6. Lepidophloie.—Barks friable and lamellar. I did not quite understand what was meant by No. 6 at Part I, but at Pare Oxi p- 37, of the present work, I have fully explained, I think, what Mueller intended to convey. It was probably the perusal of Mueller’s paper that caused Hooker to write to Bentham, under date 8th August, 1859, as follows :— Take Eucalyptus altogether as a genus, and it is really a remarkable vegetable, considering the number of forms its bark assumes; that alone would make it notable. (L. Huxley’s “* Life of Hocker.’ 2%) Bentham, 1866.—Then Bentham (B. FI., ii, 186, 1866) writes— F. Mueller has proposed sections founded on the nature of the bark, of the value of which I am totally unable to judge, nor have I any means of availing myself of them, for the specimens themselves never show the character, and a large proportion of them are either unaccompanied by any notes of it, or the collectors’ notes are from various causes indefinite, unreliable, or even contradictory. Then in “ Eucalyptographia,’ Mueller elaborated his system of 1859, as we shall presently see, but he proposes to change his No. 4 (Pachyphlove) as follows :— In “ Eucalyptographia ” (under £. tetradonta) he says :— the systematic term Puchyph/oia, adopted collectively for all the Stringybark trees, might perhaps give way to the still more expressive designation Znophloie, all stringybark trees, as the name implies, producing a very fibrous bark. I am not aware that anyone has followed Mueller in this substitution of Inophlove for Pachyphloie. The strimgybarks form one of the most natural of the bark-groups, and there is no justification in replacing one established term by another which is a Synonym. Huxley’s views on the coining of new technical terms may be quoted here, and the moral is capable of very wide application :— terms which are open to criticism, but which I adopt im the accompanying table, fececee they have been used. It is better for science to accept a faulty name which has the merit of existence, than to burthen it with a faultless newly invented one. (“ Critiques and Addresses,” p. 153.) 318 i. Mueller, 1884.—Mueller, at the end of the “ Eucalyptographia’ (1884), placed the species under sections, so far as he was able. Following are his lists, and, with our wider knowledge, the positions assigned to many of the species in the sections have since been altered, as will be shown in my grouping of the barks. Mueller’s 1884 classification is not an improvement on his 1859 one; the reverse is the case. 1. LeropHito1a (Mueller, 1884). 3. INOPHLOIE. pauciflora (coriacea). hemastoma. sepulcralis. ochrophlova. Behriana. platyphylla. doratoxyton. salmonophloia. diversicolor. latifolia. clavigera. corynocalyx (cladogalyz). maculata. Torelliana. cordata. urnigera. rostrata. tereticornis. Gunn. redunca. salubris. saligna. punctata. obcordata. megacar pa. globulus. 2. RuyYTIPHLOIA. stellulata. odorata. polyanthema. hemiphloia. largiflorens (bicolor). pruimosa. populifolia. Howittiana. drepanophylla. macrotheca. Raveretiana. patens. decipiens. terminalis. Abergiana. trachyphloia. corymbosa. Watsonvana. eximid. rudis. setosa. resinifera. Secunda. robusta. botryoides. longvfolra. cornuta. gomphocephala. melliodora. (An attempted suppression of Pachyphloi, as already indicated.) eugeniordes. Stuartiana. acmenovdes. prperita. capitellata. obliqua. MIUCTOCOTYS» macrorrhyncha. Baileyana. marginata. pulverulenta (cinerea is meant, Planchoniana. see Part XXI, p. 3). tetrodonta. 314 4, PACHYPHLOIE. ptychocarpa. (No. 3 is the same as 4, as we have already seen.) 5. SCHIZOPHLOLE. Sieberiana. Cloeziana. crebra. ficifolra. siderophlova. calophylla. melanophlova. 6. LEPIDOPHLOLE. pheenicea. peltata. moniata. In the following cases Mueller felt uncertain as to the place in his sections certain species should occupy, and he therefore arranged them as intermediates :— 7. RuyTIPHLOI@—LEIOPHLOLE. tessellaris. occidentalis. gonrocalyx. [We have three very dissimilar barks here. ] 8. SCHIZOPHLOILA-—LEIOPHLOLE. paniculata leucoxylon. [The reason why Mueller suspended these two species between the Ironbarks and the Smooth-barks, was because he had confused— (a) E. paniculata (an Ironbark) with EL. fasciculosa (a Smooth-bark). The confusion is explained at Part XIV, p. 140. (b) E. leucoxylon (a Smooth-bark) with EF. sideroxylon (an Ironbark). The confusion is explained at Part XII, p. 82. In other words, 2. paniculata and E. sideroxylon should go to the Schizophloie, and H. fasciculosa and E. leucoxylon to the Leiophloie.} 9. SCHIZOPHLOLE—-RHYTOPHLOI®. drepanophylla. Here we have a key to the confusion of 2. drepanophylla (Schizophloie) with E. leptophleba (Rhytiphloie), see Part XLIX, p. 264. 10. INoPHLOIa&—LEIPHLOLE. amygdalina. [Whether he included #. radiata in E. amygdalina (which is probable), or not, only Hemiphloie (see p. 522), and Leiophleie are possibly in question. ] 315 11. Le1lopHLo1a—-RHYTOPHLOLE. viminalis. [Z. viminalis is normally a Smooth-bark, though never quite free from rough bark at the butt. In some trees this rough bark extends a considerable distance along the trunk. See Part XXVIII, p. 168.] 12. RuyTipHLoL#—-INOPHLOIZ. pilularis. [In my view, this is a member of the Hemzphlorw. While there is some variation in the bark, as indeed in so many others, I do not know of sufficient in this ‘species to admit it into the other groups mentioned. ] 13. Of the following species, Mueller did not know the nature of the bark, or of that of some of them; being such small species, he felt uncertain :— stricta. angustissima. Oldfieldi. santalifolia. Todtiana. caesia. buprestium. gracilis. uncinata. alba. gamophylla. brachyandra. incrassata. oleosa. cneorifolia. Foelschvana. vernicosa. pachypoda. erythronema. cosmophylla. alpina. Preissiana. pachyphylla. pyriformis. macrocarpa. tetraptera. odontocar pa. eudesmioides. tetragona. erythrocorys. [Of many of them we can speak now as to their bark, and I have transferred most to a practically natural group, dependent on habit—the Mallees or Marlocks. to be dealt with below, p. 321.] il. Maiden, 1891.—In the “ Educational Gazette of New South Wales” for June, 1891, p. 4, in an article on “ The Study of Eucalypts,”’ I wrote as follows (only New South Wales species were dealt with) :— Because of the hehe of these trees, and their uncertain periods of flowering, our readiest method of approximately distinguishing between them is by means of their barks. For this purpose we notic two things : 316 1. The texture, whether smooth, like a “ White-cum” (haemastoma); spotted like the “Spotted- gum” (maculata) ; scaly, like the “ Bloodwood” (corymbosa) ; compactly matted, or sub-fibrous, like the “Woolly Butt ” (longifolia); or presenting the textures of bark well known under the names of “ Tron- bark,” “ Stringybark,” and so on. 2. Whether the roughish outside bark extends to the branches (¢ g., corymbosa), or is confined to the trunk, ¢.g., Blackbutt (pilularis). Of the several groups of Eucalypts, two are fairly well defined—those with furrowed, hard bark, called Ironbarks, and those with fibrous barks, well known as Stringybarks. Even these two groups are not separated absolutely from the other species, some of which tend to approach them in the texture of their bark; thus, the “Mountain Ash” of the Blue Mountains and the southern mountainous districts (EL. Sieberiana) (E. gigantea was added later.—J.H.M.), sometimes resembles an Ironbark and, in fact, often goes by that name. Also the Peppermint (Z. piperita), and the Blackbutt (Z. pilularis) sometimes have barks fibrous enough to fall within the category of Stringybarks. These instances may be largely multiplied, and I go into this detail to emphasise the fact that the local names of Eucalypts are somewhat elastic, and do not usually denote one species and no other. It is therefore desirable, as a rule, to guard against fitting botanical names on to the local ones, for we have five Blue Gums for example while some species, e.g., amygdalina (radiata) have numerous local names. There are, however, a few Eucalypts which have, I believe, appropriated certain local names to themselves, that is, the following are not ambiguous, and if the local names are properly applied, there is little difficulty in assigning the botanical ones The principal are :— Bloodwood (£. corymbosa), Mountain Bloodwood (#. eximia), Blackbutt (E. pilularis), Yellow Box (E. melliodora), Woolly Butt (. longifolia), Spotted Gum (£. maculata), White Mahogany (H. acmenioides), Swamp Mahogany (£. robusta), Bastard Mahogany (2. botryoides), Tallow Wood (£. microcorys). Tt will be convenient for us to study Eucalypts according to a practical, though not strictly scientific, classification. 1. Gum Trees, a term frequently applied in a general sense to all Eucalypts, because there exudes from their trunks a reddish astringent “gum” or kino. The term, in a restricted sense, is applied to those with smooth barks. Following are our chief “Gum Trees” :— (a) White Gum so called on account of the colour of the bark); hemastoma, Gunnii, gonocalyx, pauciflora (coriacea), viminalis. (6) Red Gum (so called on account of the colour of the wood); Z. rostrata (mainly found on the Murray). ; 317 (c) Blue Gum (these and the following Gums so called on account of the the tint . of the bark); #. saligna, the principal Blue Gum of the coast districts; E. Maideni, south-east New South Wales, for many years deemed to be E. globulus (Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum). (d) Grey Gum, E. punctata (which is sometimes also known as “ Leather-jacket ’’) E. tereticornis (which is sometimes also known as “ Bastard Box”). 2. Our Ironbarks are as follows :— She Ironbarks (HZ. paniculata), Red-flowering Ironbark (#. sideroxylon), Broad- leaved Ironbark (2. siderophloia), Narrow-leaved Ironbark (EZ. crebra), Silver-leaved Tronbark of the north west (EZ. melanophloia). 3. Following are our Stringybarks :— E. obliqua, #. macrorrhyncha, E. capitellata, “‘ Coast Stringybark; also known as “ Broad-leaved or Silvery Stringybark,” owing to its greyish bark. H. eugeniordes “ Stringybark ” (has a warm brown cast). -Coast and Blue Mountains. 4. Bor. When a Gum-tree has a closely-matted fibrous bark, with interlocked tough wood, it is usually termed a “ Box,” from a fancied resemblance to the Turkey box-wood which is used for engraving. Following are our principal New South Wales Box-trees :— ee E. hemiphloia, the commonest Box of the coast districts; E. largiflorens (bicolor), Grey Box; HE. mcrotheca, Bastard Box, or Coolibah of the interior; LH. polyanthemos, under this botanical name there is no doubt that two distinct trees, viz., Red Box or Slaty Gum, and lignum vite or Poplar-leaved Box, are included. (The latter is E. Baueriana, as afterwards ascertained); EH. populifolia Bimble Box. 5. Mahogany. Some of our Hucalyptus timbers are called “ Mahoganies,” owing to a resemblance in appearance and texture to West Indian Mahogany. They are as follows :— White Mahogany (#. acmenioides), Bastard Mahogany (E. botryoides), Swamp Mahogany (LH. robusta), Red or Forest Mahogany (#. resinifera). iv. Cambage, 1913. Mr. R. H. Cambage, Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvu, 30, 1913, classifies Eucalyptus barks into five groups :— 1. Smooth. The Leiophloie of Mueller; the Gums. 2. Sealy. He gives E. corymbosa, of the Bloodwood group, . . . asa type. 3. Scaly to sub-fibrous. This is an intermediate group, and includes the Boxes. 4. Fibrous. The Pachyphloiw of Mueller; the Stringybarks. . Furrowed. The Schizophloie of Mueller; the Ironbarks. Or I reproduce what he said, for he makes the first geographical classification of some of the barks. 318 For the purpose of discussing the distribution of various kinds of bark, only well marked types have been selected, between each of which there are insensible gradations. I have not included the hemiphloie or half-barked section, because this designation gives no clue whatever to the nature or texture of the bark on the lower portions of the boles, and this character of rough bark occurring on the trunk in varying extent, with smooth branches, may be found distributed in some measure throughout most of the sections. ‘There are so many gradations in the textures of the Kucalyptus barks, that it is impossible to account for them all in detail within the limits of five sections, and in a few cases a particular class of bark may be almost equally distributed over two climatic divisions. “In considering the allocation of the sections in New South Wales, the following four geographical divisions will be referred to, viz. :—the Coastal Area, the Mountain Region, Western Slopes, and Interior (see Plate I, not reproduced). In the following table the word “ first’ signifies ““ most abundant,” and “fourth” denotes “least abundant ”’ in the particular division under which the number appears. Barks. | Coastal. Mountains. Western Slopes. Interior. Smooth... ee a ...| Second ... eee Hrs tienes eel) Third eee .... Fourth. Scaly ae. oat a ee: (SHATSb ste y| Fourth (?) ..., Second ... Al Third (¢). Scaly to sub-fibrous ... aoe |felehinds eee ...| Fourth ... ...| Second ... | First. Fibrous ae ae ce eins tia ...| Second ... eee hard ee 4 Fourth. Furrowed ae a so] divest bce one Mourth: ...| Second ... | Third, “Smooth Barks.—The smooth barks, which include such trees as Eucalyptus viminalis and E. coriacea, are perhaps more typical of the Mountain Region than any other, with the Coastal Area ranking a close second. It seems remarkable that as the ascent is made, especially above 4,000 feet, and the more rigid climatic conditions are encountered, the Eucalypts, particularly if growing in the open, instead of being more densely coated with thick fibrous bark, are gradually restricted to the smooth-barked types, such as L. coriacea and rubida in New South Wales and Victoria, and E. Gunnit, coccifera, and vernicosa in Tasmania. This goes to show that the actual protective qualities of the bark are not wholly regulated by the texture, but also depend upon the constituents contained in the bark. “Scaly Barks.—Among the scaly-barked Eucalypts, of which H. corymbosa of the Bloodwood group may be considered as a type, there are various gradations, and the section may be extended to include such trees as E. robusta. This class of bark, which is something between a scaly and a woolly, probably most nearly represents that of the earliest type of Kucalypt, and is most plentiful in the Coastal Area, next on the Western Slopes, and least in the Mountain Region. 319 “ Scaly to Sub-fibrous.—In the sub-fibrous class, or what is a sort of transition from scaly to shortly-fibrous, we have amongst others E. populifolia and E. hemiphlova, of what are known as the Box-tree group, the bark of which is usually of a grey colour. The fibre is very short, the bark not particularly thick and usually covers most of the trunk and often the branches as well. The Box timbers are very hard, and like the Ironbarks, this class of Eucalypt absolutely shuns the colder situations, neither group having a representative in Tasmania. The Box-tree section is most common in the Interior and next to that, on the Western Slopes, occurring also in the Coastal Area, but absent from the mountains above an altitude of 3,000 feet in latitudes south of 32 degrees. “ Fibrous Barks—The commonest forms of fibrous-barked trees are known as Stringybarks, of which FL. eugenioides and LE. obliqua may be mentioned as types. Most of these Stringybarks occur in the Coastal Area, and next in the Mountain Region, while there is only one species, EL. macrorrhyncha, on the Western Slopes, and, except for an occasional tree of the last-mentioned species, the fibrous-barked Eucalypt is unknown in the Interior. This distribution is of great interest, and appears to be in response to climatic conditions. A second form of fibrous bark, which is less stringy than the typical Stringybarks, and usually of a grey colour, is known as Peppermint- bark, from the fact that the species on which it grows possesses leaves which emit a strong odour of peppermint when crushed. The Peppermint group, of which L. dives, Andrewsi, amygdalina (radiata), and piperita are typical, belongs chiefly to the Mountain Region, and occurs also in the Coastal Area, but is absent from both the Western Slopes and the Interior, in fact, to an observer descending the western side of the mountains, the presence of the Peppermints is evidence that cool conditions have not yet been left behind, while the occurrence of the Box-trees denotes that the country below the margin of the winter snow has been reached, and that fairly warm and comparatively dry conditions prevail. Three of the typical Peppermints, viz., H. dives, amygdalina and Andrewsi, rarely, if ever, descend below an altitude of 2,000 feet in latitudes north of 35 degrees, so that it seems probable that prior to the great uplift in the Kosciusko period, these species, in their present state of development did not exist in New South Wales except perhaps in the extreme south, and this latter possibility could apparently only apply to the first two. * Furrowed Barks.—The hard furrowed-barked trees of which the Ironbarks E. crebra and E. sideroxylon may be regarded as types, are most numerous in the Coastal Area, and next to that, on the Western Slopes, being practically unknown in the Mountain Region above an altitude of 3,000 feet. It seems curious that the one condition these hard-timbered, thick-barked Eucalypts avoid more than any other, is the cold. One species with equally rough furrowed bark on the trunk, but with softer fissile timber, viz., H. Sveberiana, which belongs to the Mountain Ash group flourishes from the sea level up to an elevation of about 3,500 feet on the ocean side of the mountains, but is almost unknown west of the Main Divide. H. Smithii is another species with furrowed bark on the lower part of the bole, and is found east of the Main Divide below an altitude of 3,000 feet.” aD 320 v. Baker, 1919.—Mr. R. T. Baker in his “ Hardwoods of Australia,” p. 137 (1919) divides Kucalypts into eleven groups, according to the barks, as follows :— “1. Bloodwoods.—tIn this group of trees the bark is rough, rigid, reddish in colour, friable, and very short in the fibre, with medium furrows. “2. Mahoganies.—These have a bark almost identical with that of the Stringybarks. “3. Boxes.—This is a more compact, fibrous-ridged bark than any of the previous groups, a light grey in colour, and the lattice pattern much smaller than in the Stringybarks, the furrows less deep than in any other lattice pattern group. “4. Tallow Woods.—This bark is yellow ochre in colour, laminated and scarcely rigid or furrowed. “5. Stringybarks.—These are characterised by the long fibres which intertwine and cross lattice-like, forming ridges and depressions, and are reddish-brown or grey in colour. ; “6. Woollybutts.—This bark may be described as a coarser kind than, or variety of, the Box bark. “7, Blackbutts.—These have similar characters to the Stringybarks, only black at the surface, as though burnt, and not extending so far up the trunk or branches. “8. Gums.—The largest group of all, having a smooth, pinkish, yellowish tint or whitish bark. “9. Peppermints.—These barks might be described as a fine lattice pattern, and rather closer in texture than that of the Stringybarks, but shorter in the fibre and the colour more bordering on that of the Boxes. “10. Ashes.—Somewhat similar in character to the Blackbutts. “11. Ironbarks.—A hard, rugged, compact, broadly-latticed pattern, high ridged bark, either black or grey on the outer surface, and always dark red inside.” Some of these barks are illustrated, usually in profile. vi. Maiden, 1921.— Following is a grouping of the barks so far as I have been able to do it, and I would point out that no approximately complete classification can be offered until our knowledge of some barks is very much more complete than it 1s at present. It will be found desirable, in the present state of our knowledge, to combine study of the bark with that of size and habit of the species. In due course I shall offer a large number of photographs which illustrate these three characters. Further, it seems natural and convenient to combine colour (and even texture) of timber with the above classification, based on external characters, as it is the common practice of the Australian botanist and forester to use the tomahawk or axe in making his examination in the forest. 321 As I base my classification on that of Mueller’s of 1859, it may be a convenience at the outset to eliminate the smaller species (Mallees or Marlocks), partly because they form a natural group, and partly because they are not classified according to their barks. Nor are their timbers classified in practice as it is. They may, for the most part, be looked upon as depauperate Gums. I will make a few preliminary remarks on size, and, by the elimination spoken of, we shall be in a position to more conveniently study the remaining species. Descriptions of Barks necessarily tentative.—In describing the general appearance of the trees and their barks, I have, as frequently as possible, stood in front of what I considered average trees, and have written the descriptions on the spot. But these descriptions have been done at different times. Further, some of the descriptions have been written by different hands, some of them have been written at considerable intervals of time, while some are short and some are long. As a result, the terms employed for the same object vary with the talent and the experience of the authors as descriptive writers. It becomes, therefore, a matter of careful research to standardise these descriptions, and I can do no more than hope that the beginning I have made may be found useful. Following is my proposed classification :— O. Mallees (or Marlocks). (To be elimimated from the general bark, &c., classification, as a matter of convenience. I list them below as True Mallees, False Mallees, and Marlocks.) 1. Leiophloie (Smooth-barks or Gums). I propose the following provisional sections :— A. Shaft-like or columnar. (a) Pale timbers. (b) Red timbers. B. More or less erect in habit, but not shaft-like. (a) Pale timbers. (b) Red timbers. (c) Brown timbers. C. Scrambling in habit. (a) Pale timbers. (6) Dark-coloured timbers, red to reddish-brown. D. Western Australian Blackbutts. E. Gimlet Gums, F, Grey and Spotted Gums. 322 2. Hemiphloie (Half-barks). (a) Renanthere, with pale timbers. Including eastern Peppermints, also Blackbutts and Mountain Ash. (b) Boxes (timbers pale). (c) Timbers reddish-brown. (d) Western Australian species (a provisional group). 3. Rhytiphloie (Whole-barks, in contradistinction to the Hemiphloie). (a) Pale timbers. (6) Red timbers (Mahoganies in part). 4, Pachyphlove (Stringybarks), cluding a small group of dwarf species. 5. Schizophloie (Ironbarks), also (a) Ironbark-Boxes, an intermediate group. 6. Lepidophloie (with lamellar or uniformly flaky barks—the Bloodwoods). (a) Dark-barked and with red timber. (6) Yellow-jackets, with pale timber. (c) An intermediate small group (including E. calophylla), with pale timber. (d) Eudesmize (excluding the Marlocks). (e) Tessellatee (those with tesseree on the lower part of the trunk, e.g., H. tessellaris. (f) Angophoroideze (species, ¢.g., #. clavigera, very closely allied to Angophora). O. Maliees, Marlocks, and other smail species. The vast majority of Hucalypts will be found to be under 150 feet in height; while in the interior districts a tree of 100 feet is accounted a large one. Some of the largest trees have been referred to at Part XLVIII, p. 254. The smallest species are mostly. included under the Mallees (Marlocks). While it is obviously simple to record those which are, in the present state of our knowledge, largest and smallest, the puzzle is to classify the intermediate forms. This is the difficulty that so frequently confronts usin Hucalyptus—we have ascertained A and Z (or think we have), but what are we to do with B to Y. Even in Mallees and Marlocks we have this problem of intermediates. A large number of species may be described as small—Mallees and Marlocks— the smaller ones usually spindly and with the bark smooth, but exhibiting the usual exfoliation which result in the falling-off of ribbons, or of flakes of old, hard bark. The majority of them naturally occur in “ hard” conditions, and are assumed to be old or disappearing forms, struggling in a difficult environment. 323 We must bear in mind that we know so little about some species that we cannot say whether we shall later find that they attain a very much larger size. Dwarf species only exceptionally attain the dignity of a tree from which timber may be cut. Ina few cases (e.g., H. redunca) the typical form is a shrub, while a variety assumes tree-form. Mueller touched on the difficulty in the following passage : “‘ The characters of shrubby Eucalypts proving generally less constant than those of the tall timber-trees of this genus.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,”’ under FE. occidentalis). Some Mallees, when they attain their best development, grow into medium-sized trees, 30-40 feet being common, and a height of 50 feet not being rare, while the very exceptional height of 70 feet (measured) in the case of L. gracilis is worthy of special note, and, perhaps later, of special classification. In other words, we must bear in mind that the usual idea of a Mallee being a shrub may require a good deal of modification. When the plant consists of a number of small stems close together it goes by the name of “ Whipstick Mallee.” Some general notes on Mallee will be found in Part IV, pp. 94, 98, of the present work. For a valuable paper on the development of Mallees, see Fletcher and Musson in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl, 199 (1918), which is abstracted in the present work, Fart XLIX, p. 284. There is a certain amount of convenience in a geographical classification of Mallees, thus we have :— a. True Mallees. True Mallees (as originally defined), with large bulbous root-stocks. Found in regions of comparatively low rainfall, and in plain country. Speaking generally, it may be said that Mallees are smooth-barked, thin-barked, and bark-bound when young, and later, the outer bark falls off more or less abundantly as ribbons. As development proceeds the rough bark on the lower part of the trunk becomes less ribbony, and more or less flaky and hard, till at length—at maturity, and when there is no necessity for the fall of the bark—the butt becomes rough-barked, with a dark-coloured, hard-flaky, sub-fibrous exterior. I shall show, under Gums, that the state of having a smooth bark is an ideal, and it will be later proved that all groups of barks have exceptions more or less important. Mallees do not escape this general law. For example, 1. Camfieldi and E. liqustrina, which might by some be classed with the Mallees, seem better placed under the Ssingykarks. One must bear in mind that the typical Mallee, with its bulbous root-stock and many comparatively thin stems, often arranged in a more or less circular manner, is a condition arrived at as the result of environment, but the same species may be single- stemmed and like an ordinary tree in appearance. This dimorphous character has given difficulty to many people, who have thought that the two forms represented different species. 324 Following is a provisional list :— . Bakery Maiden, . Behriana F.v.M, . calycogona Turez. . cneorifolia DC. . dumosa A. Cunn. . fruticetorum F.v.M. . Gilliv Maiden. . gracilis F.v.M. . incrassata Labill. . leptophylla F.v.M. (to be dealt with in a subsequent Part), . Morris R. T. Baker. . oleosa F.v.M. . uncinata Turez. . Thozetiana F.v.M. (For a note on this tree, see Section B, of Gums), . viridis R. T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). Se &e & eee es eS eS eS HK. Baxeri Maiden. A large shrub, or small pendulous, willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 feet, forming a single stem, or stooling from the ground. Bark dark, box-like, or hard and scaly on trunk, branches smooth. Timber hard and heavy, deep red when freshly cut, drying browner. K. Benriana F.v.M. A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-30 feet and more, with one or two dozen stems of 3 to 4 inches in diameter springing from one root. The bark always smooth and commonly of a dark, oily-looking green. EK. catycocona Turez. Up to 25 or 30 feet, with a smooth bark. At Wedderburn (Victoria), 25-30 feet, usually with only one stem, and a smooth greyish bark very similar in colour to E. fruticetorum (F. W. Wakefield). Speaking of Pinnaroo, Mr. J. M. Black describes this Mallee as 16 to over 30 feet high and 20-24 inches in diameter in cases where the trees have been cut down. Inner bark smooth and pale grey, outer bark brown, rough and peeling. Near the Ninety-mile Desert it flowers as a Whipstick Mallee under 10 feet high. EH. CNEORIFOLIA DC. A Mallee confined to Kangaroo Island, South Australia, where it is known as “ Narrow-leaf.”” In some places they may be a foot in diameter, but usually the trunks are only as thick as a man’s arm, and forming an impenetrable scrub. Where it forms a single stem, it may attain a height of 40 feet with a white stem with a more or less box-scaly roughness (see J.H.M.in Journ. Roy. Soc. S.A., Xxxil, 279). 325 E. pumosa A. Cunn. “White Mallee.” The type is a large shrub or small tree of 20-40 feet, the clumps having about 6-8 stems of equal size, and the whole plant more or less glaucous in appearance. The outer bark of a scaly nature and of a dark-brown colour, falling off in irregular-shaped patches, the smooth bark being of a bluish-white or even straw colour, but these colours vary. Because of this paleness the species is often known as “ White Mallee.” EK. rrutTicetoruM F.v.M. “ Blue Mallee.” A glaucous Mallee, with quadrangular branchlets, with willowy, light-coloured stems. EK. Girt Maiden. A glaucous Mallee, attaining a height of 20 feet, the stems and branches rather crooked. KE. eraciuis F.v.M. “White Mallee.” A graceful species of 10-20 feet ina type locality. Sometimes, as with other Mallees, it becomes a medium-sized tree, with only one stem. In its wide range it is often found up to 40 feet in height, and exceptionally (as Kong Mallee see Part XXXIX, p. 265) it may attain the exceptional height of 70 feet (measured). The timber is brown. The above remarks apply to South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales, but in Western Australia 1t becomes a Blackbutt; see Part LI. E. tncrassata Labill. We cannot speak definitely about the bark of the typical species until the identity of the species is cleared up. See Part XX XVIII, p. 223. Variety angulosa Schauer. This is by far the most abundant form of incrassata in the south coastal districts of Western and South Australia. In sheltered places near the sea it forms large shrubs or small trees, shapely, with dense foliage forming an agreeable shade, and a graceful ornament to the beach. On the Kalgan Plains, W.A., it is the tallest of the Mallees (say 15 feet), with fleshy, large leaves. In such situations, which are more exposed, it has smooth, clean stems (say 3 inches) with the leafy branches coming less close to the ground. EK. Morrisir R. T. Baker. “Grey or Black Mallee.” The bark dirty grey and slightly roughened. As growth proceeds we have ribbons, more or less, and eventually blackish, half-flaky bark at the butt. The short butts may be up to nearly 2 feet in diameter. I have seen it nearly 40 feet high, though it is usually only about half that size. KH. oveosa F.v.M. “Red Mallee.” The type was described (from South Australia) as a shrub of the height of a man, but it may attain the usual size of Mallees, e.g., 30 or 40 feet or more. It has roughish bark at the butt, but the upper portion and the branches are smooth. 325 H. unciINnaTA Turcz. A slender Mallee, usually not exceeding 10 feet in height, confined to coastal south-western Ausvralia. Ki. virtpis R. T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). A tall, spindly shrub or slender small tree, attaining a height of 20-30 feet. Bark smooth, a little hard, scaly bark at butt. b. False Mallees. False Mallees, or Mallee-like shrubs, with bulbous root-stocks reduced in size or absent. Found in regions of comparatively high rainfall, in rocky coastal districts and tablelands (of New South Wales) sometimes ascending to a considerable elevation. There is no strict Ime of demarcation between these and the generally recognised Mallees. EH. apiculata Baker and Smith. . approximans Maiden. . Baeuerlenia F.v.M. . coccifera Hook., f. . diversifolia Bonpl. . Moorei Maiden and Cambage. EL. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. Ei. neglecta Maiden. E. nitida Hook., f. E. obtusiflora DC. EL. parvifolia Cambage. EL. pulverulenta Sims. . pumila Cambage. . stricta Sieb. E E EL. urmgera Hook., f. E E Seeee . vernicosa Hook., f. . virgata Sieb. HK. apicutata Baker and Smith. A shrub of 6-8 feet, forming a scrubby growth. EH. APPROXIMANS Maiden. A Mallee-like plant of 4-10 feet high. EK. BAEUERLENI F.v.M. Few or many stemmed; attaining a height of 40 feet, up to 15 inches in diameter; bark smooth, hide-bound, brownish. Timber pale-coloured, hard. E. coccrrera Hook., f. Quite a small tree (under 20 feet in height) with a smooth, white bark, but much smaller on the exposed tops of mountains, 327 E. DIVERSIFOLIA Bonpl. A Mallee-like shrub or small tree, up to 20 feet high. Has a smooth bark with ribbons. EK. Kypeanensis Maiden and Cambage. A Mallee of 6-10 feet, with smooth, greenish stems 14 inches in diameter. EK. Mooret Maiden and Cambage. An erect, rather slender, shrub of up to 10 or 13 feet in height, with a stem- diameter of 2 to 4 inches. It forms dense masses of small area, reminding one somewhat of a Whipstick Mallee, but lacking the root-stockiness of a Mallee. About 1 mile west of Hartley Vale Railway Station, Mr. W. F. Blakely (in June) found it from 6-20 feet, when highest forming nice straight poles, with a diameter of 5-6 inches. Bark at base dark and rough, changing to smooth, and dark green to glaucous in colour. HK. NEGLECTA Maiden. A tree of small size, sometimes described as scraggy when old, not exceeding 20 feet in height. Smooth and ribbony. Grows in clumps forming a dense thicket, the stems appearing “to be independent saplings and not suckers from a common crown.” HK. nitipA Hook., f. Shrubs or small stunted trees, with a little scaly or ribbony bark at butt. “ At Currie’s River, Tasmania, it formed low bushes, about 5 feet high, but occasionally a few feet higher. It grew in the poor sandy land near the sea.” (Gunn.) At the same time, the type is described (see Part XX XVIII, p. 235) as “ a fairly tall tree with hanging branchlets.” So far as I understand this species, it is a tall shrub or small tree, but it requires further investigation. Ki. OBTUSIFLORA DC. An erect shrub or small tree, smooth or with a little ribbony bark. It fozms bushes, with branches smooth and glaucous, the young bark greenish or bluish, peeling off in ribbons. HK. PARVIFOLIA Cambage. A small, umbrageous tree, reaching 20-30 feet, rarely 40 feet, with a stem- diameter of up to 18 inches. Bark smooth, dull grey. This species affords one of the difficulties of grouping by Habit. HK. PULVERULENTA Sims. A scraggy, spindly, tall shrub or small tree, 15 feet high, and up to 3 inches in diameter. Has a long, weak trunk, of pretty uniform diameter, say 2 inches on the average; quite prostrate or quite erect, and also spreading and rambling. It is smooth-barked, with short ribbons (Mount Blaxland is the type). At Apsley, near Bathurst, the size is greater, from 10-30 feet, with a diameter of 3 inches. Wood pale-coloured and tough. EK. PuMILA Cambage. A tall shrub of many separate stems, reaching 15-20 feet, with a stem diameter of 2-3 inches. FE 323 E. stricta Sieb. The Scrubby Gum of the Blue Mountains and other places, a dwarf Gum, forming an almost impenetrable scrub of 6-15 feet, the thin, smooth, bark falling off in strips, I have, however, seen it larger—up to nearly 30 feet—where there is good soil and moisture, e.g., in the taluses of mountains. E. uRNIGERA Hook., f. A small tree of 15-20 feet, with spreading branches and a smooth bark, usually blotched with red or brown. K. vernicosa Hook., f. “ An erect shrub 4-6, rarely 12-20. Bark smooth.’ (Rodway). EK. virGata Sieb. A straggling, tall, shrub or small tree, rarely exceeding a height of 15 to 20 feet or a stem-diameter of 3 inches. More or less glaucous, the stems smooth. (c) Mariocks. Marlock is the Western Australian equivalent of Mallee, and, like it, is a term somewhat loosely used. It includes all Gum-scrub, 7.e., dwarf species or individuals, on a sand-plain. Maalock is an old spelling, and means a thicket more or less dense. It may include the true Mallee of the more eastern States, z.e., a dwarf Eucalypt with a thickened stocky stem more or less embedded in the light sandy soil. There are various qualifying adjectives, such as Black, White. A few species have their own special names, ¢.g., Moort (for 2. platypus) in addition to the general one of Marlock, which is mostly in use inthe southern part of the State. . angustissima F.v.M. . annulata Benth. . buprestium F.v.M. . cesia Benth. . cornuta Labill (a note). . decurva F.v.M. . lepiopoda Benth. . macrandra F.v.M. . macrocarpa Hook. . micranthera F.v.M. . occidentalis Endl. (a note). . odontocarpa F.v.M. . Oldfieldia F.v.M. . orbifolia F.v.M. . pachyloma Benth. . pachyphylla F.v.M. Pimpiniana Maiden. . platypus Hook. Preissiana Schau. . pyriformis Turcz. . Sheathiana Maiden. . spathulata Hook. . Stowardi Maiden. E E E E E E E. diptera Andrews. E. doratoxylon F.v.M. E. Ebbanoensis Maiden. E. eremophila Maiden. E. erythronema Turcz. BE. erythrocorys F.v.M. HY. eudesmioides V.v.M. E. Ewartiana Maiden. E. falcata Turez. E. Forrestiana Diels. E. goniantha Turcz. E E E E. bh Shhh eee ee . grossa F.v.M. E. tetragona F.v.M. . Jutsont Maiden. E. tetraptera Turcz. . Kruseana F.v.M. Ei. Websteriana Maiden. Lehmanni Preiss. 329 H. ancustissima F.v.M. A bushy shrub of 5 feet; a very imperfectly-known species. HE. ANNULATA Benth. A tall shrub with a smooth bark. Others have described it from 7-12 feet, while Diels and Pritzel have seen it from 6 to 32 feet, with an ash-coloured smooth bark. It is evidently one of those species which, like the eastern Mallees, may develop into a fairly large size. EK. BuPpRESTIUM F.y.M. A tall shrub, sometimes up to 15 or 20 feet, with a Mallee habit; smooth stems. K. cas1a Benth. A Mallee, about 12 feet high, bark smooth, tough, stripping in long lengths. E. cornuta Labill. The Yate. Sometimes forms Marlock thickets. KH. DecuRVA F.v.M. A tall, spindly, Mallee-like shrub of 10-15 feet, but may attain a larger size. The upper parts of the branches glaucous, the branchlets red. EH. DIPTERA Andrews. A slender tree of 10-20 feet. E. DORATOXYLON F.v.M. Usually a shrub or small tree, but Mueller quotes an authority that its trunk may appear 3 feet in diameter. I have not been able to obtain confirmation of this, E. Eppanoensis Maiden. It attains a height of 30 feet, with a diameter of 9 inches; bark smooth. E. EREMOPHILA Maiden. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. EK. erRytHrocorys F.v.M. Stems white, smooth, a small shrub, or attaining a height of 30 feet. EK. EUDESMOIDES F.v.M. “Shrub 4-12 feet with a smooth bark; called also a White Gum, a smooth- barked, straggling tree of 20 feet. As arule seen asa bush. Branchlets brown.” Stated to reach “a height of 50-80 feet in Central Australia, the trunk silver- grey in colour and very shiny, except the butt, where it is covered with a paper-like bark which peels off in long, yellow-brown scales.” (Prof. Baldwin Spencer.) See Part XLVI, p. 167. It is a species that deserves further enquiry, as it is apparently one of the dimorphic species—a small Mallee or a big tree, according to environment. 330 HK. ERYTHRONEMA Turcz. A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-30 feet, a crooked trunk of 10 feet, diameter 1 foot, with very light grey, smooth bark. : Mr. H. A. le Souef, of South Perth, says :—‘ I asked my collector about its habit. He says that where it is swept by fire it is a Mallee, having a large woody stock root, and several thin stems from it, but where fire never reaches it it grows into the ordinary tree from 12 to 15 feet in height. K, Ewartrana Maiden. Many stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. The stems 3 inches in diameter. The bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving it a striped appearance, rare in Eucalyptus. HK. Faucata Turez. A Mallee of 10-15 feet, with very slender stems. Of somewhat drooping habit. EK. Forrestiana Diels. A shrub of 5-10 feet, never divaricate. E. GontantHa Turcz. Unknown, but probably a shrub or small tree. HK. crossa F.v.M. A shrub of 3-9 feet, with broadly spreading branches. EK. Jutsont Maiden. A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root Gum, about 6-8 feet high on the average. Ki. Kruseana F.v.M. A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. K. LeHMANNI Preiss. A shrub, forming a Marlock growth, or a small tree up to 30 feet high, and up to 12 inches in diameter. Ei. LEPTopopA Benth. A thin, wiry, rather erect tall shrub or small spindly tree, with several stems together. E. MACRANDRA F.v.M. A shrub or small tree with a smooth bark. EK. macrocarpa Hook. A stout shrub of €-10 feet, usually more or less mealy-white. Up to 14 feet (W. D. Campbell). It forms copses, hard to get through, usually very crooked in its growth. Stems thin, long. The bark smooth and varies from pale to dark grey. EK. MICRANTHERA F.v.M. A shrub of 6 to 10 feet with a smooth bark. dol E. oOccIDENTALIS Endl. The Yate. Often forms Marlock thickets. E. opontrocarpa F.yv.M. Shrub of 8-10 feet. A Mallee. EK. Oxprietpi F.v.M. A stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. E. ornsirouia F.v.M. A shrub of 5 feet. E. pacuyztoma Benth. A spindly, sand-plain Gum, not known to attain tree size. H. PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. A tall shrub otherwise described as “ bush 8-12 feet high ”’ and “dense bushes, 10-15 feet high.” HE. Pimprntana Maiden. A shrub of 3-5 feet, but very little is known about it. K. pLatypus Hook. A tree attaining 30 feet, with a smooth bark. Forms gregarious small trees erect in habit, with smooth bark, a little ribbony at butt. It is specifically referred to as Marlock by Mueller and Morrison, but it varies in size. H. PreisstANna Schau. It forms spindly shrubs up to 10 feet; so far as I saw, most of them smaller. Mueller says it attains a height of 15 feet. K. pyrirormis Turcz. A slender shrub, with long weak stems. EK. SueatTHiaAna Maiden. A slender young tree, probably a Marlock. EK. spATHULATA Hook. A shrub of 6-8 feet or rather more. In the form known as Swamp Mallet, and which is believed to be specifically identical, it is a tree from 20-30 feet. E. Srowarpi Maiden. “A shrubby Mallee.”’ E. terracona F.v.M. “A low scrubby shrub, densely covered with a white meal, to a small tree of 20-25 feet.’ A ‘“‘ White Marlock.”’ E. TETRAPTERA Turcz. A shrub or small tree (rarely above 10 feet), the branches nearly terete or very prominently four-angled, almost winged. E. WEBSTERIANA Maiden. A shrub of 6 or 10 feet. la. la. 2a. la. 2a. 3a, 332 Explanation of Plates (204-207). PLATE 204, Eucalyptus Houscana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Juvenile leaves; 1b, mature leaf; 1c, umbel of buds; 1d, front and back view of anther; le, twig shows mature leaves and buds; 1f, compound spike of buds, the leaves being apparently deciduous. Isdell River, near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberley, North-West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014.) The type. Juvenile leaves. On flats, Pine Creek to Wandi, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) Juvenile leaves, Burrundie, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 360.) Fruits, Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 345). Identical with those of 380, Mt. Diamond to Wandi Flats. (G. F. Hill.) PLATE 205. Eucalyptus Jutsoni Maiden. Flowering twig; 1b, buds; 1c, different views of anthers. Comet Vale, north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. (J. T. Jutson, No. 216.) The type. Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. “Twig, bearing mature leaf, buds, and flowers; 20, different views of anther; 2c, fruit-bearing twig. Wyee, N.S.W. (Andrew Murphy.) The type. PLATE 206. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden. Juvenile leaf; 1b, Intermediate leaf; 1c, mature leaf; 1d, operculum covering umbel; le, buds; lf, two views of anther; 1g, two views of fruits, usually pyriform when not fully ripe; 1h, an old fruit, hemispherical and with a thick rim. Bucca Creek; near Cofi’s Harbour, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) The type. Eucalyptus pumila R. H. Cambage. Juvenile leaf in almost the earliest stage; 2b, intermediate leaves; 2c, mature leaf; 2d, buds; 2e, front and back views of anther; 2f, an umbel of scarcely ripe fruits; 2g, umbel of ripe fruits. Pokolbin, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage, No. 1,506.) The type. PLATE 207. Eucalyptus rariflora Bailey. Juvenile leaf, reproduced from Mr. Bailey’s drawing; 2a, juvenile leaf; 2b, 2c, intermediate leaves; 2d, mature leaf; 2e, buds; 2f, front and back views of anther; 29, fruits. Eidsvold, Queensland. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) Dr. Bancroft supplied the specimens from the same locality to Mr. Bailey for the type. Eucalyptus Mundijongensis Maiden. 3b. Mature leaves; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back views of anther; 3e, fruits. Mundijong, 29 miles south of Perth, Western Australia, on the Bunbury Line. (Dr. J. B. Cleland.) The type. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. ai? fia" i sone Gasser eed al i ed bt Zé ao ry " a, “y ™.Flockfon.del. er lifh- EUCALYPTUS HOUSEANA (W. V. FitzGERALD) MAIDEN. PL. 205. RIT, REV. EUCALYPTUS. NY ih BNM AP be SRS YIAY CAHSEE EMME Seniesa orden rysrrvercsnen \ yee Se ee AW ccna” M.FlockKfon.del. er lith. (1). (2). EUCALYPTUS JUTSONI MaIpENn EUCALYPTUS ADJUNCTA MatpEen CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. u RiEZ06 own GOON ran M.FlockKFon.del. eF lhith- EUCALYPTUS PILULARIS 5Sm., var. PYRIFORMIS MAIDEN (1). [See also Plate 1, Part 1.] EUCALYPTUS PUMILA CamBaGE (2). Pi, 207. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.Flockton. del. @F ith. EUCALYPTUS RARIFLORA Bamey (1, 2). EUCALYPTUS MUNDIJONGENSIS Marpen (8). The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacicides A. Cunn. (xlviii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). acmentoides Schauer (Xxxil). microcorys V.v.M. (xxxviil). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). maicrotheca F.v.M. (Iii). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua Li Herit. (xxii). Baueriana Schauer (vii). ochrophicia F.v.M. (1). Bauveriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (lviil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (x11). Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa V.v.M. (Ix). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (vii). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (XXx1). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperita Sm. (XXxili). Caleyi Maiden (lv). Planchoniana ¥.v.M. (xxiv). capitellata Sm. (xxvii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). conica Deane and Maiden (Iviil). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). Considentana Maiden (xxxvi). propingua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). ridiata S:eb., a3 amygd tlina (xvi). erebra F.v.M. (li). regnans F.v.M. (xvii). Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (11). dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (1xii). dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). Jruticetorum F.v.M. (xii). siderophloia Benth. (xxix). gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A, Cunn. (xii). globulus L? Her. (Ixvii). Steberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). goniocalyx V.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). hemastoma Sm. (XxXxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). hemiphoia F.v.M. (vi). fessellavis F.v.M. (Ixvi). longifolia Link and Otto (il). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). Inuehmanniana F.y.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (Lxiv). macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). virea R. T. Baker (xxi). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Each part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. Note By GOVERNMENT PRINTER. War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possible to continue the issue of ‘‘ The Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, 7.e., from and including Part 7, Vol. VII, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. each. For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already received will not be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s. 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the Ist July, 1921. ; Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—192%. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 138. 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. by by by See eee See & See See INDEX OF PART XXI. . cinerea F.v.M. . pulverulenta Sims. . cosmophylla F.v.M. . gomphocephala A. P. DC. Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) PART XXII. . erythronema Turez. . acacieformis Deane & Maiden. . pallidifolia F.v.M. . cesia Benth. . tetraptera Turcz. . Forrestiana Diels. . miniata A. Cunn. . phenicia F.v.M. Plates 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) PART XXIII. . robusta Smith. . botryoides Smith. . saligna Smith. Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) PART XXIV. . Deanei Maiden. . Dunnii Maiden. . Stuartiana F.v.M. . Banksii Maiden. . quadrangulata Deane and Maiden. Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) PART XXV. . Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. . aggregata Deane and Maiden. . parvifolia Cambage. . alba Reinwardt. Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 16.) PART XXVI. . Perrimana F.v.M. . Gumnii Hook f. . rubida Deane and Maiden, Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) PART XXVII. . maculosa R. T. Baker. . precor Maiden. . ovata Labill. . neglecta Maiden. Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) PART XXVIII. . vernicosa Hook f. . Muelleri T. B. Moore. . Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden. . iminalis Labillardiére. Plates, 1916.) 116-119. (Issued December, 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154, 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 11742); 180. 181. Seeeee weeee eae Sees Seeeee8 PARTS PUBLISHED—continued. PART XXIX. . Baeuerleni F.v.M. . scoparia Maiden. . Benthami Maiden and Cambage. . propinqua Deane and Maiden. . punctata DC. . Kirtoniana F.v.M. Plates, 1917.) 120-128. (Issued February, PART XXX. resinifera Sm. . pellita F.v.M. . brachyandra F.v.M. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) PART XXXI. . tereticornis Smith. . Bancrofti Maiden. . amplifolia Naudin. Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) PART XXXII. . Seeana Maiden. . exserta F.v.M. . Parramattensis C. Hall. . Blakelyi Maiden. . dealbata A. Cunn. . Morrisii R. T: Baker. . Howittiana F.v.M. Plates, 1832-135. (Issued September, 1917.) PART XXXIII. . rostrata Schlechtendal. . rudis Endlicher. . Dundasi Maiden. . pachyloma Benth Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) PART XXXIV. . redunca Schauer. EL, . cornuta Labill. . Websteriana Maiden. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) PART XXXV. . Lehmanni Preiss. . annulata Benth. . platypus Hooker. . spathulata Hooker. . gamophylla F.v.M. . argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 190. 191. tf & See Bees esses . £, . corymbosa Smith. . intermedia R. T. Baker. . patellaris F.v.M. . celastroides Turczaninow. . gracilis F.v.M. . transcontinentalis Maiden. . longicornis F.vy.M. . oleosa F.v.M. . Flocktonie Maiden. . virgata Sieber. . oreades R. T. Baker. . obtusifiora DC. . fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. Se ee & PART XXXVI. . occidentalis Endlicher. . macrandra F.v.M. ae . cladocalyz F.v.M. . Cooperiana F.v.M. . intertexta R. T. Baker. . confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. salubris F.v.M. Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) PART XXXVII. . clavigera A. Cunn. . aspera F.v.M. . grandifolia R.Br. . papuana F.v.M. Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) PART XXXVIII. . tessellaris F.v.M. . Spenceriana Maiden. . Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. . setosa Schauer. . ferruginea Schauer. . Moorei Maiden and Cambage. . dumosa A. Cunn. . torquata Luehmann. . amygdalina Labill. . radiata Sieber. . numerosa Maiden. . nitida Hook. f. Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) PART XXXIX. Torelliana F.v.M. Plates, 1920.) 160-163. (issued February PART EXE: . terminalis F.v.M. . dichromophloia F.v.M. . pyrophora Benth. . levopinea R. T. Baker. . Ligustrina DC. E. stricta Sieber. 292. EH. grandis (Hill) Maiden. Plates, 164-167. (Issued March, 1920.) 223. L 224. H 225. E 226. EL 114. #. 92. E 297. E 228. E 229. E 230, H 231. H 232. E 233. H 234. # 62. H 64. H 235. E 70. H 236. E 237. H 238. E 239. FE 240. # 241. EB 242. H 243. H 244. HB 245. H 246. E 247. E 248. # 249. H 250. H 251. 252. EF INDEX PART XLI. . latifolia F.v.M. . Foelscheana ¥.v.M. . Abergiana F.v.M. . pachyphylla F.v.M. pyriformis Turezaninow, var. Kings- milli Maiden. . Oldfieldti F.v.M. . Drummondii Bentham. Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) PART XLII. . eximia Schauer. . peltata Bentham. . Watsoniana F.v.M. . trachyphloia F.v.M. . hybrida Maiden. . Kruseana ¥.v.M. . Dawson R. T. Baker. . polyanthemos Schauer. . Baueriana Schauer. . conica Deane and Maiden. . concolor Schauer. Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920.) PART XLIII. . ficifolia F.v.M. . calophylla R.Br. . hematoxylon Maiden. . maculata Hook. . Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. . approximans Maiden. . Stowardi Maiden. Plates 176-179. (Issued November, 1920.) PART XLIV. . perfoliata R, Brown. . ptychocarpa F.v.M. . similis Maiden. - lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. . Baileyana F.v.M. . Lane-Poolei Maiden. . Ewartiana Maiden. . Bakeri Maiden. . Jacksoni Maiden. . eremophila Maiden. Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 1921.) OF PARTS PUBLISHED-—continued. 42. 270. 271. 112. 272. 273. PART XLV. . erythrocorys F.v.M. . tetvodonta F.v.M. . odontocarpa F.v.M. . capitellata Smith. . Camfieldi Maiden. . Blazlandi Maiden and Cambage. Seeee eh Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) PART XLVI. . Li. tetragona F.v.M. . EL. eudesmioides F.v.M. . LH. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. . HE. Andrewsi Maiden. . EH. angophoroides R. T. Baker. . E. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. . (dup. of 252) #. eremophila Maiden. . £. decipiens Endl. Plates, 188-191. (Issued May, 1921.) PART XLVII. 5. H.. Laseront R. T. Baker. . BE. de Beuzevillei Maiden. . E. Mitchelli Cambage. . E. Brownti Maiden and Cambage. . EL. Caumbageana Maiden. . E. miniata A. Cunn. E£. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. . E. odorata Behr and Schlecht. . E. hemiphloia F.v.M., var. Maiden. E. bicolor A. Cunn. E. Pilligaensis Maiden. E. Penrithensis Maiden. E. micranthera F.v.M. E. notabilis Maiden. £. canaliculata Maiden. Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) . Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. microcarpa PART XLVIII. . paniculata Sm, . decorticans sp. nov. . Cullent R. H. Cambage. . Beyert R. T. Baker. . globulus Labill. . nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 1921.) THE GROWING TREE. Rate of growth. Natural afforestation. Increment curves. The 278. 38. 279. 217. largest Australian trees. PART XLIX. E. drepanophylla F.v.M. E. leptophleba F.v.M. E. Dalrympleana Maiden. E, Hillii Maiden. H. dichromophloia F.v.M. Plates, 200-203. (Issued September, 1921.) THE GROWING TREE—continucd. Nanism. The flowering of Eucalypts while in the juvenile- leaf stage. Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species. Natural grafts. Fasciation. Artificial grafts. Tumours and galls. Protuberances of the stem. Abortive branches (prickly stems). Pendulous branches. Vertical growth of trees. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES i TL 3 9088 004380 nhbot qQK495.M9M217 v.5 Accritical revision of the genus Meriva ei ey hea st ny fit ee sans eseee nea estsra iG sit an Welt stiasaevalel if ie i tte ‘agro Heh iti pa it ty Lipa eign i ‘ Wie htc ‘f Fare ber \ each iy es (0h fis ree + A v pinnitr t Aas t y f a i i nae bn Ny tb Ant ahi tity f staat ‘i cit Me peg " fa Sarita statis shi ee Perhanats ce ae arta a Pedy a re Ss cit et whee au igi ey i a4 eid rive rat i abcd ylecedyireies i nt . i etant ee Demat ii Sra efile a tir sth iy uh Gren PCR ay i ¢ f Wy SRS a as Bh + R ase ARSENAL = et